sign in sign up
<<
Home , ABC 2000 Today, Aeron (kingdom), Aidan Crawley, Alan Badel, Alastair Burnet, Alun Owen

nO 111IMPNT RPROMP. ED 030 308 EM 007 227 ITV 1969. A Guide to IndependentTelevision. Independent Authority, (). Pub Date Jan 69 Note -240p. Court Road, London 1. (10s Available from-Indepehdent TelevisionPublications Ltd., 247 6d/S1 26) EDRS Price MF -$1.00 HC -$12.10 Art,*Commercial Descriptors-Adult Education, *BroadcastIndustry, *BroadcastTelevision, Commercial Arts, Mass Media, Religion,Television Television, Dramatics, EducationalTelevision, Electronic Equipment, Fine Commercials, *Television Viewing, TheaterArts Identifiers-Independent Television Authority Parliament created IndependentTelevision Authority inAugust 1954. The in this resultingIndependentTelevisionSysteminGreatBritainisdepicted contract policy andcontrol. audience and programs. comprehensive guide. ITV system and its its publications andtechnical operations, its programcompanies. finances, code of advertisingstandards and practices aretopics delineated.The guide is amply illustrated with black-and-whiteand color photographs.It has both an index and a bibliography.(GO/ME) uietoindependent Televi4ion

INDEP NDENTTELEVISION AUTHORITY 0 ' ' "=

4 0. 4, :',, . = ", 50 * ::'" 4 . '1== ',:,64'' -- 1 0.,... * a -4'4 ,, ,' .., ;4 4 , "; r % ,. 0 `===. ' 7-0 ' > ..r 41:1'

;

0- a =lt*

strur

0''' 1/4=1. - . 4.- 0 ;*so ----..04.a ,-' k. , to 04,s sl'v-.,\'o's ,

. ''-.P...---,,'_ .,

111116.0.,-=,....-.,-.... =0. 0. ,-*00,0,, .0 A Guide to independentTelevision

CO CD U.S. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH, EDUCATION & WELFARE OFFICE OF EDUCATION tkeN CD

Pr THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN REPRODUCED EXACTLY AS RECEIVED FROMTHE ) PERSON OR ORGANIZATION ORIGINATING IT.POINTS VF VIEW OR OPINIONS

im STATED DO NOT NECESSARILY REPRESENT OFFICIAL OFFICE OFEDUCATION POSITION OR POLICY.

Published by Television Authority January 1969 2 Contents

7 The Independent Television System The ITV System in 1969 - The Authority's Contract PolicyITV's Regional Pattern 17 Programme Policy and Control 23 The ITV Audience 29 News and News Magazines 35 Documentaries and News Features

47The Arts 53Religion

59Children's Programmes

65School Programmes

73Adult Education

81 Drama

91Light Entertainment 99Sport

105Rhaglenni Cymraeg (Welsh Programmes) HiAdvertising Control The Amount of Adverfsing - Distribution of AdvertisementsThe Basic Rules - The Practical Effect of the RtLes - Control of Standards of Advertising - The Advertising Advisory CommitteeThe Medical Advisory Panel - The Independent Television Code of Advertising Standards and Practice - The Application ofthe Code of Standards and PracticeTelevision Act 1964, Schedule 2

118 Staff and Organization The Staff of the Authority - ITA Organization

123Technical Operations Vision and Sound Links - Research and Development - Planning and Propagation Studies -Engineering Information and Liaison - Studio Facilities - Transmitting Station Operation - The ITV Network - Better Viewingof Independent Television 129 UHF andColour Preparing to Receive Colour - Aerial Siting - Independent Television UHF625Line Coverage1969-71 Black Hill (Central ) PAGE 135 Crystal Palace (London) PAGE136 Dover (South-East England) PAGE137 Emley Moor () PAGE138 Rowridge (South of England) PAGE139 Sutton Coldfield () PAGE 140 Winter Hill () PAGE 141 CONTENTS 3

145 VHF Transmitters The Borders and - Caldbeck, Richmond Hill, Selkirk, Whitehaven PAGE146 Central ScotlandBlack Hill, Lethanhill, Ros;ieath, Rothesay PAGE 148 Channel Islands - Fremont Point PAGE 174 - Belmont, Mendlesham, Sandy Heath PAGE 150 Lancashire - Winter Hill PAGE 152 LO0d011 - PAGE 154 Midlands - Lichfield, Membury, Ridge Hill PAGE 156 North-East England - Burnhope PAGE 158 North-East Scotland - Angus, Aviemore, Durris, Mounteagle, Rumster Forest PAGE16o Northent irelandBallycastle, Black Mountain, Strabane PAGE 162 South of England - Chillerton Down, Dover, Newhaven PAGE 164 South-West EnglandCaradon Hill, Huntshaw Cross, Stockland Hill PAGE 166 and West of England - Abergavenny, Arfon, Bala, Bath, Brecon, Ffrstiniog,Llandovery, Llandrindod Wells, Moel--Parc, Presely, St Hilary (Channels 7 Efl 10) PAGES 168-17z Yorkshire - Emley Moor, Sca.,borough PAGE 172

176 ITV Awards

179Finance

183 The Programme Companies Anglia Television PAGE 184 ATV Network PAGE 186 Border Television PAGE z88 Channel Television PAGE 190 Television PAGE 192 Granada Television PAGE 194 Harlech Television PAGE 196 London Weekend Television PAGE 198 PAGE 200 Southern Independent Television PAGE 202 PAGE 201 Tyne Tees Television PAGE 206 Ulster Television PAGE 208 Westward Television PAGE 210 Yorkshire Television PAGE 212 Independent Television News (ITN) PAGE 214 Independent Television Companies Association (ITCA) PAGE 215 Network Programme Secretariat PAGE 216 Independent Television Sport PAGE 216 The British Bureau of Television Advertising PAGE 216 Independent Television Publications Ltd PAGE 216

217 The IndependentTelevision Code of Advertising Standards and Practice

2,24Bibliography 228 Index 4

Members of the Authority ChairmanThe Rt Hon. Lord Aylestone,C..E. Deputy ChairmanSir Ronald Gould Mrs Mary Adams, O.B.E. The Baroness Burton of Coventry Mr . J. T. Gilliland Mr W. Macfarlane Gray, 0.B.E.,0.StJ., J.P. Sir Patrick Hamilton, Bt. Professor Hugh Hunt The Baroness Plummer, J.P. Professor Sir Owen Saunders The Baroness Sharp of Hornsey,.B.E. Sir Vincent Tewson, C.B.E., .C. Sir Ben Bowen Thomas

Authority Offices HEADQUARTERS 70 Brompton Road,London SW3 01-584 7011 TELEGRAMS: ITAVIEW LONDON TELEX: 24345 THE BORDERS AND 4 The Crescent, ISLE OF MAN 0228 25004 CHANNEL ISLANDS 114 Rouge Bouillon,St Helier, Jersey C.I. 0534 23583 EAST OF ENGLAND Century Insurance , 24Castle Meadow, Norwich 0603 23533 MIDLANDS Vehicle and General House, Hurst Street, 5 021-692 io6o NORTH-EAST ENGLAND Gunner House, Neville Street, Newcastle uponTyne 0632 610148a23710 NORTH-WEST ENGLAND Astley House, 23 Quay Street, 3 061-834 2707 NORTHERN IRELAND 5 Donegall St, areSouth, Belfast 0232 31442 SCOTLAND Fleming House, Renfrew Street, GlasgowC3 041-332 8241 SOUTH OF ENGLAND 30 Portland Street,, 501 OEA 0703 29115 SOUTH-WEST ENGLAND Royal London House, Armada Way, 0752 63031 WALES AND WEST OF Arlbee House, Greyfriars Road, ENGLAND 0222 28759 (5' 30205 YORKSHIRE Pennine House, Russell Street, 0532 36948 5

1

a w

Builds, ownsand operatestransmitting stations, Selects andappoints programmecompanies, Controls the programmes, Controls theadvertising.

THE BORDERSAND LONDON SOUTH OF ENGLAND THAMES TELEVISION SOUTHERN INDEPENDENT ISLE OF MAN (weekdays to 7 p.m. Friday) BORDER TELEVISION TELEVISION LONDON WEEKEND TRANSMITTERS TRANSMITTERS TELEVISION Caldbeck Chillerton Down (weekends from 7 p.m. Friday) Dover Richmond Hill TRANSMITTER SelKirk Newhaven* Croydon Whitehaven ENGLAND CENTRAL SCOTLAND MIDLAN SOUTH-WEST SCOTTISH TELEVISION ATV NETWORK WESTWARD TELEVISION TRANSMITTERS TRANSMITTERS TRANSMITTERS Caradon Hill Black Hill Lichfield Huntshaw Cross Lethanhill (Central ) Membury Stockland Hill Rosneath Ridgb Hilt Rothesay WALES ANDWESTOF ENGLAND CHANNEL ISLANDS NORTH-EAST ENGLAND HARLECH TELEVISION CHANNEL TELEVISION TYNE TEES TELEVISION TRANSMITTERS TRANSMITTER South TRANSMITTER Burnhope St Hilary (Channel 10) Wales and Fremont Point Bath West of England Abergavenny Arfon NORTH-EAST SCOTLAND Bala Bath 1 EAST OF ENGLAND Brecon* ANGLIA TELEVISION TRANSMITTERS Ffestiniog ' Wales TRANSMITTERS Angus Llandovery Aviemore * Llandrindod Wells Belmont Moel-y-Parc Mendlesham Durris Presely Sandy Heath Mounteagle St Hilary (Channel 7) Rumster Forest

NORTHERN I RELAND YORKSHIRE LANCASHIRE ULSTER TELEVISION YORKSHIRE TELEVISION GRANADA TELEVISION TRANSMITTERS TRANSMITTERS Ballycastle* Emley Moor TRANSMITTER Black Mountain Winter Hill Scarborough Strabane

*VHF rela;, stations planned orunder construction.

7

Ea

ITV's Expanding Role ITV 1969, THE SEVENTH EDITION OF THE INDEPENDENT TELEVISION AUTHORITY'S ANNUAL HANDBOOK, describes the far-reaching changes which have taken place duringthe past year and points to some of the major developments in the year to come. During 1968 the pattern of Independent Television has changed radically. Since the end of July the programmes have been provided by fifteen companies, one more than previously. These fifteen companies have been appointed by the Authority for a six-year contract period, the maximum time allowed under the Television Act.They include three completely new companies and one which is an amalgamation of two of the original companies. The pattern of areas has been changed, with the appointment of separate companies to serve Lancashire and Yorkshire. In each area outside London a single seven-day company is responsible for providing the whole week's programmes. London programmes continue to be provided by two companies, but the changeover between them now takes place at 7 p.m. on Friday evening. These changes have led to a strengthening of the regional principle on which Inde- pendent Television is based. New creative energy has been brought into the system and viewers throughout the country have already seen the results of a freshness of approach and a greater willingness to take risks in experimenting with new ideas. Many of the new programmes have proved highly successful, though some, of course, do notplease all viewers. But Independent Television is overcoming such problems and is emerging strengthened for the tasks that lie ahead. Rapid progress is being made in preparation for the duplication of the present 4o5-line VHF service in UHF on the 625-line standard with the addition of colour by the end of 1969. This great engineering operation involves the construction of many new transmitting stations. Extensive tc.thnical research and development is being undertaken by the Authority and the programme companies to ensure that the ITV colour service will operate efficiently to the highest possible standards. Full details about theintroduction of colour are given in the chapter on UHF and Colour later in this book.

The Rt Hon. Lord Aylestone, C.S.E., Chairmln of the Independent Television Authority since September 1967 and Sir Robert Fraser, 0.B.., Director-Gencral since 1954. 8 THE INDEPENDENT TELEVISION SYSTEM THE ITV SYSTEM IN 1969

PARLIAMENT CREATED THE INDEPENDENT TELEVISIONAUTHORITY inAugust 1954 for ten years, and then extendedits life for another twelve years to 1976.Its function, as defined by the 1964 Television Act, is to providepublic television services of information,educa- tion and entertainment. The Authority accordingly: Builds owns and operates transmittingstations (32 stations cover about 98 per centlithe population; additionalrelay stations are being built toimprove or extend coverage. Colour willbe introduced on the ITV servicefrom about the end of 1969). Selects and appoints programme companies(fifteen companies operate in the ITA's fourteen areas, obtaining their revenuefrom the sale of advertising time andpaying a rental to theITA and a levy, based on net advertisement revenue, tothe Exchequer). Controls the programmes (ensuring that they are inaccordance with the Television Act, including the accuracy of news, impartialityin matters of controversy, balance in subject matter, and the maintenance of.good.taste). Controls the advertising (ensuring that infrequency, amount and nature advertise- ments accord with theTelevision Act and the rules and principleslaid down by the Authority). The Authority comprises a Chairman, a Deputy-Chairmanand eleven Members. They are distinguished personsfrom different walks of life and are appointed bythe Postmaster- General. Three of the Members have as theirspecial care the interests of Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland. The present Chairmanis the Rt Hon. Lord Aylestone, C.B.E., appointed on 1st September 1967. The Authority has a staff of about 790, of whom360 are administrative and technical staff at headquarters, 400 and others atthe transmitters, and twenty-five regional staff (the Authority has regional offices inBelfast, Birmingham, Cardiff, Carlisle, , Leeds, Manchester, , Norwich,Plymouth, St Helier, and Southamp- ton). The Authority is aided by advisory committees onwhich serve many distinguished and representative people. In addition to a General AdvisoryCounA and Scottish, Northern Ireland and Welsh Committees, the following deal withspecific subjects : Advertising Advisory Committee (plus Medical Advisory Panel);Central Appeals Advisory Committee (plus Scottish Appeals Advisory Committee);Central Religious Advisory Committee (plus Panel of Religious Advisers and ScottishReligious Advisory Panel); and Educational Advisory Council (plus Schools Committee andAdult Education Committee). The programmes are produced by the fifteen programmecompanies in fourteen separate areas. National newsbulletins for all areas are provided by IndependentTelevision News, a non-profit-making companyin which all the programme companies areshareholders. THE INDEPENDENT TELEVISIONSYSTEM 9

period The programme companiesunder contract with theAuthority for the six-year from the end of July 1968 are : Anglia Television (East of England);ATV Network (Midlands);Border Television (The Borders and Isle of Man); ChannelTelevision (Channel Islands)Grampian Television (North-East Scotland); GranadaTelevision (Lancashire); HarlechTelevision (Wales and Friday); West of England); LondonWeekend Television (Londonweekends from 7 p.m. Scottish Television (CentralScotland); Southern IndependentTelevision (South of England); Thames Television(London weekdays to 7 p.m. Friday);Tyne Tees Television (North-East England); UlsterTelevision (Northern Ireland);Westward Television (South-West England); and YorkshireTelevision (Yorkshire). The programme companies mustconsult the Authority inadvance about their pro- Within the approved schedules,the Authority maysubsequently call gramme schedules. itself seek the for detailed information aboutparticular programmes, or a company may views of the Authority about aparticular programme. The main fornial channelsofcommunication between the Authorityand the programme companies are a StandingConsultative Committee, presided overby the Authority's Director-General; and a ProgrammePolicy Committee, presided overbv the Chairman of the Authority. Seniorexecutives of each company" andsenior staff a the Authority attend the meetings of thesecommittees. There are also yariousinformal channels for consultation and the exchange ofinformation. about 72 hours of In any one service area,viewers of Independent Television can see programmes eachweek. About one third of the programmes areof a serious or informative nature. The fifteen programmecompanies of IndependentTelevision each week provide for transmission a total ofabout 135 hours of different programmesproduced in their own studios, accounting for about 50-55hours of the programmes seenin any one service television or the area. Theremaining programmes compriseBritish film material made for cinema, much of which isproduced by subsidiaries of the programmecompanies or in association with them; andforeign recorded programmes.

state of televisionthroughout the world, and describes the workings of television asit is . (ITA The story is told for the laymanand technical TELEVISION matters are presentedin terms that all can GALLERY understand. and for those who 118 countries have television services.Over 197 For the technically minded, is hard forwish to study any pointin greater detail, the million sets are in use today. But it proVide a quiet place the interested layman to find out moreabout theLibrary and Reading Room subject. Most books are highlyspecialized, thefor study. is not great. Now, for the first The Television Gallery wasopened by Admiral coverage elsewhere Mountbatten of Burma on time, the main facts are gatheredtogether for theof the Fleet The Earl public to see. 25th September 1968. The Authority has planned andbuilt the The Television Gallery isavailable for the Television Gallery as an information centrepublic by appointmentduring office hours. for an appoint- covering the whole story of television, pastandVisitors who write or telephone visually thement will bewelcome. (ITA Television Gallery, present. The exhibition sets out 7011) history of the invention of television,shows the70 BromptonRoad, London SW3 01-584 10 THE INDEPENDENT TELEVISION SYSTEMIThe Authorit/s Contract Policy

THE AUTHORITY'S CONTRACT POLICY

THE AUTHORITY HAS THREE MAIN FUNCTIONS. It has a companies have no connections with persons or general responsibility for the institutional shape ofcompanies engaged in advertising ; that they are and the system : how many programme companies thereremain completely independent of each other both should be, the areas they should serve, what theiras to finance and as to control ;and that due regard general nature should be, and similar matters. It isis had to the particular character of the areas which responsible (separately from the influence which can the regional companies serve. be brought to bear by the right selection and arrangement of programme companies) for the character of the programme service of IndependentContract Policy 1964-1968 Television, through the exercise of the statutoryAll the Authority's original contracts with its pro- duties placed upon it in this respect. It is also agramme companies expired inJuly 1964. The broadcaster, in the technical sense of operating aAuthority had to take note of two possible develop- national network of transmitting stations, owned andments stemming from Government policy.The planned by it. first was the development of the 625-line definition The application of the Authority's policy instandard; the second was the possibility of a second relation to programmes, advertising and the trans-ITV service. Rather than submit Independent mitter network is fully described in the variousTelevision to possibly two upheavals in a few years, sections of this book. The following pages set outthe Authority therefore decided that the existing the decisions which have determined the institu-pattern of days and areas would continue for a tional shape of the Independent Television system.period beginning in July 1964, with the sole excep- tion of West and , which would be Contract Policy 1955-1964 joined to the South Wales and West of England Initially the Authority had atits disposal onlyarea. sufficient frequencies to cover the whole country The then Postmaster-General in the House of with a single network of stations, and thereforeCommons on 27th June 1963 had said that, if all decided to inject the greatest Dossible measure ofwent well and there were suitable companieswilling competition by the division of the three central areasto offer their services to the ITA, the Government London, Midlands and the North - between fourwould certainly hope during the autumn of 1965 to programme companies each providing programmesauthorize the physical build-up of the second pro- for part of the week. Outside these areas, thegramme, starting in the areas of bigpopulati-m. The Authority appointed independent companies servingAuthority accordingly took the view that the dura- each major area during the whole week. tion of the contracts should be three years, related The structure created by the Authority was thusto the expected date of the launching of a second in many ways an entirely new combination ofservice. private initiative with public control. In contrast to Twenty-two groups, including all the existing con- a centralized organization with regionalbranches,tractors, applied for one or more of the Authority's the Authority established Independent Televisionnew programme contracts. All theapplicants were as a federal system on a decentralized, regionalbasis.interviewed by the Authority in full session during Stringent conditions were applied by the AuthorityDecember 1963 and January 1964. Among the new in the appointment of programme companies toapplicants were some whose approach to television ensure that programmes comply with therequire-the Authority found fresh and attractive. The ments of the Act and that the companies arecapableAuthority did not find it easy to compare fairly the of producing a balanced output of programmes ofachievements of the established companies with the high quality; that control of the companies remains promise of the new ones. In the event, the Authority within the and does not changewas not finally persuaded that theappointment of without the Authority's prior approval ;that theany new group at that time wouldlead to an Policy ii THE INDEPENDENT TELEVISIONSYSTEM/The Authority's Contract

Accord-income than the othersthat it would dominate improvement in Independent Television. change was the existingIndependent Television. However, one ingly the Authority decided to appoint London. This was to makethe two companies, in a number of cases afterreceivingnecessary in in organization or the com-contracts there of moreequal value than they would assurances that changes split. Friday evening position of boards of directors wouldbe made tobe under a simple 5-day:2-day from 7 p.m. was added to theSaturday and Sunday ensure stronger localparticipation. The Authority, however, made it known that it remainedanxiousconcession. Television The Authority fully reviewedthe geographical that opportunities to enter Independent central areas and decided not to should be given, whenever possible, to new groups.pattern outside the seven-day arrangement Early in 1966, the Authority decided toextendchange it. This remains a because of theever ywhere. existing contracts until July 1968, maximum con- uncertainty about the future of televisionin this The Television Act 1964 put the and the Authority felt that country: whether theAuthority was to have atract period at six years when the existingthis was the appropriateperiod for the new con- second service, and how and stability and provide secure 405-line services would be converted to625 lines. tracts in order to ensure employment. In mid-February 1967 theGovernment announced Contract Policy from 1968 405-line service was to The Authority was anxiousthat companies ap-that the Authority's existing be duplicated on 625 lines inUHF and that colour pointed for the period beginningin July 1968 should for the start ofcould be introduced into the625-line service. This have as long as possible to prepare determine the contract operations. It therefore beganconsideration of theenabled the Authority to the assumption thatrentals. Advertisements appearedin the press on new contract arrangements on applications for the fifteen ITV would not be granted asecond service before28th February, inviting programme contracts.Thirty-six different applica- 1968. had been designed, tions from sixteen new groupsand the fourteen then The pattern of the central areas received by the first, to spread the responsibility overfour companiesexisting programme companies were instead of concentrating it in thehands of one orclosing date of i5th April 1967. The Authority decided thatit would interview all two ; and, secondly, tospread those four companies applicants, even vc here the existing programme com- over these areasinstead of concentrating a smaller number in London. This was togive as muchpany was the onlyapplicant. The Authority wished that the applicant group was diversity as a single programmeservice would at theto be sure in all cases suitable for appointment for afurther six years. The time allow. interview, even when But the arrangement hadits imperfections. TheAuthority also felt that an days for onethere was no competingapplicant, provided an splitting of the week into so many performance and for another complicated theopportunity for it to appraise the company and so many companies, as well continuous programmefuture intentions of programme .problem of balanced and such important matters as the ageof planning. It also tended tolimit the identificationas to discuss with an area of its own.directors of programme companiesand the future of of a programme company The written applications of the The income earned fromadvertising in the centralprogramme journals. reached the point at which,in thethirty applicant groups providedthe basic evidence areas had while the inter- Authori'y's view, it could supportfive companies.about their intentions and abilities, always favoured a seven-dayview procedure enabled theAuthority to seek ampli- The Authority had application, to assess basis of operations, which,indeed, it adopted as thefication of the details in the it went outside the central areas. the of applicant groups tomatch with deeds pattern directly and to compare the The Authority thereforedecided that it could boththeir promises and aspirations, potentialities of competing applicantsfor contracts. simplify and improve thecentral pattern by appoint- The Authority, having carefullystudied the appli- ing three seven-daycompanies to serve the Mid- cations and discussed themgenerally at a full lands, Lancashire andYorkshire. This involved the meeting, devoted six full daysin May to interview- division of the existingNorthern area along the line ing the contract applicants. Therelative merits of of the Pennines. with the impressions London had to staydivided. A single seven-daythe applications, coupled formed by members at theinterviews, were dis- companythere would enjoy somuch larger an SYSTEM/The Authority's Contract Policy 12 THE INDEPENDENT TELEVISION

West of England. cussed at two subsequent fullmeetings of theland, and Wales and the Authority, at the second of whichfinal decisionsLondon Contracts (i) Monday toFriday evening, and were taken. In allthere were thus nine meetingsof(ii) Friday evening,Saturday and Sunday. The the Authority for theconsideration of the applica-Authority was most impressed,of the applicants for tions. Since six of the fifteen contracts werenot the weekend, by theLondon Television Consortium competed for but had the existingcompanies as the(now London WeekendTelevision Limited), and particular contract to the sole applicants, the ninemeetings were devoted decided to offer that Television were applicantsfor the predominant17,to considering theappointments group. ABC which should be made for thenine contracts forweekend, but not for theweekday contract. The which there was competition. Authority, with its principleof programme quality In the difficult task of choosing amongcompetingin mind, felt that greatbenefit would accrue to the and applicants, the Authority bore inmind the following system if theabilities of ABC Television be combined to pro- considerations: Rediffusion Television were to public advertise-vide the weekday service forLondon. The Authority (i)It had invited applicants, by would be stronger This meant thatdecided that such a new group ment, for all its contract areas. London applicants andlater the Authority was obliged toconsider all appli-than any of the other existing pro-offered the weekday contract toThames Television cations on their merits. The combination of the two gramme companiesundoubtedly hadthe Limited, which was a advantage of being able to point totheir per-companies. formance, but the Authority would notregard Midlands Contract. With ABCTelevision offered a a record ofsatisfactory performance as suffi-place as part of one of theLondon programme cient in itself if a new applicantcould convince companies, ATV was theremaining applicant for the Authority that it was able todo significantly the Midlands. Although theAuthority decided to better. offer the contract to ATVNetwork, it placed im- strength- (ii) Change for the sake of changewould be totallyportant conditions onthe offer, designed to Authority had to ask itselfen the Midlandidentity and connections ofATV. wrong, but the television centre should whetherentrytoIndependent Television These were that a full-scale applicants, be created in the Midlands;that an executive direc- should remain forever closed to new immediately below ATV's however good they were. If so, itwould meantor, who would rank appointed werejoint managing directors, shouldbe resident in the that the companies already should be there for all time, that the processof inviting Midlands ;that suitable arrangements formality, and made for the control of programmeproduction by and assessing applications was a and that two that the Act's provision that programme con-somebody resident in the Midlands; successively renewed, further board appointments shouldbe made of tracts should not, unless with the life of the last for more than six years wouldin effect bepeople living in and associated circumvented. Midlands. be theLancashire Contract. Apart fromABC Television, (iii) The paramount consideration must Granada Tele- quality of the programme servicewhich Inde- the applicants for this contract were pendent Television would offer inthe newvision and a new group, PalatineTelevision. The Television's applica- contract period. Authority preferred Granada tion. In offering the contract tothat company, the The Authority decided to offer new contracts toAuthority stipulated that a memberof its board six areas where they the existing companies in the with full-time executive functions mustreside per- were the soleapplicants, namely, Anglia Television, and that Television, Channelmanently in the Lancashire contract area Grampian Television, Border two further directorsbe appointed from the contract Television, Tyne Tees Televisionand Ulster Tele- also to offer new area. vision. The Authority decided interesting and contracts to the existing contractors,Southern Tele- Yorkshire Contract. There were in two other cases, impressive features in most of the tenapplicant vision and Westward Television, Yorkshire contract. After the inter- in each of which there was a newcompeting group. groups for the in London, views with all ten groups, twoseemed to the The remaining contested contracts were One was a group the Midlands, Lancashire,Yorkshire, Central Scot-Authority to be outstanding. SYSTEM/The Authority's ContractPolicy THE INDEPENDENT TELEVISION known as Telefusion Yorkshire (nowcalled York-stated in the following way: shire Television) and the other wasYorkshire (i) Programme contractshave a finite term.The Independent Television. Both groups,although Authority can never bein the position where, owing their creation in part toinitiatives from once anappointment has beenmade, the com- outside Yorkshire, were stronglyrepresentative of pany concernedhas a more or lessautomatic the county. The Authority wasfaced with the right to reappointmentprovided it has conducted dilemma that, in preferring theTelefusion group, itself in accordance withthe provisions of the it was depriving the importantYorkshire elements Television Act and its programmecontract; of taking part in the other group of the opportunity (ii) A decision not toreappoint an existing company in the provision of television programmesfor the is not a censure ofthat company. By applying new area. TheAuthority therefore decided that the for a programme contractall groups, whether conditional upon a offer of contract would be made newly formed or alreadyoperating as programme substantial part of the ofthe Telefusion companies, are submittingtheir claims to the group beingofferedto the leadingYorkshire Authority for examination,and the Authority's elements in the other group. duty is to choose the groupwhose appointment Central Scotland Contract. Herethzre were two will be in the bestinterests of Independent applicant groups, one being theexisting programme Television. company, ScottishTelevision. The competing group Discussions between TWWand Harlech Tele- made a strong and carefullyprepared ..pplication,vision about the sale of thestudios and the transfer but the Authority chose ScottishTelevion. Itof staff led both parties toconsider that there would made it a condition of contractthat the ThomsoliLe advantage in TWWassigning to Harlech Tele- Organisation's interest, in bothvoting and non-vision the last months ofthe programme contract voting shares, should be reducedfrom 55 per centfor Wales and West ofEngland expiring in July to a maximum of 25 per cent.The Authority asked1968. Suitable terms for theassignment were agreed that the voting shares shouldbe transferred toand, with the approval ofthe Authority, it took people and interests unconnectedwith the Thomsoneffect from 3rd March 1968. Organisation, and that not fewerthan three new directors, similarly unconnected,should be ap-General Conditions ofConti act pointed to Scottish Television'sboard. The non-For all programme contractsthe Authority imposed voting shares were to be dispersed aswidely ascertain new provisos. Itdecided that it wouldbe in possible to people and interestsunconnected withthe interests of the service as awhole if 70 was the Thomson Organisation,with preference toaccepted as the normal ageof retirement for direc- Scottish persons and companies. Inrequiring thesetors and thatonly in exceptionalcircumstances, changes, the Authority was movedby the desira-requiring the Authority'sapproval, should directors bility of securing a wider spreadof the ownershipcontinue in office over the ageof 70. In no case of this company, which coveredthe important andshould they continue overthe age of 75. nationally self-conscious area of centralScotland. The Authority decidedthat there should be a The Authority regards as valuablethe ownership ofsingle national programmejournal for Independent shares in programme companies by newspapers,butTelevision with regionaleditions.Independent is opposed to the control orownership of anyTelevision PublicationsLimited, wholly owned by programme companyby any single newspaper orthe programme companies, wassubsequently set up press interest. for this purpose. Thefirst editions of the newTV The AuthorityTimes appeared in September1968. The Director- Wales and West of England Contract. attends all meetings of the here preferred a new applicant group,formed under General of the Authority board. the chairmanship of LordHarlech and later to be have in the past called Harlech TelevisionLimited, to the previously The programme companies which had firstcontributed well over amillion in assistance to operating company, TWW Limited, After discussions with the begun operations as a programme contractorin 1958. the arts and sciences. surprise and per-Authority, the companies have nowagreed to make The Authority's decision caused of money each year for plexity, and not only among thoseconnected withavailable substantial sums TWW. The Authority'sposition can be simplythese purposes. SYSTEM/ITV's Regional Pattern 14 THE INDEPENDENT TELEVISION ITV's REGIONALPATTERN

Weekend Television (weekendsfrom 7 p.m. Friday). THE REGIONAL PATTERNOF INDEPENDENT TELEVISION Brompton Road, London, springs from an act of policy:the decision that theITA Headquarters, 70 SW3. (01-584 7011) shape of the system shouldbe not unitary but , as little aspossible centralized, as much aspossibleMidlands: The ITA's transmitter atLichfield was period when more dispersed and varied. During a opened on t7th February H956.An additional station have tended to be concen- and more institutions was opened atMembury in April 1965, and alow- trated in London, thedevelopment of Independent station at Ridge Hill in July1968. The number of separatepower relay Television on the basis of a coverage of theMidlands area is over 14million programmecompanies each suving aparticular part provided by ATV Net- localpeople. Programmes are of the country hasbrought a new emphasis to work. ITA Regional Officer :F. W. G. Bath, Vehicle provided creative centres in life and customs and and General House, HurstStreet, Birmingham 5. the provinces stemmingfrom local initiative. (021-692 o6o) Fifteen programmecompanies have been ap- pointed by the Authority toprovide the programmesNorth-East England andThe Borders: The in fourteen areas forthe six-year contractperiod North East of England,with programmes provided from the end of July 1968.The ITA's headquartersby Tyne Tees Television,is geographically, tech- is in London while twelveregional offices maintainnically and socially welldefined, consisting basically close contact with thelocal programme companies. of the main part of thecounties of , In Scotland, Wales andNorthern Ireland regionalDurham and the NorthRiding of Yorkshire. A committees meet regularly underthe chairmanshippopulation of 2.7 million isserved from the ITA's of members of theAuthority who have as theirtransmitter at Burnhope, openedin 1959. Border special care the interestsof these regions. TheTelevision serves twonationalitiesasitsarea organization of IndependentTelevision on thisstraddles the Anglo-Scottishborder, its programmes regional basis is summarizedbelow. being broadcast by onetransmitter at Caldbeck and another at Selkirk in Scotland(opened 1961) to a East of England: This wasthe first predominantlypopulation of over half a million.A new low-power rural area in which theIndependent Televisionrelay station opened at Whitehavenin autumn 1967. Authority appointed a programmecontractor. TheBorder Television also provides programmesfor an topography of the areanecessitated the first t,000-ftITA station opened atRichmond Hill in the Isle of mast, erected atMendlesham, to serve a populationMan during March 1965.ITA Regional Officer. : of 2.!, million. Programmeoperation commenced in1?. 5. F. Lorimer, GunnerHouse, Neville Street, 1959. During1965 new stations wereopened atNewcastle upon Tyne (063261c148 C.'3' 23710). Sandy Heath (Bedford)and at Belmont (East Lin- Borders Office : 4 TheCrescent,Car/isle. (0228 25004) area's population coverage colnshire), extending the Lancashire area is million. Programmes areprovided byNorth-West England: The to over 51: station at Winter Anglia Television. ITARegioaal Officer : 5. . R. served by the ITA's transmitting Insurance Building, 24Hill, near Bolton. The station wasfirst opened in Hallett, M.B.E., Century provided in 1966. It Castle Meadow, Norwich.(0603 23533) 1956 and a higher mast was serves a populationof over eight million inLanca- of Shropshire, London: The ITA'stransmitter at Croydon wasshire and as well as parts It serves a popu-Derbyshire, Staffordshire andNorth Wales. Pro- opened on 22nd September 1955. ITA and around London. Pro-grammes are providedby Granada Television. lation of 13.?,. million in Harrison, Astley House, 23 provided by ThamesTelevisionRegional Officer : 5. E. grammes are (061-834 2707) (weekdays to 7 p.m.Friday) and by LondonQuay Street, Manchester 3. THEINDEPENDENT TELEVISION SYSTEM//TV's Regional Pattern

Northern Ireland: THE ITA NORTHERN IRELAND 1958) and at Dover (opened in 1960) serve a popu- COMMITTEE: D. J. T. Gilliland (Chairman); C. . lation of 4.3 million. A small relay station is planned Adams ; The Rev. Canon E. S. Barber ; H. J. Curlis ; for Newhaven. ITA Regional Officer : Cmdr G. W. John Fulton; The Rev. Canon John Mackle; MrsAlcock, O.B.E., R.N.(Retd.), 30 Portland Street, Patricia McNeill; Mrs P. H. Rogers; Mrs SheilaSouthampton. (0703 29115) Sinclair. The Province of Northern Ireland is served by two transmitters. The major one, near the principalSouth-West England and Channel Islands: The centre of population in the Belfast area, opened inSouth-West England area includes Cornwall, Devon 1959. The second, at Strabane in the west of theand parts of Somerset and Dorset. A populationof Province, opened early in 1963. The population1.7 million is served by theITA's stations at served is 1.4 million. Programmes are provided byCaradon Hill and Stockland Hill (since 1961) and a Ulster Television. A small relay station is plannedrelay station at Huntshaw Cross (since April 1968). for Ballycastle. Mr D. J. T. Gilliland is the member Programmes are provided by Westward Television. of the Independent Television Authority who makes The Channel Islands area is served by the ITA's the interests of Northern Ireland his special care.transmitter at St Helier, opened in 1962. The pro- ITA Regional Officer : Dr H. R. Cathcart, 5 Donegallgramme company isChannel Television. ITA Square South, Belfast. (0232 31442) Regional Officer : W. A. C. Collingwood, 0.B.E., Royal London House, Armada Way, Plymouth. (0752 63031). Channel Islands Office : 114 Rouge Bowdon, Scotland: THE ITA SCOTTISH COMMITTEE: W. Mac- St Helier, Jersey C.I. (0534 23583) farlane Gray, 0.B.E., 0.StJ., J.P. (Chairman); E. W. Craig, 0.B.E.; Mrs W. Forbes of Callendar ; Mrs D. Gardner; R. D. Hunter, M.B.E., J.P. ; The Rev.Wales and \Vest of England: THE ITA WELSH Dr Thomas Murchison; G. E. Richardson; D. K. COMMITTEE: Sir Ben Bowen Thomas(Chairman); Thomson. Gwilym Prys Davies; the Rev. Dr Ithel Jones; Scotland is served by seven of the ITA's trans-W. J. Jones; Gordon Parry; Trevor Vaughan; mitters. A population of 4 million in CentralPhilip J. Walters; Arthur Williams ; Miss Menai Scotland is reached by the Black Hill station openedWilliams. in 1957. Three new low-power relay stations have Two distinct ITV services are provided. The been built to bring a new or improved service atITA's stations at St Hilary (Channel io) and Bath Rothesay, Rosneath and Lethanhill. Programmestransmit Harlech Television's programme service for Central Scotland are provided by Scottish Tele-for South Wales and the West of England. Harlech vision. In North-East Scotland a population of 1.8Television's special service for Wales is transmitted million is served by the transmitters opened atfrom the ITA's stations at St Hilary (Channel 7), Durris and Mounteagle in 1961, and at RumsterPresely and Moel-y-Parc, in addition to six relay Forest (Caithness/) and Angus (/stations (a further relay station will open during Perth) in 1965. A small relay station is planned for 1969). Sir Ben Bowen Thomas is the member of the Aviemore. Programmes for North-East Scotland Independent Television Authority who makes the are provided by GrampianTelevision. Mr W.interests of Wales his special care. ITA Regional Macfarlane Gray, 0.B.E., O.StJ., J.P., is the mem- Officer : . J. Evans, ArlbeP House, Greyfriars Road, ber of the Independent Television Authority who Cardiff (0222 28 7 5 9 c 30205) makes the interests of Scotland his special care. ITA Regional Officer : John Lindsay, Fleming House, Renfrew Street, Glasgow C.3. (041-332 8241) Yorkshire: Since the end of July 1968, Yorkshire has been established as a separate Independent Television area. A population of over 51 million is South of England: Southern Independent Tele-served by the ITA's stations at Emley Moor and vision provides programmes for Central SouthernScarborough. Programmes are provided by York- and South-East England. The ITA's transmittersshire Television. ITA Regional Officer : R. Cordin, at Chillerton Down on the Isle of Wight(opened inPennine House, Russell Street, Leeds. (0532 36948) 01, 1.3 ma' 33 71 CrOr+F.; 071 .ECD 0C 13 1 I. < OO r+C.1 us CDco "D G) cto< " 0 < 0CD C ong31 C > OCD 4, CC CD NEWS AN D NEWS MAGAZINES (MN c s3) E 8orCD (1)a) csl) - - DOCUMENTARIES AND NEWS FEATURES (1 5%) 3 m 01toCO-4 co3'63 RELIGION (8%) CD - 0 ADULT EDUCATION (3° a 6 OX SCHOOL PROGRAMMES (2%; oloS s*0 _ CHILDREN'SPLAYS (2;'-i) PROGRAMMES (11%) Education '15f%12 firs DRAMAENTERTAIN SERIES MENT AND AND SERIALS MUSIC (5%) (1 1%) SPORT AND O.B.s (13%) '! , Q1 r.)0 01 0Co.) 17 ;i1114i IeLDI e

CERTAIN DUTIES expected to be watching theprogrammes.' THE 1964 TELEVISION ACT PLACES (Section 4(t)(a)) AND RESPONSIBILITIES onthe Authority in regard to the programmes it transmits.The Act declares: The present code is given on page 20. drawn up in 'It shall be the duty of the Authority: Programme schedules must be consultation with the Authority, and aresubject to (a) to provide the televisionbroadcasting services give directions for disseminating -the Authority's approval. It may as a public service exclusion of any item from a programme tion, education and entertainment; as to the schedule. (Section 5(2) & (3)) (b) to ensure that the programmesbroadcast by maintain a high Finally, the Authority mustmake provision in the Authority in each area companies to ensure general standard inallrespects, and inits contracts with programme particular in respect of their contentand that the company will providein advance scripts wide rangeand particulars of programmes,if so required. quality, and a proper balance and (Section i t(5)(a)) in their subject-matter, havii.gregard to both the programmes as a wholeand also to the days of the week on which,and ofProgramme Committees The Authority presides over acommittee known as atwhich,the programmes are theday the Programme Policy Committee onwhich all the broadcast; and which is regarded ofcompanies are represented and (c) to secure a wide showing for programmes as the principalchannel for making known to the merit.' (Section 1(4))companies the Authority's views on programme The Act goes on to say,however, that thepolicy and for establishing themain trends on which programmes broadcastshall be provided, not by thedetailed planning proceeds. Its workis closely linked Authority, but by programme contractorswho,with that of the Network PolicyCommittee, which under contracts with the Authority,have the rightis the main instrument ofthe companies for working and the duty to provide programmesto be broad-out the basicnetwork schedules and arranging cast by theAuthority. (Section(5)) .opera donbetween them in programme matters: The Authority is also required tosatisfy itself. ... a representativeof the Authority sits on this com- 'that nothing is included inthe programmesmittee. There isalso regular consultation between which offends against good taste ordecency or isthe companies individually andthe Authority (either likely to encourage orincite to crime or to leadwith headquarters staff or withregional officers as to disorder or tobe offensive to public feeling.' appropriate). (Section 3(t )(a)) The Network Policy Committee isassisted by a with different Additionally the Authorityis required to drawnumber of sub-committees concerned classes of programme and all areserviced by the up a codegiving guidance: observed in regard tv theNetwork Programme Secretariat. Anadditional per- 'as to the rules to be network serves as Director of showing of violence, particularlywhen largemanent officer of the numbers of children and young persons maybeIndependent Television Sport. /8 PROGRAMME POLICY AND CONTROL

Prop amme Planning The Authority relies on a less formal system of It is customary in to work in thirteen-control. This system is concerned both with the week units. Four times a year, each company sub- content and the timing of programmes,and it rests mits its proposals for the next quarter. These aremore upon the practice ofregular consultation discussed, in the first instance, at meetingsone for between the staff of the Authority and the companies each company at the Authority's Headquarters,than upon routine advance scrutiny of scripts. attended by the Managing Director and other senior In the case of film series or feature films it is members of the Company's staff, and by the Deputyusual to rely, in the first instance, on the judgment Director-General (Programme Services), the Headof the companies as to the most suitable timing of Programme Services, and the Senior Programmeearly evening, eight o'clock, or post-nine. In some Officers. Similar meetings take place in the Regions, cases a company will consult theAuthority as to where the Authority's representative is the Regional titru,,g. An imported series will occasionally include Officer. The schedules, possibly amended, are then an episode which infringes the Authority'scode on considered in detail by the Authority's Programmeviolence, in which case the companies normally Schedule Committee, and finally approved by the either edit the episode or withdraw it from the series Authority itself, which may, and sometimes does,altogether. The Authority's staff may be consulted make its approvals conditional upon certain changesin such cases, and they are not infrequently invited being made, or require amended schedules to beto see sample episodes of new series before the submitted for further consideration. decision is taken to include them in the schedules. The approval of schedules is required by the Act ; These arrangements have proved effective in general the preliminary meetings are concerned largely with in relation to the family viewing policy and the code ensuring so far as possible that the 1,roposed sched-on violence. Many series (for example,the comedy ules confoim to the Authority's known requirements series) present no difficulties, and no problems of as to the balance of serious programmesand purely control arise. entertainment programmes, the timing of particular A rather different system applies in the case of series, and other similar points. But they also pro- the programmesplays or produced by the vide an opportunity for the Authority's staff to Independent Television companies themselves. The garner advance information about proposed new producing company sends a synopsis of each play or programmes, either home-produced orpurchased,episode to the Authority in advance of production. and about the times at which a company proposes If the staff of the Authority have any doubts or to schedule them. questions these are normally put to the company Family Viewing orally at an appropriate level. More often than not There is no single time in the evening at which the these doubts are resolved simply by the supply of broadcasters can be certain that :here are not sub- further information. Where this is not so, there will stantial numbers of young children in the audience.usually be discussion with the company, which may Children have their own programmes in the hour or lead to agreement to take no further action, or agree- so preceding the early news bulletin, and it isthe ment that the company will itself take certain action ; practice in Independent Television to assume thator else to a request for a full script or for a preview large numbers of them continue to watch thereafter. of the programme, or both. In the last resort the The Authority seeks to ensure that the programmesAuthority may issue an instruction to withdraw the shown in this early evening period should be notprogramme or an instruction to present it onlyafter unsuitable for children. As the evening advances,deletions have been made, but final directions of more adult material is introduced ; and sothe burdenthis kind are necessary only on rare occasions. of responsibility for deciding what programmes It happens occasionally that the Authority or the children should watch is progressively transferredAuthority's staff are asked to preview a programme to the shoulders of the parents. in order to assist a company to resolve doubts which Programme Clearance a company may itself entertain. It may also happen There are no routine arrangements for the auto- that people concerned in the creative process them- matic submission to the Authority of scripts ofselves make representations to the Authority either dramatic or light entertainment programmes fordirectly or through an association to which they approval or in advance of production. belong. The Authority does not refuse to consider PROGRAMME POLICY AND CONTROL

11.rhre. broadcast. Over the years it has from whatever source they come, programmes are any representationo serious content of the provided its own formal and officialrelationshipbeen possible to increase the without diminishing theirgeneral with the managements of the programmecompaniesprogrammes appeal to viewers, and theessential elements which. is not prejudiced. in the programmes as a wholein As a result of this continuing processof examina-must be present inevitably been someaddition to drama, lightentertainment, sport and tion and enquiry there have be well understood. In occasions when the Authority hashad to intervenecurrent events have come to tobroad terms these essential elements are(a) adequate in drama and documentary programmes so as (b) religious pro- ensure that the Actis observed. But suchinterven-daily bulletins of national news ; of the outputgrammes ; (c)political programmes ; (d) social pro-, tions are rare in relation to the totality documentary programmes; (f) cultural and they have never been on such ascale or of such grammes ; (e) 'hamstring creativeprogrammes (i.e. the arts,history, science); and (g) severity as could be said to for adult artists'. Wrong impressions are apt tobe formed ofeducational programmes fin schools and depending onaudiences. this part of the Authority's work Independent Television people's own attitude towards thecontrol of tele- In each of the fourteen does not expect toservice areas about 70-75 hours of programmes are vision standards. The Authority Some of the pro- satisfy everyone all of the time.It is sometimestransmitted in an average week. criticized for being too liberal or evenlax in itsgrammes areproduced by the local company; others occasionally also for are acquiredfrom other programme companies or interpretation of its duties and regional charac- being too restrictive. In a freesociety it could hardlyfrom outside sources. Because of the ter of IndependentTelevision there are considerable be otherwise. in different With the exception of the code onviolence, thevariations in the programmes to be seen document describingparts of the country.Programme companies are Authority has published no provide a the criteria it adopts inexercising control over theappointed to serve particular areas and In view of therange of programmescalculated to have a special subject-matter of its programmes. During the year machinery which exists for thecommunication of theappeal to viewers in their areas. Authority's own views to thecompanies and for 1967-8 the total production of regional progi ammes amounted to 4,419 hours, a weekly averageof 85 regular discussion withthem, the need for a com- has not arisen, andhours. Despite the regional variationsthe companies prehensive code of standards Authority guidance, there are indeed dangersinestablishing rigid have been able, with occasional the particular context in to ensure that the weekly patternof programmes and precepts unnlated to categories which programmes are madeand presented. the balance between different programme has remained substantially the samein all Inde- Programme Review pendent Television areas. Thediagram on page 16 representative of the All transmissions aremonitored, and each monthfor the London area is broadly the Authority considers a reportfrom the staff onprogramme outputin each service area. About one programmes, orincidentstherein, which have third of the programmes on IndependentTelevision aroused criticism. Companies arenotified of anyare of a serious orinformative nature. retrospective judgments reachedby the Authority presentation of drama andProgramme Production about the content and Each week the fifteen programmecompanies provide other programmes. It hasalways been the aim of the total of about 135 responsibility for observingfor the Authority's transmissions a Authority that the initial hours of different programmesproduced in their the provisions of theAct and for observing the The diagram on page 16 analyses the should be taken by theown studios. Authority's known policies companies' own production bycategories. These companies themselves as partof their contractual programmes accountfor about 55 hours of trans- obligations. mission in each service area. Theremaining pro- grammes compriseBritish film material made for Programme Balance produced The Act requires theAuthority to ensure a propertelevision or the cinema, much of which is in subject-matter, havingby subsidiaries of the programmecompanies or in balance and wide range recorded pro- regard both to the programmes as awhole and alsoassociation with them; and foreign to the days ofthe week and the times ofthe day whengrammes. 20 PROGRAMME POLICY AND CONTROL

VIOLENCE IN PROGRAMMES INTENSITY OF VIOLENCE The Independent Television Code 5.The third rule concerns the quality or intensity of violenc. This may be a question of distance or THE CONTEXT OF VIOLENCE closeness in space and time. A long shot of an am- 1.Conflict, the clash of purposes and personalities, is a major element in drama, and notleast in greatbush or cavalry charge is one thing, a close-up of drama. Physical violence is conflict at the pointwhenfacial agony, though part of that whole, is another. blows are exchanged or weapons are used. Persecu-Distance in time, the remoteness of the setting from tion, bullying, intimidation, humiliation and crueltyour world, may alsolessen the emotional of are forms ofmental violence, and itis well toviolence. The senses are less vividly impressed. It remember that the suffering thus caused may exceed may also be lessened whenthe story is simply not that caused by physical violence, though not a handregarded as realthe fairy story, the conventional has been raised to strike. adventure story or the recreated world of the routine .The first rule in the control of both formsofWestern, with its stock characters, or the puppet, violence must always be to examine the dramaticmarionette, and mime. But not too much importance context in which they occur,and the ends to whichshould be attached to this form of 'distance'.Reality they are a means. For, if need be, physical maycan shrink distance, andthrust through any conven- be used to protect the law as well as breakit, totion. Horror in costume is still horror. defend the guiltless or helpless as well as oppress them, to impose a just settlement as well as an unjust take the form of a just moral THE PROTECTION OF CHILDREN one, and anger may Within this broad frame of reference, great care indignation against the infliction of cruelty, as well 6. should always be taken in the presentationof the as of a vicious outburstof temper or a mercilessly following : sustained vendetta. (a) Scenes likely to frighten children. 3.Therefore, in dramatic programmes likely to be initial question to be asked is (There are degrees of fear, from the mild and seen by children, the half-pleasurable fear of climbing a tree or a whether they are pervaded with a clear sense of right and wrong. All may turn on the answer. For children mountain to absolute unmixed terror, and acquire their moral sentiments from the society children vary greatly in their susceptibility to around them, including its aspect in television, and fear. Horror deliberately presented as an particularly from those they admire both in real life entertainment should be prohibited.) and in literature and drama. They tend to model (b) Scenes likely to unnerve and unsettle children. their own conduct on the conduct of those they (Care must be taken to guard children against admire, and shun the conduct of those they feel to the impression that they are entering a world be bad. It follows that the ends for which characters in which they can count on nothing as settled, presented to them as admirable resort to physical reliable and kind, and in which they must force should always be socially defensible. make their way at the expense of others, resorting to physical or mental violence when- VIOLENCE FOR ITS OWN SAKE NOT PERMISSIBLE ever it will pay them.) 4.The second rule, which follows from the first, is that violence, whether physical or mental, should (c) Scenes likely to cause pain to children. never be allowed 'for its ownsake'that is to say, (Pain witnessed, except by a brute, is pain felt. simply because it attracts or secures the attention of When witnessed, the pain of others stirs sym- audiences, or certain types of audience. If the nature pathy, and the desire arises to relieve suffering, of it, or the sheer quantity of it, go beyond its and protect the weak or helpless against it. dramatic function, it should be cut. Individual This is a of moral growth. But there are brutality or the aimless violence of mobs can be degrees of suffering altogether too painful for shown ; but there comes a point at which they have children to watch. The more helpless the vic- exhausted their dramatic roleand at that point tim, such as the aged, the infirm, or an animal, they should stop. Purely quantitative control is the greater the pain induced in a good- important. hearted child.) PROGRAMME POLICY AND CONTROL 21

(d) Scenes in which pleasure is taken in the in- tying and locking up, or submerging in water, fliction of pain or humiliation upon others. can easily be tried by a child.) (Children should know that bullies are a fact (g) Scenes in which easily acquired and danger- of life, but great care must be taken to see that ous weapons are used. they despise them and do not secretly admire (It is a simple fact that guns and swords are them. When such scenes reach the level of not easily come by, while knives, bottles,bars deliberatetorture,they should be either and bricks are. It is not good that children momentary or banned entirely.) with a tendency to violence should see them (e) Scenes in which the infliction or acceptance of in frequent use.) pain or humiliation is associated with sexual (h) Scenes in which the less usual methods of in- pleasure. flicting injury are employed. (These should be eliminated.) (This includes rabbit punches, suffocation, (f) Scenes which children might copy with injury the sabotage of vehicles, and dangerous booby to themselves or others. traps.) (Children are imitative and curious. The tech- 7.In cases of doubt, cut. The risk is not one that nique of hanging, or experiments with fire, orcan decently be taken.

The General Advisory Council This Council, under the distinguished chairmanship of Lord Robertsonof Oakridge, is composed of some twenty independent people drawn from manydifferent walks of life. It gives the Authority frank advice on the general.pattern and content of the programmes which is taken into accountin planning discussions with the companies. The Council met four times in 1963. The members of theGeneral Advisory Council* are: The Lord Robertson of Oakridge, G.C.B., G.B.E.,K.C.M.G., K.C.V.O., D.S.O., M.C. (Chairman) Mrs E. Bacharach Housewife, Hampstead Dr S. Benaim Consultant Psychiatrist, Southgate Mrs J. L. Burrows, B.E.M. Housewife, Oxford. Wife of Chief Constable of Oxford City Sir Hugh Casson Architect. Professor of Interior Design, Royal College of Art Mr G. R. Chetwynd, C.B.E. Vice-Chairman, Land Commission Mrs G. Granger Journalist, N orwich Mr L. A. Guillemette, O.B.E. States' Supervisor, States of Guernsey Mr P. G. Hancock Company Director, Pembroke Mr A. Hunt Senior Lecturer in Complementary Studies, Regional College of Art, Bradford Mr E. Langford Lewis Deputy County Architect, Professor 0. R. McGregor Professor of Social Institutions, Mr John P. Mackintosh, M.P. Labour Member of Parliament for Berwick and East Lothian Mrs M. Maginess Housewife, Northern Ireland Miss M. Marsden, O.B.E. Retired. Women' s Institute and WVS Mr Mills, M.P. Conservative M.P. for Torrington Mr J. B. Mylchreest, T.D., J.P. Company Director. Honorary A.D.C. to the Governor of the Isle of Man The Viscount Norwich and broadcaster. Represents the Liberal Party on the Council Mrs G. M. Pitt Housewife, Crawley. Part-time tutor in sociology Professor J. Professor of Physics, Infrared Astronomy Group, Imperial College of Science and Technology Mrs I. W. Smith Housewife, Secretary, Mr A. C. Smyth, 0.B.E., J.P. Retired. Chairman of Convention of Royal Burghs of Scotland Mr R. A. Wardale Journalist, Southern Newspapers Ltd Mrs G. L. Young Housewifi, Glasgow *At end of 1968.

23

0>

IN ORDER TO UNDERSTAND VIEWERS' REACTIONS TO this information, and from the surveys of the PROGRAMMES the Authority undertakes systematicnumber of homes receiving reliable transmissions and continuous audience research. This is concerned from each area's ITA transmitter, both the total size not only with the size and composition of theand the composition of the audience for any pro- audience and its variations in time and place, butgramme can be calculated. also with audience appreciation of programmes, Over 16 million homes, containing 50 million viewers' interests and needs, andpeople, have television sets able to receive Inde- basic research problems. In addition to these activi-pendent Television programmes. This coverage ties the Authority has been financing, at the rate amounts to some 92 per cent of the totalpopulation. of J50,00O annually for five years, the work of theFrom January to July 1968, in homes which could Television Research Committee which was set upreceive both BBC and Independent Television, the in July 1963 by the Home Secretary at the sugges- set was switched on for an average of 4.4hours a day ; tion of the Authority in order to institute research for 2.5 hours it was tuned to Independent Tele- into the effects of television in relation to othervision and for 1.9 hours to BBC. Audiences for the media of mass communication, with particularmost popular programmes exceed 20million viewers. reference to young people. Audiences for Different Types of Programmes Audience Size and Composition The size of the audience for different television Information on the size and composition of theprogrammes varies considerably.Apart from the audience is provided for ITV by independentgeneral popularity or quality of a programme, the research organizations. Until the end of July 1968number of people viewing it is determined by many this research was undertaken by Television Audi-different factors, such as the day and time of ence Measurement Ltd. (TAM), andthereafter bytransmission, the programmes preceding and follow- Audits of Ltd. (AGB), throughing it, and the attractiveness of programmes avail- JICTAR (Joint Industry Committee for Televisionable on the other channels. Also, because of the Advertising Research) who have assumed responsi-considerable va eiations in the programme schedules bility for the service. The data for the regularof the separate Independent Television areas, a reports supplied through the service are obtainednumber of programmes which are highly popular from two sources :first, from automatic metersin the areas in which they are shown fail to appear attached to television sets in representative samplesamong the programmes seenby the largest number of ITV homes in every area of the country, andof viewers over the country as a whole. secondly from diaries completed by viewers within The table on the following page shows the twenty these homes. The meters show whether or not theprogrammes, on IndependentTelevision and the set is switched on and, if so, to which station it isBBC television services, which were seen by the tuned; the completed diaries give details of the age,largest number of viewing homes during a typical sex and other characteristicsof those viewing. Fromweek in October 1968. 24 THE ITV AUDIENCE NETWORK TOP TWENTY

Week ended 6th October 1968

Originator Homes Viewing Programme (millions)

7.70 (Wednesday) GRANADA 7.05 Coronation Street (Monday) GRANADA 6.15 The Cabinet of Caligari (film) BBC 6.00 The Show BBC 600 Marty BBC 6.00 Operation Petticoat BBC 5.70 Opportunity Knocks! THAMES 5.65 Softly, Softly BBC 5.60 GRANADA 5.50 BBC 5.50 Oh! Brother BBC 5.35 The Avengers THAMES 5-35 The Forsyte Saga BBC 5.30 Inside George Web ley YORKSHIRE 5.20 There's a Hole in your Dustbin,Delilah (play) GRANADA 5.15 Sherlock Holmes BBC 5.15 Sportsnight with Coleman BBC 5.15 Dixon of Dock Green BBC 5.10 News At Ten (Monday) ITN 5-10 George and the Dragon ATV © JICTAR 1968

Regional Audiences for News andCurrent number of Independent Televisionhomes viewing the national and local news and currentaffairs Affairs various areas. These include, in The main ITV national news programmeITN'sprogrammes in the thirty minute News at Ten which wasintroducedaddition to the programmes alreadymentioned, the This Week and in July 1967 is now firmly established andis regular affairs programmes regularly watched within aboutfi".,e million homes. World in Action. the It consistently appears inthe list of twenty pro- The audiences for the nationd programmes, the largest audiences. In addition totitles of which are in italics, may be comparedwith grammes with It will be News at Ten the national ITNNews is broadcastthe audiences for the local programmes. considerable variation between on weekdays at 5.55 p.m.,and within each regionseen that there is a provided by the pro-areas in theaudiences for the national programmes, there is local news coverage high interest gramme companyof the area. and that many local programmes; attract The following Table showsthe proportion andwithin their regions. THE ITV AUDIENCE 25

REGIONAL AUDIENCESFOR NEWS ANDCURRENT AFFAIRS

Nationally networked programmes areshown in italics Week ended 15th September1968

ITV Homes No. of Homes Day Time Viewing Programme % 000's

6.02 p.m. 45 73 The Borders and Border News Weekdays 5.50 p.m. 34 54 Isle of Man ITN News Weekdays 33 54 ITN News Sunday 1 0.00 p.m. 33 53 World in Action Monday 8.01 p.m. 31 49 News at Ten Weekdays 10.00 P.m. 9.20 p.m. 31 49 ITN NeKC Saturday 27 44 This Week Thursday 9.30 p.m. 6.02 p.m. 28 316 Central Scotland 3cotland Now Weekdays 25 274 News at Ten Weekdays 10.00 p.m. 25 273 ITN News Weekdays 5.50 p.m. 25 270 World in Action Monday 8.01 p.m. 9.30 p.m. 24 265 This Week Thursday 1 6 180 ITN News Saturday 10.10 p.m. 16 180 ITN News Sunday 10.00 p.m. 16 175 Scotland Late Weekdays various 7 76 Scotland Early Weekdays 4.25 p.m. 10.00 p.m. 19 185 East of England News at Ten Weekdays 1 9 185 World in Action Monday 8.01 p.m. 1 8 180 ITN News Sunday 10.00 p.m. 1 7 170 About Anglia Weekdays 6.01 p.m. 9.30 p.m. 1 6 155 This Week Thursday 15 150 ITN News Weekdays 5.50 p.m. 10.00 p.m. 10 100 ITN News Saturday 3 30 Anglia Newsroom Weekdays 4.30 p.m. 2 15 Anglia Reports Saturday 11.13 p.m. 8.01 p.m. 33 770 Lancashire World in Action Monday 31 730 News at Ten Weekdays 10.00 p.m. 9.30 p.m. 27 630 This Week Thursday 10.00 p.m. 26 600 ITN News Sunday Granada News 6.01 p.m. 23 540 and Weather Weekdays 5.50 p m. 21 490 ITN New's Weekdays 10.00 p.m. 1 6 370 ITN News Saturday 10.00 p m. 23 940 London News at Ten Weekdays 23 940 World in Action Monday 8.01 p.m. 9.20 p.m. 21 860 ITN News Saturday 10,00 p.m. 20 820 ITN News Sunday 9.30 p.m. 1 8 750 This Week Thursday 6.04 p.m. 17 700 Today Weekdays 5.50 p.m. 1 4 604 ITN News Weekdays 8.01 p.m. 29 740 Midlands World in Action Monday 9.20 p.m. 28 700 ITN News Saturday 26 670 News at Ten Weekdays 10.00 p.m. 9.30 p.m. 26 650 This Week Thursday 22 546 Midland News Weekdays 6.01 p.m. 6.10 p.111. 21 544 ATV Today Weekdays 5.50 p.m. 19 500 ITN News Weekdays 19 470 ITN News Sunday 10.00 p.m. 26 THE ITV AUDIENCE

ITV Homes No. of Time Viewing Homes Programme Day 000's

34 270 North-East England World in Action Monday 8.01 p.m. 250 News at Ten Weekdays 10.00 p.m. 31 26 210 This Week Thursday 9.30 p.m. 24 195 Today at Six Weekdays 6.02 p.m. 23 185 ITN News Sunday 10.00 p.m. 20 165 ITN News Weekd- vs 5.50 p.m. 20 165 ITN News Saturday 10.00 p.m. 36 110 This Week Thursday 9.30 P.m. North-East Scotland 109 Grampian News Weekdays 6.01 p.m. 35 33 103 News at Ten Weekdays 10.00 p.m. 97 World in Action Monday 8.01 p.m. 31 30 96 ITN News Weekdays 5.50 p.m. 22 68 ITN News Sunday 10.00 p.m. 17 54 ITN News Saturday 10.00 p.m. 45 126 Ulster News Weekdays 6.30 P.m. Northern Ireland 104 News at Ten Weekdays 10.00 p.m. 37 97 World in Action Monday 8.00 P.m. 34 95 ITN News Weekdays 5.50 P.m. 34 32 91 ITN News Saturday 9.20 p.m. 32 91 This Week Thursday 9.30 P.m. 29 83 ITN News Sunday 10.00 p.m. 24 290 South of England World in Action Monday 8.01 p.m. 263 Day by Day Weekdays 6.01 p.m. 22 247 News at Ten Weekdays 10.00 p.m. 21 20 236 ITN News Weekdays 5.50 P.m. 19 225 ITN News Saturday 10.00 P.m. 19 225 This Week Thursday 9.30 P.m. 205 ITN News Sunday 10.00 P.m. 17 17 200 Southern News Saturday 5.09 p.m. Sat. and Southern News 6 73 Extra Weekdays 11.01 p.m.

31 135 South-West England World in Action Monday 8.01 p.m. 25 108 ITN News Sunday 10.00 p.m. 24 104 This Week Thursday 9.30 P.m. 104 Westward Diary Weekdays 6.01 p.m. 24 100 ITN News Saturday 9.20 P.m. 23 95 News at Ten Weekdays 10.00 p.m. 22 85 ITN News Weekdays 5.50 P.m. 20 29 352 Wales and West News at Ten Weekdays 10.00 p.m. 26 315 of England This Week Thursday 9.30 P.m. 280 World in Action Monday 8.01 p.m. 23 22 267 Report Weekdays 6.01 p.m. 25- ITN News Weekdays 5.50 P.m. 22 250 ITN News Sunday 10.00 p.m. 21 215 ITN News Saturday 10.00 p.m. 18 28 510 Yorkshire World in Action Monday 8.01 p.m. 28 500 News at Ten Weekdays 10.00 p.m. 450 ITN News Saturday 9.20 p.m. 25 24 420 This Week Thursday 9.30 P.m. 20 370 Calendar Weekdays 6.00 p m. 19 340 ITN News Weekdays 5.50 P.m. 17 310 ITN News Sunday 10.00 P.m. jr-

THE ITV AUDIENCE 27

ITV Homes No. of Time Viewing Homes Programme Day 000's

29 4,628 National Network World in Action Monday 8.01 p.m. 28 4,522 News at Ten Weekdays 10.00 p.m. 25 3,978 This Week Thursday 9.30 p.m. 3,334 ITN News Weekddys 5.50 p.m. 21 © JICTAR 1968

interest of Audience Research production, an estimate of the relative thedifferent adult educational topicsand groups of Measurement of the size and composition of for pro- audience for programmes, although anessentialcharacteristics of the potential audience these topics. Since the results component of audience research,does not by itselfgrammes dealing with it is intended provide sufficient information if thepublic reactionof this research are of general interest, make them available to the to programmes is to beadequately understood. Theto publish them and Authority has therefore continued tosupplementpublic. consultation on data withqualitative data on In connection with the ITA the Authority audience appreciation of programmesthrough thereligious television in Canterbury, attitudes, TAM TvQservice, and to undertakeregular surveyscommissioned a survey of the religious this survey, of public opinion about the programme output.Inbeliefs and values of the public. In activity, severalpublic attitudes towards religiousand other tele- addition to this regular research within the special projects have been undertakendesigned tovision programmes were also studied investigate particular problems in detail,and thecontext of the current systemsof belief and faith, systematic basic research programmehas beenand of the most pressing mattersof public concern and anxiety. The basic objectiveof this survey was continued. of understanding of public The information obtained throughthese research to provide a framework the Authority's efforts is not, however, sufficientlycomprehensive attitudes and religious needs for Authority's needs. religious advisers and for all those who areconcerned and continuous to satisfy the It is Experimental work has therefore beenundertakenwith the production of religious programmes. during the past year designed to preparethe wayintended to publish the resultsof this research. is for setting up an audience reactionpanel of viewers. The Authority's basic research programme been carried out concerned with the determinationand measurement A series of exploratory studies have of viewing of the in order to identify and measureall the ways inof factors affecting the pattern viewing public. Viewers'satisfaction depends upon which viewers themselves evaluate the programmes chosen from the which they watch, and preliminary workhas alsothe selection of programmes been undertaken on studying thebest means ofavailable output, and consequentlyis closely related organizing, in conjunction with the programmeto questions ofquality and balance in scheduling. started a programme companies, an ITV audience reactionservice, based The Authority has therefore reliable sample of viewers, and of research into these areasin order to understand upon a statistically of 'balance' and with adequate representation in eachITA region. in greater detail the connotations standpoint. At present, In the area of educational programmes two pro-'quality' from the viewers' concerned with two aspects of thisproblem are under active review: jects have been commissioned, one in fact, view in schools programmes, the other withadult educa- firstly, a study of what viewers do, affect typical tional output. The former study wasdesigned to common that is, the factors which different timesbased upon test the feasibility ofdifferent methods of measuring patterns of viewing at the ITV schools systematic analysis of audience measurementdata; the size of the school audience to oriented study of programmes, and ofthe reactions of both pupils and and secondly a psychologically aimed to pro- what viewers say they would like toview in common teachers to these. The latter project in patterns of vide, for the assistance of theITV educational that is, their stated preferences advisory bodies and for educational programme viewing.

29

A ANN. 1111111111111 1111111111/

first four programme PROGRAMMES CONSTITUTE between the ITA and the NEWS AND NEWS MAGAZINE companies, as a non-profit-making company.The A MOST IMPORTANT PARTof the production effort of owned by these four Independent Television as awhole, representingshares were then entirely total. The amount companiesRediffusion, ATV, Granada andABC. about thirty per cent of the TWW joined the board as available to viewers varies inthe different Inde-Scottish Television and from about seven toadditional shareholders. TheTelevision Act 1964 pendent Television regions should be transmissionprovided that each programme company fourteen per cent of total programme obtain a financial interest; time. On average, programmecompanies transmitgiven the opportunity to of national and inter-consequently all companies are nowshareholders. about four-and-a-half hours main production effort national news each week. Inaddition, regional news During weekdays ITN's normally amount tois devoted to Nerps at Ten,the half-hour bulletin of bulletins and news magazines analysis and the first of itskind to be between two and four hours aweek of programmenews and presented on British television.The programme is time. primary sourcerevolutionary in its flexibility;it can either simply Television news is recognized as a it and analyse it. Its of infbrmation for themajority of the population.present the news or present services pro-length enables the news tobe given as fully as is Nine out of ten people rate the news audience research carried outfor the vided by Independent Television as'good' or 'verynecessary. All earried out onAuthority since theprogramme's introduction in good', according to opinion surveys the success of this new behalf of the Authority. July 1967 has confirmed departure: News at Tenhas earned a consistently The preparation and presentationof national and In Independenthigh level of audienceloyalty and appreciation. international news throughout the separate organizations Television network are theresponsibility of a special 1968 it won awards from two representing viewers' interests.The 5.50 p.m. (io news company,Independent Television News andminutes) weekday newsbulletins continue. The Limited (ITN). Regional news programmes Saturdays when there arethree news magazines areprovided by the individualpattern varies on bulletins (25 minutes in all)and on Sundays when programme companies. there are two, totalling 25minutes. All these pro- Independent Tele- National and Foreign News grammes areshown throughout When Indcpendent Television Nasin its figmativevision. From time to timeITN produces special pro- stage, it v,as decidedthat the specialized responsi- orbital flights, presenting national andgrammes onmajor events such as bility of preparing and Parliamentary and local elec- fulfilled by a singleinternational crises, international news could best be The Budget and the US compan withits own staff, premises,studios andtions, Party conferences, Presidential Elections. equipmont. several of the programme ITN was established inMay 1955, by agreement ITN, together with

GRAMPIAN NEWS. Mr EdwardHeath at . Grampian 30 NEWS AND NEWS MAGAZINES in their areas which areof companies, collaborates with theGPO and the BBCcoverage of events national interest. in bringing satellitetransmissions to British viewers viewers. ITN A noteworthy featureof the local news services and in taking programmes to overseas of detailed andup-to-the-minute is joint owner with UnitedPress International (UPI)is the development weather and road reports. of one of the leadingnewsfilm agencies (UPITN). made by UPITN Daily shipments of newsfilm are Programmes from London, New Yorkand other centres to moreRegional Magazine From the earliest daysof IndependentTelevision, than too televisionstations throughout the world. several companies haveproduced news magazine ITN has permanentcorrespondents in Washington first regular correspondents.programmes atleast once a week. The as well as anumber of roving foreign early evening, was produced ITN's editorial policy is to presentan accuratedaily programme, in the of the day's news in such ain 1959. The formulahas hn.d remarkable success and impartial account and every region has its own stimulate and hold the viewers'interest.over the entire country, way as to magazine programme. Themajority are transmitted It seeks to exploit tothe full the inherent advantages and vary in length fromfifteen of television as a newsmedium, in particular itsin the early evening to thirty minutes.In some regions local news ability to show events asthey happen and to present making the news. bulletins are included inthe programmes. to the publicthe people who are is the by men of personality. Characteristic of the magazine programmes The bulletins are presented emphasis they place on localparticipation and topics From the beginningITN's newscasters have not of special interest tolocal viewers. The companies only read the news inthe studio but also helped to productive effort to these edit and prepare it. They arethemselves reportersdevote a great deal of programmeswhich have made a majorcontribution and interviewers. to the successof regional television. In thepractice of IndependentTelevision Regional News Services regionalism has come to mean anumber of different One of IndependentTelevision's most important the interest of the development of television inthings, but primarily it means contributions to the affairs of their region and Britain has been therapid and widespread growthpeople of a region in the in what is going on in the partof the world in which of genuinely regional newsservices. Although ar- they live. Before IndependentTelevision there were rangements andplans vary according toparticular departments of all theno dailyregional news magazines ontelevision. circumstances, the news taken for granted, but companies have many featuresin common. First,These are now sometimes provided bythey have great significancefor the areas they serve. the emphasis is always upon news, , About Anglia, and journalists working throughthe medium of tele-Some, like Border's Southern's Da.y by Day areregularly amongst the vision. Extensive use ismade both of staff and provide the up-most popular programmes seenin the area : but all freelance newsfilm cameramen to simply good local pro- to-the-minute filmed reportswhich feature pro-of them are more than Secondly, the news is grammes : withtheir web of correspondentsthrough- minently in the bulletins. with their contacts withMembers local or regional incharacter ; to this end, con-out each region, of Parliament, with localauthorities, with the local siderable numbers of localcorrespondents, generally close employed. press, they areoften the centre of the very local journalists themselves, are relationships which have grown upbetween the Local news is producedin studio centres in companies which, in Glasgow, Cardiff, South-communities and the television Birmingham, Manchester, the regions have come toregard as ampton, Newcastle uponTyne, Norwich, Dover, a very real sense, Carlisle, Leeds, Aber-their own. This fbrm ofregionalism has now come , Belfast, Plymouth, the regular news magazine programme deen and St Helier. As ageneral rule the regionalto London in Todig with . news isbroadcast immediately afterthe national regional In addition to theregular news magazines, a news at 6.00 p.m.On many occasions the produce short informative provide visual and sound reportsfor number of companies news-rooms designed to assist the policein the inclusion in the national newsbulletins of ITN. No programmes failed toinvestigation of crimes. These programmes,prepared regular viewer ofNews at Ten will have various police , have its range and variety owes to con-in conjunction with the note how much led directly to the solutionof a number of crimes. tributions from regionalcompanies of on-the-spot NEWS AND NEWS MAGAZINES

NEWS. Sir Alec Rose 1 LOOKAROUND. Over 1,000 editions of this news 3 INDEPENDENT TELEVISION magazine programme have been broadcast. Border returns home. ITN 2 POLICE CALL. A number of programmecompanies present programmes to assist the local Police.Tyne Tees

2 1

,rArir

aS".

-r

EI-11-

WE, -411P

4,11 r

3 NEWS AND NEWS MAGAZINES 32 public 'on air' 3 TODAY. EamonnAndrews interviews the TELEVISION NEWS.Reporting on a Thames 1 I NDEPENDENT in London'sweekday news magazine. London demonstration.ITN the 2 CHANNEL NEWS.Serving a sea-girt community, company frequently goesto sea to get its news.Channel

2 1

WILSON: CONDEMN TIN BOWING OF CANLIANS

.4Z

3 NEWS AND NEWS MAGAZINES/ProgrammeDetails 33

NEWS AND NEWSMAGAZINES

NATIONAL NEWS Independent Television News.On Mondays to Fridays National news bulletins areprovided for the network by (30 minutes), a total of 40 minutesdaily. The pattern there are two bulletins, at 5.50(10 minutes) and at 10.00 and Sundays when there are twobulletins varies on Saturdays when there arethree bulletins totalling 25 minutes, totalling 25 minutes. The position atthe end of 1968 is givenbelow :

LOCAL NEW NEWS MAGAZINES Monday to Friday Monday to Friday Weekly Weekly Company Title Company Title mins.* mins. About Anglia 80 Anglia Newsroom 25 ANGLIA ANGLIA ATV Today 130 Included in About Anglia approx. 75 ATV ANGLIA Lookaround 130 Midlands News 50 BORDER ATV Report 110 Border News 25 HARLECH BORDER Scotland Now 150 Border News Summary 15 SCOTTISH BORDER Scotland Late 65 Channel News 50 SCOTTISH CHANNEL Day by Day 150 French News approx. 35 SOUTHERN CHANNEL Today with Eamonn Andrews 150 Grampian News 50 THAMES GRAMPIAN Today at Six 120 Northern News 45 TYNE TEES GRANADA Westward Diary 100 Included in Report approx. 40 WESTWARD HARLECH 80 45 YORKSHIRE Calendar HARLECH Report (Wales) Scottish News 25 SCOTTISH Weekly South East News approx. 30 SOUTHERN 5 Southern News approx. 30 BORDER Border Diary SOUTHERN 5 50 CHANNEL Channel Gazette SOUTHERN Southern News Extra 25 Channel Report 20 TYNE TEES North East News CHANNEL 15 Grampian Week 30 TYNE TEES Local Headlines GRAMPIAN 25 Scene South East 35 ULSTER Ulster News Headlines SOUTHERN 25 Farm and Country News 15 ULSTER Ulster News WESTWARD 10 WESTWARD Westward News Headlines *Excluding local news bulletins approx. 25 WESTWARD Included in Westward Diary approx. 50 YORKSHIRE Included in Calendar Saturday and Sunday 5 CHANNEL Channel News Headlines 15 SOUTHERN. Southern News -J 35 DOCUMENTARIES AND NEWS FEATURES

SOME SIX HOURS OF DOCUMENTARIES, NEWS FEATURES year, present a number of documentary programmes, AND MAGAZINE PROGRAMMES are offered to Indepen- either in regular series which look at single subjects dent Television viewers each week. Together within depth or in occasional major programmes. Some news, religion and education, they account for aof these are shown on the national network, like third of all the programmes. Anglia's fascinating study of factory farming Switch on the Chickens, Put the Cows on the Roundabout, Documentaries Westward's programme Portrait of Hardy to com- Independent Television presents full-length docu-memorate the fortieth anniversary of his death, or mentary feature programmes regularly on TuesdaySouthern's look at Marine Commandos evenings. They are extended studies of subjects ofin First In Last Out. world or national importance and are designed to Most of the programme companies from time to give a comprehensive account of a major area oftime also produce documentary programmes for politics or sociology. Programmes have covered such transmission in their own areas. Some examples are topics as the social role of women, the future oflisted on page 43. In addition, several of the pro- Britain's public schools, the Voluntary Overseas gramme companies produce general series which Service, Kenyan immigrants in Britain, terroristinclude documentary programmes covering a wide activity in Portuguese Guinea, US election pro-range of topics. cedure, construction of the Trans-Pennine motor- way, and student unrest. A new monthly seriesNews Features produced by Thames Television has dealt with sexThe main regular news feature programmes seen in education in Britain, the continuing Middle Eastall Independent Television areas are This Week crisis, and the psychology of the dangerous driver.(Thames) and World in Action (Granada). Both are , in his first two documentaries forthirty minutes long and appear weekly. Yorkshire Television, visited the Royal Picardy This Week seeks to interpret, by special film Hotel, Le Touquet, and provided a portrait of the reports, current developments of political or socio- man who invented 'cats' eyes'. A series of three logicalsignificanceeitherat home or abroad. programmes, Margins of the Mind (Granada), ex-Material during 1968 included full-length inter- amined water divining, faith healing and telepathy.views with the Minister and the Leader of From October 1968 ATV introduced a regular the Opposition ; reports on the Warsaw Pact invasion monthly documentary feature series entitled Man ofof , 's constitutional crisis, the the Month. Each programme gives a profile of theVietnam war, South Africa, and coloured immi- life and background of people who have made thegrants in Britain; and examinations of such socio- headlines in that month's news. In the latter part oflogical areas as illegitimacy, student unrest, and 1968 Granada presented a three-part documentarycrime and violence. series dealing with Cities at War; the chosen cities World in Action considers in depth a major story were Leningrad, and London during theof contemporary interest and significance. Editions Second World War. in 1968 considered such subjects as the ( Election campaign, unrest in Spain, the assassination of Dr Regional Documentaries King, industrial , the cult Few regional companies do not, in the course of aof scientology, birth control for the unmarried, and

YORKSHIRE '68. A programme on Chippendala in the local series of documentaries. Yorkshire 36 DOCUMENTARIES AND NEWS FEATURES

regular discussion or interview seriesfor trans- aspects of drug dependence. Another series transmitted in most areasis Themission in their own areas. Thereis a wide range Papers (Granada), which, as well asoccasionallyof subject matter, but the emphasisis generally on the industry,local participation or on topics ofparticular interest reviewing the week's press, considers Such regular series as these do its owners and the men whowork in it. to local viewers. companies closely Many of the companiec presentseries specifically much to link the local programme communities they serve. designed to deal with currentparliamentary issueswith the interests of the and political topics of theday. Series of party accordance with theMagazine Programmes political broadcasts continue in produce one agreement between thebroadcasting authorities andNearly all the programme companies the parliamentary parties. Inaddition extensiveor moreweekly series of practical or outdoor magazine programmes. A major groupis that of the coverage is given onIndependent Television to the parliamentary elec- farming magazines which, whilecatering specifically Party Conferences. Local and of the local farming tions are reported fully by ITNand the programmefor the interests and needs community, often appeal to a widerpublic. There companies. are a few general countryseries and a number of General Discussion Programmes magazines for women. 1968 saw the introductionof Frost on Friday late night contemporaryMiscellaneous (London Weekend), a network is Survival affairs programme in which DavidFrost interviewsA series seen throughout the addition there persons of eminence.Itis shown throughout(Anglia) on wildlife preservation. In Independent Television. are a numberof local documentary series and Most of the programmecompanies produceindividual programmes.

documentary series on collectors AS GOOD AS NEW. Caldbeckfarmer Cole in a programme in the local and their collections. Border

A DOCUMENTARIES AND NEWS FEATURES 37

holiday plan- 1 THE THREE HAPPIEST YEARS. A documentary on the 3IN SEARCH OF A HOLIDAY. An aid to workings of a modern university. ATV ning. Southern 2 W5. Dublin actor Ray McAnally in the weekly magazine 4 THE ROAD TO BLAYDON. A slum district isdemolished programme. Ulster and the families move to glass-palace skyscrapers.Tyne Tees

1 2

.r4*

warfiaiii WAI

LITERARY $tli

L1.01'

fit

Niia_11tatILI:

3 4 38 DOCUMENTARIES AND NEWS FEATURES MIND. Water divining wasthe Thames 3 MARGINS OF THE 1 THIS WEEK. A transplant operation. subject of one programmein the series. Granada 2 THE WEDNESDAY PEOPLE.Host George Kidd inter- viewing Frankie Vaughan. Grampian

2 1

-

41-s, fat e ,

amaa

Immiimr ,A 410graiswe

,4

de

.01

,

,r4e

."4 t . *re... .40? 44'2 9 ..41rAet 1 ;'` ,:.f04744.441100 4. 4

` '7 ,,,,,4,444 ,"....-"..L., : ,.....--4 _ ..t. ' _____.,>_,42._ _..4-r_`___!.1 DOCUMENTARIES AND NEWS FEATURES 39

3 ANKLE AND THE DUCHESS. Afilmed biography of 1 FROST ON FRIDAY. withguest John Braine. London Weekend the world's most famous horse. ATV 2 TITLES DON'T TALK ANY MORE. TheMarquess of Bath at Longleat. Harlech

2

MAI

--- 4k-

- 1.14;

4 1: 8 4'4 r 10110011121111iIIIIILEic. maw sessic

1:,"

A., I

4f, 40 DOCUMENTARIES AND NEWS FEATURES

1 THE LIFE AND TIMES OF LORD MOUNTBATTEN. A series of programmes on Lord Mountbatten, here talking with C. R. Rajogopalachari, a former President of India. Thames

1 DOCUMENTARIES AND NEWS FEATURES 41

1 A GROUP OF TERRORISTS ATTACKED. Anaward- winning programme in the 'World in Action'series. Granada

1 DOCUMENTARIES AND NEWS FEATURES 42 Hargreaves feeding donkeysin TIME OFF. Filming sailing on LakeWindermere. Border 3 OUT OF TOWN. Jack 1 the New Forest. Southern 2 SWITCH ON THE CHICKENS,PUT THE COWS ON THE ROUNDABOUT. Factory farmingin 1968. Anglia

. 4 --or2 --nr---t.-, 1 , ..4*17111 At_....!," = ,,, ;:: 47 #PIRITTINIFW-. I litdi VI* i 1 t- i'.-.. -nAkj Miillar r-,40,,,-; ---.....z,-- --7,------,W Norms vim 1;

3 DOCUMENTARIES AND NEWSFEATURESIProgramme Details 43

DOCUMENTARIES major companies, withoccasional contributions Midweek documentary programmes arepresented regularly by the from regional companies. Examplesduring 1968 were :

Company Date Area Programme Description 2 July A look at England today GRANADA All We Want Is Everything ATV 10 September Arklethe famous steeplechaser Arkle and the Duchess industly ATV 16 April Mergers and takeovers in British 5, 12, 19 November Big Fish, Little Fish Leningrad, Berlin, London in WorldWar II GRANADA Cities at War 23 January Royal Tank Regiment WESTWARD Fear Naught ATV 26 March Firewatch A 25 June The Royal Marine Commandos SOUTHERN First In l,ast Out GRANADA 2 April A Group of Terrorists Attacked Jungle guerrillas in West Africa 5 March Women in society REDIFFUSION Happily aver After GRANADA 4 June Happy E irthday, Brothers Centenary of T.U.C. 13 August Winner of Golden Rose of Montreux SCOTTISH Historia de la Frivolidad 9 April An experiment in astrology GRANADA Horoscope 12 March Women in society REDIFFUSION I Don't See Why ATV 20 February Mine closure at Trimdon Grange 2 January It's Dark Down There Millionaire's haven in heart of Africa ATV The Last Shangri-la 30 April The Chinese community inBritain ATV The Lion and the Dragon REDIFFUSION 23 April The Cannock Chase murder 7, 14, 21 May Manhunt Water divining; faith healing;telepathy GRANADA Margins of the Mind Le Touquet YORKSHIRE 17 September The Most Beautiful Hotei in theWorldAlan Whicker at Royal Picardy, 3 September Trans-Pennine motorway construction YORKSHIRE Motorway WESTWARD 27 August 40th anniversary of death 23 July Portrait of Hardy Royal Commission on publicschools REDIFFUSION A Remarkable Feeling ofConfidence 1, 29 October. and the Arabs; psychologyof accidents; THAMES Report 3 December freedom in Russia 6 February N. Teenager explores society in sixties GRANADA REDIFFUSION 9 July N. Sarah Portrait of Pope Paul VI The Sixth Paul ATV 28 May N. Somehow it Works American vote-catching techniques Switch on the Chickens, Put the 16 July N. Factory farming in Europe 1968 ANGLIA Cows on the Rouneiabout ATV 24 September N. The University of Warwick 18 June N. The Three Happiest Years Kenyan immigrants and Britishlife ATV Welcome to Britain THAMES 6 August N. Sex education in Britain N. What Shall We Tell the Children YORKSHIRE 8 October Whicker and the Cats'-Eyes Man on The story behind cats' eyes the Road from Rose Linda's REDIFFUSION 27 February N. Without Let or Hindrance Commonwealth immigration

by the various Many other documentaries areproduced from time to time REGIONAL DOCUMENTARIES. documentary feature series arelisted on page 45. companies. A few examples aregiven below. Many regular WESTWARD 19 February L. Bligh of the Beuoty Life of William Bligh GRAMPIAN 14 June P. A Town of Golf The Scottish Golf Centre 26 March L. Carnoustie Why Scots emigrate SCO-1 Clearance '68 CHAN, IEL 2 August L. Death of an Strike of BUA in Jersey SCOTTIbri 14 May L. Death of a Regiment The Cameronians disbanded TWW 2 March L. Review of last 10 years 23 September L. Decade 100th AnniversalT of SCWS SCOTTISH Divided We Stand TYNE TEES 31 October P. L. The Evil Eye Study of witchcraft BORDER 6 February Changeover from steam to diesel P. Exit Steam ANGLIA 25 June Report on the Falkland Islands 5 March L. The Falklands Affair Constable of Parish of St Helier CHANNEL For Honour or Power WESTWARD 21 October L. Underwater treasure in ScillyIsles 14 October L. Gilstone A teacher's first day at school TYNE TEES Good Morning Miss Taylor GRAMPIAN 14, 21 June L. Lord Selkirk of Redriver andJames Bruce of Great Scot P. Kinnaird WESTWARD 12 April Visit to holy places in Israel P. The Holy Land Today TYNE TEES 11 November Recent changes in North-Eastlife WESTWARD 1 October 1. The Road to Blaydon Dead Sea, Red Sea andMediterranean Road to the Sea TWW 12 March L. Fleet Air Arm fighter crew P. Sea Vixen FOUR COS 25 August The Selling Game The professional salesman ANGLIA 8 October P. Students discuss grievances 18 July L. The Student Affair Documentary on Colin Cowdrey SOUTHERN This Man Cowdrey WESTWARD 30 April L. South Devon village 28 October L. The Village People Roman occupation of Britain TYNE TEES TYNE TEES 2 April L. The Work of Giants Future prosperity of Teesside The Young Inheritors Lists refer to 1968 L. LocalP. Part Network N.Network Details 44 DOCUMENTARIES AND NEWS FEATURESIProgramme NEWS FEATURES

Company Weekly Time and day Area Programme Description mins.

L. GRANADA 25 6.07 Fri. Aug.-Sept. At Last It's Friday News review 10.30 Fri. from Oct. 10.30 Thu. from July L. Review of Scottish Press SCOTTISH 15 Between The Lines L. TYNE TEES 30 10.30 Wed. Sept.-Oct. Close-Up Current affairs 11.30 Mon. Nov.-Dec. L. TYNE TEES 30 6.30 Fri. to Mar. Focus Politics and personalities 10.30 Fri. Apr.-July 6.05 Fri. from Sept. 10.30 Fri. from June (m'thly) L. Political forum HARLECH 45 Harlech Parliament 11.05 Fri. during Parlt. L. Parliamentary topics ATV 15 Midland Member 11.45 Thu. from Sept. P. Review of the Press GRANADA 15 The Papers 11.25 Fri. from Oct. L. Political commentary ANGLIA 30 Probe N. REDIFFUSION 30 8.30 Thu. to July This Week Current affairs in depth THAMES 9.30 Thu. Aug.-Nov. 15 11.00 Fri. during Parlt. to July L. Under The Clock Parliamentary raports ANGLIA 15 11.30 Thu. to July P. What The Papers Say Review of the Press GRANADA 15 11.30 Thu. Aug. P. What The Weeklies Say Review of the weeklies GRANADA 30 8.00 Mon. N. World in Action Current affairs GRANADA

GENERAL DISCUSSIONPROGRAMMES

30 11.00 Thu. Aug.-Sept. L. Abroad with Behan Dominic Behan interviews TYNE TEES personalities L. Review of week's news ANGLIA 20 11.15 Fri. to Mar. Anglia Reports 11.15 Sat. Apr.-Oct. ANGLIA 15 6.15 Thu. L. Arena Current affairs 20 11.45 Sat. Mar.-Apr. L. Aware Controversial discussion ATV 30 10.30 Tue. alt. wks. to Mar. L. Border Forum Current affairs BORDER 15 10.30 Thu. July L. Border Profile Personalities discuss topical issues BORDER 30 11.10 Sat. from Oct. L. East Coast Review East coast topics ANGLIA 30 10.30 Wed. to June, from Nov.L. Face the Press Personalities meet Press TYNE TEES 20 10.45 Sat. to Mar. L. Follow Through Controversial discussion ATV LONDON WEEKEND 45 9.15 Fri. from Aug. N. Frost on Friday Controversial interviews N. Late night miscellany REDIFFUSION 135 10.30 Wed. Jan, The Frost Programme 10.30 Thu. and Fri. Jan. P. 30 6.30 Mon. from Sept. L. The Grampian Interview Face to face interviews GRAMPIAN 30 11.00 Fri. May-July L. John Morgan Interviews Well-known personalities HARLECH L. Current affairs SCOTTISH 30 9.00 Wed. to Mar. The Share 10.30 Mon. Apr.-May L. 25 6.07 Thu. from July L. On Site People air their complaints G RANADA 30 11.15 Sat. to Mar. L. One Man's Meat North-East look at life TYNE TEES L. Current affairs WESTWAR D 30 9.30 Fri. to Feb. Outlook West 9.00 Wed. Feb.-June L. Local current affairs GRAMPIAN 30 10.30 Fri. m'thly to June, Points North from Oct. ATV 30 9.30 Fri. mlhly from Sept. L. Protest Students from Midland universities ATV 15 11.45 Sat. Apr. to July L. Referendum Controversial discussion 20 6.10 Tue. to July L. Scott Free Michael Scott GRANADA

L. LocalP. Part NetworkN. NetworkLists refer to 1968 and p. DOCUMENTARIES AND NEWS FEATURESIProgramme Details 4s

MAGAZINE PROGRAMMES

Area Programme Description Company Weekly Time and day mins.

L. Afloat Nautical magazine SOUTHERN 30 10.30 Wed. May-Sept. L. As Good As New Antiques BORDER 30 10.30 Tue. alt. wks. Jan.-Mar. L. At Home Afternoon magazine ANGLIA 30 4.30 Mon. to July 6.15 Wed. June L. Asian Magazine Reports from Asia GRAMPIAN 20 L. Between Ourselves Review of local events GRAMPIAN 15 6.15 Tue. Jan 6.15 Thu. alt. wks. to Apdl L. Country Focus Country magazine GRAMPIAN 25 6.10 Thu. alt. wks. from Sept.L. Farming Farming magazine GRAMPIAN 30 L. Farming Diary Farming magazine ANGLIA 30 2.15 Sun. 2.00 Sun. from May L. Farming Outlook Farming magazine TYNE TEES 30 L. Home and Around Home magazine TYNE TEES 25 4 15 Wed. Apr.-Oct. L. Home at Seven Family magazine BORDER 30 7.00 Mon. Apr.-July Women's magazine SOUTHERN 25 4.35 Wed. to July, from Aug. P. Houseparty 4.35 Mon. from Aug. 6.30 Tue. alt. wks. May-Aug. L. Image Students' forum HARLECH 30 L. in Ali Directions Late night magazine ATV 45 11.10 Sun. Aug.-Sept. 6.40 Fri. Apr.-July L. In Kite's Country Nature magazine SOUTHERN 20 P. In Search of a Holiday Travel information SOUTHERN 25 6.30 Tue. Jan.-April 6.15 Mon. Jan.-April L. Island Farmer Farming magazine CHANNEL 20 8.15 Fri. from Sept. L. It's All Happening A weekend review ULSTER 75 6.10 Tue. from July L. Mainly Live Review of local events CHANNEL 25 6.15 Wed. to Mar. L. Midweek Review of local events CHANNEL 20 3.00 Sun. Apr.-July L. Milligan's Menu Cookery instructions SCOTTISH 15 6.40 Fri. to Mar., from Aug. L. Out of Town Country magazine SOUTHERN 20 4.25 Mon.-Fri. from July L. Scotland Early Women's magazine SCOTTISH 25 6.10 Thu. alt. wks. from Sept. L. That Job Employment opportunities GRAMPIAN 30 11.00 Thu. May-Sept. L. Time Off Leisure activities HARLECH 30

MISCELLANEOUS SERIES

6.30 Tue. to July N. All Our Yesterdays Events of 25 years ago GRANADA 30 8.30 Fri. alt. wks. Apr.-June L. Border Safari Wild life in the Borders BORDER 30 N. Braden Four The television industry ATV 45 11.15 Sun. July 6.07 Tue. from Aug. L. Come Outside and Say ThatCritics of the North GRANADA 25 6.30 Mon. Jan.-July L. East Side Stories Interesting local issues ANGLIA 30 6.30 Tue. Apr.-May L. The Face of Ulster Life in the countryside ULSTER 30 11.00 Fri. from Sept. L. 'Free' House Gwyn Thomas in pub talks HARLECH 30 5.50 Sat. to Mar. P. Good Evening Topical issues of under-30's ATV 30 10.30 Thu. from May L. Harlech Half Hour Local documentaries HARLECH 30 6.07 Mon. from Aug. L. It's Trueman The Northern way of life GRANADA 25 6.30 Thu. from Sept. L. Look of the Month News review TYNE TEES 30 10.30 Tue. May-July L. Look There Goes Baby Hints on home movies SCOTTISH 30 11.10 Sat. Jan.-Feb. P. Magic Box Personal reminiscences ABC 30 11.30 Thu. Feb.-May L. The Peacekeepers Britain's role TWW/HARLECH 30 2.55 Sun. June-July P. Power From Beyond Influence after death ATV 25 6.06 Wed. from Aug. L. Put it in Writing Viewers' points of view GRANADA 25 6.30 Fri. from Dec. N. Survival Preservation of wild life ANGLIA 30 10.30 Wed. from Feb.-June L. Talk of a Town Historical discussion SOUTHERN 30 3.45 Fri. from Nov. L. Television Workshop Experimental programmes TYNE TEES 25 6.30 Mon. alt. wks. May-JuneL. That Job Advice on employment GRAMPIAN 30 6.10 Mon. May-July L. This England England in the 60's GRANADA 25 6.25 Wed. to June, from Oct. L. The Wednesday People Topical Scottish characters GRAMPIAN 20 7.05 Mon. Aug.-Sept. L. Whicker Reports on Yorkshire YORKSHIRE 25 10.30 Wed. July L. The World They Made Historical series GRAMPIAN 30 L. Local documentaries YORKSHIRE 30 6.15 Wed. from Sept.-Oct. Yorkshire '68 11.15 Mon. from Oct.

L. LocalP. Part Network N NetworkLists refer to 1968 and p.m. unless stated otherwise. A- 47

INDEPENDENT TELEVISION'S OUTPUT of what might London Symphony Orchestra in a performance of broadly be termed 'cultural programmes' goes con-Dvoirik's Cello Concerto with Jacqueline Du Pre siderably beyond that proportion dealing specifically as soloist ; a recital by Victoria de ; a with the Arts. profile of Melina Mercouri ; a performance of 'soul' In this sense, drama is perhaps the richest sourcemusic featuring Nina Simone; and Leonard Bern- of material, with productions ranging at one time orstein conducting the New York Symphony Orchestra another from the plays of classical Greek dramatists in a performance of Berlioz's 'Fantastic Symphony'. to Shakespeare, to the work of the most significant, Films have been covered in all ITA areas by the contemporary writers. Again, cultural subjects areweekly series Cinema (Granada), which considers alsoovered in the regular programme series for general aspects of the cinema, and the latest releases. schools, in adult education and the religious output. An example in the adult education field is Singing The cameras of Independent Television's regional for Your Supper (Scottish Television), an introduc-companies from time to time visit the various music tory series to opera presented by Ian Wallace andand arts festivals and exhibitions which take place in their areas during the year. shown in a number of areas. Items on the arts also find a place from time to time in various magazine The Tempo series, which since 1961 has been programmes. Programmes of classical and folk music Independent Television's main regular contributioh are presented on a local or regional basis by ato the presentation and discussion of the arts in number of programme companies. general, came to an end in June. It consistently August 1968 saw the introduction of the Saturdaysought to reflect what was best and new in the arts, Special series transmitted nationally. This is the first and to examine the creative process behind the time that Independent Television has presented a various art forms. widely-based cultural series on Saturday evenings. During 1968 Tempo repeated its distinguished Contributed mainly by London Weekend Tele-group of programmes on the changing nature of vision, the series has presented a wide range of workcontemporary culture, treating such areas as the from the performing arts. Programmes have in-'information explosion', noise, violence and expend- cluded a performance of Stravinsky's The Soldier's ability. It devoted a second group of programmes Tale by Yehudi Menuhin and his Ensemble; ato well-known actors and actresses discussing and concert of Gershwin's music, introduced and playedperforming famous parts. These included Dame by Peter Nero, with the Royal Philharmonic Orches- Sybil Thorndyke in the title role of Euripides' tra; a profile of 'the actor' presented by Sir Alec 'Media', as Arthur Goldman from Guinness ; a concert dedicated to the CzechoslovakRobert Shaw's 'The Man in the Glass Booth', and people, with Daniel Barenboim conducting theMichael FIordern as Prospero.

THE SOUND OF SOUL. Nina Simone. London Weekend 48 THE ARTS

1 CINEMA. Interview on the set of 'Star' with . Granada 2 THE SOLDIER'S TALE. Yehudi Menuhin and Graham CrowdenintheStravinskycomposition. London Weekend

1

7111M.a.

,,s#

40444, 1±,

J_

.6666.6

AA,

0 N

2 THE ARTS 49

1 JACQUES BRE IS ALIVE ANDWELL AND LIVING IN . London Weekend 2 GERAINT EVANS AT COVENTGARDEN. A descriptive documentary with examples from opera.Harlech

1

--.""'""*".".".'

2 D -II . I.

ammoursis k: 11111MI: 1111:WOMMOMMMOUOi 1111101/ III MMONWIMMOSONi. 1P11litris11 1FIrWolirp7rMrsi 11401113 !MI :t I ?A 7 1-- mosapsi- `-`cril 4211GP.-4 I ti

aa ,t

ewe

e

Jee. 4-

AID

e

-a-

IC , _gow-

pueoeee 90 \114 'v , r 4ilimos: THE ARTSIProgramme Details

THE ARTS

Area Description Company Weekly Time and day Programme mins.

30 9.30 Mon. 1 Apr. N. A Matter of Expression Music and mime SCOTTISH 30 10.30 Thu. m'thly MayJuly L. Arena Arts magazine HARLECH 30 10.30 Mon. 1 Apr. P. Barbara Hepworth Sculptressexhibition of her work WESTWARD 75 9.55 Sat. 22 Dec. N. The Beggars' Opera Opera LONDON WEEKEND 60 10.30 Sat. 28 Sept. N. Bernstein Conducts Berlioz Concert music LONDON WEEKEND 9.30 Wed. to July N. Review of films GRANADA 30 Cinema 10.30 Thu. from Aug. 10.30 Tue. m'thly to June, L. Local arts magazine WESTWARD 30 Crucible from Sept. 45 10.30 Thu. 28 Mar. N. Film 21st annual awards GRANADA Geraint Evans at Covent HARLECH 60 10.30 Sat. 21 Sept. N. Garden Operatic excerpts Georgia Brown Sings 60 9.55Sat. 5 Oct. N. Kurt Weill Music with social comment LONDON WEEKEND GRANADA 60 9.55 Sat. 19 Oct. Hair Excerpts from stage production LONDON WEEKEND 60 10.30 Sat. 31 Aug. N. I Was Born Greek Melina Mercouri Jacques Brel is Alive and 60 9.55 Sat,, 23 Nov. N. Well and Living in Paris Excerpts from West End show LONDON WEEKEND HARLECH 30 11.15 Sat. 29 June L. The Last Waltz Viennese evening at Bath Festival Llangollen International HARLECH 60 2.30 Wed. 10 July P. Musical festival Llangollen International HARLECH 30 2.10 Sun. 14 July L. Eisteddfod Musical festival LONDON WEEKEND 60 9.55 Sat. 7 Dec. N. Marvellous Party Words and music of Noel Coward LONDON WEEKEND 60 9.55 Sat. 16 Nov. N. Mrs Wilson's Diary Excerpts from West End show ABC 30 2.00 Sun. MayJune P. New Tempo MusicPerformer and Composer BORDER 30 2.00 Sun. 21 Apr. P. Poet Laureate Day-Lewis 30 11.00 Mon. 4 Mar. P. Royal Film Performance REDIFFUSION LONDON WEEKEND 60 10.30 Sat. 3 Aug. N. The Soldier's Tale Stravinsky's dramatization Peter Nero with Royal Philharmonic The Sound of Gershwin 10.30 Sat. 10 Aug, N. Orchestra LONDON WEEKEND 60 LONDON WEEKEND 60 10.30 Sat. 14 Sept. N. The Sound of Soul Nina Simone

Teoside International TYNE TEES 125 6.05 Mon.Fri. 29 July-2 Aug. L. Eisteddfod Festival (\ DC, 30 2.00 Sun. Mar.Apr. P. Tempo Review of the Arts Barenboim conducts London Tribute to !I Brave People 10.30 Sat. 7 Sept. N. Symphony Orchestra LONDON WEEKEND GO SCOTTISH 00 9.55 Sat. 30 Nov. N. Vienna State Opera Opera 00 9 30 Sat. 26 Oct, N. Victoria de los Angeles Ora() ATV nr P. Welsh League of Youth Eisteddfod HARLECH 3.00 Thu. 6 Juno Welsh Youth Festival 60 3.30 Fri. 7 Juno P.

Lists rotor to 1960 and p.m. L. LocalP. Part Network N. Network

53

Ilr

NOW THAT EACH OF THE FIFTEEN ITV PROGRAMME on issues of the week. The programme merited its COMPANIES is arranging contributions to the avowedly designation as religious by virtue of the Christian religious output, it is a healthy sign that viewerscomment so elicited; and if that comment was less regard as religious a number of ITV programmesobvious and less trumpeting than those who wished which are not formally made as such. According toto see television used by the churches for 'propa- a research project initiated by the ITA during 1968, ganda' might care to see, then at least it was honest the drama series Sanctuary and such occasional in reflecting something of the puzzlement and proper documentaries as The Sixth Paul on the present modesty that is characteristic of the Christian pro- Pope were regarded by viewers as religious pro-clamation today. grammes. In other words, the viewing public is recognizing the spread of programmes of religiousNew Weeknight Pattern interest over the whole pattern of programmes. Signs of a change in the overall output of ITV's In line with this trend against the insulation ofreligious programmes are also evident. While, for religious programmes from the general output ofthe time being, the Sunday evening closed period Independent Television has been the permittingcontinues to provide the bulk of avowedly religious since October 1968 of the inclusion of an advertisingprogramming for all parts of the country (and in break between programmes of a religious nature inEngland and Wales under the new contracts nine the 'closed period' on Sunday evenings. programme companies are contributing to the pre- Side by side with these changes in public attitudesentation of the weekly Sunday morning church has come a wider approach by the programmeservice) there are manifest signs in weekday pro- companies. Most notably, London Weekend Tele-gramming of a move away from the earlier contri- vision's Roundhouse, a weekly live programme ofbution of the simple nightly epilogues. Indeed, the current concerns televised from the cultural centre London area apart, the central regions of the of that name in central London, marks a fresh jumpcountry now enjoy the benefit of fresh thinking; so forward. It draws together a large audience of allthat, for instance, ATV for the Midlands now puts ages and backgrounds, and sets up a number ofout a series of three fo-minute discussion pro- speakersthe majority of whom, but by no meansgrammes on successive nights, while Yorkshire all, are apologists for the Christian faithand does Television has introduced its weekday religious out- its best to present the discussions and argumentsput with one half-hour programme of some sub- that start flowing in a manner uninhibited by the stance. tangle of television gadgetry. Such an approach to At the same time, the recognition that avowedly serious television on themes both ultimate and con-religious programmes merit transmission elsewhere temporary owed something to ABC's series Question in the programme schedules is now evident. Thames '68, which involved three young people who togetherTelevision in London is showing a number of the represented the concerned and caring voice of themost successful children's religious serials at tea- rising generations, interviewing prominent speakers time on a weekday, while Westward Television has

A HYMN FOR BRITAIN. Members of the Nigel Brooks Singers performing entries in the world-wide contest to find new hymns.Southern 54 RELIGION

produced The Collar , ITV's first adult educa-success with outdoor religiousmusical programmes tion series on a religious theme, comprising sixby making for the network The Choir of Big Fish. programmes designed as a refresher courseforUlster ran several local series of note including Call clergy. It A Day, a twice-weekly discussion programme, Musical Programmes and By This I Live, a series of interviews with well- The enterprise of the ITV companies has led to aknown people from all walks of life.Scottish wide exploration of music's appeal to religiousTelevision's Quo Vadis was in similar vein, while instincts. In particular during 1968 Southern Tele-Grampian covered the new ground both with The vision presented two series, A Hymn for Britain and Christian Now, a weekly programme on the religious 5-minute series on A Carol for Christmas, which by inviting competition press, and Action News, a regular for new words and new music achieved a huge community ventures. Anglia's Your Music on Sunday popular response and showed whatimaginative televisionwas a request programme that proved very can do to link its own resourcesand styles toin the region, while Channel Television's series traditional religious activity. The series Don't JustAction, going out monthly early on a Monday evening, was a further indication that even a smaller Sit There...(ABC), featuring Donald Swann, also had a liveliness that showed how television canregional company can make religious programmes make an active contribution to the business ofthat merit transmission at a popular viewing time. worship. Other reminders of the varied links be- tween the Christian religion and musicincludedCentral Religious Advisory Committee: The ATV's polished series A Date with Music and suchRt Rev. Dr 0. S. Tomkins, Bishop of Bristol individual programmes as Music for a Midsummer's(Chairman); Mrs K. M. Baxter ; Mr D. W. Black; Evening (Scottish Television) and Sackbut Serpent,The Rt Rev. S. Y. Blanch, Bishop of ; and all that (Westward) which broughtMiss M. Bray; The Rev. A. C. Bridge ; The Rt Rev. medieval, nineteenth century and contemporaryB. C. Butler; The Rev. Dr Canon H. Chadwick; music into one studio.Yorkshire Television'sThe Rev. Dr L. Davison; Miss M. Furlong ; The religious musical debut was in more familiar style, Most Rev. G. J. Gray, Archbishop of St Andrews with its series Choirs on Sunday. and ; The Rev. J. Huxtable; The Very Rev. M. Knight, Dean ofExeter ; Dr W. P. Kraemer ; Children's Programmes Mr M. McCrum; The Countess of Mar & Kellie ; The change in the pattern of the programme com-Miss F. Matchett; The Rev. Canon B. S. Moss; panies brought an end to the long run of the popularThe Rev. D. Z. Phillips; The Rev. B. M. Pratt; puppet series Tree House Family, and its placein The Rt Rev. Dr A. S. Reeve, Bishop of Lichfield ; the schedules was taken by London Weekend's firstMr A. K. Ross; The Rt Rev. Dr W. R. Sanderson ; two contributions to 'Heyday Theatre',Knock Three Most Rev. W. G. H. Simon, Archbishop of Wales; Times and The Growing Summer. Scottish Television, Mrs M. Stewart; The Rev. Dr H. Walker; The Rt meanwhile, gave a long run to Come and See, aRev. W. G. Wheeler, Bishop of Leeds; The Rev. magazine programme series in which young people M. A. P. Wood; Mr A. S. Worral. from various walks of life, under the chairmanship of a popular compere Bill Tennent, had an oppor-ITA Panel of Religious Advisers : Fa ther Agnellus tunity to meet people responsible in various waysAndrew, ORM.; The Rev. Canon E. S. Barber ; for the ordering of society and to examine theirThe Rev. M. W. Jarrett-K err, C.R.; The Rev. Dr underlying motives. J. Ithel Jones; The Rev. Dr T. M. Murchison ; The Other Regional Programmes Rev. Dr H. II. Williams. Harlech Television concentrated its initial efforts in religious programming on its output,ITA Scottish Religious Advisory Panel: The and in the series Tir Newydd covered a wide rangeRev. Dr T. M. Murchison (Chairman); The Rev. of contemporary themes of religious import. TheL. J. A. Bell; The Rev. Keith M. Cribbin; The Rev. company's programmes included,Arthur H. Gray*; The Countess of Mar & Kellie ; for the first time, contributions to Sunday morningThe Rev. John Muldoon; The Rev. George T. H. networked church services as well as a specialReid, M.C.*; The Rev. Dr A. W. Sawyer, 0.B.E., programme of festive musicfor Christmas from Llandaff Cathedral. Tyne Tees added to its notable *Assessors, from Compatky panels RELIGION 55

discusses his 1 THE RIGHT TO LIVE. A series on the work of the 2IDEAS IN PRINT. George Target (right) United Nations to mark International Human Rights new book 'Evangelism Inc.'with the Rev. Gavin Reid Year, presented by Lady Tweedsmuir, a former U.K. in a late-night series. Thames delegate to the United Nations. Grampian 3 DAVID AND THE DONKEY. A modern nativityplay about Christmas as it might have been. Tyne Tees

2 1

am.

11110.-

9,1

3 56 RWGION

1 ROUNDHOUSE. It's the moment that matters in this 3 TREE HOUSE FAMILY. Jean Morton with some of the fren relicOus discussion. London Weekend puppets from her programme for children. ATV 2 YOUR MUSIC ON SUNDAY. Anita Harris was a guest in the request programme for religious music. Anglia

1 2

3 RILLIGIONIProgramme Details 57

RELIGIOUS PROGRAMME SERIES

Programme Description Company Weekly Time and day Area mins.

Action Documentary CHANNEL 20 6.55 Mon. (m'thly) to Mar. L. Another Day Epilogue ATV 10 Close, Sat., Sun. to July L. By Thi: I Live Discussion ULSTER 25 6.35 Sun. Jan.May L. Call It A Day Interview ULSTER 15 Pre-close, Mon., Thu. L. Carol For Christmas Carol wrning competition SOUTHERN 25 6.15 Sun. Nov.Dec. P. Choirs on Sunday Choral music YORKSHIRE 25 7.05 Sun. Aug.Sept. N. 6.15 Sun. Oct.Nov. The Christian Now Critical look at Christian opinion GRAMPiAN 20 11.30 Sat. from Apr. L. The Church and I Panel discussion ATV 25 3.35 Sun. Apr.June N. Church Service O.B. presentation ABC/ATV/ 75 11.00 a.m. Sun. (weekly) N. YORKSHIRE/ GRANADA/ LONDON WEEKEND/ HARLECH/ANGLIA/ TYNE TEES/ SCOTTISH/ SOUTHERN Come and See Magazine for teenagers SCOTTISH 30 2.55 Sun. 10.40 Mon. (rpt.) L. to Mar. 6.15 Sun., 10.15 Mon. (rpt.) JulyOct. Contact Talks BORDER 5 6.35 Sun, (m'thly) L. A Date With Music Music ATV 25 7.00 Sun. Feb.Mar. N. Don': Just Sit There Musical discussion series with Donald Swann ABC 25 7.00 Sun. Apr.June N. Epilogue Epilogue ATV 25 Close, Mon.Fri. to July L. Epilogue Epilogue ABC 10 Close, Sat., Sun. to July L. Epilogue Epilogue CHANNEL 10 Close, Wed., Sun. L. Epilogue Epilogue BORDER 5 Close, Sun. L. Epilogue Talks on various topics GRAMPIAN 5 Close, Sun. L. Epilogue Various TYNE TEES 45 Close, all week Faith for Life Epilogue WESTWARD 42 Close, all week L. Good News for Modern ManDiscussion GRAMPIAN 15 Close, Mon., Wed., Fri. L. The Growing Summer Dramatization of book LONDON WEEKEND25 6.15 Sun. Sept.Oct, N. A Hymn for Britain Hymn writing competition SOUTHERN 25 7.00 Sun. Jan.Feb. P. In Our Time Report and discussion ANGLIA 5 6.35 Sun. (m'thly) L. Knock Three Times Dramatization of the book LONDON WEEKEND25 6.15 Sun. Aug. N. Last Programme Discussion series REDIFFUSION 50 Close, Mon.Fri. to July L. THAMES 70 Close, all week from Aug. Late Call Talk SCOTTISH 35 Late, all week L. Let's Face Facts Discussion TWW/HARLECH 40 2.00 Sun. close Mon. (rpt.) L. to May Looking for an Answer Discussion ABC 25 6.35 Sun. JuneJuly N. New Approach Various SOUTHERN 35 Close, all week L. Our Life and Times Discussion ULSTER 30 Close, Wed.Fri. L. Pulse Epilogue ATV 30 Pre-close, Wed.Fri. from July L. Question '38 Panel interview ABC 25 6.35 Sun. Jan.Mar. N. Quo Vadis Discussion on belief SCOTTISH 26 6.35 Sun. ,luneJuly L. The Rain on the Leaves Readings from great thinkers GRANADA 25 6.40 Sun. Aug.Oct. N. Reflection Various ANGLIA 35 Close, all week L. Regional Music Programmes RelIgious music REGIONAL 25 7.00 Sun. Jan., Apr., July N. Right to Live Lenten series GRAMPIAN 25 7.00 Sun. to Mar. L. Roundhouse Discussion LONDON WEEKEND50 6.40 Sun. from Nov. N. The Rumming Up Epilogue TWW/HARLECH 10 Close, Sun., Tue. (rpt.) to MayL. The Titans Great religious thinkers YORKSHIRE 30 11.30 Tue. Aug.Sept, P. Tree House Family Children's programme ATV 20 6.15 Sun. to July N. .--Itour Music on Sunday Musical requests ANGLIA 25 7.00 Sun. JuneNov. L.

L. LocalP. Part Network N. NetworkLists refer to 1968 and p.m. unless stated otherwise. J17.7 59

D 1 . a 14 1

which meet both children's FOR CHILDREN IS year at programmes MAKING TELEVISION PROGRAMMES imaginative tastes and theirneed to know more NOTORIOUSLY DIFFICULT. Itis, after all, adults who about the real world aroundthem. Tom Grattan's make them, and what adult has everbeen able to about a boy enter the special,imaginative world of a child withWar, an evocative adventure story producing a pro-living in the Yorkshirecountryside during the First complete success ? It is no use straightforward excitement in paints a picture of childhoodWorld War, provided gramme which merely setting. Joe go introduced asmall boy that conforms to the adult'sidealized view of howan unusual of what childrenwith super-human powers asthe hero of another children should look and behave, or in the Thunderbirds should be interested in. It isthe child himself orscience fiction puppet series be aimed, nottradition. Full use was madeof the natural amenities herself at whom the programme must Magpie, an informative at the parent or thcmaiden aunt. of a riverside studio in the imagina-magazine programme. And,drawing on the popu- But even assuming that one captures Survival series, children tion of the child, there are otherpitfalls ahead. Thelarity of the well established their own nature quiz inThe Survival more childrenenjoy a programme, the morecloselywere offered characters or per-Game. At the other end ofthe scale, fun and variety they become involved with the whole-hearted sonalities they see on the screen.And the moreprogrammes likeHats Off provided involved they are with theseheroes and heroines,entertainment. There is always a great demand onthe part of the more chance they mightimitate them. So tre- childrenparents for programmesfor the under fives. In mendous care has to be taken not to present running story pro- If the boy hero ofaddition to some of the longer with bad or dangerous examples. Magic his fist through a windowgrammes, OnceUpon A Time and Diane's an adventure story puts for the youngest section just a chance that some child, some- Book were specially devised pane, there is it is amazing how many of the same. of the audience (in fact, where, will rush out and do of programme irresist- Then there is the constantproblem of how tothe older ones find this type interesting. ible, although they wouldn'talways admit it!). make the more informative programmes television programmes Television is a natural storyteller and, given the The problems of making matter to absorbfor children are in many waysunique, and this right material, it is a relatively easy bond between the peoplewho the young audience in themake-believe world thatcreates a natural other hand, the child whoproduce them throughoutthe world. Whenever they has been created. On the gatherings one common tired from school in theafternoon is meet atinternational comes home characteristic always stands out:those involved in not going to beespecially receptive to further doses thinly disguised as a quiz.children's television areintensely aware of the of information, perhaps deeply about imagine the reaction of a wearyresponsibilities they carry, and care No wonder, either ; also usually highly businessman, just home fromthe office, sitting down what they are doing. They are television set and being offered acritical of each other's,and their own, finished in front of the pleasing when accountancy! But, just as that same works which made it all the more programme on jury awarded Do Not AdjustYour businessman might enjoy aplay about a board rooman international natural interest in theSet the first prize in the 12-15 yearscategory at the struggle because he has a Television Festival at world of big business, achild's constantly enquiringPrix Jeunesse International mind will fasten ontoinformation entertaininglyMunich in June 1968. knowledge is a basic instinct But of course, the finaljudges are the children presented. Acquiring that they he doesn't like being 'taught'. themselves and every producer knows in a child, even if critical audience in the world. There have been someencouraging attempts this are the most feature continued from 'Captain Fantastic' and DeniseCoffey as 'The Evil Mrs Black', a MAGPIE. as awarded first prize at the PrixJeunesse 1968. Thames Rediffusion's 'Do Not AdjustYour Set' series which was 6o CHILDREN'S PROGRAMMES

1 THE SURVIVAL GAME. A wild-life quiz 3 FREEWHEELERS. An adventure serial about a master programme for schools. Anglia criminal's bid for world domination. Southern 2 DIANE'S MUtit BOOK. Members of the Royal School of Ballet help 12-year-old Diane Mewse introduce some of the fairy stories in musical works. Yorkshire

1 2

.

3 CHILDREN'S PROGRAMMES 6I

THE QUEEN STREET GANG. Well trained, highly organized, working from a secret H.. Thames 2 FLIGHT OF THE HERON. The late Finlay Curriein the serialization of the book. Scottish

1

.4414'

t

tt'r

;

Oat

*04$*

412

k *-4eAk

1

V` 4

1.4:4

....41111.

2 6z CHILDREN'S PROGRAMMES :. Sally Adcock and Michael THE SHOW. Harry Corbett and his puppets. 3 TOM GRATTAN'S WAR. 1 Howe in the adventure series set inthe 1914-18 War, Thames Yorkshire 2 TICKERTAPE. Gwen Wilkinson has her hairrestyled in 'Charm School', an item in the entertainmentseries. London Weekend

2 1

;

1S I

AO,

4-

e AIN

.;,4 NW. `

:'. ^ ,17

3 CHILDREN'S PROGRAM MESIProgramme Details 63

CHILDREN'S PROGRAMMES

Area Programme Description Company Weekly Time and day mins.

L. All About Animals Animal quiz WESTWARD 30 5.00 Mon. Jan.-May Birthday greetings BORDER 25 4.40 Mon..-Fri. L. Anniversary L. The Attic For younger children G RAM PIAN 15 4.40 Wed. from Sept. Inter-schools quiz TYNE TEES 30 5.25 Tue. Jan. L. The Bright Sparks N. Captain Scarlet and the Puppet series ATV 30 5.30 Sun. to May Mysterons L. Cartoon Cavalcade Cartoons SCOTTISH 5.30 Sun. May-July 4.30 Mon. from Aug. Children's magazine YORKSHIRE 30 5.20 Fri. Aug.-Oct. N. Clubhouse N. Come Here Often Teenage magazine REDIFFUSION 30 5.25 Tue. to July Dramatkation of book REDIFFUSION 30 5.25 Fri. June-July N. Devil in the Fog P. Diane's Magic Book Fairy stories in musical works YORKSHIRE 15 4.40 Mon. Aug.-Sept. Pop music GRANADA 30 5.20 Fri. from Oct. N. The Discotheque N. Do Not Adjust Your Set Comedy REDIFFUSION 30 5.25 Thu. to Mar. Children's talent contest TYNE TEES 25 5.00 Mon. to Mar. L. Fanfare N. Flight of the Heron Serialkation of book SCOTTISH 25 5.00 Tue. to April The classics on film GRANADA 25 5.00 Tue. Mar. to Apr. N. Film of the Book N. Freewheelers Adventure series SOUTHERN 30 5.25 Thu. Apr. to June 5.20 Wed. from Oct. Birthday greetings and cartoons WESTWARD 55 4.30 Mon.-Fr!. L. Gus Honeybun Show N. Hats Off Variety compered by Jimmy GRANADA 25 4.55 Wed. Aug.-Oct. Thompson N. How General knowledge SOUTHERN 30 5.00 Thu. to Mar. 5.20 Mon. from Nov. For younger children REDIFFUSION 45 4.40 Mon., Wed., Fri., Apr.-July P. Hullabaloo N. Jimmy Green and His TimePuppets for younger children YORKSHIRE 15 4.40 Wed. Aug.-Oct. Machine Puppet series ATV 30 5.30 Sun. from Sept. P. L. Junior Library Books to read BORDER 5 5.20 Thu. to July Junior Sportsweek Sports magazine ATV 25 5.00 Wed. to Mar. Contest GRAMPIAN 30 5.25 Fri. June-July L. Junior Try For Ten P. Just Jimmy Jimmy Clitheroa ABC 30 5.50 Sat. to July THAMES 30 4.55 Fri. Aug.-Sept. 4.50 Mon.-Fri. to July Lesley For younger children SCOTTISH 50 Entertainment miscellany SOUTHERN 25 4.55 Wed. from Oct. N. Little Big Time N. Magpie Teenage magazine THAMES 40 5.10 Tue. from July Current affairs TYNE TEES 25 5.00 Thu. to July P. Man Bites Dog P. Movie Magazine Children's film review TWW/HARLECH 30 5.00 Thu. to May Stories tor younger children THAMES 15 4.40 Mon., Fri., Aug.-Sept. N. Once Upon a Time P. Origami Art of paper cutting YORKSHIRE 15 4.40 Mon. Sept.-Oct. 5.25 Fri. Mar.-June N. Orlando Adventureteries REDIFFUSION 30 Featuring the puppets THAMES 15 4.40 Fri. from Oct. N. Pinky and Perky 4.45 Mon.-Thu. Jan.-Mar. P. Playtime For younger children REDIFFUSION 60 Quiz TYNE TEES 25 4.55 Thu. July-Dec. L. Pop the Question L. Puffin's Birthday Greetings Birthday greetings CHANNEL 30 4.40 Mon.-Fri. 5.20 Thu. Aug.-Sept. N. The Queen Street Gang Adventure series THAMES 30 4.35 Tue.-Fri. to June L. Romper Room Kindergarten' ANGLIA 85 60 4.35 Mon., Wed., Fri., from July Kindergarten BORDER 45 4.40 Mon., Wed., Fri., from Oct.L. Romper Room 4.45 Mon., Wed., Fri., to June L. Romper Room Kindergarten GRAMPIAN 45 75 4.45 Mon.-Fri. July-Sept. Kindergarten ULSTER 1 00 4.35 Mon.-Fri. from April L. Romper Room 5.25 Wed. to Mar., June-July N. Sexton Blake Drama series REDIFFUSION 30 THAMES 30 5.20 Thu. from Nov. 4.40 Tue. from July Harry Corbett and his puppets THAMES 30 5.25 Wed. Jan.-Feb. Sounds Exciting Orchestral music REDIFFUSION 30 For younger children YORK01-1.RE 15 4.40 Wed. Oct.-Dec. Sugarball 5.25 Wed. Apr.-June Surprise, Surprise Entertainment TYNE TEES 30 Survival Prese vation of wild life ANGLIA 25 5.00 Wed. Apr.-July Animal quiz ANGLIA 30 5.20 Mon. July-Nov. The Survival Game 5.30 Sun. Aug.-Nov. Tickertape Entertainment miscellany LONDON WEEKEND30 Tingha and Tucker Club Puppet bears ATV 75 4.45 Mon.-Fri. to July 60 4.15 Mon., Wed.-Fri. from July L. Tinker and Taylor For younger children TWW/HARLECH 35 12.20 Sat. 4.30 Mon.-Fri. P. Tinker's Tales For younger children TWW/HARLECH 30 Adventure series set in 1914-18 warYORKSHIRE 30 5.15 Sat. Aug.-Nov. N. Tom Grattan's War 5.20 Thu. Oct.-Nov. N. The Tyrant King London adventure series THAMES 30 5.00 Wed. Mar.-Apr. L. Who ? What? Where? Magazine ULSTER 25 When ? Why? Information magazine SCOTTISH 25 4.55 Thu. from July P. Would You Believe It? 5.00 Mon. to Mar. N. Zoo Time Animals G RANADA 25 30 5.20 Wed. Oct. L. Zoom Up Teenage magazine ULSTER L. LocalP. Part NetworkN. NetworkLists refer to 1968 and p.m. unless stated otherwise. 4yogookl,..

r r ; Yar'044::

MI"

.44

44,4,

04.

1. 63

S. 1 I

junior to the infant SCHOOLS TELEVISION IS A SUBSTANTIAL AND GROWING for primary schools from the ENTERPRISE. In 1968-69, there are moreITV pro-level, begun experimentally las: yearby Rediffusion's has become grammes speciallydesigned for the schools than evermiscellany series Seeing and Doing, before, being produced by more companies, and firmly established as a result ofThames Television's throughout the pre- used by more schools. decision to continue the series In the course of the year a total ofthirty-foursent school year.Seeing and Doing is for children separate school series willhave been shown onaged about six. An entirely newseries is Yorkshire's Independent Televsion. Twenty-five of these are How We Used to Live (age range 9-1t), illustrating being presented throughout the UnitedKingdom,aspects of English socialhistory Intween 1850 and providing sixteen nationally networked seriesin any 1900. ATV hasextended two other important sub- than in the previous year. ject fields to new age ranges :Towards Mathematics one week, three more contribution to the With the provision of repeat transmissions ofalmost(7-9) aims to make a similar junior school to that all programmes in every region (to assistteachers towork of the lower forms of the Mathematics overcome the problemof thnetabling) this amountsmade for olde,r chilthen by Primary 1966-67. Primary French, to a considerable increasein the total transmission(9-1 t), last transmitted in children aged 8-1o, time - an average of just over 9 hours weeklyin each begun successfully last year for further series for pupils of the fourteen regions compared withjust over 61is continued this year with a hours last year. The production of thesenetworked(9-1 t) with at least one yearof language work behind such as the miscellany school programmes is undertaken by ATV,Granada,them. Long established series science series The Thames (formerly Rediffusion and ABC)and by aFinding Out (about 7) and the continued by major new company, Yorkshire Television.TheWorld Around Us (9-t t) are being Box, providing a number of schools using programmes isdifficult toThames, while Granada's Picture determine ace-irately, but the registered numberstimulus to creative work, entersits third year. Scottish steadily rises and now stands at over 21,000. In addition to the networked output, being net-Television, Grampian and TyneTees are also pro- Seven of the sixteen series for schools schools in their worked in 1968-69 are intended for primaryschools,viding special series for primary than in any previous year.areas. In theSpring term 1969, ScottishTelevision a greater proportion (to-12), a local studies Forward planning for 1969-70 suggests thatfor theis presenting Past and Present first time on Independent Television moreseriesseries for schools in CentralScotland. Grampian's secondarycontributions during the yearfor schools in North- will be offered at the primary than at the Dance (8-to); level. This trend is no doubt partly areflection ofEast Scotland include Discovering history series ( 0-12); the more rapid increase in thenumber of primaryGreat Scots, a biographical schools registering with the companies asintendingand a miscellany, StartingPoint (I o-t2). series to schools viewers than secondary schools.At the start of the Tyne Tees offered two additional about 64 per cent of thein North-East Englandduring the Autumn 1968. present school year, (9-II) and Living and registered schools and colleges wereprimary schools. These were Money Matters interest is itself an indi-Growing (1 0-12), a series onhuman biology first This accelerated growth of in the Spring. cation of the increasingrealisation among primaryproduced and presented by Grampian do to enlarge and teachers of what television can Secondary School Programmes enrich the scope of their work. 'As we see it, tile school programme,in the last year especially,ought to be deliberatelyoutgoing. Primary School Programmes pupils mentally and often The extension of IndependentTelevision's provisionThis means taking the

history for the 9-11 age group.Yorkshire HOW WE USED TO LIVE.York Museum in the series on British social 66 SCHOOLS

physically beyond the school walls.' (Newsom Re-for pupils of 14 and over. HarlechTelevision is 1963). The endeavour to extend at least theplanning additional programmes to be shown to mental horizon of pupils to the adult world beyond Welsh schools during 1969-70. is a challenge to which educational broadcasting is particularly well placed to respond. IndependentEducational Advice and Research Television is providing seven programme series forThe quality and relevance of programmes are main- this purpose during 1968-69, four of them entirelyiained by seeking advice from leading educationists, new : Granada's series on social health, TheFacts areby keeping close contact with the schools, andby These (15 years and over); Thames Television'spromoting research and enquiry. social studies series What's It All About (14 years The educational programmes provided by the and over); Yorkshire's For and Against, dealing withcompanies are subject to the Authority's approval current affairs; and Yorkshire's I am an ,before they may be broadcast, and in considering examining the work of modern engineers (both 14proposals for educational series the Authority is years and over). Established series alsodesigned toitself assisted by an Educational Advisory Council, meet the needs and interests of pupils in the upperappointed under the terms of the z964 Television reaches of the secondary school are Granada's YourAct, which acts as the central source of advice on Money, Your Life, and The Messengers in whicheducational policy for the whole Independent Tele- social and personal problems are explored throughvision system. Its Chairman is Sir John Newsom, a study of film and television(both 14 and over);and its members cover a wide range of special and You and the World, Thames's series on citizen- interests and experience in education. The Council ship for less able pupils (13-16). is assisted by the Schools Committee and the Adult New series in other subject fields include Thames's Education Committee. Heritage, an introductory study of classical civilisa- The Authority looks to the Council and the tions (I1-12 years); Granada's A Place to Live, onSchools Committee for guidance to ensure that pro- the natural history of an ordinary house and itsgrammes relate to the needs and practicesof the garden; and Fifty Years, illustrating world historyschools, and that the programmes as a whole reflect in the period 1918-68 (both 14 and over). Amongthe requirements of different subject fi,Ads, edu- other established series continued in the presentcational levels and type of school. Close and con- year are ATV's Ici la France,which examinestinuous consultation with the educational world in aspects of the social, political and cultural history ofdifferent areas of the country is also assured through France during the last hundred years (for 6th form3);the committees of nominated representatives directly and Conflict, which presents British drama fromadvising those companies which produce school Shakespeare to the present day (i5-18 years). In programmes. addition, Thames is continuing three series pre- viously produced by Rediffusion: Ways With WordsLiaison with Schools (creative English for the 12-13 year olds); Drama,Day-to-day links between classroom and studio are dealing both with world theatre of different periods maintained by company liaison officers, who pay and the modern (14 and over); andregular visits to their local schools, both viewing the series Le Voyage du Jerichoand non-viewing, todiscuss programmes with (second/third year). Apart from its contributions toteachers, observe them in use with classes, and the networked output, Thames is also showing Firstreport back to producers on what they have seen Steps in Physics, a series originally made by ABC asand heard. In addition, volunteer panels of viewing part of its adult education output during 1966-67teachers report regularly on their own and their and intended to assist pupils studying for the '0' pupils' reactions to the programmes, and comment level physics examination. upon their educational effectiveness. All thisinfor- Additional local series for secondary schools inmation is made available to planners and advisory Central Scotland are provided by Scottish Tele-bodies.Meetings withteachers'organisations, vision. In the Autumn Term 1968, the mapanyparent-teacher associations and local education presented a series of local studies entitled On theofficials take place regularly. School liaison officers Move, and the Summer Term 1969 will follow thisalso keep in touch with the colleges of education with On the , examining modern developments and university departments of education in their in Scotland and Europe. Both series are intendedrespective regions. In co-operation with programme SCHOOLS 67 companies, the Authority holds majorconferences the Authority's Schools Committee, it is passed on schoolstelevision in different parts of the United back to the originating company's production team. Kingdom. The latest of these wasorganised jointlyThese teams normally consist of a producer who is by the Authority and ScottishTelevision, Grampian an experiencededucationist, a programme director Television and Border Television (inSeptemberwho is a television expert, a script writer, and where 1968 at Callendar Park College,Falkirk). necessary a consultantwho is a specialist in the subject of the series or in the teaching of the par- School Teacher Fellowships ticular age group for which the series is intended. The development among teachers of aninformedWith the more experimental projects, pro- and critical understanding of theeducational value grammes are recorded forviewing and criticism by and limitations of broadcast schooltelevision is also appropriate groups of educationists. fostered by the Authority's SchoolTeacher Fellow- At an early stage in the planning of aye..x's ship scheme, which has now entered its second year. schools output, consultation takes place with repre- Twelve fellowships are awarded each year to prac-sentatives of the BBC's School Television Depart- tising teachers and are tenable for one term at ment and the SchoolBroadcasting Council in order university institutes, departments orschools ofto avoid unnecessaryduplication of material. At a education with a special interest in the massmedia later stage further consultation takes place toavoid of educational television. clashes of time between programmes addressed to Meanwhile, the Authority has sought waysofthe same target audience by the two services. assessing more precisely the use made ofschool broadcasts and the reaction of teachersand pupilsProgramme Literature to them. In the course ofthe year it was decided toEach year an annual programme booklet ispub- supplement the comments on programmesreceivedlished outlining all the series to be broadcastduring by the companies from panels ofviewing teachers the following school year. It is distributed toschools by a survey conducted independently.Public Atti-at the end of the Spring term, togive head teachers tude Surveys Ltd. was asked toundertake thisample time to take the television programmes into research on an experimental basis. account when preparing theirtimetables for the following schoolyear.Schools may purchase, Programme Planning and Co-ordination through their local company, booklets of programme first transmis- Eighteen months in advance of the notes on the series theyintend to view. Some of sions of any school year, companyproduction teamsthese booklets are designed to giveguidance to series in the put forward proposals for programme teachers; some are found suitable for use by each light of the educational advice andinformation theychild in a viewing group. It is left to the teacher's of their plans is have received. The co-ordination discretion to decide what use he wishes to makeof committee facilitated by a special inter-company these publications. Additional ancillarypublications which devoted entirely to educational matters, on are also prepared, such ascomplete dialogues for allcompanies are represented and whichthe wurkbooks, and dia- attends. Thissome language programmes, Authority's Education Officer also grams related to science programmes. committee is served administrativelyby the Inde- pendent Television Education Secretariat.ThoseIndependent Television Education Secretariat proposals which are approved andrecommended The co-ordination of programmes between many incorporated in a national for national showing are companies, regions, schools and education authori- transmission network timetable for simultaneous ties is inevitably a complicated matter. TheInde- Other series may throughout the United Kingdom. pendent Television Education Secretariat,under be approved but not recommendedfor networking. instructions from the Network Education Sub- Programme Production Committee, therefore acts as a central co-ordinating Once the subject, educational purposeand age range office. The Secretariat also co-ordinates arrange- of programme of a proposed programmeseries have been approved ments for ptinting and despatch for national or local showing, adetailed programmeliterature and timetables; collects and maintains proposal is drawn up by the programmecompany's up-to-date statistical records of viewingschools; films and school broadcasting department.When this hasand has charge of a reference library of again been examined andapproved or amended bytelerecordings for demonstration purposes. 68 SCHOOLS

Citizenship for less-able pupils 1 MONEY MATTERS. A simple explanation of economics 3 YOU AND THE WORLD. for younger viewers. Tyne Tees aged 13-16. Thames 2 PRIMARY FRENCH. 'Bonjout tout le monde con- versational French for ages 9-11. ATV

1 2

144'

et.

<,

.04

4, 4

3 SCHOOLS 69 'r

for boys 1 GROWING UP. A series of six programmes about to leave school. Scottish series for 2 DISCOVERING DANCE.A creative dance 8-10-year-olds in North-EastScotland. Grampian

1

"21Is

I.

IL.

-

1

2 70 SCHOOLSICommittees and Officials

ITA Educational Advisory Council Sir John Newsom, C.B.E., .D. (Chairman) Gordon S. Bessey, C.B.E., M.A. Director of Education, Cumberland J. B. Butterworth, M.A., J.P. Vice-Chancellor, University of Warwick J. R. Clark, C.B.E., M.A., B.Sc., Ed.B. Director of Education, Aberdeen Sir William Mansfield Cooper, LL.M. Vice-Chancellor, University of Manchester Lord Evans of Hungershall, D.IJt. Sometime Provost, University College, University of London Miss A. E. Fitzjohn, M.Sc. Assistant Education Officer, East County Education Committee Prof. C. E. Gittins, C.B.E., M.A. Department of Education, University College of Swansea R. M. T. Kneebone, M.A. Formerly Headmaster, Beckfield Secondary Modern School, York P. G. Mason, M.B.E., M.A. High Master, Manchester Grammar School Prof. R. Maudsley, LL.D., B.C.L., M.A. Professor of Law, King's College, London Miss M. Miles, B.A. Headmistress, Mayfield School, London 5W15 Dr M. E. Reeves, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.Hist.S. Vice-Principal, St Anne's College, Oxford B. T. Ruthven, M.A. Rector, Royal High School, Edinburgh Prof. R. Shaw, B.A. Director of Extra-Mural Studies, University of Keele Sir Peter Venables, Ph.D., F.R.I.C. Vice-Chancellor, University of Aston in Birmingham D. Winnard, M.A. Secretary of the Education Department, T.U.C. ITA Schools Committee Gordon S. Bessey, C.B.E., M.A. (Chairman)Director of Education, Cumberland H. T. Ainsworth Partially Sighted Unit, Victoria Park Secondary School, Manchester S. G. Austen, B.A. Lecturer, Leamington College L. S. L. Brown, T.D., B.A. Headmaster, Chesterton Boys' School, Cambridge J. J. Campbell, M.A., J.P. Principal Lecturer in Education, St Joseph's Training College, Belfast Mrs H. R. Chetwynd District Inspector, Inner London Education Authority Sir William Mansfield Cooper, LL.M. Vice-Chancellor, University of Manchester J. Fergus C. Davidson, M.A. Secretary, Scottish Educational Film Association Mrs G. Dunn Headmistress, Whatfield School, Hadleigh, Suffolk H. J. Edwards, M.A. H.M. Staff Inspector, Educational Technology Miss A. E. Fitzjohn, M.Sc. Assistant Education Officer, EastSuffolk County Education Committee Miss J. V. R. Gregory, J.P. Headmistress, Broomfield County Secondary School, Havant J. F. Heaps Audio-Visual Aids Adviser, Devon County Council A. P. Higgins, B.A. Headmaster, St Bernadette's School, Glyn !fans, M.A. Headmaster, The County Secondary School, Tregaron, Cardiganshire R. M. T. Kneebone, M.A. Formerly Headmaster, Becklield Secondary Modern School, York Miss G. 0. Lack, C.B.E., M.A. Headmistress, Rosebery County School, Epsom Stafford McConway Headmaster, Corbridge Church of England Junior School Miss M. Miles, B.A. Headmistress, Mayfield School, London SW15 ITA Education Officer: Brian Groombridge, M.A. Assistant Education Officer: , B.A. Company School Broadcasting Committees ATV Network. Chairman: Prof. R. Maudsley, LL.D., B.C.L., M.A., Professor of Law, King's College, London Granada Television. Chairman: Sir William Mansfield Cooper, LL.M., Vice-Chancellor, University of Manchester Thames Television. Chairman: Lord Evans of Hungershall, Sometime Provost, University College, London Yorkshire Television. Chairman: Sir Alec Clegg, M.A., Chief Education Officer, West Riding of Yorkshire Grampian Television. Chairman: James Clark, C.B.E., M.A., B.Sc., Ed.B., Director of Education, Aberdeen Scottish Television. Chairman: James S. Meldrum, M.A., B.Ed., F.C.I.S., Director of Education, Company Educational Officials The Borders and Isle of Man :F. J. London : E. Whiteley, B.A., Head of School Northern Ireland: Mrs M. Ellison, Schools Bennett, Education Officer, Border ; M. Alderton, M.A., B.Sc., Liaison Officer, Ulster Television Ltd, Have- Ltd, Television Centre, Carlisie. Schools Liaison Officer, Thames Television lock House, Ormeau Road, Belfast 7. Central Scotland :R. McPherson, M.A., Ltd, , Kingsway, London, South of England: C. Cross, Education Head of Education Department; Thomas WC2. Officer, Southern Independent Television, Southern Independent Television Centre, Cotter,M.A., EducationLiaisonOfficer, Midlands: R. Heron, M.A., Head of Edu- TelevisionLtd,TheatreRoyal, Northam, Southampton. Scottish cation Department, ATV Network Ltd ;R. G lasgow. South-West England: C. F. Jones, M.A., Colston, B.A., Schools Liaison Officer, 150 Ph.D., Education Officer, Westward Tele- Channel Islands: Education Officer, Chan- Edmund Street, Birmingham 3. nel Television, Television Centre, St Helier, vision Ltd, Derry's Cross, Plymouth. Jersey, C.l. North-East England: Schools Liaison Wales and West of England : Keith Evans, East of England : C. W. Newman-Sanders, Officer, Tyne Tees Television Ltd, The Tele- B.A., Dip.Ed., Education Officer, Harlech Education Officer, Anglia Television Ltd, vision Centre, Newcastle upon Tyne. Television Ltd, Pontcanna Studios, Cardiff. Anglia House, Norwich. Yorkshire: Miss E. Love, B.A., Head of Lancashire: Miss J. Wadsworth, Education North-East Scotland: Mrs E.Garrett, Educational Broadcasting : B. Durkin, B.A., Officer,GranadaTelevisionLtd,Man- Schools Liaison Officer, Grampian Television Education Officer, Yorkshire Television Ltd, 3. Ltd, Queen's Cross, Aberdeen. Television Centre, Leeds 3. INDEPENDENT TELEWSION EDUCATION SECRETARIAT Secretary: D. Fox, M.B.E., 237-46 Tottenham Court Road, London, W1 SCHOOLS/Programme Details

SCHOOL PROGRAMMES 1968-69

Programme Description Company Mins. Time and day

Conflict British drama, from Shakespeare to the present day. ATV 25 11.30 a.m. Thu. Age 15-18 11.42 a.m. Wed. Autumn Discovering Dance CrePtive dance. Age 8-10. For schools in N.E. Scotland GRAMPIAN20 25 2.35 p.m. Wed. Autumn Drama (I) Introduction to world theatre (ii) Preparation of a T HAM ES television play. Age 14 and over The Facts are These Aspects of social health. Age 15 and over GRANADA20 2.00 p.m. Mon. Summer 11.40 a.m. Tue. Autumn Fifty Years World history 1918-68. Age 14 and over GRANADA 20 and Spring Finding Out Miscellany series. Age about 7 THAMES 15 1.40 p.m. Mon. First Steps in Physics '0' level physics THAMES 20 3.55 p.m. Tue. For and Against Current affairs. Age 14-16 YORKSHIRE 20 2.40 p.m. Thu. 11.40 a.m. Wed. Spring Great Scots Biographical history for N.E. Scotland. Age 10-12 GRAMPIAN20 11 40 a.m. Wed. Spring Heritage Classical studies. Age 11-12 THAMES 20 How We Used to Live Social history, 1850-1900. Age 9-11 YORKSHIRE 20 11.00 a.m. Tue. I Am An Engineer Aims, problems and achievements of professional YORKSHIRE 20 2.25 p.m. Tue. engineers. Age 14 and over Ici la France Aspects of French political, social and cultural history. ATV 20 2.40 p.m. Mon. For 6th forms 10.00 a.m. Fri. Autumn Living and Growing Human biology (shown in N.E. England). Age 10-12 GRAMPIAN18 Materials of Our World Science and general interest. Age 9-11 THAMES 18 2.00 p.m. alt. Wed. Autumn Men of Our Time Filmed biographies of such figures as . Hitler GRANADA20 11.40 a.m. Tue. Summer and Roosevelt. Age 14 and over 2.00 p.m. Mon. Spring The Messengers Social studies through film and television. Age 14 and over GRANADA 25 Money Matters Meaning and importance of money. Age 9-12 TYNE TEES15 10.40 a.m. Mon. Autumn On the Fringe Internatioral affairs, for Central Scotland. Age 14-16 SCOTTISH 20 2.25 p.m. Tue. Summer 11.23 a.m. Mon. Autumn On the Move Aspects of modern Scotland, for Central Scotland. SCOTTISH 20 Age 14 and over 18 2.25 p.m. Tue. Spring Past and Present Miscellany for Central Scotland. Age 10-12 SCOTTISH 11.23 a.m. Tue. Picture Box Miscellany for creative work. Age 8-10 GRANADA 15 2.35 p.m. Wed. Spring A Place to Live Introduction to the ecology of everyday surroundings. GRANADA 20 Age 14 and over and Summer Conversational French. Age 9-11 ATV 10 2.28 p.m. Mon. and Primary French 2.23 p.m. Wed. 15 11.03 a.m. Mon. Seeing and Doing Miscellany series. Age about.6 THAMES 11.42 a.m. Wed. Summer Starting Point For N.E. Scotland providing a stimulus to various activities.GRAMPIAN20 Age 10-12 Animal study. Age 9-11 THAMES 18 2.00 p.m. alt. Wed. Spring A Time and a Place and Summer 15 11.45 a.m. Mon. Towards Mathemztics Progressive scheme for primary school mathematics. ATV Age 14 and over 11.42 a.m. Wed. Autumn Le Voyage du Aricho For pupils in second or third year of French THAMES 18 20 11.40 a.m. Wed. Summer Ways with Words Oral and written expression and creative writing. THAMES Age 12-13 20 2.00 p.m. Mon. Autumn What's It All About ? Social studies. Age 14 and over THAMES 2.00 p.m. alt. Wed. The World Around Us Science in the primary school. Age 9-11 THAMES 18 20 11.23 a.m. Mon. Summer You and the World Citizenship. for less able pupils. Age 13-16 THAMES The economics of everyday life. Age 14 and over GRANADA 20 11.23 a.m. Mon. Autumn Your Money, Your Life and Spring

given are of first NOTE: The school year covered in the above list isof three terms: Autumn 1968, Spring and Summer 1969. Days and times transmissions only. There are regional variations in the timing andfrequency of repeat broadcasts. Scottish Television contributes a number of programmes to Thames's 'Finding Out'. The programmesattributed above to Grampian, Scottish Television and Tyne Tees are produced speciely for localschools. r't

*4

,

Orr '

I 4r AO, O' pi* $ 41140110"1"1"111

I. 'Jr". 1LT

,` ' ro,

4 ,

1111%.1...6.Ne

air

1111111.10111611.0111111111 rrrr, 73

II Op

ALL BROADCASTING IN BRITAIN IS INSPIRED BY THE London, Discovering London, and HarlechTele- CONVICTION that and television mustprovidevision a series of four programmes,Exploring the education and information as well as entertainment,Past, on the early history of Wales and theWest of and there are obviously many programmes whichEngland, intended as an introduction to a more succeed in being educational, informative and enter-extensive treatment of the subject alreadyplanned taining at the same time. But for some purposesby the company. Yorkshire Television isplanning a single programmes, or miscellaneous programmesinseries of thirteen programmes entitled Takenfor innova- series, however stimulatil.g, are insufficient.ViewersGranted, illustrating the history of domestic who want, for instance, to learn about skindiving,tions during the last hundred years. ATV'sFrench their to improve their command ofFrench, make senselanguage series for adults wishing to improve of ballet, or increase their efficiency (asfarmers,conversational facility has become well established doctors or housewives, for example), need some-since its inception in 1963. This year's courseis thing more systematic, deliberately concernedwithentitled Deux Mondes, the world of businessand of their particular requirements. They need,in fact, athe thmtre providing the background for adramatized course on television. In a year,ITV offers some sixtyseries. Among contributions from regional com- such courses, on a wide variety ofsubjects, relatingpanies is 's ecological seriesThe to every aspect of life -in the home, at leisure, atNatural History of a Summer Holiday, produced in work. co-operation with the University of Southampton. Variety is an essential characteristic of televised Programmes of interest to viewers in the context adult education. In any year's output on ITV theof their home and family life areproduced by major broadest possible interpretation will rightly begiven,companies for networking and by smallerregional for example, to viewers' leisure interests.Duringcompanies. London Weekend's series onhuman 1968-69 systematic courses are beingoffered on arelationships is centred on the family and the same number of sports and other out-dooractivities : company is presentingMoney-Go-Round, a series of these include London Weekend Television'sseries twenty-six programmes offering informationand and on rock climbingand skin diving and Yorkshireadvice on a wide range of consumer needs Television's Play Better Golf In the sphereofopportunities. The Fabric of Life, a study of natural music and the arts are Scottish Television'sthirdand man-made materials used in themanufacture of series on opera, Singing for Your Supper,and oneclothing,is produced by Yorkshire Television. had the on balletplanned by Thames Television to provideViewers in the North-East of England have viewers with a basic knowledge of this artform. opportunity to see The Changing Face of Marriage, Nearer to the traditional concept of liberal studiesproduced by Tyne Tees Television andintended are the series onhistory and modern languages. chiefly for women. Granada's All Our Yesterdays is nowpresented in Various programme companies have continued to refresher and most regions onSunday afternoons; in its revisedexplore the possibilities of televised form it aims to offer a systematic studyof worldin-service training courses. Twoestablished series history during the period of the second world war.for farmers, Farm Progress andAcres for Profit, have London Weekend is presenting atwenty-six pro-been continued by Southern andWestward Tele- gramme course onthe history and topography ofvision respectively, as has also PostgraduateMedicine,

NATURAL HISTORY OF A SUMMERHOLIDAY. Dr Peter Lockwood, lecturer inBiological Oceanology at the University of Southampton, collectssamples on the Dorset coast. Southern 74 ADULT EDUCATION

produced by Scottish and Tyne Tees in associationand electoral system, was produced in association with Postgraduate Medical Boards. This series iswith the University of Newcastle. intended to keep practising doctors informed of the Details of adult education programmes shown latest advances in medicine and surgery. Pro-regionally or nationally networked during 1968-69 grammes of special interest to teachers include a are given on pages 78-9. second Living and Growing series which Grampian Television is planning to run parallel with theEducational Advice and Research broadcasts on human biology transmitted to primaryThe Authority's Adult Education Committee meets schools in North-East Scotland; and a series on under the chairmanship of Sir Peter Venables, Vice- teaching mathematics in primary schools, intendedChancellor of the University of Aston, to consider for both parents and teachers, planned by Westward detailed programme proposals from the companies Television. Harlech Television is presenting pro-and to ensure the co-ordinated development of their grammes examining new trendsinsecondary overall pattern. The committee is representative schools, while Granada has under consideration aboth of organizations concerned with liberal adult series for teachers on the use of television in schools. education and those concerned with further and A different approach to education as a television technical education. Several of the members of this subject has been adopted by London Weekendcommittee serve on the parallel body advising the whose series Going Places offered a guide to theBBC of which Sir Peter Venables is also chairman. availability of courses in Further Education, and byThis overlap of membership, coupled with regular Scottish Television which has produced a similar exchanges of advance planning information between series on opportunities in Further and Higherthe staffs of the two organizations, helps at an early . In a study of specifically stage to prevent wasteful duplication. university education Westward co-operated with In order to facilitate the work of its Adult the University of Exeter in the production of TheEducation Committee in planning programmes in Privileged? which discussed the nature and purposethis field, the Authority commissioned an inquiry of university education in Britain. into the scope of contemporary adult interests and Examples have been given above of adult educa-the extent to which television programmes might tion series produced by programme companies inserve these. The results of this survey, which was conjunction with universities in their region. Aundertaken early in 1968 by the British Market further instance of this co-operation is provided byResearch Bureau, have far-reaching implications for Tyne Tees whose series Way to the White House,the Authority's policy and long-term planning in tracing the evolution of the American Constitutionthe sphere of adult education.

ITA Adult Education Committee Sir Peter Venables, Ph.D., F.R.LC. (Chairman) Vice-Chancellor, University of Aston in Birmingham E. Britton, C.B.E., M.A. General Secretary, Association of Teachers in Technical Institutions W. Burmeister, M.A. Director of Extra-Mural Studies, University of London T. Cowan H.M. Inspector, Northern Ireland W. A. Devereux, B.Sc. (Econ.), D.P.A. Assistant Education Officer, Inner London Education Authority D. S. Graham H.M. Inspector of Schools, Scotland J. G. Harries, M.B.E., M.A. Secretary of Cornwall Education Committee Mrs L. Rees Hughes Formerly Member, Welsh Joint Education Committee Mrs P. Jacob, J.P. Member of the Executive Committee, National Federation of Women's Institutes K. Jones, J.P., F.R.S.A. Warden, Debden Community Association T. E. M. Landsborough, M.A. Director of Education, Clackmannan H. Nutt, M.A. General Secretary, Workers' Educational Association Mrs M. E. Rice, B.A. Member of the National Executive Council, National Union of Townswomen's Guilds R. A. Richardson Chief Inspector of Schools Professor R. Shaw, B.A. Director of Extra-Mural Studies, University of Keele W. G. Stone, M.A., Hon.LL.D. Director of Education, Brighton Professor H. C. Wiltshire, M.A. Professor of Adult Education, University of Nottingham D. Winnard, M.A. Secretary of the Education Department, T.U.C. Dame Ethel M. Wormald, D.B.E., B.A. Formerly Chairman of Liverpool Education Committee ADULT EDUCATION 75

manufacturing 1 FABRIC OF LIFE. A surveyof the clothing

industry. Yorkshire 1 Blackham as 2 SINGING FORYOUR SUPPER. Joyce Carmen in the operaseries. Scottish

1

.111111tamilL,..

-44

Ma,

2 76 ADULT EDUCATION

1 GOING PLACES. Opportunities for education after 3 COOKING WITH KATIE. Katie Stewart, cookeryeditor leaving school. London Weekend of The Times, demonstrates that there is no need to buy expensive food in order to eat well. Grampian 2 THE PRIVILEGED ? Research at Exeter University was featured in two programmes in the series on university life. Westward

1 2

D.* -*

AIME

,

/$1

41.

- t

3 ADULT EDUCATION 77

1 LAND OF THE LIVING DRAGON. Thirteen programmes 3FIT FOR LIFE. Olympic coach (right) talks to providing a background to Chinese language and John Pett. ATV culture. Tyne Tees 2 DISCOVERING LONDON. Filming at Billingsgate for the series on the . London Weekend 2 1 lir1 I 141j I !ell

I ;11

all! I , 119

4

tt,

--111111111611.A1111. ,cqwurnamasrerrghhLt. 78 ADULT EDUCATION/Programme Details

ADULT EDUCATION PROGRAMMES Autumn 1968

Series Description Producing Mins. Time and day Area Company

The ABC of Basic principles of household repairs. THAMES 20 4.20 p.m. Thu. P. Do-lt-Yourself 13 programmes by Barry Bucknell (repeat) Action at Sea Decisive naval battles. 13 programmes (presented WESTWARD 30 11.30 p.m. Tue. by Anglia) All Our Yesterdays History of Second World War. 22 programmes GRANADA 25 2.00 p.m. Sun. N. Best Sellers Writers of 19th and 20th centuries. 13 programmes THAMES 30 4.10 p.m. Fri. L. (repeat) The Collar Bar Work of the Christian minister. 6 programmes WESTWARD 30 2.00 p.m. Sun. P. Cooking With Katie How to be a good general cook. 6 programmes GRAMPIAN 30 6.10 p.m. Fri., P. by Katie Stewart (repeat) 1.30 p.m. Sat The Changing Face of For the married woman of today. 13 programmes TYNE TEES 30 4.10 p.m. Wed., L. Marriage 1.30 p.m. Sun. The Crusades History of the Crusades. 7 programmes ULSTER 30 11.30 p.m. Tue. L. Design for Living History of design in Britain. 15 programmes THAMES 30 11.30 p.m. Mon. L. (presented by Grampian, repeat) Deux Mondes Dramatised series for those who wish to keep up ATV 20 1.10 p.m. Sun., N. their French. First 13 programmes 12.35 p.m. Sat. Discovering London History of London, from Roman to Tudor. First LONDON WEEKEND25 12.15 p.m. Sun., N. 13 programmes 11.45 a.m. Sat. The Fabric of Life The clothing manufacturing industry. YORKSHIRE 30 12.40 p.m. Sun. N. 13 programmes Farm Progress For experienced farmers SOUTHERN 30 1.30 p.m. Sun., P. 11.30 p.m. Mon. The Food You Eat Nutrition. 13 programmes (repeat) ATV 20 11.30 p.m. Tue. L. Further & Higher New trends in Scottish education. 10 programmes SCOTTISH 30 11.25 p.m. Wed., L. Education 4.00 p.m. Fri. Going Places Opportunities for education after leaving school. LONDON WEEKEND25 12.15 p.m. Sun., N. 6 programmes 1.10 p.m. Sat. Ifs Hard Work Being Child development. 13 programmes (presented SOUTHERN 30 11.40 p.m. Sun. L. A Baby by London Weekend) Land of the Living Chinese civilization and language. 13 programmes TYNE TEES 30 11.30 p.m. Fri. P. Dragon (presented by Anglia) Learning to Ski 6 programmes from !Mend Dry Slope, near GRAMPIAN 30 10.30 p.m. Thu. L. Edinburgh Look, There Goes Baby! Home movie making. 8 programmes (presented SCOTTISH 30 1.35 p.m. Sat. L. by Yorkshire) Money-Go-Round Consumer affairs, in consultation with Queen LONDON WEEKEND25 12.30 p.m. Sat. P. Elizabeth College, University of London. First 13 programmes More Best Sellers Famous literary men and literary circles. THAMES 30 12.15 p.m Sun. L. 13 programmes (presented by Harlech) The NatureePrejudiceSociology. 7 programmes defining prejudice (repeat)ATV 30 11.30 p.m. Tue. P. Postgraduate MedicineSpecialised series for doctors. 8 programmes SCOTTISH/ 40 11.35 p.m. Mon. TYNE TEES 1.10 p.m. Wed. in Central Scotland 1.00 p.m. Wed., P. 10.20 a.m. Sun. in North-East England The Privileged ? 13 programmes with Exeter University on WESTWARD 30 2.00 p.m. Sun., L. university life 12.30 p.m. Sat. Rich World, Poor WorldInternational aid to developing countries. THAMES 20 4.10 p.m. Fri. L. 13 programmes (repeat) Singing for Your Supper Introduction to opera. 10 programmes (presented SCOTTISH 30 11.30 p.m. Mon./Tue. P. by various companies) 11.30 p.m. Thu. Yorkshire), 12.30 p.m. Sat. (Lancashire) The Tools of Cookery New Philip Harben series. 13 programmes THAMES 20 4.20 p.m. Thu., P. 11.30 p.m. Tue. Way to the White House American Constitution and electoral system. TYNE TEES 30 1.30 p.m. Sun. N. 7 programmes World of Crime 8 programmes supplementary to a series on crime THAMES 30 11.00 p.m. Thu. P. in Britain and (.'n association with Westinghouse Broadcasting Company Inc.) The Writer and the Literary themes. 6 programmes (presented by HARLECH 30 11.30 p.m. Tue./Thu.P. World various companies)

NOTE: N. NetworkP. Part NetworkL. Local Transmission times are those of producing companies' fiat transmissions, txcept where otherwise stated ADULT EDUCATION/Programme Details 79

ADULT EDUCATION PROGRAMMES Some proposals for 1969

Series Description Producing Term Company

Acres for Profit Use of capital in farming. 13 programmes WESTWARD Spring AU Our Yesterdays Continuing history of Second World War GRANADA Spring/Summer Ballet 7 programmes THAMES Autumn Croeso, Christine I Married life with Christine and Wyn. New series of HARLECH Spring (corn. Feb.) elementary Welsh language programmes Deux Mondes Further 26 programmes ATV Spring and Summer Discovering London Further 17 programmes LONDON WEEKENDSpring and Summer Exploring the Past History and archaeology of Wales and the West. HARLECH Summer 4 programmes preliminary to longer series in 1970 Farm Progress Further programmes for farmers SOUTHERN Throughout the year Human Relationships Family attitudes. 13 programmes LONDON WEEKENDAutumn Innovation in the Secondary School 8 programmes on new educational trends for teachersHARLECH Summer (com. 28 Apr.) Know Your Child Child development YORKSHIRE Autumn The Living Body Human physiology. 13 programmes ATV Autumn Money-Go-Round Second 13 programmes LONDON WEEKENDSpring (corn. 4 Jan.) Play Better Golf Instruction for the beginner. 13 programmes YORKSHIRE Spring Postgraduate Medicine Further programmes for doctors and surgeons SCOTTISH/ Summer TYNE TEES Primary Maths New learning for parents. 617 programmes WESTWARD Autumn The Raj 10 programmes on British rule in India THAMES Spring Roc- Climbing 4 programmes LONDON WEEKENDSummer Singing For Your Supper Introduction to opera. New series SCOTTISH Summer Skin Diving 5 programmes LONDON WEEKENDSummer Taken for Granted Social history. 13 programmes YORKSHIRE Summer World of Crime Repeat of complete series of 21 programmes THAMES

Some proposals for 1970

Series Description Producing Term Company

Conservation of the Antique How to preserve antique furniture -,:nd objets d'art. WESTWARD Spring 13 programmes From Arthur to Alfred History and archaeology of Wales and the West. HARLECH Summer A.D. 400-1000.8 programmes Great Film Makers 6 programmes on three modern film makers and THAMES Spring their techniques Living and Growing Human biology. 8 new programmes in parallel with GRAMPIAN Spring primary schools series Styles in Art Introduction to antiques ATV Spring

NOTE: These details should be treated as provisional. A so, some of the programmes may be seen only in the producing company's area. 61111111110.--.4.4c:-...4

1

a 1.1116"--

10*^' 444,

,C4 4

4 81 DRAMA el"

THERE WAS A TIME WHEN GOING TO THE THEATRE was events - on both services - have been short series very much a minority taste. Now, notonly doesor serials. On ITV A Man ofOur Times was a everyone get a chance of seeing thework of manyleisurely, occasionally uneven, exploration in depth of our best dramatists, but the sheer quantity ofof the character of one prototypical modern man, drama available is astonishing. There were timesexpert enough at his job, but at odds with himself, last year when Independent Television was offering with people around him, and with society at large: five and a half hours of original plays a week, apartbrilliantly acted by George Cole. And the other from all the series and serials. It was astonishing,thing which has clearly developed within the drama too, in its range. Not, perhaps, as much as someseries at its best is the quite undefinable quality of would have wished of the theatre's classic reper- style. Whether you liked it or not, it was there in The toire, but by no means all of 'the theatre' comes overPrisoner as it had been in The Power Game and The very well on television. That apart, the plays ex-Avengers, and now it extends over a wide range of plored most dramatic forms, with one or two ratherseries. Market In Honey Lane, more comfortable at more experimental forms as well. The 5oothArm-a later evening time, had it. Grimly, so had Spindoe. chair Theatre - itself an occasion of some importancePublic Eye had style, tooenough style to close by in the history of British television dramawas The putting its tatty hero, who so long had lived near Ballad of the Artificial Mash, morality, musical,the fringes of the law, firmly into gaol. And Frontier extravaganza, satire all rolled into one. There wereopened up a little explored theme of British Imperial lavish productions, like Granada's The Caesars, and history, with great attention to detail and the some of the barest simplicity, like The Victims,withauthenticity that springs from that. a cast of two and the simplest of domestic sets.There But perhaps one of the most heartening things were star-vehicles, like the series of four playswithwas a broadening of the bases on which drama :but new television performersproduction rests in Independent Television. The were introduced. We had some high polishfromnew major companies straight away sprang into Noel Coward, some craggy straight-speaking fromdrama with high quality material: some controver- Johnny Speight, some modern moralities, and even sial plays from London Weekend Television, and a swing at the structure of Independent Televisionfrom Yorkshire Television not only single plays but (though inevitably, some people felt it didn't puncha drama series, Gazette, about a provincial news- hard enough). And, sadly, we saw during the year paper. Regional companies like Ulster and Scottish not only Joe Orton's first play, but also his last.Television contributed full length plays to the Almost as important as the plays themselves, wenetwork, and Southern Television, with its long returned during the year to the idea of weekendexpertise in maleng children's serials, turned con- drama. It was on Sunday nights that Armchairfidently to the adult thriller with Letters from the Theatre made its reputation, and for many peopleDead. It may be that someone looking back in the the weekend has looked bare without a good playfuture over the past twelve months will think its to get one's teeth into. main significance lies not just in the variety of the The year saw, too, still further erosion of thedrama that was shown, bur in the fact that in this boundary between the 'single play' and the dramatic year more than half of the fifteencompanies which 'series. There has always been a view that it was onlygo to make up Independent Television had a con- in the single play that dramatists of ideas were freetribution to make. With a base as broad as this, the to express themselves. But it canbe argued thatdrama on ITV ought to be as rich and varied as is during the last year the most important dramaticprovided by any television service in the world.

RETREAT. Major General Crauford (Leslie Sands) leads his section of the BritishArmy ill a wild and furious retreat across Spain. ATV 8z DRAMA

1 THE AVENGERS.Linda Thorson as Tara and Patrick 3 . Alfred Lynch (right) in The Macnee s Steed. Thames Ballad of the Artificial Mash, the last of ABC's Armchair 2 THE CAESARS. Theatre plays. The longest-running play series on An historical six-part drama series. British television, Armchair Theatre is being continued Granada by Thames Television.

1 2

4.

pro' Av

I

_...im0111111b.

4

1 Alta- DRAMA

and Norman 3 LETTERS FROMTHE DEAD. Jan Carey . Threeinternational agents with thrir serial by IanKennedy 1 perception face death Bowler in the six-part highly developed extra-sensory Martin. Southern on everymission. ATV 2 CRIME BUSTER. R 3yMort and Mark Edeninvestigate crime in the sporting world.ATV 2 1

'MEL

Sib-

,,,0114111r,

3 84 DRAMA

1 IF THERE WEREN'T ANY BLACKS YOU'D HAVE TO INVENT THEM. An unusual play by Johnny Speight. London Weekend 2 THE EXPLORER. A play starring Honor Blackman and . Anglia

1

2 DRAMA 85

1 THE EGG ON THE FACE OF THE TIGER. Lynn Redgrave and Peter Bowles in a play in the Love Story series. ATV 2 BURNS. John Cairney and Roy Hanlon in the six-part story of the poet's life. Scottish

1

IF

,

2 86 DRAMA

1 FUNERAL GAMES. Michael Denison as the leader of p. strange religious sect in the play by Joe Orton. Yorkshire 2 UNCLE SILAS. in a play in the Mystery and Imagination series. Thames

1 ,141/

2 DRAMA 87

Eddington, James Maxwell, Gary GAZETTE. Gillian Wray, Jon Laurimore andMichael 3 FRONTIER. Paul 1 Bond, John Phillips and PatrickO'Connell. Thames Blackham in the weekly newspaper series.Yorkshire 2 BOATMAN DO NOT TARRY. PatrickMcAlinney in the fully-networked play. Ulster

2 1

fir

v

a- 3 88 DRAMAIProgramme Details

P LAYS

Company Mins. Date Title Series Author

ABC 60 June 6The Three Wives of Felix Hull Armchair Theatre Fay Weldon John Hale ATV 100 11 The Retreat Playhouse Ken Campbell ABC 60 13One Night I Danced with Mr Dalton Armchair Theatre Marc Brandel G RANADA 60 17The Rest Of Our Lives PlayhouseMurder Alun Owen REDIFFUSION 30 19Stella Half Hour Story Edgar Allan Poe ABC 60 20The Tell T..*- Heart Mystery & Imagination Marc Brandel G RANADA 60 24An Even Chance PlayhouseMurder Peter Draper REDIFFUSION 30 26It's Only Us Half Hour Story L. P. Hartley ABC 60 Feet Foremost Mystery & Imagination 27 60 PlayhouseMurder Marc Brandel G RANADA July 1 Killer's Odds Anthony Skene REDIFFUSION 60 2Day of Heroes The Gamblers William Trevor REDIFFUSION 30 3The Fifty-Seventh Saturday Half Hour Story Jeri Matos ATV 55 3S for Sugar, A for Apple, M for Missing Love Story John Stewart ULSTER 60 8Boatman Do Not Tarry Playhouse REDIFFUSION 60 9You've Got A Lucky Face The Gamblers C. P. Taylor REDIFFUSION 30 10 Happy Anniversary Half Hour Story Hugh Leonard ATV 55 10The Egg on the Face of the Tiger Love Story Joe Orton REDIFFUSION 90 15Entertaining Mr Sloane Playhouse Edna O'Brien REDIFFUSION 30 17 Nothing's Ever Over Half Hour Story Riccardo Aragno ATV 55 17The Vast Horizons of the Mind Love Story Reuben Ship REDIFFUSION 60 18Try A Little Tenderness The Gamblers 90 Playhouse Olive Chase and ANGLIA 22Countercrime Stanley Clayton Alun Owen REDIFFUSION 30 24Thief Half Hour Story David Hopkins ATV 24A Man Alone Love Story Ewart Alexander REDIFFUSION 60 25The Day the Banana Threw a Gorilla at The Gamblers Rachel Peter Terson ABC 60 25The Ballad of the Artificial Mash Armchair Theatre Leon Griffiths REDIFFUSION 30 29WI. Universe and the Well-known Prisoner Half Hour Story Peter Nichols YORKSHIRE 90 29Daddy Kiss It Better Playhouse Anthony Skene GRANADA 60 30The Fleapit The System Johnny Speight LONDON WEEKEND 60 Aug. 4If There Weren't Any Blacks, Sunday Play You'd Have To Invent Them Noel Coward THAMES 90 Quality Playhouse Julia Jones G RANADA 60 6Pennywise The System Willis Hall LONDON WEEKEND 60 11 The Ticket For Amusement Only Noel Coward THAMES 90 Bon Voyage Playhouse 12 60 For Amusement Only Peter Eckersley and LONDON WEEKEND 18Anything But The Woods Kenneth Cope Ivy Compton Burnett ATV 90 19A Heritage and its H%tory Playhouse Carol Fisher YORKSHIRE 60 20Where did you get that Hat? Play Nemone Lethridge LONDON WEEKEND 60 24The Franchise Trail Saturday Special Ernest Gebler LONDON WEEKEND 60 25A Little Milk of Human Kindness For Amusement Only Joe Orton YORKSHIRE 60 26Funeral Games Playhouse For Amusement Only Rhys Adrian LONDON WEEKEND 60 Sept. 1 Henry the Incredible Bore Hugh Forbes GRANADA 60 3Keep Out of Sight The System Alun Owen LONDON WEEKEND 60 8Time for the Funny Walk For Amusement Only John Bowen ATV 90 A Most Unfortunate Accident Playhouse 9 60 The System John Finch GRANADA 10Victims For Amusement Only Fay Weldon LONDON WEEKEND 60 15Ruined Houses 90 Playhouse Terence Rattigan ATV 16Who is Sylvia? The System John Finch GRANADA 60 17The House that Jigger Built Playhouse Noel Coward THAM ES 90 23The Kindness of Mrs Radcliffe DRAMAIProgramme Details 89

Date Title Series Author Compan7 Mins.

Sept. 24Them Down There The System John Finch GRANALO 4 60 30There's a Hole in your Dustbin, Delilah Playhouse Jack Rosenthal GRANADA 90

Oct. 1 The Bonus The Root of all Evil Ray Jenkins YORKSHIRE 60 2 Flower Dew Premiere Roy Clarke THAMES 60 7Number Ten Playhouse William Clark GRANADA 90 8The Fireplace Firm The Root of all Evil Bill Macilwraith YORKSHIRE 60 9The Night of Talavera Premiere Robert Holies THAMES 60 14The Explorer Playhouse Kenneth Jupp ANGLIA 90 15You Can Only Buy Once The Root of all Evil Kevin Laffan YORKSHIRE 60 16 My Country Tis of Thee Premiere Don Cornelius THAMES 60 21 The Tigers of Subtopia Playhouse Julian Symons ATV 90 22The Last of the Big Spenders The Root of all Evil Hugh Whitemore YORKSHIRE 60 23Foxhole in Bayswater Premiere Emanuel Litvinoff THAMES 60

DRAMA SERIES

Programme Description Company WeeklyTime and day Area mins.

The Avengers Thriller series ABC 55 Various to July N. THAM ES 60 8.00 Wed. from Oct. N. The Caesars The Roman Empire G RANADA 60 10.20 Sun. Sept.Oct. N. The Champions Adventure series ATV 60 8.00 Wed. from Sept. P. City '68 Life in a modern city GRANADA 60 9.00 Fri. to March N. Coronation Street Set in a Lancashire city G RANADA 60 7.30 Mon., Wed. N. Crime Buster Crime series ATV 60 8.30 Thu. JulyOct. N. Crossroads Life in a motel ATV 100 6.35 Tue.Fri. to July N. 4.30 Tue.Fri. from Aug. Driveway Set in a driving school ATV 60 6.30 Tue., Thu. JulySept. N. Frontier North-West Frontier army adventureTHAMES 60 9.00 Wed. JulySept. N. series Gazette A small town newspaper YORKSHIRE 60 9.00 F1. Aug.Oct. N. In multistorey block of flats SCOTTISH 30 6.35 Thu. from Dec. L. Honey Lane Adventures in street market ATV 60 6.30 Tue., Thu. Oct.Dec. N. Letters From The Dead Thriller series SOUTHERN 30 11.30 Sat. Aug.Sept. P. Travels of modern bounty hunter ATV 55 7.30 Sat. to Apr. N. A Man Of Our Times Portrait of a loser REDIFFUSION 60 9.00 Thu. to Mar. N. Market In Honey Lane Adventures in street market ATV 55 9.00 Thu. to Mar. N. Mr Rose Retired police inspector GRANADA 60 9.00 Fri. MayJuly, Nov.Dec.N. Mysterious drama ATV 60 7.25 Sun. to Feb. N. Public Eye Private detective series ABC 60 9.10 Sat. Jan.Apr. N. The Saint Adventure series ATV 55 7.25 Sun. Feb.July, N. from Sept. Sanctuary Convent at work RED I FFUSIO N 60 9.00 Thu. Apr.July N. Spindoe Crime serial G RANADA 60 9.00 Fri. Apr.May N. Virgin of the Secret ServiceEdwardian adventure ATV 60 9.00 Thu. Mar.June N. of Darkie Pilbeam North country drama during secondG RANADA 60 9.00 Fri. July N. woild war

L. LocalP. Part Network N. Network The lists refer to 1968 and p.m. Alra

t4,1

a 4 : tt-

t .dremmem....-- mot' , t 211111M. `T

4-44.4

admow.

'1

`a,

,3' 91

a 1/

IT IS WELL KNOWN IN TELEVISION THATTOE TASK creasingly untypical. Not only are the conventions of making people laugh producesthe biggest ratioof the variety theatre being slowly discarded, but of flops to successes in the business.Even the mostthe subject-matter of the jokes, the songs and even experienced comedy producer expectshis show to the dances, has widened in scope to include all go down like a leadballoon every now and then; and manner of topics that had noplace in the old-style the more experienced he is, the better heknows how 'leg show'. unpredictable the laughs are. Without necessarily becoming any more solemn, This high failure rate can be particularly con-modern variety material can often be more speci- spicuous (and expensive) in situation comedyseries. fically relevant to the social and political happenings If one is buying an already popular,established of the day. The colour-bar, students' protest and series from America, well and vood ; theonly risk Vietnam now find themselves alongside mothers-in- is that the show may not appeat to British tastes,law and 'a funny thing happened to me on the way and that is a relatively simple questionof judgment. to the theatre ...', as part of the repertoire. If; on the other hand, all one has is an idea, afew The Frost programmes have been in the forefront pilot scripts and a couple of possible comic starsin of this trend, and it is interesting that at least one a mental castlist, it is no easy matter to decideof these programmes each week has been the serious whether to go ahead, spending money and time, ortreatment of a current politicalissue. Interesting, whether it would be a waste of both. because part of the trend is the erosion of the Producers are not noticeably deterred bythis barriers which have hitherto served to separate, per- problem, but it is increasingly common nowadays haps too rigidly, the established categories of tele- for comedy series to arise out of an ideawhich viskm programmes. For instance, Dick Gregory, started life as a 'one-off' play. This is auseful waythe American negro who finds abitter of testing out a programme idea withoutbeing humour in life at the receiving end of racial preju- finally committed to a series. The play acts as a dice, appeared on two successive Frost programmes, pilot episode to get the 'feel' of the charactersand and the viewer would have found it hard to draw a situations as they appear on the screen and to testdistinct line between the serious political comment audience reaction. and the jokes. Never Mind the Quality, Feel The Width is a good All this is not ta say that the glitter and the example of this process in operation. Patrick and glamour of old style variety entertainment is no Manny, the two main characters, started off as more. A Tom Jones Spectacular or aNight in the Lift merely the two leading parts in a 'one-off' comedy.of are still with us to maintain Inde- They happened to with the audience and, in the pendent Television's tradition of colourful variety series that followed, developed into fullyrounded, shows for the family. It is simply that another believable individuals, establishing themselves with dimension has been added to television entertain- viewers as good for a laugh, with a bit of a dig at ment giving a wider choice tothe viewer and some racial and religiousprejudices in passing. reflecting the wider range of comedy, music and This type of comedy series apart, the scene intheatre which has enriched the whole of popular light entertainment has undergone some rapid entertainment, on and off the small screen. changes this year. At one time that phrase'light Neither does it mean that the essential basic entertainment' conjured up a mental picture of net-ingredients of light entertainment have changed. It stockinged girls high-kicking their way across aremains as true as ever that fun shows must be fun. variety theatre stage, between the juggling act andThey can be witty, glamorous, exciting, tender or the stand-up comic. That picture is becomingin-relaxed; but whatever else, they must entertain.

LIBERACE IN LONDON. Thames 92 LIGHT ENTERTAINMENT

1 FROST ON SUNDAY. and Ronnie 3 A NIGHT IN THE LIFE OF...An hour of light enter- Corbett. London Weekend tainment with Bruce Forsyth and his guests. ATV 2 NICE TIME. A fun-show with hosts Jonathan Routh, Germaine Greer and . Granada

=.."'" LIGHT ENTERTAINMENT 93

1 PAT. Star of the series Pat Kirkwoodwith Will Fyffe Jnr., pianist and musicalarranger. Westward 2 A ROYAL GALA. Harry Secombeand Harry H. Corbett. ATV

1

41(

2 94 LIGHT ENTERTAINMENT

1 TIME FOR BLACKBURN !Israeli stars Esther and Abi 3 BOTHY NICHTS. A highly popular local series featuring Ofarim appearing in this long-running pop music series, the traditional ballads and music of the North-East of Southern Scotland. Grampian 2 NEAREST AND DEAREST. and star as Eli and Nellie Pledge. Granada

1

3 LIGHT ENTERTAINMENT 95

1 INSIDE GEORGE WEBLEY. and Patsy 3 GOODBYE AGAIN. Peter Cook and Dudley Moore in Rowlands starredinthis situation comedy series. a series of three comedy shows. ATV Yorkshire 2 OPPORTUNITY KNOCKS. presents talented newcomers. Thames

2

Jiirc

Ver.

3 96 LIC9T ENTERTAINMENT

1 NEVER A CROSS WORD. Nyree Dawn Porter and Paul Daneman in the situation comedy series. London Weekend 2 NEVER MIND THE QUALITY FEEL THEWIDTH. Eamonn Kelly, John Bluthal, and Cyril Shaps. Thames

1

Arm 00.61111m.,

2 LIGHT ENTERTAINMENTIProgrammeDetails 97

LIGHT ENTERTAINMENT Current at end of 1968

Area Company Weekly Time and day Programme Description mins.

11.00 Thu. July-Aug. L. SCOTTISH 15 Alasdair Sings 11.10 Sun. Aug.-Sept. N. Contest chaired by LONDON WEEKEND30 The Auction Game P. SCOTTISH 60 10.30 Mon. July-Sept. Tennant ProgrammeLate night miscellany L. GRAMPIAN 30 9.00 Thu. Oct.-Dec. Cairngorm CeHidh Musical entertainment L. SOUTH ERN 25 5.00 Sun. from Sept. Celebrity Challenge Celebrity quiz N. LONDON WEEKEND45 8.30 Fri. Dec. Charlie Callas Situation comedy N. THAM ES 45 11.00 Thu. from Sept. The Eamonn Andrews ShowEntertainment miscellany ULSTER 15 6.30 Wed. from Sept. Evergreen Light music N. THAM ES 30 8.45 Tue. Nov.-Dec. Father, Dear Father Situation comedy L. G RAM PIAN 30 10.30 Wed. Aug. First Seen Local talent N. LONDON WEEKEND45 6.45 Sat. Aug.-Sept., Frost on Saturday Entertainment miscellany 10.55 Sat. from Oct. 45 9.00 Sun. from Aug. N. Variety LONDON WEEKEND Frost on Sunday 30 8.00 Thu. Sept.-Oct. /V. Comedy series ATV George and the Dragon 60 8.20 Sat. (m'thly) July-Sept. N. Variety ATV Goodbye Again 10.30 Wed. Sept.-Nov. N. Comedy series set in prison G RANADA 30 Her Majesty's Pleasure N. THAMES 30 10.30 Wed. Nov.-Dec. Home a Plenty Comedy N. YORKSHIRE 30 8.45 Tue. Sept.-Oct. Inside George Web ley Comedy series N. ATV 30 8.00 ThL. Nov.-Dec. It's Tarbuck Variety N. THAMES 45 6.45 Wed. Nov.-Dec. Mike and Bernie's Show Variety N. ATV 30 8.00 Thu. from Dec. Variety L. HARLECH 30 7.00 Wed. to July, from Oct. Mr and Mrs Quiz for married couples N. G RANADA 30 8.00 Thu. Aug.-Sept. Nearest and Dearest Hylda Baker and Jimmy Jewel N. LONDON WEEKEND45 8.30 Fri. Sept.-Nov. Never A Cross Word Situation comedy N. THAMES 30 8.45 Tue. Aug.-Sept. Never Mind the Quality Comedy series Feel the Width P. G RANADA 30 5.00 Sun. from Aug. Nice Time Family entertainment L. TYNE TEES 30 10.30 Thu. July-Sept. Night Club '68 Variety N. THAMES 45 6.45 Wed. July-Nov. Opportunity Knocks Talent competition L. SCOTTISH 30 8.00 Thu. Aug.-Sept. Over to Una Situat,on comedy L. SCOTTISH 30 10.30 Tue. July-Sept. Peiro Brothers Variety N. LONDON WEEKEND45 8.30 Fri. Nov.-Dec. Please Sir I Situation comedy L. U LSTER 30 6.00 Mon. July-Sept. Round Up Country and music L. ULSTER 15 6.30 Wed. July-Aug. Showbreak Local talent L. BORDER 30 7.00 Mon. July-Aug. The sound of ... Pop music N. ATV 30 10.30 Wed. Aug.-Sept. Stars Marjorie Proops and Maurice Woodruff L. G RAM PIAN 20 6.10 Tue. Aug.-Sept. Summer Song Light music N. LONDON WEEKEND45 8.30 Aug.-Sept. Thingummybob Stanley Holloway P. SOUTHERN 30 5.50 Sat. Time for Blackburn Pop music compered by Tony Blackburn L. U LSTER 30 6.00 Mon. from Sept. Tommy's Toy Shop Young local talent N. ATV 50 11.20 Sun. from Oct. Tonight with Dave Allen Entertainment miscellany L. WESTWARD 30 7.00 Mon, from Sept. Treasure Hunt Quiz L. GRAMPIAN 30 6.10 Tue. to July, from Sept. Try for Ten Quiz L. BORDER 30 8.25 Sun. from Oct. Try for Ten Qui? N. G RANADA 30 6.30 Fri. to Dec. General knowledge quiz L. HARLECH 30 6.30 alt. Wed. May-Aug. Up to Date Current affairs quiz 6.30 Wed. from Sept. N. LONDON WEEKEND30 7.00 Fri. Aug.-Oct. We Have Ways of Making and guests You Laugh N. ATV 30 8.30 Fri. June-Aug. With Bird will Travel Satirical entertainment L. TYNE TEES 20 10.30 Fri. from Oct. The World of Monty ModlynComedy series Lists refer to 1968 and p.m. unless statedotherwise. L. LocalP. Part NetworkN.Network ' 99

THE 1964 IN TOKYO,and more On Sunday afternoons most programme com- recently the World Cup competition heldin thispanies present recordedhighlights of football country in 1966, have setthe pattern for televisedmatches which have taken place on the previous sport. Viewers now expectand get coverage ofafternoon. Programmes such as important international sports events athletics,(London Weekend), Star Soccer (ATV) and Shoot football, boxing, motor racing from almost any(Tyne Tees) are popular with the thousands of the corner of the globe,either 'live' or within a matterfootball fans throughout the country. During of hours. In this area, at least, international co-summer season there arebroadcasts of cricket, tennis operation and technical progress havereached atournaments and other summer events. high peak of efficiency. 1968 saw yet afurther Weekday sports is of a less regular naturethan advance in this field of internationalcommunica-that at weekends but coverage is no lessvaried. On tions when the Olympic Games held inMexico Citytwo or three afternoons thereis usually a visit to were broadcast by meansof satellite and the Euro-one or other of the many racemeetings taking place vision network to millions of viewers inEuropethroughout the country and tennis and golf tourna- throughout each day of the competition. ments, show jumping, cricketand rugby are also In between these great sporting occasionsthereimportant contributions to weekday sport.In the have, of course, been frequent broadcastsof otherevenings the Wednesday wrestling programme may events, such asfootball from South America,often be replaced by an important international or athletics from Russia, ice-skating from ,representative football match taking place eitherin which have been regarded almost as a matterofthis country or abroad. Weekday sport isnormally course by the armchair sportsfan. Sports stadiacovered by one or other of the major companiesbut thousands of miles away have becomealmost asregional companies frequently contribute. football familiar to the British viewer as is his local Regional Sport ground. Sport is an important item in a regionalcompany's Sport on Independent Television service to its own area. Whatever the excitementand Olympic Games and World Cupcompetitions doimportance of the big international eventthe inten- not occur every week or even every year.A television sity of feeling it arouses in the sportsfan can hardly service has to cater for the slightly moremundanebe matched by that which is generatedby the local but no less important needs of the sportsenthusiastfootball team or sports personality. .Hence the who expects to see on the screen asoften as possibleimportance of the local sports broacleastand, above his favourite team or sportsman and tobe kept upall, of the regional sports magazine.Most regional to date with news andresults of the events in whichcompanies now produce their own sportsmagazine they participate. programmes which providerecordings of the week's On Saturday afternoons World ofSport providesevents in their area, newsand information about this comprehensive service forIndependent Tele-teams and clubs, andinterviews with leading local vision viewers. A team of sports expertsand com-sports personalities. mentators presents afour hour programme of live events, sports news andresults from all over theIndependent Television Sport Unit appointed, country with perhapsthe occasional important eventIn August 1967 a Director of Sport was by London Weekendresponsible to the Network ProgrammeCommittee from the Continent. Produced and for co- Television, World of Sportis contributed to, fromfor the acquisition of sports contracts the time to time, by almost allthe Independent Tele-ordinating the supply of sports programmes, to vision programme companies. network (further details on page 216). the sport world of the East of England. EASTERN SPORT. A weeklymagazine which looks at what is happening in Anglia xoo SPORT

1 WORLD OF SPORT. Richard Davies, who introduces 3 DESTINATION MEXICO. was featured the weekly Saturday afternoon sports programmes. as a coach in one programme of a series about the London Weekend Olympic Games. Yorkshire 2 PROFESSIONALWRESTLING. A number of programme companies provide contributions to this popular sporting entertainment. Yorkshire 2

,r-

--,--4116

Atte 414;tvt 3 SPORT IOT

Championships at 1 TABLE TENNIS. The English Open Brighton. Southern 2 RUGBY FOOTBALL.Finds a place among the wide range of sportscovered by IndependentTelevision. Yorkshire

1

_

2 102 SPORT

track, TV cameras 1 SOUTHERN SOCCER. Portsmouth v Bristol Rovers in 3 MOTOR RACING. High above the the Sunday afternoon local programme of soccer high- cover a meeting at BrandsHatch. ATV lights. Southern 2 SPORTS ARENA. On location filming for a programme on Harvey Smith in the topical series.London Weekend

2

rot

ase/s

7104:2t11411.64110..

A

A* al ro.$.0k

3 SPORT /Programme Details 103

REGULAR SPORTS PROGRAMMES

Programme Description Company Weekly Time and day Area mins.

The Big Match Soccer highlights LONDON WEEKEND 60 2.30 Sun. from Aug. P. Border Sports Report Sports review BORDER 10 7.00 Sat. to May L. Channel Sports Round-Up Sports magazine CHANNEL 20 6.20 Thu. L. Destination Mexico A look at British Olympic athletes YORKSHIRE 30 10,30 Fri. Aug.-Sept. P. Eastern Sport Sports magazine ANGLIA 30 10.30 Mon. from Apr. L. Match of the Week Soccer ANGLIA 45 5.15 Sun. to Apr. from Aug. L. North East Sport Local results TYNE TEES 5 5.10 Sat. to May L. Professional Wrestling Wrestling ABC/ATV/ 60 4.00 Sat. to July N. LONDON WEEKEND/ 4.00 Sat. from Aug. YORKSHIRE/ GRANADA Professional Wrestling Recorded bouts REDIFFUSION/ 45 11.00 Wed. to July N. ATV/G RANADA ATV/THAMES/ 45 11.00 Wed. from Aug. N. YORKSHIRE/ G RANADA Results Round-up The day's results ABC 15 5.00 Sat. to July N. ITV NETWORK 15 5.00 Sat. from July N. Saturday Sports Round-upSports review ULSTER 15 9.05 Sat. to July L. Sports magazine SCOTTISH 15 5.50 Sat. to May 25 10.20 Sat. to May L. 30 10.30 Wed. to May, from Aug. Scotsport on Sunday Scottish football high!ights SCOTTISH 60 2.30 Sun. from Aug. L. Shoot Soccer highlights TYNE TEES 45 2.40 Sun. to May, from Aug. L. Soccer Recorded highlights YORKSHIRE 45 2.30 Sun. from Aug. P. Southern Soccer Soccer highlights SOUTHERN 45 2.40 Sun. to May, from Aug. L. Sporting Profile Well-known sports personalities SCOTTISH 10 6.05 Sat. Mar.-May L. Sports Arena Topical events in sport LONDON WEEKEND 30 10.30 Fri. from Aug.-Sept. P. 2.30 Sun. from Oct. Sportscast Sports magazine ULSTER 25 7.00 Fri. to May 11.00 Wed. from Sept. L. Sportscope Sports magazine GRAMPIAN 20 6.40 Fri. to June, from Sept. L. Sports Desk Sports review WESTWARD 25 6.20 Mon. 6.25 Fri. L. Sports Preview Sports review TWW/HARLECH 30 10.30 Thu. to May L. Sports Preview Preview of weekend sport SCOTTISH 5 8.50 Fri. to May L. Sports Scene Weekend sport GRANADA 15 8.50 Fri. to Apr. L. Sportstime Sports magazine TYNE TEES 25 6.35 Tue. to July, from Nov. L. Sportsweek Sports magazine ATV 30 10.30 Fri. to July N. Star Soccer League football ATV 45 3.00 Sun. to May, from Aug. P. Summer Sport A look at summer sport in Ulster ULSTER 15 10.30 Thu. June-Sept. L. Ulster Sports Results Results round-up ULSTER 10 5.05 Sat. L. Weekend Preview of weekend sport SOUTHERN 10 9.50 Fri. L. World of Soccer Soccer highlights ABC 50 2.45 Sun. to May P. World of Sport Mixed O.B.s ABC/ATV/ 155 1.25 Sat. to May N. REGIONAL 110 2.10 Sat, May-July ITV NETWORK 110 2.10 Sat, Aug.-Sept. 155 1.25 Sat. from Sept. Yorkshire Sport Sports magazine YORKSHIRE 30 10.30 Fri. from Oct. L.

L. LocalP. Part Network N. NetworkLists refer to 1968 and p.m. unless stated otherwise.

I 05

UN 0 NODWEDDION SYLFAENOL Y GYFUNDREFNDELEDU cynnwys Clwb Harlech, fforwm ddadlau; Cefn ANNIBYNNOL yw ei chymeriadrhanbarthol. DangosirGwlad cylchgrawn misol a Hyn o Fydrhaglen sy'n yr egwyddor hwn,gyda phwyslais arbennig, yn ytaflu golwg ar faterion rhyngwladol. Ymysg y rhag- gwasanaeth a ddarperir i'r rhannau cenedlaethol, yrlenni arbennig a ganmolwyd oedd Ceiriog, teyrnged Alban, Cymru a Gogledd Iwerddon. Er cynnwysi'r bardd, ac O'r Awyr golwg newydd ar Gymru. Cymru mewn ardal gwasanaeth helaethach, gyda Delir i ddarlledu rhaglenni crefyddol ar bryn- Gorllewin Lloegr, mae i'rwlad ei gwasanaethhawniau Sul, ac ymchwiliodd cyfres dan y teitl Tir rhaglenni ei hun, a adwaenir fel Harlech (Cymru) Newydd iddatblygiadau ym mywyd crefyddol awasanaeth Cwmni Teledu Harlech. Cymru, dan benawdau fel Y Caplan Diwydiannol, Erbyn haf 1969 gwasanaethir Cymru gan gymaintCerddoriaeth Eglwysig Fodern, a'r Plwyf Newydd. ag II o drosglwyddwyrITA, pump ohonynt yn brif Gofelir am y celfyddydau yn y gyfresfisol orsafoedd a chwe eilfaint. Byddant yn darlleduGweithdy a cheir safbwynt gwraig tS'T yn y gyfres Gwasanaeth Harlech (Cymru) a ddarperir ganY Rhyw Deg. Yn myd adloniant ysgafn torrir tir Gwmni Teledu Harlech, a benodwyd gan yrnewydd ym myd pop modern Cymreig yn Sgubor Awdurdod ym Mehefin 1967 i ddarparu rhaglenni Lawen ar nos Sadwrn ac fe brofwyd ei fod yn i Gymru a Gorllewin Lloegr, i ddilyn Cwmni TWW. boblogaidd gyda gwylwyr o bob oed; daeth Llafiir Daeth cyfnod ei trwydded hwy i ben ar y 30 ain oa Chtin a llawer o artistiaidnewydd i'r sgrin. Bydd Orffennaf 1968, Cymerwyd drosodd gan y cwmnigan ddrama ran rheolaidd yn nhrefniadau'rcwmni. newydd ym Mawrth 1968 ond ni ddechreuwyd Cychwynwyd yn addawol gyda ddarllediad o ddrama trosglwyddo eu rhaglenni eu hunain tan ddiweddhir Saunders Lewis Problemau Prifjugol. Mai, ac yng nghyfnod olaf y flwyddyn 1968 roeddent I blant daliai apel Teli-Ho ! ac yn ystod cyfnod yr yn dechrau datblygu eugwasanaeth. Agorodd yhaf trosglwyddwyd rhaglen o ffilmiau ar fywyd cyntaf o'r chwe trosglwyddydd VHF yn y Balanatur Y Gwyllt, gyda sylwadaeth yn y Gymraeg. Awst 1967; erbyn diwedd 1968, 'roedd trosglwydd-Gwnaethpwyd defnydd cyflawn o'r uned OB wrth Abergafenni ar wyr Llanymddyfri, Ffestiniog, ac ddarlledudigwyddiadaucenediaetholfelSioe yr awyr, ac ym 1969 disgwylid idrosglwyddwyr Frenhinol Cymru, Eisteddfod Ryngwladol Llangollen, Llandrindod ac Aberhonddu fod yn barod. Yr Eisteddfod Genedlaethol, Mabolgampau Cymru a Rhaglenni Thatw Milwrol Caerdydd. Un o nodweddion arbennig gwasanaeth Harlech Y mae Harlech hefyd yn darparu rhaglenni yn (Cymru) yw ei chyfran yn y Gymraegar gyfar-Saesneg o ddiddordeb arbennig i wylwyr Cymreig. taledd awr yr wythnos. Yn ychwanegoldarpara'rReport yw'r bwletin dyddiol. Cymerodd gwasanaeth raglenni yn Saesneg o ddiddordebJohn Morgan ran amlwg mewn nifer o raglenni dan arbennig i'r gwylwyr Cymreig. Yn barod cyflwynoddy teitl John Morgan talks to... ac ynOn Tour y cwmni nifer o raglenninewydd. Rhoddir y sylwcyflwynodd fywgraffiad byr personol o'r Llewod mwyafi adroddiadau yn yr iaith Gymraeg i newydd- Prydeinig yn Ne Affrig. Rhoddwyd derbyniad da ion a materion cyfoes, ac mae'r rhaglen gylchgrawni'r rhaglenni dogfennol Severnside astudiaeth o ddyddiol Y Dydd yn dal i fod yn boblogaidd. ddatblygiad y rhan yma o'r wlad y rhaglen gyntaf Rhoddwyd lle amlwg i raglenni eraill o naturo'i fath. Eraill oedd Kemsleythe Man I Knew sylweddol. Edrych Rhaglen Gwyn Erfyl ar destunaua rhaglen ar yr arlunydd CymreigAugustus John a phobl yn y newyddion.Mae 04, os, Ac Ati ynYmddangosodd Geraint Evand ar y rhwydwaith llwyfan i ieuenctid Cymru fynegi eu teimladau ar y genedlaethol mewn rhaglen o Covent Garden, a bydd byd a digwyddiadau Ileol. Mae rhaglenni eraill ynStanley Baker yn ymddangos mewn drama gyffroes. 11 O'R AWYR. A Harlech film crew made a helicopter journey round the Principality forthis hour-long documentary. Harlech io6 WELSH PROGRAMMES

A BASIC FEATURE OF THE INDEPENDENT TELEVISION Fyd a current events programme which takes its SYSTEM is its regional character. Thisprinciple issubject matter from the international scene. Among demonstrated with particular emphasis in the ser-special programmes that earned praise have been vices provided for the national areas of Scotland, Ceiriog a tribute on film to the Welsh poet, andO'r Wales and Northern Ireland. Although Wales isAwyr a fresh look at Wales from the air. included as part of a larger service area with the Religious programmes continue to be broadcast West of England the principality is provided with on Sunday afternoonsand a series entitled Tir its own programme service on Chalinels 7, 8, 10Newydd investigated new developments in the and ii known as the Harlech (Wales) service ofreligious life of Wales uncle; such headings as the Harlech Television Limited. industrial chaplain, modern church music, and the By the summer of 1969 Wales will be served by new parish. eleven ITA transmitters, five of them main stations The arts are catered for in the monthly Gweh'hdy and six small relay satellite transmitters. They will series introduced by Bedwyr Lewis Jones, and the be broadcasting the Wales service supplied by housewife gets her say in the series Y Rhyw Deg Harlech Television Limited, appointed by theably compered by Wendy Williams. In the fieldof Authority in June 1967 to provide the programmelight entertainment Sgubor Lawen is breaking new service for Wales and the West of England inground in modern Welsh pops on Saturday nights succession to TWW Limited whose licence periodand has proved very popular with viewers ofall was to end on 30th July1968. The new company ages, whilst Llafar aChain has brought to the screen took over in March 1968 but did not begin to trans- many artists new to television.Drama will feature mit its own productions until the end of May and regularly in the company schedules. An encouraging during the latter part of 1968 was beginning to build start was made with the transmissionof Saunders up its service. Thefirst of the six small relay VHFLewis' full length play Problemau Prifysgol. satellites, at Bala, opened in August 1967; at the For children Teli-Ho .1 maintained its appeal and end of 1968 the Llandovery, Ffestiniog and Aber-.during its rest period in the summer a series of wild gavenny transmitters are coming onthe air ; and inlife films Y Gwyllt, dubbed with a Welsh com- 1969 the Llandrindod and Brecon transmitters arementary, was transmitted. Full useof the OB unit due to come into operation. is made to cover such national events as TheRoyal Welsh Show, Llangollen International Eisteddfod, the Programmes National Eisteddfod, the Welsh Games and the A distinctive feature of the Harlech (Wales) serviceCardiff Searchlight Tattoo. is its Welsh language content which amounts to an In addition, the Wales service of Harlech also average of 5-1- hours a week andwhich is likely to be provides programmes in English of special interest slightly increased over the next year or two. Into Welsh viewers. Report isthe weekday news addition the service provides programmes in English bulletin at 6.45 p.m. whilst a proposed developmt of special interest to Welsh viewers. The new com-for 1969 is a nightly news magazine exclusive to pany has alreadyintroduced a number of newWales. John Morgan has featured in a number of programmes while continuing with someof the programmes including aseries of interviews with long-running features built up by its predecessors. famous people entitled John Morgan talks to ... Pride of place continues to be given to the reportingand in On Tour he presented a personal profile of in the Welsh language of news and current affairsthe British Lions in South Africa. Documentary and the weekday magazine programme Y Dydd at presentations so far have been extremely well re- ,nx o'clock maintains its popularity. ceived. Severnside, a study of the development of Other programmes of a serious nature have been the region, was the first programme of its type. given a prominent place in the company's schedules. Others have been Kemsley the Man I Knew, a Rhaglen Gwyn Erfyl on Friday nights casts an eyefresh look at the life of Viscount Kemsley, and a on topics and peoplein the news. 04, os, Ac Ati isdocumentary on the Welsh painter Augustus John. a platform forWelsh youth to express their feelings Geraint Evans appeared on the national network in about world and local events. Other programmesa programme GeraintEvans at Covent Garden and include Clwb Harlech a debating forum, Cefn GwladStanley Baker is scheduled to appear in an action- a monthly magazineof the countryside, and Hyn opacked drama production. WELSH PROGRAMMES 107

night enter- 1 04, 05, AC ATI. A monthly programme in which young 3 SGUBOR LAWEN. A popular Saturday people from Wales join in discussion on topical matters. tainment series. Harlech Harlech 2 Y RHYW DEG. A weekly topical magazine programme for women. Harlech

1 2

All

,

LIMY.

3 io8 WELSH PROGRAMMES

discussion and quiz pro- 1 HOLI A STILIO. A weekly gramme.Harlech univer- 2 PROBLEMAUPRIFYSGOL. A satirical play on sity life by the outstandingWelsh-language dramatist, Saunders Lewis.Harlech

1

'

4

4

A A

2 WELSH PROGRAM MESIProgramme Details 109

WELSH LANGUAGE PROGRAMMES

Programme Description Weekly Time and day mins.

BlodeuG., Anthology of verse 30 7.00 Thu. Jan. Byd yr Adar Documentary on bird watching 30 10.30 Tue. 3 Sept. Canu Gwerin Folk music 30 7.00 Thu. Mar.-Apr. Cefn Gwlad Rural magazine 30 9.30 Fri. m'thly May-Aug. Ceiriog Documentary 30 10.30 Tue. 11 June Clwb Harlech Discussion programme 30 10.30 Tue. m'thly from May Cofiwch Alw Women's magazine 30 7.00 Mon. to May Cwm Tawelwch Documentary on Nant-y-Moch 30 9.30 Mon. 26 Feb. Cwrs y Byd International affairs 30 10.30 Tue. m'thly June-July Dadl Debate 30 9.30 Fri. to Feb. Daniel Owen Al. Wyddgrug Documentary on Daniel Owen 30 10.30 Fri. 1 Mar. Dan y Wenait Drama 35 8.30 Fri. 1 Mar. Dros Gymru An aerial view of Wales 55 6.35 Mon. 21 May Y Dydd News magazine 100 6.00 Mon.-Fri. Dylan Thomas Docum- Wary 30 11.00 Fri. 1 Mar. Godre'r Aran The Godre'r Aran Choir 30 8.00 Fri. 1 Mar. Gweithdy Arts magazine 30 7.00 Thu. alt. wks. from May Gwyl Fawr y Cowboi Documentary on Calgary stampede 30 10.30 Tue. 9 July Gwylier Gem Review of 30 9.30 Fri. m'thly to Mar. Y Gwyllt Wild life films 30 5.20 Thu. Aug.-Sept. Henri a Dai Comedy series 35 6.55 Thu. Apr.-May Hoff Alawon Light music 30 9.00 Wed. Jan.-Feb., Apr.-May Hoffem Wybod Panel discussion 30 7.05 Sat. from Nov. Ho li a Stilio Welsh quiz 30 7.00 Mon. May-Sept Hyn o Fyd International affairs 30 9.30 Fri. m'thly from July Llafar a ChAn Variety 30 7.00 Thu. alt. wks. May-Sept. Llafar Glod Religious discussion 30 5.00 Sun. Jan. Llwybrau Lien Literary discussion 30 9,00 Wed. Apr.-May Llygad y Ffynnon Biographical documentaries 30 10.30 Tue. m'thly from May Mae Pawb !sic) Byw Situation comedy 30 10.30 Mon. from Nov. Merlod Mynydd Documentary on Welsh mountain ponies30 7.00 Mon. 29 Jan. Nos Sadwrn From the Welsh league of youth festival 30 7.00 Sat. 8 June Nos Wener Local current affairs 30 9.30 Fri. to May 04, 05, Ac Ati Late night miscellany 60 10.30 Tue. m'thly from May Profiad Religious discussion 30 5.00 Sun. Feb.-May Pwsi Meri Mew Magazine 30 5.20 Thu. from Oct. Rhaglen Gwyn Erfyl Current affairs 30 9.30 Fri. m'thly from May Y Rhyw Deg Women's magazine 30 9 30 Fri. m'thly from May Seddau Cadw Quiz 30 7.00 Sat. to Msy Sgubor Lawen Light entertainment 30 7.00 Sat. May-Nov. Tel Word game for children 30 5.25 Wed. Feb.-May Teli-Ho I Children's magazine 30 5.25 Thu. to July Tir Newydd Religious Discussion 30 5.00 Sun. May-Aug. from Oct. Tri Chynnig Children's quiz 30 5.25 Wed. Jan. Trigain Mlynedd 60th anniversary of Welsh folk music 30 9.30 Fri. 13 Sept. society

Lists refer to 1968 and p.m. ""z-7

2-- ,x ;A\ U.7 III

THE INCOME OF INDEPENDENT TELEVISION, apart from in return for payment or other valuable consideration

the overseas sale ofprogrammes, comes from the to the relevant programme contractor.... sale of advertising time. It is, however,a funda-Exceptional allowance is made for approved charit- mental principle of the Television Act 1964,as ofable appeals, reviews of publicationsor entertain- the original Act of 1954, that theprogrammes shouldments, documentary programmes and other items, not be provided or sponsored by advertisers. Theybut none of the exceptions weakens the force of the are obtained by the Authority from independentgeneral requirement that nothing should be done programme companies under contract. The adver-which might give to reasonable viewerseven the tiser has no share inprogramme production and noimpression that an advertiser has provideda say in programme decisions: these are matters forprogramme. the broadcasters that is to say, theprogramme The system proceeds smoothly and withoutargu- companies and the Authority. The advertiser's rolement on this basis. Some of the popular imported is limited to buying time in television for the inser-programmes do owe their existence to advertisers tion of his advertisement, justas he buys screenwho have 'sponsored' them in their country of time in the cinema or space ina newspaper ororiginnotably some of the programmes from the magazine. that are enjoyed by viewers of either There are two provisions in the Television Actof the British television services. But for British for this total distinction betweenprogrammes andviewers these programmes have been bought and advertisements. It is the Authority's dutyto securebroadcast on the decisions of one of the broadcasting that the advertisements are 'clearly distinguishablebodies and not on the decisions of advertisers. as such and recognizably separate from the rest of the programme'. But further, the Act lays downThe Amount of Advertising that: The Television Act does not lay down precisely the Nothing shall be included in any programmes broad- amount of advertising that may be allowed : it simply cast by the Authority, whether in an advertisementplaces upon the Authority the dutyto secure 'that or not, which states, suggests or implies, or couldthe amount of time given to advertising in thepro- reasonably be taken to state, suggestor imply, thatgrammes shall not be so great as to detract from the any part of any programme broadcast by thevalue of the programmes as a medium of information, Authority which is not an advertisement has beeneducation and entertainment'. Since the beginning supplied or suggested by any advertiser; and, exceptof transmissions in 1955, the Authority has alloweda as an advertisement, nothing shall be included in any maximum of six minutes of spot advertisingan hour, programme broadcast by the Authority which couldaveraged over the day's programmes. A further rule reasonably be supposed to have been included thereinrestricts the maximum, normally, toseven minutes 112 ADVERTISING CONTROL

in any single 'clock-hour' (e.g. from 6-7 p.m.,of increasing the number of advertising intervals, in 7-8 p.m., etc.). some cases, to an average ofeight, nine or more an Control of the maximum amount of advertisinghour. The Authority, however, has been concerned by the clock-hour has its merits as a tidy statisticalto keep the number of intervals downby extending device, but of course the rigidity of the clock-hourtheir length as far as may be consistent with good conflicts occasionally with the need for flexibility in presentation of both programmes and advertise- the timing of programmes and with the naturalments. There are about three shortadvertising incidence of intervals in which the advertisementsintervals an hour in Independent Television. may be shown. So the Authority is prepared occa- sionally to allow minor departures from the seven-The Basic Rules minute maximum if, for example, an interval of advertising falls just on one side of the striking of anThe amount and distribution of advertising in by hour instead of another, thus carrying a minute orIndependent Television are governed basically two of advertising from one clock-hour into another;the following rules: or if the preFentation of adjoining programmes cani.The total amount of time given to advertising be improved by a judicious redistribution of themay not exceed six minutes anhour averaged over a advertising. In each case, however, the excess in oneday's programmes. hour is counter-balanced by an equivalent reduction 2.Normally, there may not be more than seven in the amount of advertising elsewhere. minutes of advertising in any one clock-hour; but The Independent Television Authority allowsthe Authority may allow a transfer of advertising less advertising in its programmes than is commonfrom one hour to another, or more exceptionally in comparable self-supporting systems abroad. from one day to another, if this seems desirable in the interests of programme presentation. Distribution of Advertisements 3.Advertisements shall not be inserted in the The Television Act provides for the insertion ofcourse of any broadcast of: advertisements not only at the beginning or the end (a) a religious service or programme; of a programme but 'in natural breaks therein'. This (b) a formal Royal ceremony or occasion; arrangement allows an even spread of the advertising (c) that part of a programme which covers the and does not militate against long programmes which appearance of Her Majesty or a Memberof the might otherwise be followed by impracticably long at an event in which such periods of advertising. In variety and light entertain- an appearance is only incidental tothe occasion ; ment programmes, the succession of items offers a (d) programmes designed and broadcast for succession of natural breaks between them. In sports reception in schools; programmes there are natural breaks between events. (e) such other programmes as the Authority Panel games contain obvious natural breaks between may from time to time specify in particular or rounds of questions or when one contestant gives general terms. way to another. For much of the rest of the television Note : Periods of at least two minutes must elapse between programmes, the theatrical convention is observable religious services (as distinct from religious programmes) and -breaks marked in presentation by a change of programmes in categories (b) or the Royal appearances mentioned in (c), and any advertising that may precede or scene, a significant lapse of time or a new sequence follow them. For a programme in category (d), the periods of events which in the theatre may coincide with the of separation from advertising shall be at least two minutes before and one minute after the programme. dropping of the curtain between two or three acts, or the darkening of the stage between scenes. 4.Subject to the foregoing, the normal use of Some overseas broadcasting authorities aim tonatural breaks for the insertion of advertising shall reduce the length of individual intervals of adver-be as follows : tising ; some also limit the number of advertisements (a) In a programme of up to20minutes sched- that may appear in an interval. This has the effect uled durationno internal advertising. ADVERTISING CONTROL 113

(b) In a programme of more than 20 and up to Taking the whole of an average week, in which 40 minutes scheduled duration - one naturalabout 120 programnws are transmitted from a single break for up to 21- minutes of advertising. station, there are about: (c) In a programme of more than 40 and up to 57 programmes with no internal advertising at 70 minutes scheduled duration - one natural all. These include the series World in Action, break for up to 3 minutes or two natural breaks University Challenge, This Week and certain for up to 21-- minutes of advertising each, de- other documentary and current affairs pro- pending upon the nature and timing of the grammes, and some of the early evening chil- programme. dren's programmes, as well as the programmes (d) In a programme of more than 70 and up to for schools, religious programmes and adult 100 minutes scheduled durationtwo natural education programmes. breaks for up to 3 minutes or three natural 48 programmes with one internal break for the breaks for up to 21 minutes of advertising each, insertion of advertisements. While most of these depending upon the nature and timing of the are half-hour programmes, the group includes programme. the mid-week wrestling and football pro- This rule is not applicable to broadcasts of boxing and grammes, a few of the 60-minute plays, and wrestling promotions or other events in which there are longer documentaries. frequent natural breaks of exceptionally brief duration. In these and in programmes of more than zoo minutes, the 15 programmes with two internal advertising in- advertising shall be distributed in intervals that best serve the interests of good pmsentation of the programmes. tervals. These include 60-minute adventure programmes and westerns; the longer plays ; 5.The general aim in the application of these rules and some feature films. One or two extra-long is to limit the intervals of advertising between pro- programmes, such as full-length feature films grammes and in natural breaks to an average ofabout and suitable sports programmes, may have three intervals an hour over a week's broadcasting. The Postmaster-General was consulted about three advertising intervals. The Authority uses its statutory powers to pre- these rules under Paragraph 5 of Schedule 2 of the of advertising in Television Act 1964. He agreed to the classes ofserve the standards of presentation relation to the programmes, to keep these standards broadcast in which advertisements may not be in- serted and, having regard to the limiting effect ofunder review and to improve them wherever possible within the framework of a service in which advertis- the rules on the number of advertising intervals an ing has been authorized by law and for which the hour, came to the conclusion thit- there was no need revenue comes from the sale of time for that purpose. to impose a rule as to the minimum ;,-...tc.Tval between any two periods given over toadvertisements. Control of Standards of Advertising The Practical Effect of the Ru:es There are over thirty Acts of Parliament that restrict, The number of advertising intervals at the beginningcontrol or otherwise affect advertisements in Britain. and the end of programmes and in natural breaks is In a sense, one of the most generally powerful of on average fractionally less than three anhour. Forthese Acts is the Television Act. It gives to a public the evening hours of 6 p.m. to ii p.m. in a typicalboard, the Independent Television Authority, the week the position is : duty and the power : Number of programme hours 35 to exclude from television anyadvertisement Number of programmes 56 that could reasonably be said to be misleading, NUMBER OF ADVERTISING INTERVALS and (including the interval at the end of the final to decide as to the classes anddescriptions of programme in each period of five hours) advertisements and methods of advertising that (a) between programmes 47 should be excluded from television. (b) within programmes 51 As regards the unacceptable classes and methods TOTAL ADVERTISING INTERVALS 98of advertising, the Act requires the Authority to 114 ADVERTISING CONTROL

consult with the Postmaster-General, from time toexamines the advertisements in relation to the rules time, and to carry out any directions that he maybefore they are accepted for broadcasting. feel the need to issue in these fields, over and above anything the Authority itself, with his concurrence,The Advertising Advisory Committee may propose to do. Thus, through the TelevisionUnder Section 9(2) of the Television Act, the Act, the Authority is one of the country's officialAuthority is required to appoint 'a committee so instruments of consumer protection. constituted as to be representative of both There are some 22,500 new television advertise-(i) organizations, authorities and persons concerned ments a year. Of that number, 15,000 are from small with standards of conduct in the advertising of local advertisers, mostly in the form of 5- or 7-second goods and services (including in particular the slides, with very simple messages in vision and adverthing of goods or services for me:ical or sound. Averaging a little over t,000 a year in indi- surgical purposes), and vidual television regions, they publicize local stores, (ii) the public as consumers, restaurants, transport services and other local enter-to give advice to the Authority with aview to the prises and include announcements of vacancies by exclusion of misleading advertisements. ..and firms seeking staff, advertisements for local enter-otherwise as to the principles to be followed in tainments, sporting events, shows and fetes. For connection with the advertisements .. this kind of publicity the local advertisers take up The Act requires that the Chairman of the Com- about six per cent of the available advertising timemittee should be independent of any financial or on average over the network. The other 7,000-8,000 business interest in advertising. The Committee is new television advertisements a year are for a vast consulted by the Authority in the drawing up of the range of branded consumer goods and services. They Code of Advertising Standards and Practice and in come from thousands of advertisers - some directly, subsequent reviews, and may take the initiative in but for the most part through one or other of a great submitting to the Authority recommendations as to many advertising agenciesall with their own ideasany alterations which appear to theCommittee to of how their products can be presented in the bestbe desirable. It is also consulted on major matters light and the most persuasive terms on the telcvision of principle that may arise from time to time and its screen. members may initiate discussions of such matters. The advertisers and agencies subscribe to volun- There are eleven members of the Advertising tary codes of practice designed to raise standards ofAdvisory Committee under the independent Chair- advertising through self-discipline in all media. It manship of Mr S. Howard. Three are broadly is recognized, however, that the use of such a power- represenwive of the public as consumers. These ful medium as television presents special problems are : a Member of the National ExecutiveCommittee and calls for a great degree of responsibility. Henceand former Chairman of the Federation of Women's the Authority's special statutory powers and rlso, onInstitutes ; the Secretary of a large Consumer Group ; the other hand, the willingness of the advertisingand a journalist with a special interest in consumer industry to co-operate fully with Independent Tele-affairs. Four members are concerned in particular vision in the cultivation of high standards of tele- with the principles of medical advertisingfrom the vision advertising. Ministry of Health, the British Medical Association, The Authority fulfils its obligations at two levels. ti,e British Dental Association and the Pharma- First, it is concerned with the general principles and ceutical Society. Finally there are four members draws up and publishes a code to govern standards from organized advertising bodies that are concerned and practice in advertising. This it does in consulta-with standards of conduct in advertising of goods tion with its Advertising Advisory Committee, a and servicesthe Advertising Association, the Insti- Medical Advisory Panel, and the Postmaster-Gen- tute of Practitioners in Advertising, the Incorporated eral. Secondly, in co-operation with the programme Society of British Advertisers and a Committee of companies, the Authority's Advertising Control staffpress, periodicai and advertisinginterests that is ADVERTISING CONTROL /15 concerned with voluntary control of medical adver- vertising and prescribing the advertisements tising in all media. The members are appointed as and methods of advertising to be prohibited, or individuals and not as representatives of the bodies prohibited in particular circumstances; and who may have nominated them. A list of the mem- (b) to secure that the provisions of the Code bers is given on page 117. are complied with. ... The Code, drawn up by the Authority in con- The Medical Advisory Panel sultation with the Advertising Advisory Committee, Section 9(5) of the Television Act requires that thethe Medical Advisory Panel and the Postmaster- Authority =shall, after consultation with such pro- General, is reproduced in pages 217-223. fessional organizations as the Postmaster General It is to be noted that Section 8(z) of the Television may require and such other bodies or persons as theAct empowers the Authority, in the discharge of its Authority think fit, appoint, or arrange for thegeneral responsibility for advertisements and meth- assistance of; a medical advisory panel to give adviceods of advertising, to impose requirements which to the Authority as to go beyond those of the Code. (a) advertisements for medicines and medical and surgical treatments and appliances; The Application of the Code of Stand- (b) advertisements for toilet products whichards and Practice include claims as to the therapeutic or pro- The Authority's Code of Advertising Standards and phylactic effects of the products; Practice, with which all of the advertisements must (c) advertisements for medicines and medical conform, is free of charge for wide circulation in the and surgical treatments for veterinary purposes, advertising industry, so that all who plan to use the and such other advertisements as the Authority maymedium of television may be aware of the standards think fit to refer to the panel'. that apply. It has become the almost universal prac- After consultation with the twelve professionaltice of advertisers or their agencies to forward scripts organizations of medicine listed by the Postmaster- of proposed advertisements for clearance by Inde- General, the Authority appointed a Medical Ad-pendent Television in advance of filming - an advis- visory Panel of seven distinguished consultants inable course, in view of the expense in time and general medicine, pharmacology, chemistry, den-money that eould be involved in theproduction of tistry and veterinary science. It also appointed fouran unacceptable film. Naturally,it is the finished 'second opinion' consultants in paediatrics, gynae- advertisement on which the final judgement is made. cology, dermatology, and conditions of the ear, nose Because of their extreme simplicity, local adver- and throat, whose opinion can be sought by thetisements can safely be cleared for acceptance locally general medical advisers should the occasion arise. Aby the specialist staff of the programme companies list of the members of the Panel is given on page 117.concerned, in consultation with the Authority where The Authority ensures that the opinion and ad-necessary, either locally or centrally.It is arranged, vice of the appropriate member or members of thehowever, that any local advertisements that go be- Medical Advisory Panel are sought on the claimsyond the simplest of terms or include any claim that made and methods of presentation used in theshould be substantiated, or come within the medical advertisements in question before they are accepted or allied categories, arereferred for clearance before for broadcasting. acceptance to the central advertisingcontrol point. At this central point there are two separate bodies - The Independent Television Code of Ad- the Authority's Advertising Control Office and a vez-tising Standards and Practice specialist advertising copy clearance group set up Under Section 8 of the Television Act, it is the duty by the programme companies under the aegis of the of the Authority Independent Television Companies Association (a) to draw up, and from time to time review, (ITCA). These two bodies work in close co-opera- a code governing standards-.nd practice in ad- tion on theexamination of some 8,000 new ADVERTISING CONTROL advertisement scripts a year, including the few from but if necessary at the request of the Authority. small local advertisers which need special examination These inquiries involve the questioning of words by reason of specific claims or other considerations.and phrases to be used in advertisements; the sub- At this stage it is ensured that all medical, dental,stantiation of claims and the submission of the veterinary and allied advertisements are referred toadvertisements to the appropriate independent con- the appropriate member or members of the Medical sultant or consultants for advice; checking the Advisory Panel. No advertisement,advertising validity of testimonials and the identity of persons claim, or method of presentation is accepted without to be introduced by name ; discussion of the total the consultants' concurrence. This also applies toimpression that might be given by an advertisement, the acceptance of advertisements in certain tech-whatever its line-by-line purport may appear to be ; nical fields. In the fields of finance or electrical discussion of the general effects to be given in vision engineering, for example, there may be advertisingand sound ; and many other points arising from the claims which the layman would find it difficult to far-reaching provisions of the Code of Advertising appraise. For the provision of independent adviceStandards and Practice. More than io per cent of in such cases, the programme companies have the cases involve consultation with members of the voluntarily retained the services of appropriate pro-Medical Advisory Panel. At the end of these dis- fessional specialists and, of course, that advice iscussions and investigations, nine out of ten adver- available to the Authority where necessary. tisement scripts are found to meet the requirements Careful appraisal of the scripts in relation to theof the Code as originally submitted. The other io Code, with the help of independent consultants inper cent are returned for amendment by the ad- special fields, and discussions of any seeminglyvertisers to bring them into line with the accepted doubtful points between the ITCA and the adver-interpretation of the Code. About i per cent of the tising agencies, ensures that the advertisements infinished films are seen to need minor revision before their final form are likely to comply with the Code. final acceptance. In due course the specialist staff of the Authority The day-to-day discussions on individual adver- and the programme companies join in a dailytisements, where necessary, between Authority and closed-circuit viewing of finished films before the programme company specialists, are supported by advertisements are accepted for broadcasting, to the more formal link of a Joint Advertisement Con- ensure that they conform with the agreed script, and trol Committee composed of ITA and programme that there is nothing unacceptable about the tonecompany staff under the Chairmanship of the and style of presentation or other aspects of the film Authority's Head of Advertising Control. This treatment of the subject. committee meets regularly to resolve any general So some 650 scripts and finished films go through problems arising out of the day-to-day work and to this careful process of examination and consultationclear up any doubts that may arise as to the inter- on average each month. More than half the casespretation of the Code of Standards and Practice in require some degree of special investigation, whichrelation to particular classes of advertising and is done by the ITCA mainly on its own initiative, advertising methods.

Television Act 1964, Schedule 2 Rules as to Advertisements i.(t) The advertisements must be clearly distin- (2) Successive advertisements must be recog- guishable as such and recognizably separate from nizably separate. the rest of the programme. (3) Advertisements must not be arranged or ADVERTISING CONTROL 117 presented in such a way that any separate advertise-two periods given over to advertisements, and the ment appears to be part of a continuous feature. rules may make different provision for different (4) Audible matter in advertisements must notcircumstances. be excessively noisy or strident. 6.In the acceptance of advertisements there must 2.The standards and practice to be observed inbe no unreasonable discrimination either against or carrying out the requirements of the precedingin favour of any particular advertiser. paragraph shall be such as the Authority may deter-7.(I) The charges made by any programme con- mine either generally or in particular cases. tractor for advertisements shall be in accordance with tariffs fixed by him from time to time, being 3.The amount of time given to advertising in the tariffs drawn up in such detail and published in such programmes shall not be so great as to detract from form and manner as the Authority may determine. the value of the programmes as a medium of (2) Any such tariffs may make provision for information, education and entertainment. different circumstances and, in particular, may pro- 4.Advertisements shall not be inserted otherwisevide, in such detail as the Authority may determine, than at the beginning or the end of the programmefor the making, in special circumstances, of addi- or in natural breaks therein. tional special charges. 5.(i) Rules (to be agreed upon from time to time 8. No advertisement shall be permitted which is between the Authority and the Postmaster-General,inserted by or on behalf of any body the objects or settled by the Postmaster-General in default ofwhereof are wholly or mainly of a religious or politi- such agreement) shall be observed as to the classes cal nature, and no advertisement shall be permitted of broadcasts (which shall in particular include thewhich is directed towards any religious or political broadcast of any religious service) in which advertise- end or has any relation to any industrial dispute. ments may not be inserted, and the interval which 9.If, in the case of any of the television broad- must elapse between any such broadcast and anycasting stations used by the Authority, there appears previor orsubsequent periodgiven overtoto the Authority to be a sufficient local demand to advertisements, justify that course, provision shall be made for a (2) The Postmaster-General may, after con-reasonable allocation of time for local advertise- sultation with the Authority, impose rules as to thements, of which a suitable proportion shall be short minimum interval which must elapse between anylocal advertisements. Advertising Advisory Committee Mr S. Howard, C.B.E. (Chairman) Mrs Jean Robertson Mr H. F. Chilton Mr W. Stewart Ross, F.D.S.R.C.S., . Mr S. W. Day Mr R. C. Sykes Mr D. F. Lewis Mr R. F. Tyas Mrs G. L. S. Pike, C.B.E., J.P. Dr S. Wand, D.C.L., M.B., .B., LL.D. Mr S. Rainer Mrs Alma Williams Medical Advisory Panel Dr A. H. Douthwaite, M.D., F.R.C.P. Sir John Richardson, Bt., M.V.O., M.A. M.D., Professor Sir Derrick Dunlop, B.A., M.D., F.R.C.P. F.R.C.P. Professor R. D. Emslie, M.Sc., B.D.S., F.D.S. Mr Ian G. Robin, M.A., F.R.C.S. Dr Philip Evans, M.D., M.Sc., F.R.C.P. Mr W. B. Singleton, M.R.C.V.S. Dr A. C. Frazer, C.B.E., M.D., D.Sc., Dr Peter Smith, B.Sc., M.B., M.R.C.P. F.R.C.P. Dr K. A. Williams, B.Sc., Ph.D., M.Inst.Pet., Mr T. L. T. Lewis, F.R.C.S., F.R.C.O.G. A.Inst.P., F.R.I.C. The staff of Independent Television as a whole amounts to some 8,5oo people. This is apart from the many thousands of artists and musicians who obtain employment each year with the programme companies, and also excludes the consider- able numbers employed in ancillary industries serving Independent Television. Detaih of the staff, officers and members of the boards of the programme companies are given on pages 183-216. The following section contains details of the staff and organization of the Independent Television Authority itself THE STAFF OF THE AUTHORITY

Director-General . . Sir Robert Fraser, O.B.E.

Deputy Director-General (Programme Services) B. C. Sendall, C.B.E. Head of Advertising Control A. Graham, O.B.E. Advertising Control Officers H. Theobalds, Mrs. Y. Millwood Head of Programme Services J. Weltman, O.B.E. Senior Programme Officers .. S. D. Murphy, P. D. G. Heneker Religious Programmes Officer C. J. N. Martin Education Officer .. . B. Groombridge Programme Officers D. P. O'Hagan, M. Gillies

Deputy Director-General (Administrative Services) A. W. Pragnell, 0.B.E., D.F.C. Secretary to the Authority . . . B. Rook Personnel Officer ...... R. L. Fox, O.B.E. Deputy Personnel Officer...... R. H. R. Walsh Senior Assistant Personnel Officer . . F. B. Symons

Head of Finance . A. S. Curbishley, O.B.E. Chief Accountant.. R. D. Downham Senior Accountant.. R. Bowes Accountants C. J. Glover, W. Roscoe, M. Chappin

Chief Engineer F. H. Steele Deputy Chief Engineer . .. A. M. Beresford-Cooke, O.B.E. Head of Engineering Information Service A. James, M.B.E. Head of Planning and Propagation Department.. A. L. Witham Head of Site Selection Section .. . Col. L. J. D. Read Head of Service Area Planning Section.. R. J. Byrne Head of Network Planning Section C. Tonge Head of Station Design and Construction Department..T. S. Robson, M.B.E. Deputy Head of Station Design and Construction Dept.H. W. Boutall, M.B.E. Head of Masts and Aerials Section . R. C. Hills Head of Power Section .. J. Belcher Head of Transmitter Section R. Wellbeloved Head of Section .. J. A. Thomson Head of Operations and Maintenance Department R. C. Harman, O.B.E.

.41.-, STAFF AND ORGANIZATION

Head of Operations Section P. S. Stanley Head of Maintenance Section J. D. V. Lavers Head of Technical Quality Control Section .. P. J. Darby Head of Experimental and DevelopmentDepartment W. N. Anderson, O.B.E. Head of Automation and Control Section . G. A. McKenzie Head of 7:ideo Scction J. L. E. Baldwin Head of Section F. H. Wise

Head of Information B. C. L. Keelan Publicatio,as Editor.. E. H. Croston Press and Public Relations Officer D. Cullimore Publicity and Television Gallery Manager M. Hallett Dr. I. R. Haldane Head of Research ..

Regional Officers East of England J. N. R. Hallett, M.B.E. Midlands .. F. W. L. G. Bath North-East England and The Borders R. J. F. Lorimer North-West England J. E. Harrison Northern Ireland.. Dr. H. R. Cathcart J. Lindsay Scotland .. (Retd.) South of England.. Cmdr. G. W. Alcock, 0.B.E., R.N. South-West England and ChannelIslands W. A. C. Collingwood, O.B.E. Wales and West of England L. J. Evans Yorkshire.. R. Cordin

Regional Engineers H. French South ...... G. W. Stepherooft Midlands .. North ..H. N. Salisbury

Engineers-in-Charge J. R. Clarke Belmont .. Black Hill.. P. T. Firth Black Mountain R. Cameron F. L. Firth Burnhope .. A. V. Sucksmith Caldbeck .. Caradon Hill K. Archer Chillerton Down E. A. Harman G. E. Tagholm, M.B.E. Croydon .. Dover A. D. B. Martin Durris D. H. Rennie Emley Moor I. C. I. Lamb, M.B.E. Fremont Point W. D. Kidd N. G. Payne, M.B.E. Lichfield .. Mendlesham W. D. Thomas Moel-y-Parc E. Warwick W. G. Learmonth Mounteagle.. L. Evans Presely .. W. Woolfenden, M.B.E. St. Hilary . Stockland Hill P. G. James S. Catterall Winter Hill.. 120 STAFF AND ORGANIZATION

ITA ORGANIZATION The Regional Offices also form partof this division. The Authority's establishment at the end of1968 totals 792 made up as follows: Administrative Services Headquarters 365 This division, under the DeputyDirector-General Regional Offices 26 (Administrative Services), consists of twodepart- Transmitting Stations401 ments : rTIL During the year, there has been a significantin- 1.1V Secretariat, under the Secretary ofthe crease in the staff at Headquarters todeal with theAuthority, is responsible for the conductof the large expansion programme being carried out inthebusiness of the Authority and for thecontractual Engineering Division to provide for transmissionsrelations with the programme companies. TheSec- in UHF and colour. The number ofmanned trans-retariat also services the General AdvisoryCouncil, mitting stations remains at twenty, but anincreasingthe Standing Consultative Committee,which con- number of satellites and relay stations are nowbeing stitutes the formal link between the Authority and built. In anticipation of this greater activity,threethe programme companies, and the advisory com- new appointmentsof Regional Engineer have beenmittees which assist the Authority on advertising, created. These will work alongsidethe existingeducation and religion. Regional Officers in the areas in whichthey are The Personnel Department is responsible for all located. During the year, an additionalregional personnel and establishment matters, including the office was opened in Leeds to look after a new pro-welfare of staff and the office administration, accom- gramme company,Yorkshire Television. There aremodation and services. It is also responsible for now twelve RegionalOffices. trade union liaison and negotiation. Under the Director-General, the headquarters staff is divided into five main divisions : Engineering Programme Services This Division is under the control of theChief Administrative Services Engineer, who takes general responsibility for the Engineering development and maintenance of the Authority's Finance transmitting system. Information The Planning and Propagation Departmentis responsible for all the work leading up to the choice Programme Services of a site for a transmitter. This division, under the Deputy Director-General The Station Design and ConstructionDepart- (Programme Services), is responsible for the wholement undertakes all the workconcerned with design, range of the outputof Independent Television inconstruction,installation and commissioning of both the programme and the advertisingfields, itstransmitting stations. control and supervision. The Operations and Maintenance Department The Programme Department deals with the ap-takes over responsibility for a station as soon asit is proval and supervision of programmes in relation to ready to start transmitting. It maintains and operates signal and matters such as balance, quality,good taste andthe equipment, monitors the transmitted lines net- decency, and the maintenance of political imparti-takes action to correct any faults in the ality; and to detailed matters such as the adminis- work. tration of control of hours of broadcasting and the Thc Experimental and Development Department radio propaga- requirements concerning foreign material. is concerned with studies relating to of The Advertising Control Department deals withtion, the investigation of interference, problems and is reception, problems relating to colour television and the whole range of advertising on television equipment in responsible for ensuring that the strict control pro-the development of special purpose visions which apply to advertisements are observed.the laboratory. The Research Department is responsible for ob- taining, by audience research, knowledge of the state Finance of public opinion about IndependentTelevisionThis Division, under the Head of Finance,is respon- controls programmes. sible for the Authority's internal financial STAFF AND ORGANIZATION 121 and procedures, e.g. budgetary control,preparationTraining of forward estimates of income andexpenditure, andThe special courses at the MarconiCollege at submission of regular financialreturns to theChelmsford established for the training ofengineers Authority. It is also responsible foradvising theon transmittingstations have been supplemented by Authority on matters of financial policy and onadditional courses to cater for colour and thelatest the financial aspects of general policy. techniques in transmission. In addition,extensive use is being made ofspecialist courses run by pro- Information for thefessional organizations. Emphasis is being given to The Head of Information is responsible management training fornumbers of the head- provision of information to the publicabout the Authority's activities, and is assisted in this workbyquarters stalE specialists dealing with publications, pressrelations and exhibitions.

built in 1926. The ITA TELEVISION GALLERY. A reproductionof John Logie Baird's first successful TV camera Television Gallery, opened at 70 Brompton Road inSeptember 1968, sets out visually the history ofthe invention of television, shows the state of televisionthroughout the world, and describes the workingsof television as it is today. r^V.,r111111111M7,,,Ija

` . . 123

THE INDEPENDENT TELEVISION AUTHORITY PLANS, from programme to programme. It is an operation BUILDS AND OPERATES the network of transmitting which requires the co-operation of the programme stations which bring Independent Television pro-companies, the Post Office (which provides the bulk grammes to viewers throughout the United Kingdom. of the cable and microwave circuits), and the ITA The ITA's first transmitter went on the air attransmitters. Croydon on 22nd September 1955. By early 1969 A network of vision and sound circuits provides the ITA will have commissioned its forty-fifth VHFthe links between the various ITV areas and be- transmitting station and over 98 per cent of thetween the studio centres and the ITA's transmitters. population will be able to receive the 405-line VHFThis network is rented by the Authority from the service. General Post Office. The vision circuit totals about The ITA colour service will start by about the3,100 miles, about half of which is built up by end of 1969. This will be transmitted from a second microwave radio systems and half by underground national network of ultra high frequency (UHF)coaxial cables. To carry signals to the more remote transmitters, which will use 625-line standards. The transmitting stations and to meet short-notice re- first twenty-five high power transmitting stationsquirements, the Authority has itself installed a for this UHF network are being built during thenumber of microwave links which are fed by an period 1969-71. The ITA and the BBC will share'off air' signal received from another transmitter. the stations, some of which are already in use for BBC2 transmissions. Research and Development New tall masts have been constructed at someDuring 1968 the Authority's engineering research stations and at others the existing masts are beingand development effort has again been expanded. extended or strengthened to accommodate UHFThe Experimental and Design Department has aerials. At three sites a new type of mast wasspecialist sections for radio frequency, colour tele- required : exceptionally tall in order to give sufficient vision and equipment automation problems. The range, and very strong in order to carry all the aerials facilities in the colour television section have been needed for existing ITA and BBC services and all greatly extended and now include the latest types of foreseeable television and FM sound services. Thesecolour slide scanner, colour telecine machine and three new masts have been built by the ITA ofcolour videotape recording equipment. The Auto- tubular steel instead of the usual open lattice con- mation Section has started work on a survey of the struction. The two at Emley Moor in Yorkshire andpossibilities and the problems of automatic control Belmont in are 1,265 ft high, at theof the entire ITA network. time the tallest man-made structures in Europe. The third, at Winter Hill in Lancashire, is 1,015 ft high.Planning and Propagation Studies Technical characteristics of transmitting stations,The ITA Planning and Propagation Department is particularly channel frequencies, require the Post-sharing with the BBC the work of planning the master-General's approval and by internationalUHF transmitter network for the three national agreement are chosen to minimize interference withcolour services. Its staff also find and acquire the the services of neighbouring countries. sites required for the ITA transmitting stations and plan a network of links joining these to the studios. Vision and Sound Links The ITA and BBC are sharing equally the UHF The programmes which the viewer receives fromtransmitting stations. The Department will be very his local ITA transmitter originate from manybusy during the coming year, for it must find and different sources and come over routes which varysurvey sites for a number ofBBC2 stations in

IN THE STUDIO. Looking down from the gantry on to the array of technical equipment on the set in one of Yorkshire Television's studios. 124 TECHNICAL OPERATIONS

addition to the large number required for the ITAstations from the studios of the programme com- UHF stations now being planned. panies in the form of electric signals. The work of Engineering Information and Liaison the transmitters is to magnify these signals and During 1968 the ITA Engineering Informationcombine them with 'carrier waves'. The signals are Service was expanded. It will advise the trade andthen radiated from the aerials at the top of the the public on problems of UHF and colour recep- transmitting masts or towers. The signals come into tion. Collaboration with the engineering services ofthe stations by underground cables, or by micro- dish aerial on the other broadcasters is being increased. Senior en- wave transmissions received by a gineers, both from the Authority and from themast. Programme Companies, continue to contribute to The sound and picture signals are separate. They station's duty the work of many national and international com-are sent to the control room, where the engineer is in charge of instruments to monitor the mittees, dealing not only with the problems of colour performance of different parts of the cansmitter. He television and UHF broadcasting, but also taking the GPO part in studies throughout the broadcasting field. can make direct telephone contact with engineers at certain linking points for the incoming Studio Facilities signals, or with the studios of the local programme Independent Television programmes are producedcompany. His television monitors show thepicture and presented by the programme companies fromas it comes into the station and as itleaves the more than sixty studios in centres atAberdeen, transmitter. Belfast,Birmingham,Bristol,Cardiff,Carlisle, From the control room, the sound and picture Dover, Dundee, Edinburgh, Glasgow, Hull, Leeds, components of the programme go to the sound London, Manchester, Newcastle, Norwich, Ply-transmitter and to the vision transmitter. There are mouth, St. Helier, St. Peter Port, Sheffield andusually two sets of these transmitters, working either Southampton. In addition, the programme com-together or separately, so that routine maintenance panies operate extensive outside broadcast units.can be carried out withoutinterrupting the pro- Details of the technical facilities of the programmegrammes and so that, in the case of a fault on one companies are given on pages 184-214. transmitter, the station can still stay on the air. In Transmitting Station Operation the transmitters, the signals are amplified in stages, Twenty of the Authority's stations have engineeringprocessed, and are put on to 'carrier waves' which staff in attendance throughout broadcasting hours.have fixed frequencies; the signals are then usually They control, monitor and maintain not only their amplified again. own stations but also twenty-three remotely con- When the sound and vision signals emerge from trolled stations operated by the ITA. For thetheir transmitters, at full power and ready to be greatest reliability, the manned stations are equipped broadcast, they are combined in the combining unit. with duplicate sets of transmitters, each set com-The combined signal passes to the aerial switching posed of one vision and one sound unit. One station, frame, where a special kind of switch can route the St. Hilary, which broadcasts two programmes, hastelevision signal either into the two halves or one two duplicate sets. half of the transmitting aerial in a number of ways. The unmanned relay stations also have duplicate To carry the finished signal up to the aerial, two equipment; they receive programmes on one chan-co-axial feeder cables run from the aerial switching nel from a 'parent' station and, after amplification,frame up the mast or tower. The aerial is carefully these are re-broadcast on another channel. They aretailored to radiate the signal in the pattern required, supervised and, normally, controlled by staff at theless power being radiated where it is not needed. respective 'parent' stations but, should control be Power for the transmitters comes to the station's lost, can continue to operate automatically. These switch room from the national electricity grid. As a stations are maintained by mobile maintenanceprotection against power failure, a second supply teams which are usually based at a parent station.from a different area is arranged where possible, or Visits are made regularly, usually quarterly, whena standby diesel generator is installed.At all staffed all apparatus is checked, tested, and restored to atransmitting stations there are also slide scanners high standard of working. The unmanned stationsand record players that make it possible for an- have continued to prove very successful. nouncements and captions to be broadcast from the Programmes come to the ITA's transmittingstation itself if an emergency arises. TECHNICAL OPERATIONS/TheITV Network 125 THE ITV NETWORK

THE PROGRAMMES WHICH THE VIEWER RECEIVESfromOffice Tower and thence by cables andmicrowave his local ITA transmitter originate from manyradio links be passed on to thecomplete network. different sources and come over routes which varyThe news will start exactly on timeand each local from programme to programme. It is an operationcompany willswitch over as the ITN opening which involves the programme companies, the Postcaption appears. The symbol from thelocal studio Office (which provides the bulk of the cable andwill be used here to bridge the small gapbetween microwave circuits), and the ITA transmitters. the announcement of programmedetails and ITN The Independent Television system is unique in News. the way in which so many sources are linked to- At the end of the news item thenetwork will be gether: this whole complex operation is known asswitched over to receive the output fromWembley 'networking'. The BBC tends to route most of itsstudios for World of Sport, which initself consists programmes through a centralcontrol in London;of a large number of contributionsfrom outside regional studios then opt to pass on to the trans-broadcast units covering various sporting events. mitter either the programme from London ortheirThis switch over of the network is locallycovered own local output. TheITV network, on the otherby the announcer, seen in vision, while theengineers hand, is re-established after each programme break,are busy checkingthat the next incoming programme usually with a different centre of origin andonly is correctly routed and properly set upin both sound going to London for programmes actuallyoriginat-and vision. ing there. The organization of this networkhas Also the local station will be made to runexactly become increasingly sophisticated over the yearsin step with the next incoming programme,line-by- and provides one of the sources of vitalityin theline and frame-by-frame, so that at the correcttime Independent Television service. the announcer can be faded out andWorld of Sport The programme journal may announce thefollow-faded in. The announcer and engineers canthen ing series of items for a particular Independentrelax for a few moments, just making surethat all Television region: goes well, until their nextburst of activity, the run- ning of the advertisements. These arealways sent Going Places 1.10 out from the localstudio and involve using film, 1.35 Cooking With Katie slides, the announcer, or videotape. To warnthe News ftom ITN 2.05 local studios of a break for advertisements alittle World of Sport 2.10 striped appears one minute before thebreak on If the viewer switches on his set inadvance ofthe top corner ef the screen (usually outof sight on 12.40 he will find a tuningcaption on the screen. Thethe home receiver) and disappearsagain exactly five complete sequence of items on the transmissionseconds before the break. These fiveseconds allow schedule will be: the local film scanner to be run up tospeed, reauy 13.08.30ITA tuning caption (slide/music) to take over fromthe network. 13.11.05ITA announcement (slide/tape) So it goes on all through the day, sometimesfrom 13.13.20Company identification (slide/tape) London, sometimes from Manchester,Birmingham, 13.13.27Going Places Cardiff or a remote O.B. unit. Moredramatically 13.38.25Cooking With Katie the pictures might be coming fromAmerica via a from 14.04.50Clock and announcements satellite, received at Goonhilly, converted 14.05.00News from ITN American 525-line pictures to 405-line picturesby 14.10.46Weather Flask ITN and passed into the network.Always the 14.11.01 World of Sport announcer is ready to come onthe screen to hold the When 14.50.52Advertisements (2 minutes) fort during a delay or to explain a breakdown. The news will originate from ITN'sstudios inthe number of switching operations andmiles of Kingsway, London; from there itwill be passed by network route are considered, it is perhapssurprising cable to the switching centreunder the new Posthow seldom any mishaps occur. 126 TECHNICAL OPERATIONS/Better Viewing Better Viewing of IndependentTelevision

THREE THINGS ARE INVOLVED inbringing a goodPartially broken aerials or cables cause loss ofpicture picture into the home: strength, increase of noise, or disturbance tothe picture by the movement of people close tothe television set must be capable of r. The Set. The receiver. Again this is a matter for a dealer. receiving signals transmitted by the ITA and must also be properly tuned. In a place where the signal strength is weak it ;s all the more important to haveGeneral Reception Problems arrive at sensitivity, able to take full advantage Radio waves conveying television pictures a set with good the viewer's aerial from the transmittingstation of the available signal. along a variety of paths. As well as thediiect path 2.The Feeder Cable. Cables which link the set tothere are others produced by mirror-likeohjects the aerial vary in efficiency and the use of a goodsuch as houses, tall buildings and the grounditself, quality type can be of considerable advantage. Thiswhich reflect the radio waves onto theviewer's is particularly important for the new 625-line UHF aerial. Although the waves travel at the speed of transmissions. The farther away the set is from thelight, each takes a slightly different time, depending aerial, the more important it is to use a first-classon the length of thepath, to arrive at the viewer's low loss lead-in cable. aerial. The waves along each path may arrive in or 3. The Aerial. Mostreception problems are attri-out of step with each other, inother words in or out butable to the aerial. The strength of the signalof 'phase' with each other. depends upon the distance from the transmitter and Should signals along two different paths arrive at the extent of intervening hills and buildings; thethe viewer's aerial out of phase they will tend to weaker the signal the more necessary it is to have acancel each other. In the extreme case where two good aerial. signals are present and are equal in strength and In places where there is a clear line of sight- to thecompletely opposite in phase relationship, nosignal transmitter a strong signal may be received for aat all will be passed to thetelevision receiver. The considerable distance. In Band III, if the signal isresultant signal passed to the receiver will thus al-. very strong, a good picture canbe obtained with a ways depend upon therelative strengths and phases portable stand aerial on top of the set or on a pieceof the complex arrangement of waves picked upby of furniture close to it ; but, depending on the placingthe receiving aerial. The signal strengthreceived by of the set or the location of the home, reception mayone viewer cantherefore be different from that of be disturbed by the movement of people in the roomhis neighbour. In built-up areas signals may vary or traffic outside. Itis much better to use an aerialtenfold or more between adjacent locations. on the roof or inthe loft. Such an aerial is essential A small change in the position of the receiving for good reception in weak signal areas. aerial often makes a big difference to the strength The aerial must be chosen to suit the particularof the signal passed to the receiver. The qualityof conditions. The largest and most expensive aerial is the picture can sometimes be improvedconsiderably not necessarily the best in all circn.mistances, and by altering the direction of the aerial a fewdegrees, aerials of very different shape can give comparableby moving it a few feet vertically or horizontally, performance. Moreover, because of obstructions onor by slighttilting. the line of sight from the transmitter, the same aerial Some areas of the country are more difficult to may give quite different results inadjacent houses, serve than others. Ingeneral, hilly areas present in different rooms of the same house, or even inmore difficulties thanrelatively flat terrain. Where different parts of the room. An aerial erected fora hill shields a townfrom the transmitter, a general reception of BBC Band I programmes may not beloss of signal is suffered all over the town. Atthe suitable for ITA Band III or of course UHF recep-same time, signals areoften reflected from surround- tion. A reliable local dealer is generally familiar withing hills, making it essential that the receiving aerial the problems to be overcome and can advise on theshould be installed with great care. The provision most suitable types of aerial for the particularof an outdoor aerial in this case is almost essential. locality. It is in these circumstances that the viewer'spicture Aerials and feeder cables do not last for ever. could be marred by a condition known as 'ghosting'. TECHNICAL OPERATIONS/BetterViewing 127 11=1IMINIIIM

replica of thestretch. If power mains variationsin cold weather A ghost can be identified as a weak pic- picture, displaced usually towards theright handcause a change inreceiver working conditions, line and fralne hold variations, side of the screen. This 'ghost' isproduced by yetture size variations, time a longer one,and increased 'noise' canthen arise. ('Noise' in a another transmission path, this the screen as here involving quite a long timedelay in the television signal usually appears on of the wave compared with thosewhich travel bywhite dots and flashes.) the shorter and more direct oaths.In general the Unusual Atmospheric Conditions.A. certain times refit cting object producing this wavewill be a hillof the year, usually duringhigh- periods or large buildingsituated behind or to the sideofassociated with fine weather, BandIII reception in the viewer's aerial. To minimizethe effect of this some areas isseverely interfered with by thesignals long path it is necessary to install areceiving aerialbroadcast from othec transmittersworking on the having a well defined directionalbeam which willsame channelfrequency. The most frequent evi- discriminate against the unwanted ghostsignal anddence of this effect is the appearance onthe picture at the same timeenhance the wanted signal. of horizontal lines which are notsynchronized with By turning the aerial slightlyit is often possiblethe normal pictures linesand move up or down. eliminate it altogether. If the to reduce ghosting or Pockets of Poor Reception. In any areashown on aerial is masked from the transmitterby an obstruc- a field strength coverage mapas having asignal of tion, it is sometimes possible tofind a better signal viewing, there are aerial at a strongadequate strength for worthwhile than the direct one by 'aiming' the of poor or very poor reception. neighbouring buildings sure to be pockets ghost signal reflected from Frequently they are shadow areascreated by natural or high ground. topography or man-made objects, sothat individual In practically all cases whereimprovement is viewers are unable to obtain agood picture. In such possible, the receiving aerial is thekey factor and conditions a communaldistribution system can it is here that a local dealer,who knows the diffi- prove advantageous. culties associated with receptionin his territory and them, can be the type of aerial suited to overcome Changes at Transmitters of the greatest assistance. In order to extend orimprove an existing service, Authority must occa- Special Reception Problems the Independent Television sionally make radical changes to theaerial system at Once the optimum position hasbeen found it is complex wave pattern the transmitting station.In fact it is sometimes unlikely to change unless the higher is disturbed. Thenecessary tobuild a completely new and arriving at the viewer's aerial old one. When this is donethe following are special problems which mayarise: mast alongside the complex wave pattern arriving atthe viewer's aerial New Buildings in Cities. In cities,reception prob-is inevitably disturbed.While for a very large pro- lems are likely to arise suddenly andunexpectedly.portion of viewers the changeresults in an improved When a number of complaints arereceived within service, a small minority mayreceive an inferior a few days from ahighly built-up area saying thatservice until their aerials havebeen repositioned. signal strength has considerablydiminished, it is An increase in the heightof the transmitting usual to associate such a happeningwith the erectionaerial, while improving theservice for a large num- of a tall building block between thereceiver and the ber of viewers in the moredistant areas, sometimes relevant transmitter. Or, if 'ghost'signals have be- fails to give equal benefit to asmall minority of come evident where nonepreviously existed, a newviewers already susceptible toghost interference. structure is to belooked for either behmd or to theThis is because although thestrength of the direct side of the affected area. Theradio wave patternsignal itself is likely to beimproved, the strength of can also beaffected by the demolition of buildingsthe ghost signial is sometimesincreased in a greater in the vicinity. The retailerwill, however, usuallyratio; the elimination of theghost then becomes be able to restore the serviceby repositioning themore difficult.Nevertheless a good aerialinstalled aerial. by a competent retailershould still provide a satis- In country districts,factory picture. Power Mains Variations. colour service recep- particularly if they happen to bein low field strength For details of UHF 625 line areas, viewers'receivers are often working at fulltion see pages 129-143. INDEPENDENTTELEVISION UHF 625 LINECOVERAGE 1969-1971

AREAS SERVED BY 1969

PAAREAS SERVED BY 1970

AREAS SERVED BY 1971

101 CRYSTAL PALACE 102 SUTTON COLDFIELD 103 WINTER HILL 104 EMLEY MOOR 105 BLACK HILL 106 WENVOE 107 DIVIS 108 ROWRIDGE 109 PONTOP PIKE 110 MENDIP FOREST 111 WALTHAM 112 DURRIS 113 DOVER 114 TACOLNESTON 115 SUDBURY 116 BILSDALE 117 OXFORD 120 BELMONT 124 SANDY HEATH 126 HANNINGTON 131 CARADON HILL 137 CALDBECK 139 HEATHFIELD 141 REDRUTH 147 CRAIGKELLY 161 SELKIRK

Boundaries are approximate Overlaps are not shown

108

141 129

INDEPENDENT TELEVISION'S COLOUR SERVICE ON 625 assigned up to four channels, grouped so that they LINES UHF will start by early 1970 in London, the can be received with one aerial. Only one of these Midlands and the North of England (Lancashire and channels will be used for ITA transmitters. A further Yorkshire). If the GPO inter-city programme linkstwo are to be used by the BBC for their first and are available sooner it is hoped that the starting datesecond services ; the fourth has not yet been allocated. for colour may be advanced to the autumn of 1969. To provide these new colour services, the ITA is Preparing to Receive Colour constructing an entirely new network of transmit-With one or two exceptions all television sets now ting stations to serve all parts of the country. Thein production are designed to receive both the old planning of this network is being carried out jointly 405 line and the new 625 line transmissions. Most with the BBC and the GPO. A very large numberreceivers sold during recent years were also of this of transmitting stations (approximately sixty high dual standard type, although some supplied without power transmitting stations and many low powera UHF tuner will need to have one fitted. On such ones) will eventually be required. dual standard sets it will be possible to receive the In order to achieve the rapid development of theITA 625 line service in black-and-white as soon as colour services for ITV, the Authority is aiming totransmissions start in any area, provided a suitable build twenty-six main transmitters during the threeaerial is fitted. years 1969-71, in addition to a large number of Britain is using the PAL colour television system. relay stations, at a capital cost of some kiol million.In this system the colour television signal consists Compared with the rate at which the Authority'sof a standard monochrome, or black-and-white VHF transmitters were built (thirty-six in thirteensignal, with a separate composite colour signal years), this programme represents one of the mostadded. This system has been specially designed so intensive television engineering projects ever con-that ordinary black-and-white television receivers templated. will ignore the colour part of the signal and show a The Government has decided that this new net-perfectly normal black-and-white picture. Naturally work of transmitters will use the UHF (Ultra Highfor colour reception a special colour receiver is Frequency) band, known as television Bands IV andrequired but this is also able to show black-and- V, and that 625 line television standards will be used. hite programmes when desired. It is planned that these 625 line transmissions will eventually entirely replace the 405 line standardAerial Siting transmitters being used at the present time for theAs already explained, a network of UHF trans- ITA and BBC i services. mitters is being set up in collaboration with the The UHF television transmitting band extendsBBC. Once the duplicate UHF service reaches an from 470 to 854 MHz and is divided into forty-four area, therefore, viewers will be able to receive all the channels. Channels 21 to 34 (470 to 582 MHz) form present services on 625 lines, asing only one small Band IV and channels 39 to 68 (614 to 854 MHz)UHF aerial. Band V. Each transmitting station will eventually be The type of aerial required depends very much 130 UHF AND COLOUR

aerial should be mounted on localconditions. A loft or small outsideaerial (4) I f possible, the receiving site with ain a position from whichthere is an unobstructed will probably be satisfactory for an open transmitting aerial. If thisis not clear view of the transmittingaerial. (A set-top aerialline of sight to the practicable, it should beplaced in a high, open is not recommended becausethe signal will vary the and when people moveposition with as fewobstructions as possible in from channel to channel particularly avoiding about in the room.) In mostbuilt-up areas, wheredirection of the transmitter, in places screenedobstructions close to thereceiving point. there are local obstructions, and aerials are directional.For from the transmitting aerial,larger receiving aerials(5) All UHF receiving maximum signal levelthey must, therefore,be are needed.The aerial must be carefullypositioned transmitting aerial, al- best signal from all three UHF ser-pointed accurately at the to pick up the be better to orientate the vices and to reject reflectionsfrom the surroundingthough it may sometimes aerial slightly off thetheoretically correct direction obstructions. designed to have ain order to reject or reduceundesired signals. When All British UHF aerials are first be pointed in the receive all three channelsinstalling the aerial it should wide band width and will station and then turned radiated from a station.Normally three aerial sizesdirection of the transmitting the wholeslightly either way until aposition is found which (A, B and C) are manufactured to cover strength. Then it should of Bands IV and V. Twofurther special wide bandgives the maximum signal be moved over a distanceof two or three feet, up- aerials (D and E) are availablefor the few stations its channels. The receivingwards and downwardsand also sideways, on which do not use standard the position indicated in the list of themount beforeclamping it, so as to find aerial group required is all three UHF chan- stations on page 132. that gives the best reception on ITA's UHF transmitting be checked again. The following notes give someguidance on thenels. Finally the direction must This operation requires twopeople, one to move the siting of UHF aerials: the television screen and favourable locations aerial, the other to watch (t) Most viewers in reasonably reception is obtained, i.e. the within 20 or 30 miles of ahigh- willindicate when the best suitable. A highlyclearest picture, free frommultiple images (ghosts) find an aerial of 8 to io elements is faint and covered with directional aerial, possibly in theform of a doubleand 'grain'. If the picture altogether,'grain' or 'snow' but issatisfactory in other respects, or multipleunit with 36 or more elements improvement can usually bemade by may be necessaryin order to obtain satisfactorya marked using an aerial amplifier.These are designed either reception in an area where thedirect transmission in at the tall building, andto be fitted tothe aerial itself or to path is obstructed by a hill or It is a simple matter considerable care may be needed tofind the bestback of the television receiver. for your television supplier to try anamplifie.r so position. effect. (2) Indoor and set-tip aerials arelikely to give poorthat you can observe its in general suitable(6) It may be possible toreceive a satisfactory picture and variable results, and are not pointing the aerial at a large for UHF reception. Resultswith this type of aerialin a shadow area by locationbuilding outside the shadow areawhich acts as a may besatisfactory in a very favourable in this way do, near to atransmitting station such as in aflat orreflecting surface. Pictures received however, tend to be less snarpthan signals received room on theside of a tall building nearest tothe unobstructed line of sightdirect, and to vary according toweather conditions. transmitter and with an is being installed which to it; but even insuch locations the quality ofthe (7) When a new aerial system satisfactory, may be stillincludes aerials for Bands I andIII as well as for picture, although perhaps UHF aerial at the of a relatively simpleUHF, it is usually best to put the further improved by the use and spaced from theother outside aerial fixed to awindow-frame. When a set-top of the mounting aerials beneath it. If theUHF aerial is on a separate top aerial is usedreception is liable to vary as people mounting, it should be wellclearat least two feet walk across the room. and preferably not less thanabout four feetfrom (3) In places immediatelyin an area shadowed by a good reception may beimpossible. other aerials, gutters androof surfaces. steep hill, really connected to the television It is planned to serve manysuch areas better with(8) The aerial should bk The presence of areceiver by low-loss 75-ohmscoaxial cable. Tubular additional low-power stations. recommended and large steel-framed building mayalso make receptiontwin or balanced feeders are not flat ribbon feeder is quiteunsuitable for UHF. difficult. colour and black-and-whitepictures. Thames OUTSIDE BROADCASTS.Control desk in a mobile unit for - 1411.1190 tb,

, - stt, A

1111110P--- _ 'LAWS_ 132 UHF AND COLOUR THE ITA'sUHF/COLOURTRANSMITTERS

ITA ReceivingProvisional Station Location Channel Aerial Sen/ice Group Date

MAIN STATIONS 23 H A 1969 London 101 Crystal Palace 43 H B 1969 Birmingham 102 Sutton Coldfield 59 H C 1969 South Lancashire 103 Winter Hill 47 H B 1969 South Yorkshire 104 Emley Moor 43 H B 1969/70 Lanarkshire 105 Black Hill 41 H B 1970 South Wales 106 Wenvoe 24 H A 1970/71 Belfast 107 Divis 27 H A 1969/70 Isle of Wight 108 Rowridge 24 H C 1970/71 Durham 109 Pontop Pike 61 H C 1970 Bristol 110 Mendip Forest 61 H C 1970 Nottinghamshire 111 Waltham 25 H A 1971 Kincardineshire 112 Durris 66 H E 1969/70 East 113 Dover 59 H C 1970/71 114 Tacolneston 41 H B 1971 Suffolk 115 Sudbury 29 H D 1971 North Yorkshire 116 Bilsdale 60 H C 1970 Oxfordshire 117 Oxford 25 H A 1971 East Lincolnshire 120 Belmont 24 H A 1971 Bedfordshire 124 Sandy Heath 42 H D 1971 Hampshire 126 Hannington 25 H B 1971 East Cornwall 131 Caradon Hill 28 H B 1971 Cumberland 137 Caldbeck 64 H 0 1971 East 139 Heathfield 41 H B 1971 West Cornwall 141 Redruth 24 H A 1971 East Lothian 147 Craigkelly 59 H C 1971/72 Selkirkshire 161 Selkirk

RELAY STATIONS 43 V 8 1970 West 101.1 Guildford 60 V C 1970 Surrey 101.3 41 V B 1970 Kent 101.4 Tunbridge Wells 41 V B 1970 Hertfordshke 101.5 Hemel Hempstead 60 V C 1970 Staffordshire 102.3 Brierley Hill 24 V A 1970 Worcestershire 102.6 Bromsgrove 24 V A 1970 Staffordshire 102.11 Stoke-on-Trent 25 V A 1970 Lancashire 103.2 Pendle Forest 25 V A 1970 Yorkshire 104.1 Wharfedale 24 V A 1970 Yorkshire 104.3 Sheffield 23 V A 1970 Derbyshire 104.5 Chesterfield 23 V A 1970 Swansea 106.1 Kilvey Hill of 'Cooper at Large'.Thames black-and-white camerastogether on the set COLOUR IN ACTION.Colour and

134 UHF AND COLOUR/UHF Colour Transmitters UHF COLOUR TRANSMITTERS

The maps on the following pages show the estimatedWinter Hill (Lancashire) and Emley Moor areas to be served by each of the first sevenhigh- (Yorkshire) maps on pages 141 and 138 power UHF transmitting stations to beconstructedA description of the new tall masts constructed at by the ITA. Four of these (Dover, Winter Hill,these stations is included in the VHF transmitting Emley Mocr and Black Hill) will be at existing ITAstation section (pages 153 and 173). The UHF VHF sitesthe other three (Rowridge, Crystalsignals will be transmitted from aerials at the very Palace and Sutton Coldfield) are under construction top of these new masts. The BBC is alsousing the at BBC stations. The ITA is planning these UHF masts for its UHF services. Newbuildings are being stations in conjunction with the BBC and the GPO. constructed to house the 25 kW UHF transmitters, Each station is being planned to provide a total ofand the existing buildings are also being extended four UHF services (ITA, BBCI, BBC2 Iznd a fourthto accommodate the control and colourmonitoring not yet allocated). Each service will radiate its signals equipment. with the sane effective radiated power and the areas served will be very similar. Small differences may,Black Hill (Central Scotland) map opposite however, occur because of the different channels inUHF signals from this ITA VHF station will be use. radiated from aerials mounted near the top of the existing mast, immediately below the VHF aerials. Crystal Palace (London) map on page 136 New buildings are being constructed to house the The ITA Crystal Palace transmitters are beingtransmitters and the existing station buildings are installed in an underground building next to thebeing extended to provide accommodation for the BBC transmitting station in the one-time groundscontrol and colour monitoring equipment. The BBC of the Crystal Palace near Croydon. A separateis also using the ITA mast to radiate its UHF aerial, mounted on an extension of the existing mastservice. immediately below the BBC UHF aerial, will radiate with an ERP of i wgawatt and provide a service toDover (South-East England) map on page 137 a large part of the area served by theCroydon stationAs in the case of Black Hill, the UHF signals will on VHF. The UHF station will becontrolled and be radiated from an aerial mounted on the existing monitored from the nearby ITA Croydon station. mast. In this -ase, however, a cantilever section has been constructed at the top of the mast to give the Sutton Coldfield (Midlands) map on page 140 UHF aerial extra height. The ITA Sutton Coldfield transmitters are being installed in a building next to the I3BC station. ARowridge (South of England) map on page 139 four channel UHF aerial mounted on an extensionThe ITA Rowridge transmitters are being installed of the existing mast wiii be used by all services, and in buildings close to the existing BBC station and will radiate with an effective power of i MW.the signals will be radiated from a four channel Although the signals are obstructed by hills towardsaerial mounted on a cantilever section at the top of the South and West, a large part of the Lichfieldthe existing mast. The same aerial will be used by VHF service area will also get a good UHF signal. the BBC services. The ITA transmitters will be The Sutton Coldfield station will be monitored andcontrolled and monitored from the nearby ITA controlled from the nearby ITA Lichfield station,Chillerton Down VHF transmitting station which which is being extended and partly re-equipped foris being el:tended to accommodate the extra equip- this purpose. ment. UHF Af COLOURIBlack Hill x35

Black Hill(105.0) Central Scotland Estimated Service Area of ITA UHF Transmitter

BLACK HILL (105.0) due 1969170 Landlord ITA Channels Allocated 40 46 43ITA 50 ITA Vision Carrier Frequency 647.25 MHz ITA Sound Carrier Frequency 653.25 MHz Receiving Aerial Group Effectiva Radiated Power 500 kW Transmitter Power 2 x 20 kW Height above sea level Mast : 1,901 ft Aerial :1,780 ft Location (National Grid) 828,647

ARGYLL PERTHSHIRE

...,.Stirling ...... Z/ Alloa'" GSHIRE

Inverkeithing Kilsy4h Cl;debank Edinourgh

. Glasgow Paisley \ + Black Hill :.Motherwell 105 . LANARKSHIRE Lanark

Kilrearnock

AYRSHIREI

Scale of Miles ,_ 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 136 UHF AND COLCUR/Crystal Pa/ace

Crystal Palace(101.0) London Estimated Service Area of ITA UHFTransmitter

CRYSTAL PALACE (101.0) due late 1969 Landlord BBC Channels Allocated 26 33 23ITA 30 ITA Vision Carrier Frequency 487.25 MHz ITA Sound Carrier Frequency 493.25 MHz Receiving Aerial Group A Effective Radiated Power 1,000 kW Transmitter Power 2 x 40 kW Height above sea level Mast: 1,072 ft Aerial:1,054 ft Location (National Grid) TQ 339,712

...... ".. '......

...... : Braintree BUCKS HERTS *: Bishops ESSEX ;..Stortford Hertford

'...... St. Albans Hemel Hempstead ...Cheshunt Ingatestone I..- Watford ......

: ..... : . .... Rcyleigh ..-iRic.krnansworth Marlow Basldon Slough....Uxbridge Tilbury . .

Reading. :-'1Crystal Palace+ *Gravesend BERKS 101 ...... Woking Wrotham Leathirheadi% Sevenoaks Guildford m Ca taete KENT Basingstoke eRei Aldershot Dorking

SURREY ...... Crawley Wadhurst .....

Scale of Miles 50 60 70 0 10 20 30 40 UHF AND COLOUR/Dover 137

Dover(113.0) South of England Estimated Service Area of ITA UHFTransmitter

DOVER (113.0) due 1969170 Landlord ITA Channels Allocated 50 56 66 ITA 53 ITA Vision Carrier Frequency 831.25 MHz ITA Sound Carrier Frequency 837.25 MHz Receiving Aerial Group Effective Radiated Power 100 kW Transmitter Power 20 kW Height above sea level Mast: 1,240 ft Aerial:1,226 ft Location (National Grid) TR 274,397

ESSE X

Southend on Sea

Sheppey Margate

Ramsgate . Faversham K E NT Canterbury Maidstone Deal

'Tunbridge Dover Ashford ...... Wells 113 + ...... Dover Wadhurst Folkestone

SUSSEX Hastings

Scale of Miles

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 138 UHF AND COLOUR/Emley Moor

Emley Moor(104 0) Yorkshire Estimated Service Area of ITA UHF Transmitter

EMLEY MOOR (104.0) due late 1969 Landlord ITA Channels Allocated 4451 47 ITA 41 ITA Vision Carrier Frequency 679.25 MHz ITA Sound Carrier Frequency 685.25 MHz Receiving Aerial Group Effective Radiated Power 1,000 kW Transmitter Power 2 x 20 kW Height above sea level Mast: 2,115 ft Aerial:2,0E9 ft Location (National Grid) 223,130

Sedgefield DURHAM

Northallerton

Bede le. Pickeriog Thirsk

4Knaresborough *Harrogate York Silsden Ot Y OR KSH1RE Shipley Leeds Selby Hull Hedon Halifax Castleford Wakefield

+ Emley Moor Scunthorpe 104 . Barnsley Penistone Caistor

Rotherham : a Gainsborough Sheffield ":.

, Worksop r.: Dronfield Lincoln Chesterfield C, NOTTS Woodhall L- Mansfield I tP kvenby

1:3 Ripley.

Nottingham Siath'ern

Scale of Miles

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 UHF AND COLOUR1Rowridge 139

Rowridge(108 0) South of England Estimated Service Area of ITAUHF Transmitter

ROWRIDGE (108.0) due 1969170 Landlord BBC Channels Allocated 31 24 27 ITA21 ITA Vision Carrier Frequency 519.25 MHz ITA Sound Carrier Frequency 525.25 MHz Receiving Aerial Group A Effective Radiated Power 500 kW Transmitter Power 20 kW Height above sea level Mast:941 ft Aerial:917 ft Location (National Grid) 447,465

W ILTSH R E HAMPSHIRE SURREY Andover ...... ,......

Salisbury......

Winchester 1 SUSSEX Eastleigh Southampton

Chichester ...... "DORSET Worthing Bognor Regis Lymington Portsmouth Poole Dorchester Bournemouth Rowridge Isle of Wight 108

Scale of Miles 50 60 70 0 10 20 30 40 140 UHF AND COLOURISutton Coldfield

Sutton Coldfield(1 02 0) Midlands Estimated Service Area of ITA UHF Transmitter

SUTTON COLDFIELD (102.0) due late 1969 Landlord BBC Channels Allocated 46 40 43 ITA 50 ITA Vision Carrier Frequency 647.25 MHz ITA Sound Carrier Frequency 653.25 MHz Receiving Aerial Group Effective Radiated Power 1,000 kW Transmitter Power 2x 20 kW Height above sea level Mast: 1,320 ft Aerial:1,297 ft Location (National Grid) SK 113,003

CHESHIRE

Ripley ;:Stoke a ....***.onTrent

.i.....D.....E...R13 . ... Derby. . ..i/tarket Drayton :

.. Clive Stafford 00Burton upon Trent o:: STAFFORDSHIRE ...... Sutton Coldfield << SHROPSHIRE + 102. mpton . : Wolverha <<% Walsall. Bridgnorth ts,4.5 West Bromwich Nurieaton ...... Birmingham .'... Coventry \ Kidderminsteri ( WARWICKSHIRE ...... Leamington S.Pa ... . . Worcester Stratford e,% Eveshdni ' HEREFORDSHIRE . Banbury

' " ...

Scale of Miles

20 30 40 50 60 70 UHF AND COLOUR/WinterHill

VVinter Hill(103 0) Lancashire Estimated Service Area ofITA UHF Transmitter WINTER HILL (103.0) due late 1969 Landlord ITA Char nels Allocated 55 62 591TA 65 ITA Vision Carrier Frequency 775.25 MHz ITA Sound Carrier Frequency 781.25 MHz Receiving Aerial Group Effective Radiated Power 500 kW Transmitter Power 20 kW Height above sea level Mast:2,445 ft Aerial:2,402 ft Location (National Grid) SD 660,144

Ulverston Lindale ......

Barrow Settle Lancaster

Blackpool L ANCS Preston Blackburn

Chorley Rochdale' WinterHill+ Bolton 103

Leigh Manchester ,...... :

''..... ,... 1... Glossop , Liverpool arrington Benllech Colwyn Bay Macclesfield 0e/v,e, Chester CHESHIRE:, Tarporley Crewe

<4, Wrexham

Market Drayto.9,, 44. MERIONETHSHIRE AZ( c') Clive

Scale of Miles ..;.,1.1.11111111iff 40 50 60 70 0 10 20 30 44.

,-r. a, vft. q UHF AND COLOUR 143

Steele appear withmany otherwell-known . Ralph Richardson,John Moffatt and Tommy actors in a new TV production.ATV (facing page) North-West Frontier of India.Thames (below) 2 FRONTIER. Drama series aboutthe British Army on the

2

Or* INDEPENDENT TELEVISION AUTHORITY Scale of Miles 0 50 100 150 VHF TRANSMITTERS A ITA Transmitting Stations Ik!? A Relay Stations under construction IN ITV Studios

Richmond Hill ISLE OF MAN

4y db. it eArl n AAPras tiniAPPMa

a 6 lant ndov .asilliwji Brec A

0 :

HERM St Hi ageStl'etorPort O SARK ...... GUERNSEY ° CHANNEL ISLANDS Newhaven Fremont Point Chillerton Down Scale of Miles i==awl JERSEY outh 0 10 St lier 145

A

A NETWORK OF 405LINE VHF TRANSMITTING STATIONS Coverage Maps planned, built and operated by the IndependentThe maps in this chapter show the reception which Television Authority, brings ITV programmes toshould be available from each transmitter. They are viewers throughout the United Kingdom. The forty-based upon test measurements of the actual strength fifth station will be commissioned early in 1969 and of signal received at numerous points in the coverage over 98 per cent of the population will be able toarea (measured contours) or on the calculated receive the service. coverage of new stations (predicted contours). Three service areas are generally shown : Signal Strength The effective radiated power (e.r.p.) of each station is determined by the power of the transmitter and Primary Service Area the aerial gain. The latter is also influenced by the WITHIN 2MV/111 MEDIAN CONTOUR. Where most viewers, unless extent to which the radiation pattern of the aerial they are situated in particularly unfavourable positions, should receive a consistently satisfactory service. concentrates the signal in the directions where it is most needed. The strength of signal received by the viewer is determined by the e.r.p. in his direction, - - - -Secondary Service Area WITHIN !2n1\r/M MEDIAN CONTOUR. Where a substantial propor- the distance, and the extent to which there is a clear tion of viewers should receive a catisfactory service, but in a line of sight between the transmitting aerial and the few unfavourably situated places reception may be poor. viewer's receiving aerial (hints for better reception are given in the Technical Operations chapter). The Fringe Area placing of the transmitting aerial on a tall mast on WITHIN 1111V/IT1 MEDIAN CONTOUR. Where acceptable reception high ground increases the distance over which a clear should be secured in many locations, although this service may be subject to some interference from time to time. Some viewers line of sight can be obtained and hence increases the living in favourable positions outside the Fringe Area may also range of the station. receive a satisfactory service.

INDEX TO TRANSMITTERS

AREAS Page STATIONS Page Page Page The Borders and Abergavenny 170 Dover 164 Richmond Hill..146 Isle of Man 146 Angus .. x6o Durris x 6o Ridge Hill 156 Arfon . 170 Emley Moor 172 Rosneath.. Central Scotland 148 148 Aviemore x6x Ffestiniog 170 Rothesay 148 Channel Islands 174 Bala 170 Fremont Point..174 Rumster Forest.. x6o East of England.. 150 Ballycastle 163 Huntshaw Cross x66 St Hilary Lancashire 152 Bath x68 Lethanhill 148 (Channel 7).. 170 London.. 154 Belmont.. 150 Lichfield.. x56 St Hilary Midlands.. 156 Black Hill 148 Llandovery 170 (Channel to).. x68 North-East England 158 Black Mountain x62 Llandrindod Wellsx7o Sandy Heath.. x5o North-East Scotland x6o Brecon.. 170 Membury x56 Scarborough .. 172 Northern Ireland x62 Burnhope 158 Mendlesham x50 Selkirk.. 146 Caldbeck 146 Moel-y-Parc 170 Stockland lull.. 166 South of England 164 Caradon Hill.. x 66 Mounteagle x6o Strabane.. x62 x66 South-West England.. Chillerton Down x 64 Newhaven 164 Whitehaven 146 Wales and West Croydon.. . 154 Presely 170 Winter Hill 152 of England x68-171 Yorkshire.. .. 172 146 VHF TRANSMITTERS/The Borders and Isle of Man

PROGRAMME COMPANY: Primary Service Area Caldbeck (Channel 11) Border Television NO NO Secondary Service Area Selkirk (Channel 13) Fringe Area Richmond Hill (Channel 8) Scale of Miles Whitehaven (Channel 7) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90

CALDBECK SELKIRK Population Primary 0.282 mn. Secondary 0.050 mn. Primary 0.071 mn. Secondary 0.026 mn. within measured contours Fringe 0.0,1.7 mn. Total 0.379 mn. Fringe 0.019 mn. Total 0.116 mn. Channel Band IIIhannel 11 (horizontally polarized) Band ill Channel 13 (vertically polarized) Vision Carrier Frequency Actual 204.75 MHz Nominal 214.75 MHz. Actual 214.723 MHz Sound Carrier Frequency Actual 201.25 MHz Nominal 211 .25 MHz. Actual 211 .223 MHz Effective Radiated Power Vision 100 kW maximum. Sound 25 kW maximum Vision 25 kW maximum. Sound 6.25 kW maximum Power of Transmitters Vision (peak white) 4 kW Vision (peak white) 2 x 0.5 kW Sound (carrier) 1 kW Sound (carrier) 2x 0.125 kW Heights above sea level Site 947 ft. Mean aerial 1,902 ft Site 944 ft. Mean aerial 1,644 ft Location 3° 5' 19" W, 540 46' 24" N. 2° 47' 30" W, 55' 33' 22" N. 299,425 NT 502,296 RICHMOND HILL WHITEHAVEN Population Primary 0.037 mn. Secondary 0.022 mn. Primary 0.044 mn. Secondary 0.010 mn. Fringe 0026 mn. Total 0.085 mn. (measured) Total 0.054 mn. (predicted) Channel Band III Channel 8 (horizontally polarized) Band III Channel 7 (vertically polarized) Vision Carrier Frequency Nominal 189.75 MHz. Actual 189.733125 MHz Nominal 184.75 MHz. Actual 184.766875 MHz Sound Carrier Frequency Nominal 186.25 MHz. Actual 186.233125 MHz Nominal 181.25 MHz. Actual 181.266875 MHz Effective Radiated Power Vision 10 kW maximum. Sound 2.5 kW maximum Vision 100 W maximum. Sound 25 W maximum Power of Transmitters Vision (peak white) 2 x 0.5 kW Vision (peak white) 2 x 10 W Sound (carrier) 2 x 0.125 kW Sound (carrier) 2 x 2.5 W Heights: above sea ievel Site 542 ft. Mean aerial 730 ft Site 436 ft. Mean aerial 571 ft Location 4° 33' 0" W, 540 8' 30" N. 03' 33' 22" W, 540 29' 47" N. SC 335,748 NX 992,123

.StAndrews

°Larlyban't .\> ot Anstruth er "Buckha le1R TIELING ow" t, eith opt :7..."..t,Junbar , 0 .. .. Aladdington EAsT . . .

...t//. ' Berwkk 'Hamilton 15tals olauder 491kh' P eAMPt:If0 musCa

,Maucljine /1:8-c,A . v t°'Sdt ') o Oltaut.riCiak

'if .64'. Rothbury Amble j W4offat . A

Girvani 1 .. Tliutiv . . ... /, I .; :1:4 4'5442 Nor / ,.,....,(/ ... Muirok4... " I Dalry !,..,....,.), BedlingtOn -kBlyth ', K 1P If r;7 ' , , .D.Uni?les. \Tyuemouth ,,.. (f''"'"'" ,,,,,.. ,,,,tii '14,7 .011r"::14 NEWC4k3orki e, .,, 4, ..,,s 4. ,,.--- 5outh Shieldc ) ',5.Ce).,.,e. ) C,,,,'"'"74, " 1PortCarlisle-1)-;?, c\:'.' r; c...;,.; '.: ..-...(1..c. Sunderland Strarifr 0 i '''...4,...f/Creetowq..i..' -1 6/.es ,,(Cu'enlle Portpatric;19,. .,,.-.): N. 'A) / (.654,7Sillyth N.,Corriett Seaham '-:::.;-: Durham ?t11% '' . ' Cald eck . Maryport .carhead° 4istc' A M sc% Go`r% D U k-S11 Worlilneolt:.4. lo \MitideGrirAN qift, ..( .siby

WhitehMirEgremari 5ide Ridirnond

,* -() d amsey navenglilki UI ''Kenda14. 4;$.tht*

ty. 'Richmond Hill."'

Port Eri Barrow- ,6 "Castletown inEurness/N Based on Stanford's Sketch Map of the British Isles S. VHF TRANSMITTERS/The Borders and Isle of Man r47

011.16 The Borders and Isle ofMan

THE AUTHORITY'S BORDERS AREAis served by four of the ITA's VHF transmitting stations:Selkirk; Caldbeck in Cumberland ; Richmond Hill in the Isle of Man; and a relay station near Whitehaven in Cumberland. The Border country has two well-populated areas separated by the high sparsely-populated Cheviot Hills. Studies showed the best way of serving the populated areas was to build two separate stations, one near Carlisle and one nearSelkirk. The site MIN chosen for the first station was at Caldbeck, 947 ft 4 above sea level and some to miles south-west of Carlisle in the foothills of the Cumbrian Mountains. Caldbeck lies somewhat to the south of the area to be served and a directional transmitting aerial sup- ported on a t,000 ft mast was provided to radiate the maximum power of Ioo kW to the north-east and the south-west, about 70 kW to the north-west across the Solway Firth, but only zo kW to the south-east. Caldbeck The second station was built on Lindcan Moor, 944 ft above sea level andclose to Selkirk. It has a 750 ft mast and an aerialwhich radiates its effective The site selected fir the Isle of Man station was power of 25 kW mainlyeastwards towards the coast. Richmond Hill, 542 ft above sea level and about This provides a good secondary service in Berwick- three miles from the centre of Douglas. This site, upon-Tweed, whilst the numerous small towns ofwhilst giving the desired coverage, also affords reli- the Tweed Vllley all receive a primary service.Theable direct reception of the Independent Television Selkirk station is a satellite of Caldbeck, obtainingprogrammes transmitted byCaldbeck on Channel its programmes by direct radio pick-up fromCald- 1, which Richmond Hillrebroadcasts on Channel beck and rebroadcasting them on a different channel.8. Transmissions from Richmond Hill are also re- It was the first of a number of unattended remotely-ceived on the mainland in Whitehaven and the controlled satellite stations of medium to low powerCumberland coastal area to the south. The 200 ft to be constructed by theAuthority. tower originally broadcast the firstIndependent Caldbeck began programme service on 1st Sep-Television programmes from London. Before, being tember 1961 and Selkirk on 1st December in there-erected the tower was strengthened so as to be same year, and bothfulfil their purpose able to carry a top-mounted UHF transmitting Late in 1963 the Authority decided that the I3or-aerial when required, since Richmond Hill, like der Television coverage of the Isle of ManshouldCaldbeck and Selkirk, is scheduled as a UHF site. be extended by the construction of an unmannedThe new station on Channel 8 was opened on 26th satellite station to serve the south-eastern part of theMarch 1965. island and in particular the important town of A new relay station was opened on 30th January Douglas. Other parts of the island, and indeed cer-1968 tofill the gap in Independent Television tain parts of the Douglas area itself,already received coverage near Whitehaven inCumberland. In line a reasonableservice from the Authority's stations atwith current practice, the station is an automatically Winter Hill, Caldbeck and Black Mountain nearcontrolled transposer with `call-out' facilities in the Belfast. case of breakdown. 148 VHF TRANSMITTERSICentral Scotland

PROGRAMME COMPANY: Primary Service Area Black Hill (Channel 10) Secondary Service Area Scottish Television Fringe Area Lethanhill (Channel 12) Rosneath (Channel 13) Scale of Miles Rothesay (Channel 8) 10 20 30 40 50 60 70

BLACK HILL ROSNEATH LETH AN H I LL (Central Ayrshire) Primary 0.041 mn. Secondary Primary 0.076 mn. Secondary Population Primary 3.23 mn. Secondary 0.132 mn. Fringe 0.083 mn. 0.54 mn. Fringe 0.21 mn. 0.061 mn. Fringe 0.012 mn. Total 0.114 mn. (predicted) Total 0.291 mn. (predicted) Total 3.98 mn. (measured) Band III Channel 12 Channel Band III Channel 10 Band III Channel 13 (vertically polarized) (vertically polarized) (vertically polarized) Actual 209.75 MHz Vision Carrier Frequency Nominal 199.75 MHz Actual 214.75 MHz Actual199.7305 MHz Actual 206.25 MHz Sound Carrier Frequency Nominal 196.25 MHz Actual 211.25 MHz Actual196.2305 MHz Vision 2 kW maximum Effective Radiated Power Vision 475 kW maximum Vision 100 W maximum Sound25 W maximum Sound 0.5 W maximum Sound 120 kW maximum Vision (peak white) 2 x 100 W Power of Transmitters Vision (peak white) 2 x10 kW Vision (peak white) 2 x 10 W Sound (carrier) 2 x 2.5 W Sound (carrier) 2 x 25 W Sound (carrier) 2 x 2.5 kW Site 1,000 ft. Mean aerial 1,135 ft Heights above sea level Site 903 ft. Mean aerial 1,853 ft Site 345 ft. Mean aerial 460 ft 04' 47' 36" W, 55' 59' 32" N. 4' 27' 50" W, 55' 21' 52" N. Location 3' 52' 17" W, 55' 51' 43" N. NS 438,106 NS 828,647 NS 258,812 ROTHESAY Population Primary 0.021 mn. Secondary 0.q10 mn. Fringe 0.005 mn. Total 0-036 rms. (predicted) Channel Band III Channel 8 (vertically polarized) Vision Carrier Frequency Nominal 189.75 MHz. Actual 189733125 MHz Sound Carrier Frequency Nominal 186.25 MHz. Actual 186.233125 MHz 4sQlze// Effective Radiated Power Vision 1 kW maximum. Sound 250 W maximum W GUS Power of Transmitters Vision (peak white) 2 x 100 W. Sound (carrier) 2 x 25 t -Brechinc, Heights above sea level Site 516 ft. Mean aerial 651 ft Montrose Location 04° 59' 49" W, 55' 52' 41" N. NS 125,690 Aberfeld :4 w-ti;r. Blairgowrii o Av. .. T -7) L. Crmir *e rbioath Killin Tay - a-,oe 11YP E E--)----aSCPughtfFerry Coor, '7:- av port Crianjarich o fri ... c ('N',(5r,J-,"--N,7 R. Earn S'iMelrews A rdip ...%--.) ) \1111.saLt:rj'iieV der a. Lady I nverary 1-, nstruther Arrochar .,..1... incoss"neven Aberfoyle .., A114-1 ;.`'Cowdenbeath c' .ipc)ot`P irkcaidy 'z,-North Berwick N Du qre .rn- I ' Grangemouth. arton .Bon_ess_-____,ww, u/ribar.

.-,..ri,...di .,CIIIIIA. 7\11 Ldeci°:h Al4irdrieol. ..AST LOTfriTAV i -...,\(t EgiN By Eye m o uth su I no Roth 4, ASG 49a cr. uel/Oith .... . Duns ,

Acke oCeS :)ke/PeeID'-':/.-''''''e%s .) 1. s\l\e.S_.,.1 jArdroq,g g Co dstream o\c:, \,'k. I RI'( r .,...... , har.. ,-.0../0 .. 4°.,.. .4/ Om'ellini gton . . . Based on Stanford's SKetch Map of the "Gir0.6.4*SO. Thornhillo British Isles F)R I S e D M VH F TRAN SMITTE RSICentral Scotland 149 Central Scotland

THE AUTHORITY'S BLACK HILL STATION servesnearly 4 million people in thecentral lowlands of Scotland. The construction of the Black Hill station, on a site goo ft above sea level and midwaybetween Glasgow and Edinburgh, began in the late summer of 1956. The selection of the site wasstraightfor- ward, but there was difficulty in obtaining theland. A study of the topography within therequired ser- for a vice area of this station established the need F 1"" 750 ft mast and it wasevident that the best possible coverage could beobtained only by using a direc- CQF(4"*. tional aerial system. It was important that, if pos- ,41&L-- sible, both Dundee in the north-east and the towns on the Ayrshire coastin the west should be included in the service area. Little benefit, however,would result from radiating high power in the hillynorth- westerly or south-easterly directions. It thus ap- Black Hill peared that an aerial having an elliptical powerdis- tribution pattern with its major axis aligned tothe being, and north-east and south-west would providethe bestanomalies had to be accepted for the time result. An international limitation on powerinthe station came into service on 31stAugust 1957. certain directions, however, made it necessary to In 1959 it was decided toreplace the 'inside the conventional form, with compromise and to design an aerial whoseradiationmast' aerial by one of more In order to pattern can best be described as'boot-shaped', thethe radiators mounted outside the mast. of service, it was also decided to 'heel' (250 kW) directed towards the south-westandensure continuity the 'sole' (475 kW) directed to the north-east.A erect the replacementaerial on a new 1,000 ft mast power of about 150kW was adequate for the north-near the original mast. west and south-eastdirections. The difficult job of constructing the new mast directionalclose to the old began in August 196o.Together with A novel r6-stack vertically-polarized loth July aerial system was developed, possessing manyuseful the new aerial it was brought into use on features, which attempted to approximate tothe1961. The 750 ft mast was dismantledand has been Borders. The per- optimiyrn power-radiation pattern. Theaerial wasused at the Selkirk station in the is satisfactory located centrally within the mast structure toradiate formance of the new aerial at Black Hill of the service area through the opening of the lattice steelformation ofand has resulted in an extension the mast, mainly to reduce the windloading andand in improvements to receptiongenerally. built by icing on the exposed site. Three new small relay stations have been Unfortunately, complex anomalies in thebehavi-the Authority to bring a new orimproved service to caused its performance to deviate the areas of Rothesay, Rosneath, andLethanhill in our of this aerial these from the prediction. The desired powerin the vari-Central Ayrshire. In line with current practice, with ous directions was notcompletely achieved, whilestations are automatically controlled transposers breakdown. Rothe- the polarization of radiation in thesouth-west sector'call-out' facilities in the case of predominantly horizontalsay came intoservice in September 1968 and the in the direction of Ayr was by about instead of vertical. The result was amarginal shiftother two stations are due for completion in the potential service area of thestation. Thesethe end of the year. /50 VHF TRANSMITTERS/East of England

PROGRAMME COMPANY: Primary Service Area Mendlesham (Channel 11) IMMI MIN Secondary Service Area AngliaTelevision Fringe Area Belmont (Channel 7) Sandy Heath (Channel6) Scale of Miles 80 90 100 110 120 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70

BELMONT MENDLESHAM Primary 0-841 mn. Secondary 0.828 mn. Population Primary 1.22 mn. Secondary 0.96 mn. Fringe 0.812 mn. Total 2.481 mn. (measured) Fringe 0.37 mn. Total 2.55 mn. (measured) Band III Channel 7 (verticaly polarized) Channel Band Ill Channel 11 (horizontally polarized) Nominal 184.75 MHz. Actual 184.766875 MHz Vision Carrier Frequency Nominal 204.75 MHz. Actual 204.733125MHz Nominal 201.253125 MHz. Actual 201.233125MHz Nominal 181 .25 MHz. Actual 181 .266875 MHz Sound Carrier Frequency maximum Vision 20 kW maximum. Sound 5 kW maximum Effective Radiated Power Vision 200 kW maximum. Sound 50 kW Vision (peak white) 2x 0.5 kW Power of Transmitters Vision (peak white) 2x 5 kW 2 x 0.125 kW 2 x1 .25 kW Sound (carrier) Sound (carrier) Site 411 ft. Mean aerial 1,411 ft Heights above sea level Site 210 ft. Mean aerial 1,160 ft 1' 6' 32" E, 52' 14' 3" N 0 10' 0" W, 53' 20' 0" N. Location TF 216,835 TM 122,641 SANDY HEATH Population Primary 0.721 mn. Secondary . 1.106 mn. Fringe 0.495 mn. f. .1J: Filey Total 2.322 mn. (measured) , Channel Band Ill Channel 6 ma Ito rvi (horizontally polarized) Grknington / Vision Carrier Frequency Nominal 179.75 MHz o 179.766875 MHz H a rroi-Ste70 I eld Actual Yu r k Sound Carrier Frequency Nominal 176.25 MHz sea re Actual176.266875 MHz o Vision 30 kW maximum DS Se 6 I. Besierle Effective Radiated Power : ) Sound7.5 kW maximum `--,Castleford' .. Hes HULL \' l\ eo &Witheinsea Dewsbury-(3. --"-"--`-,...,._,' Z.-) . , Power of Transmitters Vision (peak white) 2 x 0.5 kW \ Sound (carrier) 2 x 0.125 kW udderf Site 182 ft. Mean aerial 875 ft i!i <, Stell Ow Heights above sea level Bar ; islry . ' '''''"...?;- 0° 14' 0" W, 52° 8' 0" N. :::C,Diricat.er:" aCleetliorpes Location I.,.. , TL 205,494 oGloss ' 1';r'.6.--..avArY S H E E L leolgiltis};,, Lou th0 %Mablethorpe

Hornjeb.,nr.hetten onSea 6600 Aux ''''

4,c1c1 rlS1

I Sie ,.; ec IIeston\ .t-:. Aqlioston CFO ; s. -9t_9771 ...... " m e r , ...... -. Long Eaton 0}rr ; c N u"-0' ' si,p101g 513u rtif-o \.042041k4; f on -Trtsnt ,; e.,ttsh".. " (.I K \ Coalyille / F. I- L. sik)Sis; 1 Great , 1 Norwich 0 / Yarmouth ,-Tarnfiur.tri Apwitaffi ,Mal.k.t wymondha i7i 's, ES\ Pt CW6 1\ i...... L,Iz.-.:A.0.,,,,Firry ,t-W,111.talcidel Lowestoft. td1 te,tor li,nborog,h °3 ,A,i''_I-:-.... ? ,"I l(.. -' Thetford s.'''. ntry // /. '' s*.- -; --Hdlesworth^, 15 Miild nhzrj1 ..,,,,J e.F14i kluntingdal ,'.% : %.,40s' ot,LeamingtO 2 .. 41_, FramINharn Leiston Warwick S. -21,Ltbrnpt7r-,..O .< .5am bridg, .1.."1?. /.1 ..° 1 rFu 0L K Sts?at ford e,i)..... ,r,,,- "I I OStowmarke: jilAldeburgh 91ThAvun sa- 0 , A .s% f. (1,i'-':°'...1THeath\ ...r. , Hadle4h R IpsW,i ch/fr "*O"P,Yitru' A ... Banbury ?. :,Buckiiie, .... ' it.5)'Felixstowe (toi)6V 13ur l Haistead `1, 0 Colchesterli amvich pad Q,i.., Walton ono,. two tree .'%,fi s r et440,..i.. (2.) 4y*P",....1. slow '-,' Mitt m;; facto n on Sea \cDOX?,1 t Vit.lbanZ) °Hitt I rtsfo rcl).. aldlin tH bkt, n ' ngsea , olAte EPhlidtl\a.r 0 th m I nster °rough ! Bt.erttirioo ! \ ;.,-; , °-s()Wallirdifo:A °Hth WyccMhe 3dstolon SoGthend -0 Marl" Slogthr' "U "I T5 ramei 435huebtir ners Henlryll 0 , r!, rt,v,ctufla: on4reenw,:h 5. saJ Wmdsoi 0Sheerness Margate Kngsto UairtforolQ 61.v.sdawn Che!;tsey Rochesterre -L'., t 'Hingham Whitstable,S)Rams,gate CrZylun po , o Canterbury Based on Stanford's Sketch Map of theBritish Isles VHF TRANSMITTERSIEast of England 151 East ofEngland

THREE OF THE AUTHORITY'S STATIONS servethe East of England area : Mendlesham in Suffolk,Belmont in Lincolnshire, and Sandy Heath inBedfordshire. The Mendlesham station, about fifteenmiles north-west of , is designed to servethe geographically large but not densely populated area of East Anglia. To avoid possibleinterference to European television services the powerradiated over a south-easterly arccould not exceed about 15 kW. Other complications included the need to prevent interference in the service area of ChillertonDown, which uses the same channel. Thus, to secureade- quate service to the coastal areasof Suffolk and Essex, the site for the station had tobe displaced well to the south-east of thegeographical centre of " the required service area, and to comrnsatefor this displacement it was necessary for the powerradiated towards the west and north toapproach 200 kW. Again, because of the very low height of theMendle- sham site, a r,000 ft mast was corsideredtechnically appropriate. This was at that time thehighest tele- vision mast to be constructed in Europeand the first of six of the same height subsequentlyused at other ITA stations. Building began early in 1959and pro- gramme operationstarted on 27th October 1959. The Sandy Heath relay station, iomiles east of Bedford, is designed to serve theBedford area, where reception of Mendlesham is inadequate,and F eter- borough, where reception of Mendleshamis often ft mast has a highly marred by interference. The 750 The tall cylindrical mast at Belmont directional aerial radiating a maximumof 30 kW towards the north. The station, whichis unmanned, aerial is broadcasts programmes received bydirect pick-upITA's Channel 7 directional transmitting from the Mendlesham station. It went onthe air oninstalled on the mast at a mean height of i,000ft above ground level and radiates a maximumof 20 i3th July 1965. rebroad- Belmont, the East Lincolnshirestation, is situated kW e.r.p. The station, which is manned, about 71-- miles south-west of Louthand 400 ft abovecasts the programmestransmitted by Mendlesham, received by way of an 'off-the-air' pick-up point at sea level. Ithas been agreed that the BBC shah also use this site toimprove both their VHF televisionMassingham in Norfolk followed by a two-hop and FM sound programmesin the area and that itmicro-wave link constructed by the Authority, the should be scheduled as a mainUHF station site.intermediate repeater station being at Winceby in Accordingly a 1,265 ft mast has beenprovided byLincolnshire. The ITA's service at Belmont became the Authority to carry all therequired aerials. Theoperational on 20th December 1965. 152 VHF TRANSMITTERS/Lancashire

PROGRAMME COMPANY: Primary Service Area Winter Hill (Channel 9) Granada Television Secondary Service Area Fringe Area

'Workington lioswick Elamaid Castle .Whitehaven % ...

Shatt Atuugh Eitemont ...... f Hltkby Stephert ESTMDFIL D . &Vita ..., A::::Sdlem asztIe Ragaglass tNet:ere ), Tt,t1P,t1 Hawes

tendal .. *".!... Giro. K,rkty a eiVol er Salds Dalton ..., '. ..m....-;*iniletotatjA er...4. ...li '..%i".. Barrow in Furness Lila;r111: .0",. 'S.ettl ISLE OF ttMorecambe .4.; C;;:j1":.)..1 PaIiICy W ALAIEY l'F'k Grassi hest M,%ECAMSE BAY YflitK 5ti R E MarI 1 Lol Preshn 'I Ilkley WINTER HILL Fleetwoorcd Batad Primary 6.995 mn. Secondary (PRI'esall ftiatagIca ....' Population ClegleysV's...... eKeiOley 0.834 mn. Fringe 0.211 mn. FoceGarsta'l ..... ''.,.4 Thorato ',vide ',.Clitheroe ...c Total 8.04 mn. (measured) . Band Ill Channel 9 LANCASHIREGey Nelson BRADFORD Channel GI Jia,,,i BURNLEY (vertically polarized) Kvillari. fulhuod' Halifax Vision Carrier Frequency Actual 194.75 MHz Sound Carrier Frequency Actual 191.25 MHz !Lytham St Annes Liacki.1, Brighpse Effective Radiated Power Vision 100 kW omnidirectional Sound 25 kW omnidirectional .ROIHO;L::: lirrrldersfield Power of Transmitters Vision (peak white) 10 kw Soi,thport t.' Til 1.1. Sound (carrier) 2.5 kW BURY Orrnskirk sf'l T Ii();WIO, ,, H . Heights above sea level Site 1,437 ft. Mean aerial 2,127 ft BOLTON OLDHAM WIGAN 2° 30' 50" W, 53° 37' 32" N. erslaIe Location .el SALFORDAshtonaLyr2 SD 660,144 f13,1'1OI Crosby Bootle . Leigh .M AN C H EST E ST.HEL ENS. .j(silos WALLASEY *Stretford,' '1STOCKP H ,LIVERPOOL New MILE,. . . H110 tI landudno , , nilia I elAdge atyn , KnutVord yhi7510,,, C rwo. Colwyn 1.. 1, I Ellesmere Port NurVich MACCLESFIE ,00 ..... Bustiia . Flint' . ngor ''... CHESTER T 1,1IeW;nsford H 'III, ,c!iajr.14:10011 ii.,....".!.. %... .. ; Ifelt.estla ;:irieto. ,Itertrili...14...i.iBIlle a N .;f r duty. Tmt S.HRIbLLII Caorliarvph .. .11,ter.; , !:1'; ..,:,..:. CRVNE AL,,..r .1T.I ,a,.:.si .. R.uthin \ , .. !.4,, ?I'l*r IR fN B I L,tt ... [ I.ir B Y r N Aft V1113;itA5.,"; A.,,,4,1,., Nantwich Sto on C A E t...t. Virextrum ; . . ..I ...k cistle-un Ar,fito.o.le Lyme t Ffestining Llangle..."'%...... : . . ! /Uttokter ..f.s .." Stone ...... ,s0 illSTAFFVO Burton upon Tre4 Newport.' .,

CARL/SE Y to. 1.1,7N,e Ia Slifiq SattgY Ate1 ...... ***C3nriock Licpeld liN4

14441 -SAl uhF ,.**1 '1/41 . **Ss '411vtrIti.lpturi Montgoinery.:: IN%...... `*.e." VHF TRANSMITTERSILanceshlre z53 Lancashire

--- dor40.0.

I;)

1 n st:

Winter Hill

ABOUT EIGHT MILLION PEOPLE in theNorth-West ofmast is 1,015 ft high, and although it wasbuilt pri- England are served by the Authority's transmittingmarily for the new UHF colour transmissions due to station at Winter Hill, near Bolton. This station wasstart by about the end of 1969 it brings animproved constructed on the summit of Rivington Moor, a fine VHF service to a number of areas. site 1,450 ft above sea level. The new mast at Winter Hill has been designed Construction work began in September 1955 and and built for the Authority to incorporate many the station went into service on 3rd May 1956. Thenovel features. In place of the open lattice type of aerials, mounted on a 450 ft tower, gave coverage totower, the new design uses curved steel segments to almost the whole of Lancashire and Cheshire, as wellform a 9 ft diameter cylinder for the 650 ft mast as to parts ofShropshire, Derbyshire, Staffordshirecolumn. A 350 ft lattice section on top, together with and North Wales, from a substantially circular radi-the capping cylinder, brings the total height to 1,015 ation pattern. ft. The cylinder, weighing about 240 tons, stands on In 1966 the coverage of the stations was improveda io ft high reinforced concrete superstructure. when the aerials were transferred to a new higher There are fifteen mast stays and nine anchor blocks. mast erected adjacent to the existing tower.The new About 950 cubic yards of concrete are used. 154 VHF TRANSMITTERS/London

Primary Service Area PROGRAMME COMPANIES: Secondary Serv.ce Area Croydon (Channel 9) T ha mes Television (weekda ys to 7 p.m.Friday) -Fringe Area London Weekend Television (weekdaysfrom 7 p.m. Friday) Scale of Miles

80 90 20 30 40 50 60 70

Population Primary 10.91 mn. Secondary 1.98 mn. within measured contours Fringe 0.60 mn. Total 13.49 mn. Channel Band III Channel 9 (vertically polarized) Vision Carrier Frequency Nominal 194.75 MHz. Actual 194.75675MHz Sound Carrier Frequency Nominal 191.25 MHz. Actual 191.266 MHz Effective Radiated Power Vision 400 kW maximum. Sound 100 kWmaximum Power of Transmitters Vision (peak white) 10 kW. Sound(carrier) 21 kW Heights above sea level Site 375 ft. Mean aerial 830 ft Location 00 5' 15" W, 510 24' 35" N. TQ 332,696

. t 01t.i.felliMbprpugh / .1t . ,..... 1 .1 r , NortharriptOn LP :.7) ,....; ."4/-.. 1._I F c.,F K . )_ ' La,rnbridge/ reign) G i ,..,.)Weedon apket A...) ,. ,....! t' i r,--- i'' -...."'...,.4.-1..., , 1 .1 ; ...- et, . ..: `. , . ,,, ,a 1 p ,. 49.'esio i t..,*is.....---'-^., Had Ieh y I psvv,ic. hi i'6 . ShipsforporY -6.) or . . ...,..,-, '...... 4... ',-.... ., c . Yeeston ...( . ' % . .kt . ( \ s.... s c4 / ./..,A, ..... Banbury'. v.:',5 k -. ., .... ,... ()Felixstowe \ ..4.- B.uttt'Ingham .. I tt 1. : Ve...... / rn 0 0 ,-" %Halstead

Based on Stanford's Sketch Map of the BritishIsles VHF TRANSMITTERS/London IS5 London

AUTHORITY'S STATION onSouth NorwoodHill THE million people inthe nearCroydon serves 131 London area, nearly a quarterof the total population 34.111' Kingdom. of the United ''"1111111k The London area isrelatively flat exceptfor the the south ir ;14F North Downs sometwenty-five miles to * and the ridge of theChiltern Hills somethirty miles Topographically it presents to the westand north. indeed, the diffi- no serioustransmission problems; culty is to findhigh ground closeenough to the a station. centre ofLondon on which to construct ridges of Mus- The choice restsbetween the 400 ft Palace) in NorthLondon and 1 well Hill (Alexandra the Crystal Palace inSouth-East London. In 1935 site for its Croydon BBC had chosenAlexandra Palace as the original Londontelevision station, but twenty years station at CrystalPalace. later they moved to a new performance. Meanwhileengineering effort of good planningthe Authoritymum In the interests was devoted toexpanding the ITAnetwork of first station near thissite. for decided to locate its of astations to meet thefast-growing public demand A suitable open spacefor the construction in other parts intoIndependent Television programmes small compact stationwhich could be brought delay was found just amileof the country. operation with the least The completion ofthe BBC's high tower atCrystal away onSouth Norwood Hill.The single to kW that the mutualreflection of III set constructedin thisPalace allayed any fears transmitter, the first Band si;nals radiated fromthe two towers just amile apart country, was alaboratory prototype.The aerial was reception, and in February 1959 omnidirectional verticallymight be harmful to anexperimental 8-stack the ITA obtainedGovernment approval to erect a polarized array supported on a 200ft tower of vir- higher tower anddirectional aerial at theCroydon tually 'stock' design.The first IndependentTele- transmitting stationsite. By the end of1962 Croydon was vision programmes weretransmitted from this ft tower and radiating an effective radiatedfrom its slim new 500 on 22ndSeptember 1955. With an about 400 kWdirected to the white vision) and 15effective power of power(e.r.p.) of 6o kW (peak kW e.r.p. in otherdirec- coveragenorth-west, with 50 to 250 kW (carrier sound)the potential population signal being determinedby the million. After some months asecondtions, the strength of was about ii requirements of topographyand the avoidanceof fully-engineered production tokW transmitter was with other ITA stationsand equip-co-channel interference installed as a standby,and a little later further other countries. Theimproved of transmitterstelevision services of ment wasinstalled to enable both sets performance of theCroydon station in1962 ex- in parallel in order todouble the to be operated tended the ITA'sLondon area coverage toinclude station's power. have toa populationof 13.1, million. In due course theCroydon station would fitted with the mostup-to-date with A new station to be be given a higher towerand a new aerial system opti-equipment will shortlybe built at Croydon. directional characteristicstailored to give the z56 VHF TRANSMITTERS/Midlands

Primary Service Area PROGRAMME COMPANY: Secondary Service Area Lichfield (Channel 8) ATV Network Fringe Area

Membury (Channel 12) Scale of Miles

Ridge Hill (Channel 6) 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 10 20 30 40 50

MEMBURY RIDGE HILL LICHFIELD P,imary 0.303 mn. Secondary Primary 6.02 mn. Secondary Primary 0.589 mn. Secondary Population 0.735 mn. Fringe 0.641 mn. 0.101 mn. 1.91 mn. Fringe 0.92 mn. Total 0404 mn. (predicted) Total 8.85 mn. (measured) Total 1 .965 mn. (measured) Band III Channel 12 Band III Channel 6 Channel Band III Channel 8 (vertically polarized) (vertically polarized) (horizontally polarized) Actual 209.75 MHz Nominal 179.75 MHz Vision Carrier Frequency Actual 189.75 MHz Actual 179.712875 MHz Actual 206.25 MHz Nominal 176.25 MHz Sound Carrier Frequency Actual 18625 MHz Actual 176212875 MHz Vision 30 kW maximum Vision 10 kW maximum Effective Radiated Power Vision 400 kW maximum Sound2..5 kW maximum Sound 100 kW maximum Sound 7.5 kW maximum Vision (peak white) 2x 0.5 kW Vision (peak white) 2x 100 W Vision (peak white) 20 kW 2 x 25 W Power of Transmitters Sound (canier) 2x 0.125 kW Sound (carrier) Sound (carrier) 5 kW Site 671 ft. Mean aerial 1,120 ft Site 500 ft. Mean aerial 1,453ft Site 700 ft. Mean aerial 1,155 ft Heights above sea level 1° 33' 22" W, 51° 29' 0" N. 02° 32' 22" W, 51° 59' 43" N. Location 10 45' 25" W, 52° 38' 10" N. SO 630,333 SK 163,042 SU 308,763

Crosby70-_, MANCHESTERC.,:.- r.r.4'c10L;0,p r- LIVERPOCL °H&ens 7°BawtTy 1 Warpngtonz t Wallas` vvps\ 511'EVI E L aePthet kirn BirkenheAd Wid ..... s .... Rh41 ,,Yrestatyn, ...... /.4. colw.r1Pziy 1.1ersineee c) iono vorAw,chi./ oTuAin.212.,A.1, 7../.11orncd5' .tfe °DenbiAho\; -r-- 4' Is., 'Chcebler Hdwarden \ 9 n cht.ito";,, / I dElet.ws- y-Cord.9 c'' d C rewe AltikenI- -3V°1 r.' Old° LJ121-;.hurcbek 9tiT01(E- OW TRENT re, ,n "--r-r--Te TTING11;kM V Derby % It' C .,471.arket ;' firati,ain 05w6.9".. Dralten y; VI w\etIng t;.,!,fford t.Eori21-on t. Coalt:0? efhrian Lacji4.101 ,3ktrOtEL o mock 41,0.rjr.:11,14 ;;;Y;f.,...-'7".`"'....- ,IN1j11:Yet.ttl 4:P d C ; 0 "SA011 - COI.df : 1,Newtowni- 'AMentqlonteryl lye r; ha nt pto nu Of. I.11;,brpf.;, tEiudley,,0;.'i met hvf.,i,A 1111-4-1 It'rectu Corby:1* . 0 BIBMIPGHAM \ ,,CtdYett(Arrnt. ?5: t ,aIhtiII( otenu.y.% r', ,r \ 7 St t dertnoy"4`brido'l LA ' !2 4 .;iCrlidrwith 44(.1, *; 4? r,0Ji", 'C\if° r ,:t ?"4,,.. IZ.a e.),.;1.eatringt`pn . '6,o;twici h ! VAINIinn. oat amt. on.,r L 4.1.landrald.id "'11''S VA.": = .1. ,,,isTivnlugne; lite,113 r SIT:Mold t<' , '4N4 111' %I fit ....1../.1;13eilfei'd"

IrvIuj. ?.....; urte Brecon irn %.'77'. \LYPt'VV:>,..< 7'' s' HC,Ilend Y toren nth. ' a-:177. Gni - Hal low UEbry, 11lc."''' 1..tht..1...4/11,-111CItt1e11.114.urd6 Rhondda N"tV7 E ",4..tes.',..,'1:1. Punt,!ypridd Oinp trtiIltivycr'' !*". 11.(Yro; %,.,ltiewpart '64e, . wry Pcir'irw,"101:T6,crrin. 0°n:dr Cr.aorept.. °SwAk6''1,Vi' ' Avortmou,t174.. (*) c,, 114.1:mono Dairtf,rd c, Barryu `111DIFF BRISTOL" 7/01i I r. ,,Jr:-,tralt,ve0 's ...... :/P/ P-416Waii ""ssi '1';qin Weuton Mdtrl A E entV`"I chpdaar, ... Faroborol211 . ..." ... . , 17, , ... , ..... vocar-tirn trsnoto J. t. -1. Indr7 t,/cost ), iforlon'e We II., ' ...... ,;/ it "c C3 / .: t , of, ()Me ...... f,co! Three Elr,dgeg... lir.ilitwatosr") y ti T I .....Crag610 Gri,- tead , . t I.Nintirintert . ; .vettr,f.1! ICId 't 11 rfiaCr6r'bDtcue . Tampleconte 0..f.haftebbur,t5' 001.t0,,Y. Taunton'. fleatr, ($ 'W,6-'n I YePvil 9'64er:borne ' -1.11,1rd SOyi HA M PTON Blandforc'e4 HIngweud I) ' erne' 04priOnster 0 Maiden Newton Based on Stanford's Sketch Map of theBritish Isles VHF TRANSMITTERS/Mid/ands 157 Midlands

THREE ITA STATIONS serve over io1 million people living in the Authority's Midlands region. The Lichfield station serves the industrial Midlands and a wide surrounding area. The Membury station serves the Southern Midlands and other parts of Southern England. Another relay station, situated at Ridge Hill about five miles south-west of Led- bury, came into service on 30th July 1968 and pro- vides an improved service in Hereford, Gloucester, 4 Cheltenham and several other towns and villages in this area. The Lichfield station is sited 500 ft above sea level near the Watling Street in the rural district of Lich- field. An available 450 ft self-supporting steel tower was erected to enable a service to be provided quickly and the station went into programme service on i7th February 1956 with a single 5 kW transmitter, giving an e.r.p. of 6o kW. A few months later a second parallel 5 kW set was added to provide an e.r.p. of 120 kW. In November 1956, after the main 20 kW transmitter had been installed, the e.r.p. was raised to 200 kW. This gave a population coverage of nearly 61 million. The construction of a 1,000 ft mast and an im- proved aerial at Lichfield was started early in 1961 and came into service in July. The power radiated Lichfield south towards Gloucester was increased to 400 kW. Towards East Anglia, however, the power had to be reduced to ioo kW to prevent interference with which fail between the areas of good reception from Continental television services and the service toother Authority stations. The main centres which Midlands viewers living east of the station thereforereceived an improved service are Oxford, Swindon, remained virtually unchanged. Over a semicircle to Newbury and Marlborough, and e ,eir surrounding the north the e.r.p. was maintained at 200 kW, suffi-rural areas. The station, which is sited on a disused cient with the higher aerial to close the gaps between airfield near Membury, north-east of Marlborough, the service areas of Lichfield and the Northern region uses a 500 ft mast and a directional aerial to provide stations. The new mast and aerial gave a general all-a maximum allowable e.r.p. of 30 kW. The station round improvement in reception, both within theradiates ITV's Midland programmes, which are old service area and beyond, and increased the popu-received by direct pick-up from Lichfield and re- lation coverage to over 81 million. broadcast on Channel 12. To minimize co-channel The Membury station is an unmanned remotely interference from Caradon Hill, Membury uses controlled satellite of Lichfield. It serves those partshorizontal polarization. The station opened on 30th of Southern England and the Southern MidlandsApril 1965. 158 VHFTRANSMITTERSINorth-East England

PROGRAMME COMPANY: Primary Service Area Burnhope (Channel 8) Tyne Tees Television Secondary Service Area Fringe Area

Scale of Miles

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70

Population Primary 2.48 mn. Secondary 0.19 mn. within measured contours Fringe 0.05 mn. Total 2.72 mn. Channel Band Ill Channel 8 (horizontally polarized) Vision Carrier Frequency Nominal 189-75 MHz. Actual 189-75675 MHz Sound Carrier Frequency Nominal 186.25 MHz. Actual 186.27 MHz Berwkk Effective Radiated Power Vision 100 kW maximum. Sound 25 kW maximum Power of Transmitters Vision (peak white) 4 kW. Sound (carrier) 1 kW Heights above sea le-.5 Site 787 ft. Mean aerial 1,487 ft Location 10 42' 50" W, 540 49 25" N. R Co dstream NZ 184,474 Belforsi Seahouses o I.

9414qk : / V9) -RoUury Amble :/'; cots, et6 0 Newbiggin 4/0 o \ Bel dlington 0 Blyth : Istle Wallse, Tynemouth EVICASTLE"-ncirP\SouthShields jwaVi`74 7:Yn e ReXh Sunderlandoee 4) /Allendale\-SC Sea. am r1.1 Alston o % 0001 Peterle ,pr'oev We arhe'ad° wougli D H A M 6\e96 ex opAuck and Middleton *, Bi II in 69.,eScaltburn Appleby Aycliffe ° cr- on narcfr'N c\° stoc 11 18 Groen stle te 1---- ?tit 41' Jlin fe al.150:\ ": sWa Scarborough t\''s t4Nir\ /V1t r:sk Fi ley Y '\ 0 -1 ' H Rr----0 E I.ofthouse Malton45Rillington -irldsderdale Rii.V. °. KBridlington \,. ''''''''''4%.,, H a r rogas-'*'-T.R'r':%9/6.. 47pe York 1 Ilkley Market RWhat fe \Weightono

Based on Stanford's Sketch Map of the British Isles VHF TRANSMITTERSINorth-EastEngland 159 North-East England

THE IMPORTANThighly-populated industrial and agri- cultural area of North-East England, betweenthe eastern slopes of the PennineChain and the sea, lies beyond the range of the Emley Moortransmitter in Yorkshire. Another station was therefore needed to provide an Independent Television service for this area. A high site was found at Burnhope, about ten miles south-west of Newcastle upon Tyne, themajor city in the area. It was within a few milesof the BBC's existing Band I station at Pontop Pike. Find- ing a site presented no special difficulty exceptthe importance ef avoiding land liable to miningsubsi- dence, which abounds in this locality. This caused some delay while therecords were searched and test bores made. A mast 750 ft in height was needed to prevent 'shadowing' in the rather hilly country, aildthe maximum poweL of Ioo kW which could be per- mitted on this channel was radiated in boththe northerly and the southerly directions, so as to ex- tend the service as far as possible. Tothe west the service is naturally blocked by the high barrierof the Pennine Chain and to the east itsusefulness is limited by the . The powerradiated in these directions was therefore limited to 20kW and 70 kW respectively, nohigher power being necessary. A special aerial was developed to givethe required directional effect. The station went into programme service oni5th January 1959 and has fulfilled itspredicted per- Burnhopo formance. 16o VHF TRANSMITTERSINorth-East Scotland

Primary Service Area PROGRAMME COMPANY: Rumster Forest (Channel 8) WO 10 1 1M, Secondary Service Area Mounteagle (Channel 12) Grampian Television Fringe Area Scale of Miles Durris (Channel 9) 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 Angus (Channel 11) 10 20 30

RUMSTER FOREST Population Primary 0.033 mn. Secondary within measured contours 0.065 mn. Fringe 0.034 mn. Total 0132 mn. Channel Band III Channel 8 (vertically polarized) Vision Carrier Frequency Actual 189.75 MHz Sound Carrier Frequency Actual 186.25 MHz Effective Radiated Power Vision 30 kW maximum Sound 7.5 kW maximum Power of Transmitters Vision (peak white) 2 x 0.5 kW JRKNEY Sound (carrier) 2x 0125 kW Heights above sea level Site 725 ft. Mean aerial 1,425 ft ISLANDS 3 22' 00" W, 58' 19' 40" N. Location Stromnesa ND 197,385

MOUNTEAGLE . .a.. " Population Primary 0,096 mn. Secondary St with/n measured contours 0.042 mn. Fringe 0.005 mn. Durnese h, o'Groots Ha Total 0143 mn. Channel Band Ill Channel 12 (horizontally polarized) ep/I. ck Actual 209.75 MHz er Forest Vision Carrier Frequency reel. Sound Carrier Frequency Actual 206.25 MHz ster Effective Radiated Power Vision 50 kW maximum SUTHERLAND Sound 12.5 kW maximum loch Power of Transmitters Vision (peak white) 2 kW hin i nsdale Sound (carrier) 0.5 kW Heights above sea level Site 695 ft. Mean aerial 1,465 ft 16( Location 4' 16' 33" W, 570 35' 23" N. Bridge ornoch 640,581 CROMARTAr (lb es° I nveig6 \ s DURRIS D; °mar fraserburgh t Population Primary 0.403 mn. Secondary Combs within measured contours 0.566 mn. Fringe 0.304 mn. T rriff Total 1.273 mn. Peter heart Boddam Channel Band Ill Channel 9 Port Erre! (horizontally polarized) elgrum °40 cOr:170;) Vision Carrier Frequency Nominal 194.75 MHz N. o onSpty Actual194.766875 MHz F011A Avie more hlt!eD Sound Carrier Frequency Nominal 191.25 MHz ABERDEEN Kingussie Actual191.266875 MHz Bark& Effectiveadiated Power Vision 400 kW maximum .1 Sound 100 kW maximum Stonehaven Power of Transmitters Vision (peak white) 2 x 4 kW Sound (carrier) 2 x 1 kW (. erbervis Site 1,066 ft. Mean aerial 2,016 ft Blair Athol] /1.4 Heights above sea level Pitloct.uhy :14:5 r Location 2° 23' 22" W, 57' 0' 0" N. Montrose Aberfeld / NO 763,899 .14411 R throat}, ra;06 01/ ANGUS ghty to, e 0 Population Primary 0.378 mn. Secondary f port a arn within measured contours 0.511 mn. Fringe 0.357 mn. eiC''"r1Con7ey4 'Andrews Total 1.246 mn. Callanol:r 11 114.t.101Qu Channel Band Ill Channel 11 ..P7.' 41, ' -' G '304' (vertically polarized) c 0: Alcrr7.-n9i:Siowdl:e :::74ry Z -`-'\ ..Pns: Vision Carrier Frequency Nominal 204.75 MHz Berwick Actual204.766875 MHz otohnerbar r17...... 0.'s. : Tr I. :.:87,1:aarnI:8:ne8G7.!:...;.1;07---mhtt, Nominal 201.25 MHz 1 N 49 Sound Carrier Frequency '1,,f',ti's Actual221.266875 MHz Eyernouth ''+'''Pai,\slet"):;:i.:, Vision 50 kW maximum Aorher°wWell,c.:9;1.e-hff.''"F.4-AlI 14:14.W:t Effective Radiated Power ili.4'4,1:6: .-Berwick Sound 12.5 kW maximum .do Vision (peak white) 2 x 0.5 kW Power of Transmitters . '::-/t/ P:ceb:::(',i °;:suk,di ee r5 Sound (carrier) 2 x 0.125 kW dstrearn 44 AnasfOrd Heights above sea level Site 1,027 ft. Mean aerial 1,727 ft 150S. Location 2° 59' 10" W, 56° 33' 17" N. NO 395,408 Based on Stanford's Sketch Map of the British Isles VHF TRANSM1TTERS/North-East Scotland North-East Scotland

TWO STATIONSwere opened in 1961 to cover the most populous parts of North-East Scotland,one of medium power at Mounteagle to serve the area and another of high power at Durris to cover and as much of Angus as possible. For the Inverness area, a site was found at Mount- eagle 730 ft above sea level, on the Black Isle, about eight miles north of Inverness and closeto the BBC's Band I station at Rosemarkie. An 800 ftmast was used, and the maximum power of 50 kW is radiated in two directions, slightly east of north and east of south respectively. 35 kW is radiated in the direction of Lossiemouth eastwards along the - shire coast. Only to kW is radiated to the west,over the uninhabited mountainous areas of Ross and Cromarty. Choosing the site for the high-power station to serve Aberdeen/Angus was more difficult because it was decided to try to cover the whole coastal area from Peterhead on the Moray Firth in the north to Arbroath in the south, a distance of some too miles, and to include those parts of Dundee which did not receive a satisfactory service from Black Hill. The selected site was at Durris, some 15 miles south of Aberdeen and 1,o6o ft above sea level, exposed and vita6,0, Ate difficult of access. A 1,000 ft mast was used. Once again this choice involved a departure from the prin- ciple of adjacent siting with existing BBC stations. The Durris station beams its power in two main Durris lobes, each of 400 kW, one directed to the north and the other to the south-west owards Dundee. In 1962 the Authority decided that Independent Angus, the new station for the Dundee/Perth area, Television should extend its coverage to Caithnessis located at Balcalk Hill, 1,000 ft above sea level. At and Orkney and that in the south at Dundee andthis site, using a 750 ft mast and directional trans- Perth an improved service should be given in severalmitting aerial, the measured coverage shown on the large residential areas wherr; the signals from Durrismap opposite has been obtained. This station picks and Black Hill were insufficiently strong. A site atup directly the Channel 9 signals from Durris and Rumster Forest, some 121 miles south-west of Wick,re-transmits them on Channel was selected as most suitable for the Caithness/ Both the Rumster Forest and Angus stations are Orkney station. At this site the programmes radiatedunattended and remotely controlled by their parent on Channel 12 by the Mounteagle station can bestations Mounteagle and Durris respectively. Rum- satisfactorily received 'off-the-air' for rebroadcastingster Forest entered programme service on 25th June by the new station on Channel 8. With a site height1965 and Angus on t3th October 1965. of 725 ft above sea level and a 750 ft mast satisfactory A new small relay station is planned to provide coverage of the desired area has been obtained. improved reception in the Aviemore area. 16z VHF TRANSMITTERS/NorthernIreland

PROGRAMME COMPANY: Primary Service Area Black Mountain (Channel 9) Ulster Television Secondary Service Area Strabane (Channel 8) Fringe Area Scale of Miles

0 10 20 30 40 50

STRABANE BLACK MOUNTAIN Population Primary 0.135 mn. Secondary 0.073 mn. Primary 1.03 mn. Secondary 0.10 mn. within measured contours Fringe 0.161 mn. Total 0.369 mn. Fringe 0.07 mn. Total 1.20 mn. Channel Band Ili Channel 8 (vertically polarized) Band Ill Channel 9 (horizontally polarized) Vision Carrier Frequency Nominal 189.75 MHz. Actual 189.75675 MHz Nominal 194.75 MHz. Actual 194.74325 MHz Sound Carrier Frequency Nominal 186.25 MHz. Actual 186.27 MHz Nominal 191.25 MHz. Actual 191.234 MHz Effective Radiated Power Visic- 100 kW N. and S. Sound 25 kW N. and S. Vision 100 kW maximum. Sound 25 kW maximum Power of Transmitters Vision (peak white) 2 x 2.5 kW Vision (peak white) 4 kW Sound (carrier) 2 x 0.625 kW Sound (carrier) 1 kW Heights above sea level Site 900 ft. Mean aerial 1,867 ft Site 987 ft. Mean aerial 1,687 ft Location 7' 23' 10" W, 540 48' 0" N. 6 1' 10" W, 54' 35' 10" N. H 393,947 J 278,727

\N ,tft

OO \fr Ballycastle 74g71e, 6CP. t

.e Cushendall

%,1 . _ ; 0 k, o Straba LO ND 0./ o arne ". Dr. .erAlgt L. Newtown 0PV Steartv .0 elt ° T ()A ntri m '.. . __66Jergus , v Lough Neagh BEV Donaghadee °EN ewtOwnards

era* anncro"' V-rnis'ki`}kn go r,i'acl urA41)c; 0-,. a* ge \ 0 70 5anbrld o t Ballynahinch D 0 Down patrick 4-Erne v=i4h o Ardglass e wry Newcastle Warrqnpui

Based on Stanford's Sketch Map of the British Isles VHF TRANSMITTERS/Northern Ireland 163 Northern Ireland

A LARGE PARTof Northern Ireland was provided with an Independent Television servicein the Autumn of 1959 by the construction of the Black Mountain station near Belfast, close to the BBC's existing Band I station at Divis. The Black Mountain station overlooks Belfast and is 987 ft above sea level. A 750 ft mast, the highest which could be permitted owing to the proximity of the airport, was erected. It supports a moderately- directional aerial radiating about ioo kW to both the north-west and the south-west, 70 kW to the west and 20 kW to the east. This power-radiation pattern ensures the optimum coverageof the area whilst avoiding harmful interference to the service areas of other stations using Channel 9, notably Winter Hill. West Ulster, which includes the districts of Lon- donderry and Enniskillen, could not be covered by the Black Mountain station and it was clear that at least one additional station was needed. A study of the topography of West Ulster revealed that the un- served area could be covered economically by a single station if a high site near Strabane could be obtained. A site 900 ft above sea level was found four miles south-east of Strabane and here a station using a 1,000 ft mast was constructed. It has ahighly-direc- tional aerial radiating about 90 kW in two main lobes to the north and to the south. io kW only isradiated to the east and west, but this suffices to coverthe areas not served by the Black Mountaintransmitter and, at the same time, prevents unnecessary radiation into the territory of the Irish Republic to the west. The Strabane station is a semi-automatic satellite of Black Mountain. The Black Mountain station went into service on 31st October 1959, Strabane on ath February1963. A new smallrelay stationatBallycastleis planned to give an improved service in the north- Strabane east of the area. 164 VHF TRANSMITTERSISouth of England

PROGRAMME COMPANY: Primary Service Area Secondary Service Area Chillerton Down (Channel 11) Southern Independent Television Dover (Channel 10) Fringe Area Newhaven (Channel 6) Scale of Miles 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90

CHILLERTON DOWN DOVER NEWHAVEN (due 1969) Primary 0.051 mn. Secondary Population Primary 191 mn. Secondary Primary 0.50 mn. Secondary 0.53 mn. Fringe 0.52 mn. 0.57 mn. Fringe 0.27 mn. 0.11 mn. Total 0.062 mn. Total 2.96 mn. (measured) Total 1.34 mn. (measured) (predicted) Channel 6 Channel Band III Channel 11 Band III Channel 10 Band (vertically polarized) (vertically polarized) (vertically polarized) Actual 179.75 MHz Vision Carrier Frequency Actual 204.75 MHz Nominal 199.75 MHz Actual 199.7135 MHz Actual 176.25 MHz Sound Carrier Frequency Actual 201.25 MHz Nominal 196.25 MHz Actual 196.1985 MHz Vision 1 kW maximum Effective Radiated Power Vision 100 kW maximum Vision 100 kW maximum Sound 25 kW maximum Sound 25 kW maximum Sound 250 W maximum Vision (peak white) 4 kW Vision (peak white) 4 kW Vision (peak white) 2 x 100 W Power of Transmitters 2 x 25 W Sound (carrier) 1 kW Sound (carrier) 1 kW Sound (carrier) Site 546 ft. Mean aerial 1,246 ft Site 442 ft. Mean aerial 1,165 ft Site 270 ft. Mean aerial 385 ft Heights above sea level 0° 2' 15" E, 500 47' 12" N. Location 1 19' 40" W, 50 38' 55" N. 1014 ' 58" E, 51 6' 40" N. SZ 475,835 TR 274,397 TQ 435,006

(!psviii\cly / N Rt,....z...._,..in:;,.&,....46.\,. Felixstowe Bu?iting ford 0 Ei!...hops 0Cql,Glz.dgiiii. Harwich Lut on C-) NStortf,ord,.i' Walton o n th e N are %. ..X...*?i;!..ra.ill,:t cee 1 K.o Hertford .5 : .. ...-. ..J o Harlow' Ap.--eracton an Sea, ! 4..,. .tAlbaris3f, r Chel mpordtr,P-1--olylalti on' 64ta -Oxforfl °Hatfiel(51 ; Vsea - Cheshuntorig.r °South mi nster "):42,; 'PI HetAte;;.-Enf es 1;:' garAtt:04 ° °lac 66o0(t.,-, Nco eon ctrentw ,tr 11/2bv 0C) ! I °BasIdon Sotithe °Hbh ccFrbe °rote . ' Marlow .r t --Q osy,frIdorPo,i, n Tough a.:A..; el L./ vahi yen "43"Shoeburvness o f.') t . \g' 12089.°a* r_Otctoria: dppenham .° i',/ gr;e:giwia, Sheer

D 0/(? S k7.0_,Wimrne 4 435 VI% -The lymingtono c o Axmi nster iden Newton '8tbourne / C0 tuorchester cr 6'1/4 t'lf6" o, ?)? Warel1370 e'>? ie" 4,-;--u-arliarrl6nflinown ix`osO`Pf2Portl and°, °nth 1°' °N P. isle of Wight

Based on Stanford's Sketch Map of the British Isles VHF TRANSM1TTERS/South of England 165 South of England

CHILLERTON DOWN was the first of the two stations O. built to serve the south and south-east coastal areas of Britain. It was designed to cover central southern England, the important agricultural and holiday area along the coast fromWeymouth in the west to Brighton in the east, together with the great of Southampton and Portsmouth and, inland, the county of Hampshire and adjoining partsof Dorset and Wiltshire. In conformity with the Government's policy the Authority decided if possible to build its Band III station close to Rowridge, the existing BBC Band I station on the Isle of Wight. The site selected was on Chillerton Down, 550 ft above sea level on the south side of the island. Opposition to a second television mast on the island was raised on grounds of amenity. However, the alternative of building a more massive and commanding mast at 6.7 A Rowridge to carry both the ITA and BBC television Chillerton Down services and the BBC's VHF sound services proved even less welcome, andthe Authority's proposal toarea of Chillerton Down beyondEastbourne, 50 use Chillerton Down for aslim 750 ft mast was miles west along the coast. 100 kW was sufficient to accepted. provide an adequate service for Eastbourne and the The transmitting aerial has a semicircular power-intermediate coastal towns, and there were no in- radiation pattern, oriented to direct roo kW alonghibiting power restrictions. Northward, to serve the the coast as well as landwards, but radiating verytowns on the Thames estu' y not coveredby Croy- low power across the English Caannel to preventdon, io kW to 20 kW e.r.p. was adequate. However, interference with the services of Radiodiffusion-viewers in France had to be protected from inter- Television-Francaise. Chillerton Down went intoference to their reception of the signal from the service on 3oth August 1958 and serves the intendedRouen station. Calculations showed that Dover must area well. restrict its power to less than i kW over an arc of The sister station at Dover presented unusual90° towards the French coast. It was no mean task problems. The general requirement was to serve theto construct a transmitting aerial to dothis, and at south-east corner of England not covered by Chiller-the same time to radiate xoo kW westward. Test ton Down or Croydon. Thesite of the station wastransmissions were made for many weeks, during determined by the need to serve Folkestone andwhich the Authority's engineers developed a measur- Dover, which lie at sea level under high cliffs. Theing technique using a helicopter to check the true was to build the station on the high cliffradiation pattern of the transmitting aerial. Dover road linking the two towns. Church Hougham, 45o went into service on full power on 31stJanuary 1960. ft above sea level, was used and from a 750 ft mast A new small relay station, due for completion a signal could bedirected into both towns. At theduring 1969, will give improved reception in the same time thestation had to link up with the serviceNewhaven arca. 166 VHFTRANSMITTERSISouth-WestEngland

PROGRAMME COMPANY: Primary Service Area Caradon Hill (Channel 12) Westward Television 1M. Secondary Service Area Stockland Hill (Channel 9) Fringe Area Huntshaw Cross (Channel 11) Sca!e of Miles 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80

CARADON HILL STOCKLAND HILL HUNTSHAW CROSS Population Primary 0.518 mn. Secondary Primary 0.362 mn. Secondary Primary 0.060 mn. Secondary 0.159 mn. Fringe 0.053 mn. 0.405 mn. Fringe 0.148 mn. 0.019 mn. Total 0.079 mn. Total 0.73 mn. (measured) Total 0.915 mn. (measured) (predicted) Channel Band III Channel 12 Band III Channel 9 Band III Channel 11 (vertically polarized) (vertically polarized) (horizontally polarized) Vision Carrier Frequency Nominal 209.75 MHz Nominal 194.75 MHz Nominal 204.75 MHz Actual 209.74325 MHz Actual194.74325 MHz Actual 204.787125 MHz Sound Carrier Frequency Nominal 206.25 MHz Nominal 191.25 MHz Nominal 201.25 MHz Actual206.23 MHz Actual191.234 MHz Actual 201.277875 MHz Effective Radiated Power Vision 200 kW maximum Vision 100 kW maximum Vision 500 W maximum Sound 50 kW maximum Sound 25 kW maximum Sound 125 W maximum Power of Transmitters Vision (peak white) 2 x 5 kW Vision (peak white) 2x 5 kW Vision (peak white) 2 x 100 W Sound (carrier) 2 x 1.25 kW Sound (carrier) 2x1.25 kW Sound (carrier) 2 x 25 W Heights above sea level Site 1,211 ft. Mean aerial 1,936 ft Site 750 ft. Mean aerial 1,475 ft Site 658 ft. Mean aerial 1,130 ft Location 4° 26' 8" W, 500 30' 39" N. 3° 6' 13" W, 500 48' 23" N. 40 05 52 W, 500 58' 44" N. SX 274,708 ST 223,015 SS 527,220

G Aberdareo Cwmbran _o_st.106 %al" Rhondda 1. M C' N°M 61.1'1* H Pilortlf p 0 Pont;ypridd Chepstow ot 1;- 0 ewport<',/ c?..16,,Vargam0 --1 Crpotb2 L Avonmouthe Porthcawl , o >-^' Barry° pRD I FF ,-sBRISTOL 00,.1k,k, Weston co peiMa6 t6 eo N:30 rolieddar ebead Ilfraco ro betr- .....-....:.., INXro r 1 (---... .,:.,...,-,,,,e I.: 1 Huntshaw Cross "ts -0 -11 Westward H' l

MoItpq:-g" .c_oxi,;.ep 4 4 . :0,,-,, a f t e s b u r 1 I. ., ,-- . 1 %.%.,'<0"."'.1 0 TZCrttA) (-4) 9. Bude vkdi:rio

1A.x...rn*. 0 "nsPerof411:: Exeter ;:denewtEo'n \./ Tintagcl BridOori ortAnhage; Dotchestero Carrie c , . Launceston -4kg:11j" Padstow Tracey;i eo N. '-.;;;0 Tailtk:14c, Wadebridge CaIrgtori n°1 :ign(4":4 °I1e6 p.,\"rOrtl Wt:::: ton Abbat 1Vo Newqua 1:11).11 qatrgclon5A,le gnton,Torquay T 'Brixh.cm Iir21,,f)pit 41, uthl .5 row Ci ngsv,ear oiY?14' S.!' Ives ru ro Del Saloom ti v Penz taImouth Lim* End.. tro'n 1- Lizard Ild

Based on Stanford's Sketch Map of the British Isles VHF TRANSMITTERSISouth-WestEngland 167 South-WestEngland

SOUTHWEST ENGLAND1S served by three of the Authority's stations, CaradonHill in Cornwall, Stock land Hill in Devon,and a new relay station at Huntshaw Crosswhich has provided an improved service in the Barnstaple/Bideford areafrom 22nd April 1968. Propagation studies of the bestmethod of cover- ing the io mile longwedge-shaped area of Devon and Cornwall showedthat it was not practical to serve itadequately from a single BandIII station centrally situated on theheights of Dartmoor, ad- jacent to the BBC's station atNorth Hessary Tor. Government agreement wasobtained to build two stations, one in Cornwalland one in South Devon, another necessary departurefrom the principle of co-siting with the BBC BandI station. High sites were found atCaradon Hill, near Launceston, for Cornwall; andStock land Hill, near Axminster, for Devon.Transmitting aerials with highly-directional lobes wereengineered to give the both areas while mini- desired grade of service to Stockland Hill mizing interference withother ITA and Continental channels. Each station stations which use the same also uses Channel 9. The needed a 750 ft mast tominimize `shactows' in this the London area, which shape of the aerial radiation patternthus became hilly terrain. facing westwards. Asubsidiary For Caradon Hill, therequirement was to give a that of a beam of about so kWdirected south-east towards service to the whole ofCornwall west of Dartmoor the island of Alderneywould allow the mainland and reaching to Land'sEnd. A power of 200 kW relayed by Post beamed in this direction but toavoid programmespicked up there to be e.r.p. was Office microwave link tothe Fremont Point station interference in the service areaof the Dublin station hadin Jersey for rebroadcastingin the Channel Islands. the power over an arc of to the north-rest the service area of the kW, while to the southHowever, in order to protect to be restricted to a mere to Bourges the power radi- restricted to 25 kW to avoidexisting French station at the power had to be had to be restricted to 20kW. interference in the service areaof the Cherbourgated towards Alderney This power is, inpractice, just sufficient forthe station. received in Alderney, Studies showed that in order to coverDevon whileStockland Hill signal to be with a signal to noise ratiogood enough for rebroad- not overlappingunnecessarily with the existing ser- Stock land Hill should directcasting from FremontPoint. vice area of St Hilary, service in April 1961 and its maximum power in twolobes, one north-west Both stations went into provide coverage throughoutalmost the whole area. towards Barnstaple andthe other south-west to- One small area near thenorthern coast around West- wards Dartmouth. tookW was the maximum per- but restriction to to kWward Ho!, however, was notwell served. A new missible radiated power Cross now serves this area. eastwards was necessary to preventinterference inrelay station at Huntshaw H68 VHF TRANSMITTERS/West of England and South Wales

PROGRAMME COMPANY: Primary Service Area St Hilary (Channel 10) Harlech Television Secondary Service Area Bath (Channel 8) Fringe Area Scale of Miles

10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90

ST HILARY (Channel 10) BATH Population Primary 1.610 mn. Secondary 1.106 mn. Primary 0.091 Inn. Secondary 0.090 mn. Fringe 0.532 mn. Total 0181 mn. (predicted) Total 3.287 mn. (within measured contours) Channel Band Ill Channel 10 (vertically polarized) Band III Channel 8 (horizontally polarized) Vision Carrier Frequency Nominal 199.75 MHz. Actual 199.7305 MHz Nominal 189.75 MHz. Actual 189.733125 MHz Sound Carrier Frequency Nominal 196.25 MHz. Actual 1962305 MHz Nominal 186.25 MHz. Actual 186233125 MHz Effective Radiated Power Vision 200 kW. Sound 50 kW Vision 500 W maximum. Sound 125 W maximum Power of Transmitters Vision (peak white) 20 kW. Sound (carrier) 5 kW Vision (peak white) 2 x100 W Sound (carrier) 2 x 25 W Heights above sea level Site 413 ft. Mean aerial 1,113 ft Site 550 ft. Mean aerial 678 ft Location 30 24' 7" W, 510 27' 25" N. 02° 19' 55" W, 510 23' 12" N. ST 026,741 ST 769,654

a,0 Llandrindad 4.,Wells , ,./ t4\ drc, Cardi_garn Newcastle ( Emlyn (Th- Llandovery V. .iurecon r; e). . A R LI ART N r' . ' Ross uttle\t°1 .41 CaRRQ ilhen '"'Llandeilto - ford C.,- 3..er / efg ecr ...... 1onmouth *,,045'ter',.ce.,4' /Wit n ey0 <", " / 1. ivterthry.%. 61,1;w\vx:16,-6...... sec.-. Milford Haven: I Ty.Eff) I o Abe till Fai rfohl t Aberdare Pontypool - --e-w-mbran c ciTenby T H p..,, . NeathV- dda ffi'ghwiirth Oa_ ort onty,' bridd Chepstow Tetburyo or) - - oke albot 0 6- Newport, (c, Mal mesh iiryP ° Margam / t Avon uth SChippenham°Swint Porthcawl Calnel Marlborbqh Blumarrys0.4)AIRVI,F,/BRISTO vizes 99 oskyl Weston sopeaar., 2.40 e Ii Coh edda leg. 04 tlt bead ;:getrockste.l.i ?ti""i"L S. I lfraco 0%tle a Wells `1. <4- B rid ,wate r 4.,,; ''.\0GI astonSe 1 I.)N .. W.).i n c h es te r 0 Westward HoW-1: s 1.4 0 Ternecombe.% 7...i.'§;;*a*.F.-tesburs...14!--7.l,-\ tidefor d SouthMoltonY ,Wellmgtono 'Taunton c -,,_ 7 .2 , .....clo . ' Torrington Tiverton (rb-Orne- I. r c...... 0 -.C.111-rd.o.. \* GN'''`erzelc-atr",c)ne OAQ E ' V 0 .BLarglgord RinI9o4dTHAMPTON\ Honito'n 0,77 ("..."..,, .13 S n rne Pt() Crediton oAxrninster'.9Maiden Newton ...... c),,,,.. i 0 Exeter s Dorchester o

t34e0:11°'Pe.A. 0,16 otith tOo

Based on Stanford's Sketch Map of the British Isles VHF TRANSMITTERSIWales and West of England 169 Wales and West of England

TWO DISTINCTIndependent Television services areWales provided in Wales and the West of England. South The Presely station is at Foel Drych in Pembroke- Wales and the West of England are served by the shire, 1,100 ft above sea level. The aerial radiates a Authority's St Hilary (Channelo) station whichnarrow beam of 8o kW to the north to provide a was opened in 1958; and a new relay station whichreliable programme link to the Arfon relay station ; opened on i3th May 1968 to provide an improveda beam of ioo kW to the south-east links the coverage service in the Bath area. The ITV service for Walescontours with those of the St Hilary service area ; is broadcast from the Authority's four transmittersand a broad lobe of 5o kW to the south-west serves at St Hilary (Channel 7 since 1965), Presely andPembrokeshire. Several severe power restrictions Arfon (since 1962), and Moel-y-Parc (since 1963);are being met to avoid co-channel interference. the service is being extended by six small relay The unattended Arfon station, which rebroadcasts stations at Abergavenny, Bala, Brecon, Ffestiniog,the Presely transmissions, is at Nebo, eight miles Llandovery and Llandrindod Wells. The Bala sta-north-east of Pwllheli. A 1,000 ft mast is used to tion came into service on 26th July 1967 and Llan-'see' over the mountains of Portmadoc to the coast dovery on 3oth August 1968. Three more areof Cardigan Bay from Harlech to Barmouth and to expected to be in service during 1968 and Breconensure a link-up with the service area of Presely. A in 1969. directional aerial was again necessary. zo kW is radiated to the north and south-west, 5 kW east and South Wales and the West south-east, and 2.5 kW to the west. The Authority's St Hilary (Channelo) station is At the Moel-y- a 750 ft mast was sited at St Hilary Down, on the Welsh side of the needed to reach the coastal resorts from Conway to Severn Estuary between Cardiff and Swansea and , shielded by mountains close to the coast. 413 ft above sea level. It serves the area surrounding The radiation pattern is approximately semi-circu- the estuary and the Bristol Channel, including thelar, 25 kW being radiated from south-east to north-. densely-populated areas of South Wales and Mon-west with reduced power north and east so as to mouthshire, Somerset, and parts of Gloucestershirecover the Welsh areas but avoid overlap withEnglish and other counties. areas already served. Moel-y-Parc rebroadcasts The Authority IA ould have preferred a mast height transmissions from Arfon, conveyed to it by an 'off of 1,000 ft, but because of nearby Rhoose Airportthe air' pick-up at Nebo, in , and an ITA the height had to be restricted to 750 ft. The e.r.p. microwave link. is 200 kW omnidirectional. At St Hilary it was desirable that the Welsh ser- Since its opening for programme service on i4thvice on Channel 7 should be broadcast from the January 1958 St Hilary (Channelo) has given the existing mast to reproduce as far as possible the high grade of service predicted, but the fundamental Channel io coverage of Wales. Because of the power limitations of Band III transmission and receptionlimitations to prevent co-channel interference, and in mountainous terrain when compared with Band Ithe need to mount the Channel 7 transmitting aerial lt..d to some public disappointment about the com-below that of the Channel 10 aerial (no increase in parative grades of service in some shielded locations mast height was permissible because of aeronautical in the deep valleys of South Wales and also in low-factors), the actual grade of service on Channel 7 is lying parts of the cities of Bristol and Bath. The usenot in some areas as good as that on Channel 10. of well-designed receiving aerials and of more sensi- The Presely, Arfon and Moel-y-Parc stations were tive 'fringe' area receivers has in part overcome theall in programme service by early 1963, St Hilary low signal strength and the 'ghost' images experi- (Channel 7) in February 1965, Bala in July 1967 and enced in such localities. The Bath relay station cameLlandovery in August 1968. into service on 13th May 1968. 170 VHF TRANSMITTERS/Waks

St Hilary (Channel 7) Ffestiniog (Channel13) Moel-y-Parc (Channel 11) Llandovery (Channel11) Arfon (Channel 10) Llandrindod Wells(Channel 9) Presely (Channel 8) Abergavenny (Channel11) Bala (Channel 7) Brecon (Channel8)

ST HILARY MOEL-Y-PARC Welsh Service (Channel 7) Primary 0.152 mn. Secondary 0.135 mn. Population Primary 0.96 mn. Secondary 0.38 mn. Fringe 0.055 mn. Total 0.342 mn. Fringe 016 mn. Total 1.50 mn. within measured contours Band III Channel 11 (verticallypolarized) Channel Band III Channel 7 (vertically polarized) Nominal 204.75 MHz. Actual204.75675 MHz Vision Carrier Frequency Actual 184.75 MHz Nominal 201.25 MHz. Actual 2O1-27MHz Actual 181.25 MHz kW maximum Sound Carrier Frequency kW maximum Vision 25 kW maximum. Sound 6.25 Effective Radiated Power Vision 100 kW maximum. Sound 25 Vision (peak white) 2 x 0.5 kW Power of Transmitters Vision (peak white) 5 kW 2 x 0.125 kW 1.25 kW Sound (carrier) Sound (carrier) Site 1,115 ft. Mean aerial 1,815 ft Heights above sea level Site 413 ft. Mean aerial 1,043 ft 3' 24' 07" W, 51° 27' 25" N. 3° 18' 48" W, 53° 13' 15" N. Location SJ 123,701 ST 026,741 PRESELY ARFON Primary 0.094 mn. Secondary 0.158 mn. Population Primary 0.108 mn. Secondary 0.025 mn. Fringe 0113 mn. Total 0365 mn. Fringe 0.030 mn. Total 0.163 mn. within measured contours Band III Channel 8 (horizontallypolarized) Channel Band III Channel 10 (horizontally polarized) MHz MHz Nominal 189.75 MHz. Actual 189.766875 Vision Carrier Frequency Nominal 199.75 MHz. Actual 199.7575 Nominal 186.25 MHz. Actual 186.266875MHz Nominal 196.25 MHz. Actual 196.2575MHz maximum Sound Carrier Frequency maximum Vision 100 kW maximum. Sound 25 kW Effective Radiated Power Vision 10 kW maximum. Sound 2.5 kW Vision (peak white) 5 kW Power of Transmitters Vision (peak white) 2 x 0.5 kW 1.25 kW 2 x 0.125 kW Sound (carrier) Sound (carrier) Site 1,063 ft. Mean aerial 1,812 ft Heights above sea level Site 950 ft. Mean aerial 1,904 ft 4° 39' 35" W, 51° 56' 30" N. 4° 16' 10" W, 53° 1' 10" N. Location SN 173,306 SH 476,493 FFESTINIOG BALA Primary 5,830. Secondary 5,900. Fringe1,470. Primary 3,000. Secondary 750. Fringe 500. Population Total 13,200 within predicted contours Total 4,250 Band III Channel 13 (vertically polarized) Channel Band III Channel 7 (vertically polarized) MHz MHz Nominal 214.75 MHz. Actual 214.733125 Vision Carrier Frequency Nominal 184.75 MHz. Actual 184.70275 Nominal 211.25 MHz. Actual 211.233125MHz Nominal 181.25 MHz. Actual 181.216 MHz fiaximum Sound Carrier Frequency maximum Vision 100 W maximum. Sound 25 W Effective Radiated Power Vision 100 W maximum. Sound 25 W Vision (peak white) 2x 10 W Power of Transmitters Vision (peak white) 2 x 10 W 2 x 2.5 W 2 x 2.5 W Sound (carrier) Sound (carrier) Site 1,010 ft. Mean aerial 1,145 ft Heights above sea level Site 1,016 ft. Mean aerial 1,151 ft 03° 55' 15" W, 52° 66' 04" N. 03° 32' 02" W, 52° 55' 32" N. Location SH 709,392 SH 969,375 LLANDRINDOD WELLS LLANDOVERY Primary 1,550. Secondary 900. Fringe 100. Primary 6,000. Secondary 6,500. Population Total 12,500 within predicted contours Total 2,550 Band III Channel 9 (horizontallypolarized) Channel Band III Channel 11 (horizontally polarized) MHz MHz Nominal 194.75 MHz. Actual 194-79725 Vision Carrier Frequency Nominal 204.75 MHz. Actual 204.733125 Nominal 191.25 MHz. Actual 191.29725MHz Nominal 201.25 MHz. Actual 201-233125MHz maximum Sound Carrier Frequency maximum Vision 25 kW maximum. Sound 0.625 kW Effective Radiated Power Vision 100 W maximum. Sound 25 W Vision (peak white) 2 x 100 W Vision (peak white) 2 x 10 W Power of Transmitters Sound (carrier) 2 x 25 W 2 x 2.5 W Sound (carrier) Site 1,420 ft. Mean serial 1,605 ft Heights above sea level Site 1,023 ft. Mean aerial 1,154 ft 03° 26' 22" W, 52° 15' 41" N. 03° 42' 15" W, 52° 03' 01" N. Location SO 019,635 SN 831,405 BRECON (due mid-1969) ABERGAVENNY Primary 7,000. Secondary 700. Fringe700. Primary 19,600. Secondary 6,700. Fringe3,200. Population Total 8,400 within predicted contours Total 29,500 Band III Channel 8 (horizontally pollrized) Channel Band III Channel 11 (horizontallypolarized) Nominal 204.75 MHz. Actual 204.79725MHz Actual 189.75 MHz Vision Carrier Frequency Actual 186.25 MHz Nominal 201.25 MHz. Actual201.29725 MHz maximum Sound Carrier Frequency maximum Vision 100 W maximum. Sound 25 W Effective Radiated Power Vision 100 W maximum. Sound 25 W Vision (peak white) 2 x 10 W Vision (peak white) 2 x 10 W Power of Transmitters Sound (carrier) 2 x 2.5 W Sound (carrier) 2 x 2-5 W ft Site 737 ft. Mean aerial 872 ft Heights above sea level Site 1,432 ft. Mean aerial 1,567 3° 22' 30" W, 51° 56' 45" N. Location 3° 5' 45" W, 51° 48' 30" N. SO 054,287 SO 244,126 VHF TRANSMITTERS/Wa/es

PROGRAMME COMPANY: Primary Service Area MI MN INN MN Secondary Service Area Wales Harlech Television Fringe Area

Scale of Miles ===NIk, 10 20 30 40 50 60 '70 80 90

Southpo

Wigan `."-- c"." rniwch LIVERPCrosbYlo\_A ._..A. A\OOLssvo., b°6

Based on Stanford's Sketch Map of the British Isles 172 VHF TRANSMITTERSIYorkshire Primary Service Area PROGRAMME COMPANY: Secondary Service Area Emley Moor (Channel10) Yorkshire Television Fringe Area Scarborough (Channel6)

SCARBOROUGH EMLEY MOOS Primary 0.074 mn. Secondary 0.038 mn. Primary 4.065 mn. Secondary 1.208 mn. Population (measured) Total 0.112 mn. (measured) Fringe 0.515 mn. Total 5.788 mn. Band Ill Channel 6 (horizontallypolarized) Band Ill Channel 10 (verticallypolarized) 179.733125 MHz Channel MHz Nominal 179.75 MHz. Actual Vision Carrier Frequency Nominal 199.75 MHz. Actual 199.7575 Nominal 176.25 MHz. Actual176.233125 MHz Nominal 196.25 MHz. Actual196.2575 MHz Sound Carrier Frequency kW maximum Vision 1 kW omnidirectional Effective Radiated Power Vision 200 kW maximum. Sound 50 Sound 0.25 kW omnidirectional Vision (peak white) 2 x 0.3 kW Power of Transmitters Vision (peak white) 10 kW Sound (carrier) 2 x 0.075 kW Sound (carrier) 2.5 kW Site 574 ft. Mean aerial 759 ft Heights above sea level Site 841 ft. Mean aerial 1,841 ft 0* 27' 0" W, 54' 16' 32" N. 40' 0" W, 53 36' 30" N. Location 1 TA 009,880 SE 223,130

20 C:7 10

. !! \HARTLEPOOL '1-40 E. t 1 i f ,DA

.Fii ''' '.; ., S IOC j i .\'''....-- n, C.:.'" '''Plr-::'C'tS% "*..NO, Sal" Middlesbrough:,,,>.,,,,, OARLSINGTON E,',.rt i. Art ,V.P.,,::,,,,,:',...,_ ''''' St''''th .CAlt-tVIA I ,,t TOVIPt, 7- rrr Pt Whary !IPO.f.' tic'rEhi,b Parinswo!ic R-,e s Bey Rich.mon . v." '17'4G *G:al.,a, Pat Pr S . At!CP,It \ ...... Northalleiti t I 1211011 he." f;tAf c Ley! on A Tce ' Aefiro. ; Ex.!: asba lt E!,,,y K,PSi'ret YORK SH Err!, sp!!'rrP Pz" Bridl4n: FLAmlICROL DPI ..; i Ripon Th1,1 /PPAD !714: ,. ,,.,.ti..;,/ f kulloo Ap E Y.tc,Ja 1, Knaresborough '!r,.t EVSAt'Alt B )344 11 ..ti.P.7.....S.r...7.:14.":...°:°. HARROGATE ASIRTAG Ilk York °F Persbei ...,I ley ,,,55!, N..01 it'. : KE LEY Tac,:aeJer Shipley eolne LEEDS ) Kingston upo, Nelson adford Pudsey tor', Selby... Eisrilee Hull He, SIC 111\ BionIer FAX Morley tt,.tfernsea Casileford LAN." t, Brighouse ii-,-..1-i.., . n-ii 4..4! r !Pt . Goole. bar.r Pontefract EV, et Dewsbury WAKEFIELD \ Rochdale.. ' HudderiieId .1.e et; i/5, AN 1EAD yrl . EmleyMikr" Sculiorp 4411%. CFethones .orrterrn. Le,t): rarl-^ ks, , P Y.... GRI Bury BARNSLEY l'!"AO ANSA, oldhum.. 77,... A if Pep s!-ne .ttalf stet te;,. Vert7::.E.DONCASTER if'. N.Theresby Sbh C,,;',1,a' ManC'hester ROTHERHAM Garnsborough Parts of 11 tt}4. 9,7, 6. P \ S. field LI:711th .\11 at lelt,Se Lennenr .. aikel RiSen N.% Stccrqc,I 57..,req "4' 'Z Ear! P.6:'C INC Oa..% , 5,Jtc Nr!tesx4s t F. 6' t'in 'Slot Yveyee ;OA \ , trksop / :: \ '7 2er4r.,: ycllourt. cr. r el(8.4ie. \ Bu.xton A C "Won urfold P E 0 coin il ., . c TERF ** SplIbv Nee.c I 1 ... Skegnessj MA ELD 0;511 I eVecCh. So. ., Ithr, s *,,Eistv, JAshIle ELPP.r I e K Ne 0,1 k...... 4k, i ::11:St ! h \ Stoke on Trent Id% \ settai,;i Belper 4..104iiiefhall.rno p fi.:\ :. .8'osi:./i NEOrc Onu'OI° I $ottingharil: rett.1 tr trston Dillon . Jay; ... Fowrinke___,. Lug ' kdgfor Gral . Fellongbenr, GlIwiloc DERBY Eator Deestuu.. t 1Irr'dsty Fads 0 6: ,and . . fAlf-tAr, . 1. Hc teach , Burton upon Tient mr . .,.... C0 Y Lort ...... BOLIIP Spalding ,c,' 4 King's Lynn Stitilord LOughbOsoUgh

Onnbv cc Cr (*line r !,s!; . Wisbech , Cannock LiViheld Clik.bars Leicester .E!ple,d Yeore,. rr&O Ire!!rr, Twnworth. t E ft -, VHF TRANSMITTERSIYorkshire 173 Yorkshire

THE YORKSHIRE AREA IS SERVED by two of the Authori- ty's transmitting stations. The main station, at Emley Moor near Huddersfield, started transmitting in 1956. A relay station to serve the Scarborough area opened in 1965. The selection of the site for the Yorkshire station posed considerable problems, largely because cover- age of the main of population within the hill-shadowed towns of the West Riding had to be combined with the provision of a service as far away as Kingston-upon-Hull, some 50 miles across the Yorkshire Plain. Sixteen different sites were studied theoretically and tests with a balloon trans- mitter were made at four before Emley Moor, 841 ft above sea level on the eastern slopes of the Pennine Chain, was finally selected. Originally a 450 ft tower was used to support the aerial, a semicircular power- radiation pattern delivering zoo kW e.r.p. in all easterly directions but only a few kilowatts back- wards to the west into the natural barrier of the Pen- nines, thus preventing waste and an unnecessary overlap with the service area of the Winter Hill station. Emley Moor went into service on 3rd November 1956. The coverage of the Emley Moor station was im- proved during 1966 when the service was transferred to a new high mast erected adjacent to the existing tower. The new 1,265 ft mast, at one time the tallest in Europe, replaced the open lattice type of tower. The new design uses curved steel segments to form a 9 ft diameter cylinder for the goo ft mastcolumn. A 350 ft lattice section on top, together with the cap- ping cylinder, brings the total height to 1,265 ft. Al- though the new mast was built by the Authority primarily for the new UHF colour transmissions, it brings an improved VHF service to a number of local areas, particularly Sheffield and Hull. In 1965 the Authority brought into operation a new relay station to serve the Scarborough area.This station is remotely controlled and monitored from The old and the new the Emley Moor transmitting station. 174 VHF TRANSMITTERS/Channenslands

PROGRAMME COMPANY: Primary Service Area 9) Secondary Service Area Fremont Point (Channel Channel Television Fringe Area

Scale of Miles

10 15 25 0 1 2 3 4 5 9

Population Primary 63,800. Secondary 42,200.Fringe 1,100. w thin measured contours Total 107,100 Channel Band Ill Channel 9 (horizontallypolarized) Vision Carrier Frequency Actual 194-75 MHz Sound Carrier Frequency Actual 191.25 MHz Effective Radiated Power Vision 10 kW maximum. Sound 2-5 kWmaximum Power of Transmitters Vision (peak white) 2 x 0.5 kW Sound (carrier) 2 x 0.125 kW Heights above sea level Site 328 ft. Mean aerial 753 ft Location 2 7' 52" W, 49* 15' 8" N

Guernsey

St. Sampson Carteret Herm

St. Peter Port Kings MilSLe Sark La Ville pri Irteva Roussel

Le Village

Jersey Fremont Point

St. John's Rozel

St. Mary's Trinity

St. Peter's St. Martin's

St. Aubin Gorey

St. Helier VHFTRANSMITTERSIChannel Islands 175 Channel Islands

*

STUDIES SHOWED THAT the only Band IIIchannelout interference from Fremont Point,the power which could be used to cover the islands withoutradiated by Fremont Point towards Alderney on the causing harmful interference in the service areas ofsame channel had to be restricted tothe low value several French stations was Channel 9, horizontallyof 200 watts. Fortunately many people in Alderney polarized, and even with this channel it would be areable, with goodaerials andreceivers, to necessary to restrict the power radiated towardstheview directly if somewhat inconsistently the trans- French coast to about i kW. Accordingly, it wasmissions from Chillerton Down on Channel necessary to site the transmitting station onthe There are many complications in this apparently north coast of Jersey, where i kW was just enoughsimple vision link scheme. The distance is such that to serve that island, and to beam a higher power,the changing propagation conditions over the sea o kW, across the sea to Guernseywhich lies 25 path involved will cause wide fluctuations in the miles away towards the English mainland. strength of the signals received in Alderney from The supply of mainland programmes to the JerseyStockland Hill, and for a small proportion of the station for rebroadcasting in the islands presentedtime these signals may be unusable for rebroadcast- unusual problems because Stockiand Hill, the near-ing from Fremont Point. On these occasions it is est mainland transmitting station, uses Channel 9,often possible to make use of the reception of Chil- the same channel as Fremont Point, the Jerseylerton Down in Alderney to supply the programme station. The solution adopted was to install on theand this is also done on those occasions when the small island of Alderney an 'off the air' receiving required programme is not available from Stockland station using diversity reception techniques to pickHill. Yet another procedure sometimes most useful up the Channel 9 vertically polarizedtransmissionunder certain conditions of propagation is the direct from Stockland Hill 8o miles away and to pass itreception and rebroadcasting at Fremont Point of over a multichannel microwave link toFremonttransmissions from the Caradon Hill transmitter on Point. The overseas path length of the microwaveChannel 12. circuit is about 40 miles. To ensure that the Stock- The programme service from Fremont Point land Hill signal could be received in Alderney with-began on 1st September 1962. 1956 The Guild of Television Producers and Directors 1962 Award for the Top Newscaster Award for the Television Personality of the Year: Huw Thomas (ITN) (ITN) Guild of Television Producers and Directors Special Award for News Programmes to Geoffrey Cox, 1957 Guild of Television Producers and Directors Editor of ITN Award for the Television Personality of the Year: ProductionDrama (shared): Charles Jarrott (ABC) newscaster (ITN) Additional Award to the Production Team of Mannheim Festival Emergency Ward io (ATV) Special Jury Prize: 'Lecture and Man' from 'Tempo' ProductionLight Entertainment: (ATV) (ABC) Venice Film Festival 1958 Venice Film Festival 1st Prize: 'Concert Pitch' from 'Snip and Snap' (ABC) Award in the Children's Film Series section to 'Table 1st Prize: 'The ' from Too Foo' (ABC) Manners' from the series 'Animal Story' (Granada) Cannes Children's Film Festival Guild of Television Producers and Directors Honourable Diploma: 'The Cultured Ape' from 'Haba- TV Actor of the Year: Donald Pleasence (ABC) tales' (ABC) Best DirectorLight Entertainment : Joan Kemp-Welch Melody Maker EMEM Award (Rediffiision) 'Thank Your Lucky Stars' (ABC) ProductionDrama: Silvio Narizzano (Granada) De La Rue Trophy for the Best Designed House 1959 Guild of Television Producers and Directors Magazine Production Drama: William (Ted) Kotcheff (ABC) 'Fusion' (Rediffiision) Production Light Entertainment: Bill Ward (ATV) Encyclopaedia Britannica British Television News Venice Film Festival Film Awards 1st Award for Collection of Six Specials, 'Habatales' 1st Award, Hard News: James Hodkinson (Tyne Tees) (ABC) 1st Award, Feature News: Frank Bevan (TWW) 1960 Guild of Television Producers and Directors 2nd Award, Feature News: Tony Impey (TWW) Best Television Designer: Frederic Pusey (Rediffusion) Hollywood Motion Picture Academy Award Best Script Writer: Alun Owen (ABC) Best documentary short subject:'Dylan Thomas' TV Actress of the Year: (ABC) (TWW) ProductionDramatic Series: Philip-Mackie (Granada) 1963 Television Visions Award for documentary film ProductionFactual Programmes: Michael Redington 'Survival' (Anglia) (ATV) Television Festival Monte Carlo Bucharest Film Festival Major Award, Educational Section: 'Survival' (Anglia) Film of Merit Award: 'Top Dogs' from the series 'Snip Televisicn Society and Snap' (ABC) Silver Medal for Television Production: Geoffrey Cox Venice Film Festival (ITN) 1st Award: 'Top Dogs' (ABC) Craft Award Karlovy Vary Festival Best Production of Factual Series : Peter Morley and Diploma of Merit: 'The Cultured Ape' from the Cyril Bennett for 'This Week' (Rediffusion) 'Habatales' series (ABC) Encyclopaedia Britannica News Film Awards 1961 Venice Film Festival 1st Award, Hard News Team: ITN Special Prize: 'The Boer War' (Granada) 2nd Award, Hard News Team: ITN 2nd Prize: 'Treasure of Icecake Island' from 'Snip and 2nd Award, Sports News Film: G. Richardson (ITN) Snap' (ABC) 2nd Award, Hard News Film: Norman Jackson (Tyne Guild of Television Producers and Directors Tees) TV Actress of the Year: Ruth Dunning (ABC) Prix Italia Award Design Award: Voytek (ABC) 'The Lover' (Rediffusion) Production FactualProgrammes: Tim Hewat Guild of Television Producers and Directors (Granada) Best Actress of the Year: in 'The ProductionOutside Broadcasts: Bill Allenby (ATV) Lover' (Rediffusion) Leipzig Festival Best Actor of the Year: in 'The Lover' Diploma of Merit: 'Moonstruck' from 'Snip and Snap' (Rediffision) (ABC) Best Script of the Year: for 'The Lover' International Council of Industrial Editors (RediffUsion) Award of Excellence to 'Fusion', Rediffusion's House Production Factual Programmes: Peter Morley and magazine Cyril Bennett (Rediffusion)

Lnemoomownspoomommarramisimarm.,..... ITV AWARDS

Production - Dramatic Series: Philip Mackie (Granada) Television Society Production - Light Entertainment: Colin Clews (ATV) Silver Medal for outstanding work behind the camera: Rex Firkin for 'The Planemakers' (ATV) Performance - Factual Programmes: Bernard Braden of the camera: (ATV) Silver Medal for outstanding work in front Performance - Light Entertainment: Morecambe and Bernard Braden for 'On The Braden Beat' (ATV) Venice Film Festival Wise (ATV) of the Special Award: the production team of TWW Lion of St Mark Plaque: 'The Fall and Rise The Desmond Davis Award for the most outstanding House of Krupp' (ATV) creative work in television: Joan Kemp-Welch (Redif- Film Festival Diploma of Merit: 'Wedding on Saturday'(Granada) fitsion) Peabody Award UNDA Award This American trophy was awarded to Intertel(formed 'Black Nativity' (Rediffusion) on theinitiativeof Red(usion) foritscontinuing Fifth Roman Catholic International Television contribution to international understanding Festival International Council of Industrial Editors Drama Section: `Laudes Evangelii' (Rediffilsion) Award of Excellence: 'Fusion' (Rediffission) Hollywood Motion Picture Award Prix Italia Award Best Short Documentary: 'Dylan Thomas' (TWW) 'Wedding on Saturday' (Granada) International Emmy Award Abe Award for Adult Education Programmes War and Peace' (Granada) 'The Full Man' (Southern) Melody Maker EMEM Award Guild of Television Producers and Directors 'Thank Your Lucky Stars' (ABC) Best Actor of the Year: Alan Badel(Rediffilsion) 1964 Encyclopaedia Britanniea News FilmAwards Best Actress of the Year: (ABCIATVI 1st Award, Hard News Silent: H. E.Lord (ITN) Rediffiusion) znd Award, Hard News Silent: W. Best (ITN) Production - Outside Broadcasts: Peter Morleyfor 1st Award, Hard News Sound (jointwith BBC): Ken his work on the coverage of the State Funeralof Sir Taylor (ITN) (Independent Television); alsofor his 1st Award, Sports Film: C. Page(ITN) documentary on the LSO'The Music Men' (Redif- znd Award, Sports Film: S. Crockett (ITN) fusion) 1st Award, Feature News: N. Jackson(Tyne Tees) Production - Documentary: Charles Squires for'The Berlin Television Festival Grafters' and 'Paradise Street' (Rediffusion) All three major awards to 'Freedom Road'(RedWiusion) Production - Factual: 'This Week' (Rediffission) ProductionDramatic Series: Philip Mackie and Silvio Melody Maker EMEM Award Narizzano for 'Paris 1900' (Granada). AlsoPhilip 'Ready, Steady, Go!' (Rediffiusion) Mackie's work on The Changeling' and'Women The Screen Writers Guild Beware Women' (Granada) Award of Merit: 'World in Action' (Granada) Production -Drama: Cyril Coke for 'Crime and Punish- Guild of Television Producers and Directors ment', 'The Rules of the Game' and 'Four of Hearts - Best Actor of the Year: Patrick Wymark (ATV) "Tilt" ' (Rediffusion). Peter Hammond for 'ITook my Production - Dramatic Series: Rex Firkin (ATV) World Away' and '' (ABC) Best Producer - Light Entertainment: Francis Essex (ATV) 1966 Television Society Light Entertainment Personality of the Year:Millicent Silver Medal for outstanding work in frontof the Martin (ATV) camera: 'Thunderbirds' (ATV) Production - Factual: 'World in Action' (Granada) British Television News Film of the YearCom- Financial World of America petition, 1965 Award of Merit for Company Report and Account: 1st Award, Feature News category:Frank Harding (ATV Midlands) Southern Independent Television (Team) Section: Bob Herrick British Association of Indus`crial Editors 1st Award, Hard News Award of Excellence: 'Fusion' (Rediffusion) and Norman Jackson (Tyne Tees) 1st Award, Hard News(Silent) Section: John Martin 1965 Berlin Television Festival (freelance for Border) Silver Plaque: 'Prisoners of Conscience' (Rediffusion) 1st Award, Feature Newsand Sports (Team) Section: Prague International Television Festival Derek Seymour and Ted Bloomfield (ITN) Special Diploma of Honour: 'Seven Up' (Granada) znd Award, Feature News and Sports(Team) Section: Spectators' Jury Award (shared with a Czech pro- John Corbett and John Collings (ITN) gramme): 'Hot Spot' (TWW) Eighth International Short Film and Documentary International Competition for Outside Broadcasts Festival, Leipzig Cannes Grand Prix: Independent Television's coverage Golden Dove Award: 'The Fall and Rise of theHouse of the State Funeral of Sir Winston Churchill of Krupp' (ATV) The Screen Writers Guild National Festival of Nature Films Most Original Play: Ken Taylor's 'The Devil and John Special award for the most original treatment:'Summer Brown' (ATV) in Kite's Country' (Southern) Best British TV Drama Series or Serial:Wilfred International Festival of DocumentaryFilms, Greatorex, Raymond Bowers and Edmund Ward for Venice 'The Planemakers' (ATV) Selected to represent Britain in the 'Sport andTourist' Variety Club of Great Britain category: 'Learning to Fish'(Southern) ITV Personality of the Year: Bernard Braden (ATV) International Award of the United StatesAcademy of Television Arts and Sciences Show Business Personalities of the Year: Morecambe No. 2. Breakout' and Wise (ATV) The 'Emmy' Award: Wyvern at War Most Promising Newcomer: (ATV) (Westward) 178 ITV AWARDS

Honourable Mentions: 'The Successor' (Anglia) and exploration and mountaineering film: 'The Magnificent 'House on the Beach' (Rediffusion) Mountain' (TWW) Hollywood Screen Producers Guild Festival of Medical Television Education, London Award for the best produced TV programme of the Ontario, year: '' (ATV) Second Award: 'Uraemia' (Tyne Tees) Prix Jeunesse International Television Festival International Congress of Dermatology, Munich at Munich (for children's programmes) First in Class: 'The Treatment of Psoriasis' (Tyne Tees) Prize of Honour :'Stage One Contest - Caroline' Tenth Vancouver International Film Festival (Rediffusion) ist Prize, Category D: 'Information Explosion' (ABC) Monte Carlo International Television Festival Tenth International Leipzig Documentary and Silver Dove of the International Catholic Organization Short Film Festival for Radio and Television (UNDA): 'Children of The Egon-Irwin-Kisch prize of the OIRT: 'Take It Revolution' (Rediffitsion) From Us' (Southern) Variety Club of Great Britain British Television News Film of the Yea r Com- Joint special award for continuing popularity of their petition, 1967 programmes: Hughie Green for 'Double Your Money' 2nd Award, Film Portfolio Section: R. Jackson (Tyne and Michael Miles for 'Take Your Pick' (RediffUsion) Tees) International Council of Industrial Editors 1st Award, Hard News (Silent) Section: Jack Howard Award of Excellence: 'Fusion' (RediffUsion) (ITN) British Direct Mail Advertising Association ist Award, Sport Section: Slim Macdonnell (Southern) Block and Anderson Cup: 'Fusion' (Rediffitsion) 2nd Award, Sport Section: G. D. Hughes (ATV) Formica Cup: Southern 1st Award, Feature News and Sport (Team) Section: The Guild of Television Producers and Directors L. Roberts, S. Brehaut, J. Hardy and M. Fitzgerald Production - Dramatic Series: Peter Graham Scott (Southern) (freelance for ABC) Production - Special Award: Alan Chivers and Graham Turner (BBCJITV World Cup Consortium) 1968 First Australian World Television Festival Award: (ITN) Special commendation: 'The Orange and the Green' Adult Education Award: Margery Baker for 'The (Ulster) Grammar of Cookery' (ABC) Special commendation: 'Endurance' (Ulster) The Shell International Award: Robert Tyrrell for 'The Monte Carlo International Television Festival Vital Few' (Tyne Tees) Best Colour Film: 'The Enchanted Isles' (Anglia) Berlin Green Week International Agricultural Film International Award of the United States Academy Festival of Television Arts and Sciences 'Golden Ear' (Anglia) The 'Emmy' Award: 'Call Me Daddy' (ABC) Ninth International Leipzig Documentary and Honourable Mention: 'The Enchanted Isles' (Anglia) Short Film Festival Finalist Plaque: 'The Servants' (Tyne Tees) The Egon-Erwin-Kisch prize of the OIRT: 'Getting on International Short Film Festival at Cracow a Little' (Granada) Silver Dragon: 'End of a Revolution', from 'World in British Television News Film of the Year Com- Action' (Granada) petition, 1966 Fipresci Prize (shared with Indian entry): 'End of a ist Award, Hard News (Silent) Section : JohnCullen Revolution' (Granada) (TWW) Prix Jeunesse International Television Festival at 2nd Award, Hard News (Silent) Section: James Hodkin- Munich (for children's programmes) son (Tyne Tees) ist Prize, 12-I5 years category, Plays and Entertainment: ist Award, Hard News (Sound) Section: D.Seymour 'Do Not Adjust Your Set' (Rediffusion) (ITN) 2nd Award, Sport Section: Slim Macdonnell (Southern) Prague International Television Festival ist Award, Hard News (Team) Section: C. Page, Prize for the best photography in the Documentary C. Faulds, D. Seymour, F. Bevan and A. Impey (ITN) Section: 'A Group of Terrorists Attacked', from 'World 2nd Award, Hard News (Team) Section: G. D. Hughes in Action' (Granada) and N. Smart (ATV) Third International Festival of Maritime Films Hon. Mention, Hard News (Team) Section: A. Trnpey, Prix du Cinema Pratique: 'Soup' (Southern) M. Reynolds, M. Greenhalgh, G. Morgan, J. Cullen Third International Festival of Underwater Photo- and R. Calder (TWW) graphy ist Award, Feature News and Sports (Team)Section: Bronze medal for cine-film (professional category): Slim F. A. Hardy, S. l3rehaut, E. Channell and L. Roberts Macdonnell for 'Diver's World' (Southern (Southern) Bronze Medal for cine film (British Isles Section): Slim 1967 International Award of the United States Academy Macdonnell for 'Soup' (Southern) of Television A s and Sciences International Council of Industrial Editors The 'Emmy' Award : 'Big Deal at Gothenburg' (Tyne Award of Excellence: 'Fusion' (Rediffitsion) Tees); 'The Caretaker' (Rediffusion) National Viewers' and Listeners' Association The Queen's Award to Industry, 1967 Award for the most responsible current affairs pro- Presentedto Associated Television for outstanding gramme: 'News at Ten' (ITN) achievements in the field of exports. Sixth Form Opinion The 1967 Ireland Festival of Folk Music and Folk Award for the most outstanding programme for young Lore people: "This is Our Land' (ll'estirard) Special Commendation: 'Mayday, Mayday' (Westward) Venice Film Festival 1968 Trento International Film Festival Selected to represent Great Britain: 'Ikrrings - The Italian Alpine Club's Mario Bello Prize for the best Vanishing 'Harvest' (Anglia); 'Flypast' (Anglia) 179

,

THE AUTHORITY'S FINANCIAL DUTIES ARE SET OUTin part of the Authority's surplusafter tax for any year Section 21 of the Television Act 1964. They are,as the Postmaster-General,with the consent of the briefly, to secure an income large enough to enable Treasury, may decide. The first payment of the it to meet all its running expenses, to provide forlatter kind was required from the surplus for the depreciation on its assets (mainly the transmittingyear ended 31st March1961. In the seven financial stations which it builds and runs), and to have ayears ended 3 rst March1967 payments to the margin from which, after paying the taxes to whichExchequer have been required on six occasions, the Authority is liable like any normal commercialtotalling over £61, million, of which £51 million has organization, it can put something into its Reserve been paid since the 'additional payments' were Fund and pay for its capital expenditure. introduced. The Authority has paid, in addition, The Authority secures this income from the£i21 million in normal taxation on its surplus in the programme companies in the formof rentals payableseven years ended March1967. No decision has yet by them for the use of the Authority's transmitters. been taken about any payments which might be The programme companies earn their income byrequired from the surplus for the year ended 31st selling the advertising time which they are allowed,March 1968. It has not, therefore, been possible to and must from this income provide all the pro-complete the accounts for that year, or to include grammes and meet alltheir other expenses. Thethem in the summary on the following pages. whole system is thus entirely dependent on the During 1967 the Authority selected the programme revenue secured from advertisements. contractors who commenced their operations on Since July 1964 the programme companies have30th July 1968. The basic rentals collectively pay- had to make further payments in addition to theirable by the fifteen companies from July 1968 amount rentals. These payments, although collected fromto just over £7 million a year,compared with nearly the companies by the Authority, are transmitted£8.7 million which the programme contractors were immediately to the Exchequer. They are calculatedpaying under the contracts which terminated in July by reference to the net advertising receipts of each 1968. The reason for the reduction is that when the company as follows: old contract rentals were fixed in 1963 it seemed possible that during the term of the appointments On the first £1,500,000 per annum then being made the Authority might, in addition to no additional payment duplicating in UHF on 625 lines its existing 405 On the next £6,000,000 per annum line service, have to provide for a second UHF 25 per cent service. The Authority now knows that while it has On amounts in excess of £7,5oo,000 to introduce the duplication service, nodecision on 45 per cent. an additional serviceis likely to be taken for some In the year to 29th July 1968 the 'additionaltime. The Authority concluded therefore that the payments' due to the Exchequer totalled just overamount it would initially require in rentalsfrom the £25,1 million, bringing the total payments since thecontractors would be less thanpreviously thought arrangement was introduced on 3oth July 1964 to necessary, and that it should relateits rental require- almost £94 million. This considerable direct benefitments to its actual needs, as has alwaysbeen its to the Exchequer fromIndependent Television is in policy. In arriving at the total rental required in the addition to the taxation which it secures on thecurrent contracts the Authorityassumed that it profits of the programme contractors and, as will be would be allowed to retain in its Reserve Fund, for seen from the accountswhich follow, of theuse in the UHFdevelopment, the whole of the Authority, and by the appropriation to it of suchsurpluses accruing in 1966-67 and later years. 18o FINANCEISummarized Revenue Accounts and Balance Sheets

Independent Television Authority Summarized Revenue Accounts

Six years to 31st March 1960 31st March 1961 31st March 1962 Income £11,188,790 £4,311,175 £4,879,380 Expenditure : Engineering Z278,866 977,965 1.274,541 Premises 209,225 94,331 246,940 Management & Central Services 641,457 200,082 263,264 Superannuation Fund 63,440 34,832 33,983 Depreciation 928,912 340,285 357,764 4,121,900 1,647,495 Z176,492 Taxation 3,174,806 1,345,000 1,293,577 Surplus for the year 3,892,084 1,318,680 1,409,311 Available surplus, including any balance brought forward 3,892,084 1,370,764 1,553,075 Disposal of Surplus to Reserves: Tax Equalization 220,000 (-) 78,000 38,000 Loan Redemption 555,000 Capital Expenditure 1,595,000 405,000 740,000 Reserve Fund 1 470,000 450,000 Contributions to the Exchequer 450,000 531,311 Increased cost of replacement of fixed assets 100,000 Unappropriated Balance 52,084 143,764 143,764 £3,892,084 £1,370,764 £1,553,075

Summarized Balance Sheets

31st March 1960 31st March 1961 31st March 1962 Fixed Assets at Cost and payments on account of capital works in progress 3,072,786 3,814,155 4,870,829 Less Depreciation 924,011 1,259,312 1,577,417 Net Value of Fixed Assets 2,148,775 2,554,843 3,293,412 Reserve Fund Investments 499,988 1,470,004 1,919,996 Current Assets less Current Liabilities 2,028,321 2,075,917 1,721,667 Total Net Assets 4,677,084 6,100,764 6,935,075 representing : Loan Redemption Reserve 555,000 Capital Expenditure Reserve 1,595,000 2,555,000 3,295,000 Increased Cost of Replacement of Fixed Assets 100,000 Reserve Fund 1,470,000 1,920,000 1,920,000 Taxation Reserve 1,005,000 1,032,000 945,000 Contributions to the Exchequer 450,000 531,311 Unappropriated Balance on Revenue Account 52,084 143,764 143,764 £4,677,084 £6,100,764 £6,935,075 FINANCEISummarized Revenue Accountsand Balance Sheets

Totals from 31st March 1966 31st March 1967 29th July 1954 31st March 1963 31st March 1964 31st March 1965 Z9,439,038 £58,099,128 £5,649,169 £6,218,278 £7,507,598 £8,905,700

1,931 ,277 2,013,656 13,353,378 1 ,512,1 52 1 ,583,967 1,780,954 322,262 2,066,356 293,083 290,536 294,097 315,882 553,554 3,739,908 323,474 401,673 836,417* 519,987 69,206 70,304 445,662 49,600 57,681 66,616 553,278 4,048,329 424,860 475,931 435,864 531,435 3,513,054 23,653,133 2,603,169 2,809,788 3,413,948 3,367,787 2,188,000 15,403,383 1,465,000 1,522,000 2,403,000 2,012000 3,525,913 3,737,984 19,042,112 1,581,000 1 ,886,490 1,690,650 3,757,817 3,990,801 19,042,112 1,724,764 2086,254 1,903 ,904

150,000 35,000 400,000 60,000 (-) 22000 (-) 3,000 555,000 455,000 45,000 4,465,000 535,000 115,000 575,000 1,830,000 6,200,000 900,000 1 ,300,000 250,000 6,631,311 400,000 750,000 2,700,000 1,800,000 200,000 10,000 520,000 30,000 80,000 100,000 252,817 270,801 270,801 199,764 213,254 231,904 £3,990,801 £19,042,112 £1 ,724,764 £2,086,254 £1,903,904 £3,757,817

31st March 1966 31st March 1967 31st March 1963 31st March 1964 31st March 1965 8,852,442 5,820,949 6,387,882 7,370,791 8,307,431 3,837,064 1,992,829 2444,253 2,851,002 3,334,500 5,015,378 3,828,120 3,943,629 4,519,789 4,972,961 4,361,186 1 ,919,999 2,820,010 3,860,253 4,155,355 4,729,237 2,366,645 3,297,615 3,561,862 .7,939,531 14,105,801 8,114,764 10,061,254 11,941 ,904 13,067,817

5,020,000 3,830,000 3 ,945,000 4,520,000 4,975,000 520,000 130,000 210,000 310,000 510,000 6,200,000 2,820,000 4,120,000 4,370,000 4,370,000 260,000 295,000 1 ,135,000 1 ,173,000 1 ,760,000 400,000 750,000 2,700,000 1,800,000 252,817 270,801 199,764 213,254 231 ,904 £14,105,801 £8,114,764 £10,061 ,254 £11 ,941 ,904 £13,067,817 * Includes £304,850 written off the value ofinvestments ,,...e.-.mort.,,A..ill ,

'1$

." -

- e. 11111.V., Tin\ atr

- 183

INDEPENDENT TELEVISION, BY ITS FEDERAL STRUCTURE, sale of advertising time and pay a rental to theITA has brought a strong regional element into Britishand a levy to the Exchequer. television. The programmes are provided by the Fifteen companies have been appointed by the programme companies selectedand appointed byAuthority to provide the programmes in the ITA's the Independent Television Authority to serve thefourteen areas for a six-year contract period from separate areas of the country. The companies mustthe end of July 1968. In thirteen of the areas a single consult the Authority in advance about their pro-company is responsible forproviding the full week's gramme schedules, and withinthe approved sched-programmes. In the London area one companyis ules the Authority may subsequently call for detailedresponsible for weekday programmes until 7 p.m. information about particular programmes. The pro-on Fridays, another companyfor weekend pro- gramme companiesobtain their revenue from thegrammes from 7 p.m. on Friday s.

Area Company Studios Population Coverage millions

The Borders and All week BORDER TELEVISION Carlisle 0.58 Isle of Man Central Scotland All week SCOTTISH TELEVISION Glasgow 3.99 Edinburgh Channel Islands All week CHANNEL TELEVISION St Helier 0.11 St Peter Port East of England All week ANGLIA TELEVISION Norwich 5.85 Hull Lancashire All week GRANADA TELEVISION Manchester 8.04 London London Weekdays to THAMES TELEVISION Lon-Ion 13.49 7 p.m. Friday Weekends from LONDON WEEKEND London 13.49 7 p.m. Friday TELEVISION Midlands All week ATV NETWORK Birmingham 10.59 London North-East England All week TYNE TEES TELEVISION Newcastle upon Tyne 2.72 North-East Scotland All week GRAMPIAN TELEVISION Aberdeen 1.85 Edinburgh Dundee Northern Ireland All week ULSTER TELEVISION Belfast 1.38 South of England All week SOUTHERN INDEPENDENT Southampton 4.27 TELEVISION Dover South-West EnglandAll week WESTWARD TELEVISION Plymouth 1.60 Wales and West All week HARLECH TELEVISION Cardiff 3.96 of England Bristol Yorkshire All week YORKSHIRE TELEVISION Leeds 5.84 Sheffield Hull 184 PROGRAMME COMPANIES/Anglia Anglia Television EAST OF ENGLAND

Under agreement with the Independent Television Authority, Anglia Television provides television programmes in the East of England throughout the whole week.

ITA Channel Vision Sound Opening Date PopulationITA Homes Transmitter Frequency Frequency 000's 000's MHz MHz

Mendlesham 11 204733125 201.233125 27th Oct. 1959

Sandy Heath 6 179.766875 176.266875 13th July 1965 5,851 995

Belmont 7 184.766875 181.266875 20th Dec. 1965

Adviser); K. Elphick (Programme Planning Execu- tive); B. F. Milne (Presentation Manager); A. E. Clifford (Head of Publicity and Promotion); P .J. Brady (Head of Press and Public Relations); D. Dawson (Head of Stills);J.P. Margetson (Sales Controller);R.D. Crombie (Local Sales Manager (Norwich)); C. Bond (Northern Sales Executive (Manchester) ). Religious Advisers: Canon A. R. Freeman (Church of England); The Rev. R. G. Manley (Roman Catholic); The Rev. E. F. Jones (Free Church). Education Adviser: Glyn Daniel, Litt.D., F.S.A. Schools' Liaison Officer : C. W. Newman-Sanders. Staff: Anglia Television employs a staff of 425, with many more for particular programmes. Anglia House, in the heart of the City of Norwich Visits to Studios: A limited number of tickets are Directors: The Marquess Townshend of Rayn- available for audiences at certain shows. ham (Chairman); A. Buxton*, M.C.; L. Scott*;Enquiries: General enquiries from the public J Woolf*; R. G. Joice*; D. Albery; W. 0. Cope-should be made to the Public Relations Depart- man, C.B.E., J.P. ; G. Daniel, Litt.D., F.S.A.; Sirment in Norwich; enquiries by arusts' agents to Peter Greenwell, Bt. the Contracts Department, Norwich. Press en- * Executive Directors. quiries should be made to the Press Officer. Submission of Scripts: Material required :8o- Officers: D. S. McCall (Conzpau SecretazylChief minute plays in script form. Outlines of ideas are Accountant); J. F. M. Roualle (Athninistration Con- not acceptable unless submitted throughrecognized troller);R. J. Pinnock (Assistant Compau Secretary/ agencies by authors who have had previous experi- Deputy Chief Accountant); D. S. Little (Contracts All submissions should be Officer); A. Barnett (Station Engineer); P. Garner ence in television writing. to The Drama Department at the London office. (Assistant Head of Local Programnzes); J. Jacobs (Head of Drama); C. Willock (Head of NaturalProgramme Journal: TV Times publishesa Histozy Unit); F. Taylor (Head of Documentariesseparate edition for the AngliaTelevision area. and Adult Education); J. Wilson (Head of News); C. Engineering: Anglia Television Headquarters are Ewing (Head of Farming); B. Connell (Programme situated in the centre of the city of Norwich and PROGRAMME COMPANIES/Ang/ia x8s

Head Office: Anglia House,Norwich, Hull Offices: Regent House, Norfolk, NOR 07A0603 28366 Ferensway, Kingston upon Hull London Office: Brook House, 0482 20101 113 Park Lane, W1Y ADX01 -493 8331 Offices: Hainton Northern Sales Office: televisionHouse,House, Hainton Square, Mount Street, Manchester M25WT Grimsby, Lincs. 061 -834 8575 0472 57026

Nor- include Anglia House (the production andadminis- processing machine. Six cutting rooms are at handle the work tration centre), Cereal House (generaloffices), wich, while three more in London and storageof the Natural History Unit.The London premises Guardian Road (scenery construction preview theatre, and facilities) and Commercial Union House(Accounts also have a 16-mm/35-mm there is an RCA 'rock and roll'4-channel dubbing and Local Sales Departments). preview theatrein There will shortly be constructed a newoffice and theatre and 16-mm/35-mm studio complex which will centralizeall departments Norwich. of the Company and provideadditional production News and Weather Facilities:Anglia operates studio space. four staff news film units: two inNorwich and one in use at the There are three production studios each in the Hull and Grimsby newsoffices, where moment: Studio A, 52ft by 62 ft (3,224 sq. ft), full editorial staffs work direct to thestation's main ft), and Studio C, Studio B, 25 ft by 41 ft (1,025 sq. news centre atAnglia House. Also 6o correspondents. 18 ft by 13 ft (234 sq. ft). The newstudio which is to be constructedwill be approximately 5,000 sq.ft. Local Programmes: NEWS AND NEWS MAGAZINES: Studio A will be equipped with threecolour camerasAnglia Newsroom; About Anglia;Anglia Weather and the new studio with fourcolour cameras, andService; Anglia Reports; PoliceCall. TALKS and both will contain the latestcomprehensive sound DISCUSSIONS: Arena;Under the Clock. FEATURES AND and lighting equipment. StudioC is equipped with DOCUMENTARIES: East SideStories (22 half-hour two remotely controlledbroadcast vidicon cameraseditions); The Fight For YorkMinster (network); and is used for station announcementsand con- The Stansted Affair (network);The Falklands Affair tinuity purposes. (network); Switch On The Chickens,Put the Cows A new Central TechnicalFacilities area is at the on The Roundabout ...(network). FARMING: Farming moment underconstruction and will eventually Diary. RELIGION: Reflection;Church Services; The contain the following facilities: Christmas Story; Hope (network); YourMusic On TELECINE: Threechannels of 16 mm, three channels Sunday; Men Who Matter; Complementsof the of 35 mm, two slidechannels, and one caption Season (Christmas religious special). EDUCATIVE:At scanner, thesefacilities being capable of full colour Home. CHILDREN: The Romper Room;Survival Game transmissions. There will alsobe another i6-mm (network). LIGHT ENTERTAINMENT:Contest; Tiy For telecine machine for monochrometransmission only. Ten; Glamour '68; CambridgeFootlights Revue; The VIDEOTAPE RECORDING:There will eventually beMulch Horn Sounds (Universityof East Anglia). three videotape recordingmachines capable of full SPORT: Match of theWeek; Eastern Sport. SPECIAL colour recording and replaying. EVENT: Norfolk CountyHall opened by H.M. The A new togetherwith a compre- Queen. hensive Presentation Suite isnearing completion of handling mono-Drama: Under John Jacobs, Headof Drama, this and this will also be capable plays for the ITV chrome or colour programmes. department produces full-length OUTSIDE BROADCASTS:An Outside Broadcast unit isnetwork. Orthicon cameras available equipped with Image Natural History: The AngliaTelevision Natural sound facilities, etc., together with comprehensive History Unit has just completed afresh Survival Videotape and itis also equipped with its own series for the coming season. TheSurvival Game also microwave link Recording machine. There are was a networknatural history competition, inwhich facilities for live Outside Broadcast programmes. schools from all over Britain entered to competefor Film Facilities: There arethree feature soundthe East African safari prizeawarded to the winning units and four news units,serviced by an OMACteam. 186 PROGRAMME COMPANIES/ATV ATV Network MIDLANDS

ATV Network Ltd is the company which, under agreement with the Independent Television Authority, provides the televisionprogrammes in the Midlands during the whole week.

ITA Channel Vision Sound Opening DatePopulationITA Homes Transmitter Frequency Frequency 000's 000's MHz MHz Lichfield 8 189.75 186.25 17th Feb. 1956 Membury 12 209.75 206.25 30th April 1965 10,591 2,555 Ridge Hill 6 179.712875 176.21287530th July 1968

Sales Department: John Wardrop (Director of Sales); Guy Spencer (Sales Controller); Peter Mears (General Sales Manager); Stanley Smith (Manager Birmingham Sales Office). Religious Advisers: The Rev. D. R. MacInnes, M.A., Precentor of Birmingham Cathedral (Church of England); The Rev. Robert Duce, Minister of Castle Gate Congregational Church, Nottingham (Free Church); The Rev. Geoffrey R. Tucker, B.A., S.T.L., Priest of St Joseph's, Chasetown, Staffs. (Roman Catholic). Education: Professor Ronald Maudsley (Chairman, Education Advisory Committee); Robert Heron (Head ATV Today unit at the Bull Ring Centre, Birmingham of EducationalBroadcasting);RobertColston (Schools' Liaison Officer). Enquiries: Enquiries about artists and Directors: Lord Renwick, K.B.E. (Chairman); Lew programmes should be addressed to Viewers' Correspondenceat Grade (Deputy Chairman and Joint ManagingATV's Birmingham offices. Director); Robin D. Gill (joint Managing Director); Jack F. Gill (Finance Director); Sir Eric Clayson; Tickets for Programmes: A limited number of ; Sir George Farmer ; Dame Isabel tickets are available for certain audienceprogrammes Graha,n-Bryce ;Leonard Mathews; Bill Ward, at ATV's Birmingham and Studios. Appli- O.B.E. cations,enclosing stamped addressed envelope, should be made to: Ticket Controller, ATV Studio Officers: Bill Ward, O.B.E. (Productions Control-Centre, Eldon Avenue, Boreham Wood, Herts. The ler); Leonard Mathews (General Manager Mid-minimum age is 16. lands); Ron Denny (General Manager Elstree); ColM Wills (Deputy General Manager); Cecil Clarke Submission of Programme Material: As ATV's ( Plays); Robert Heller (Headrequirements are constantly changing, interested of Factual Programming Documentaries, Religion professional writers are requested, in the first in- and Education); Anthony Lucas (Legal Adviser); stance, to communicate with Miss Renee Goddard, Derek Willinns (Compau Secretary); John Walton Head of the Script Department. (Staff Relations Controller); David Stevens (ChiefStudios:1968 has been a year of continued im- Press'Officer);Robert Gillman (News Editor);provement and augmentation of facilities, witha Anthony Flanagan (Head of Outside Broadcast particular emphasis on colour TV. Productions); Billy Wright, C.B.E. (Head of Sport); ATV will continue to produceprogrammes from Gerry Kaye (Head of Engineering). its Aston Studios in Birmingham until the latter half PROGRAMME COMPANIES/ATV 187 Rutland House, 150 Edmund Street, Birmingham 3 021 -236 5191 ATV House, 17 Great Cumberland Place, London W1 01 -262 8040 1917 TM QUEEN'S AWARD ATV Studios, Aston Road North, Aston, Birmirigham 6 TO INDUSTRY 021 -278 3091 ATV Studio Centre, Eldon Avenue, Boreham Wood, Herts. 01 -953 6100 of 1969, when it is expected that the Company's newProgrammes: ATV's productions have included : studios will be operational. The new studios are partNEWS: Midlands News; Midlands News Special(local of a magnificent entertainment complex now underelection coverage); ATV Today. FEATURES AND construction in the heart of Birmingham. ThisDOCUMENTARIES: The Last Shangri-La; Firewatch; developmentknown as Paradise Centrewill in-It's Dark Down There; Big Fish, Little Fish; The corporate ATV Network's new studio centre,Lion and the Dragon; Frivolity and Reason; Good including ii,000 sq. ft of studio floor-space all fullyEvening; Follow Through; Aware; The Nature of equipped for colour. The 7-day Midlands operationPrejudice; Welcome to Britain; Referendum; Power brought with it a need to increase the technicalfrom Beyond; The Three Happiest Years (Warwick facilities at Aston. To this end, a further 16/36 mmUniversity documentary); Arkle and the Duchess; Vidicon telecine was installed and four more VTRMidland Member; Protest; Man of the Month; Meet machines were purchased and commissioned. the Mayor; In All Directions; Tonight with Dave The Company's existing Studio Centre at Bore-Allen. LIGHT ENTERTAINMENT : George and the Dragon; ham Wood in is a 340,000 sq. ftSam and Janet; The Golden Shot; Spotlight; The development and one of the most up-to-date centres Show; Piccadilly Palace; The of television production, studio and technical facili- Show ;Tarbuck' s Back; Milly ;The ties. Of itsfour major studios, two, both116 Des O'Connor Show; The Bit Show; It Must be by 8o sq.ft, are being equipped to record pro-Dusty; Have Bird Will Travel; Goodbye Again; ductions in colour in readiness for the start of ITVStars;The Mike Yarwood Show; The Jimmy Tarbuck colour transmissions. Colour productions have, inShow; Saturday Stars. FILM SERIES: Man in a Suit- fact, been produced at the for acase; The Prisoner; ; TheSaint; The number of years by means of a studio link to a Champions. DRAMA SERIES: Crossroads; Honey Lane; mobile 'colour' control vehicle. When completed, Driveway; Virgin of ; Love Story; these two studios will both be equipped to recordCrime Buster. DRAMA: Tne Curtis Affair; The Father; on the American and British colour systemsthe The Judge; The Detour; Public and Confidential (four American 525 NTSC and the British 625 PAL. Theplays starring Patrick Wymark); The Retreat; A 4-camera Colour OB unit already operates onbothMost Unfortunate Accident; Who is Sylvia?; A systems. Work has begun on the constructionof aHeritage and its History; The Tigers of Subtopia; The new Central Technical FacilitiesBlock, housingStealers of Darkness; Inventory for the Summer; VTR, Telecine and Assignment switching and signal Public Face. CHILDREN'S PROGRAMMES: The Tingha distribution equipment and the building of a per- and Tucker Club; Joe 90. SPECIAL PROGRAMMES: A manent audience area for Studio D. Special Royal Performance, A Royal Gala (both light The hand-held monochrome camera isnow entertainment); A Gala Concert (Victoria de los capable of operation from a helicopter and has beenAngeles with the Royal Philharmonic Orchestra). seen in action to good effect atoutside broadcasts.RELIGION: Morning Services; A Date withMusic; Four Triumphant; The Tree House Family; The The Queen's Award to Industry: The Queen'sChurch and I; The Newness of Life; Pulse; Reporting Award to Industry 1967 was presented to AssociatedChrist. EDUCATION: Bon Accueil; Deux Mondes; Television for outstanding achievements in the fieldWorking with Weather; Primiry French; Icila of exports. The company sells programmes of all France; Conflict. ATV participates in network sports kinds all over the world via its subsidiaries ATVprogramming in addition to covering sporting events Network Ltd and Incorporated Television Companywithin the Midlands area, and played a major part Ltd. in the ITV coverage of the Olympic Games. 188 PROGRAMME COMPANIES/Border Border Television THE BORDERS AND ISLE OF MAN

Authority, provides the television programmes Border Television Limited is a public company which,under agreement with the Independent Television Cumberland, Westrnorland, the Isle of Man and NorthNorthumberland, including Berwick-upon-Tweed. for the whole week, serving Southern Scotland,

Vision Sound Opening DatePopulationITA Homes ITA Channel 000's Transmitter Frequency Frequency 000's MHz MHz

Caldbeck 11 204.75 201.25 1st Sept. 1961

Selkirk 13 214.723 211.223 1st Dec. 1961 579 165 Richmond Hill 8 189.733125 186.23312526th Mar. 1965 (Isle of Man)

Whitehaven 7 184.766875 181.26687530th Jan. 1968

D.Litt. ; B. C.Blyth,M.Inst.M.S.M.(Sales Director); Major T. E. Brownsdon, 0.B.E., J.P. ;P. Francis, B.A.; N. H. Leyland, M.A.; G. L.S. Lightfoot, 0.B.E.; The ; G.S. Marr; J. I. M. Smail, 0.B.E., M.C., T.D.; TheEarl of Stair, C.V.O., M.B.E. ; W. S. Trimble;John C. Wade, O.B.E., J.P. ;R. H. Watts, F.C.I.S., F.C.W.A. (Station Manager and CompanySecretary). Officers: D. Batey (AssistantController of Pro- grammes (Production));J. M. Graham (Assistant Controller of Programmes (Planning));H. J.C. Gower, F.I.E.E. (Chief Engineer);F. J. Bennett (PublicRelations Manager and SchoolsLiaisonOffi cer); kr A. P. Logie (Sales Manager). Border Television filrn unit making documentary 'ExitReligious Advisers: Canon RobertHoltby(Church Steam' of England); Rev. .Dr JohnMarsh (Free Church); Directors: John L. Burgess, aaE., T.D., D.L.,Rev. Dr A. W. Sawyer, 0.B.E.,M.C. (Church of J.P. (Chairman); James Bredin(Managing DirectorScotland); Rt Rev. Monsignor R. L.Smith (Roman and Controller of Programmes); SirMichael Balcon, Catholic). PROGRAMMECOMPANIES/Border 189 Television Centre, Carlisle 0228 25101 14 Curzon Street, London W1Y. 7FH Border Television01-499 7541

Staff: Total members of staff 145. the station's videotape requirements. Preparatory Visits to Studios: Official visits for limitednum-work is proceeding to convert the Studio Centre to bers by application to Public Relations Manager. 625 line operation and a completelynew Master Control Room is being built and equipped. Script Requirements: Most scriptsare providedFilm Facilities: Two sound camera units operate from the Company's staff. Occasionally, scriptsare from the centre, reinforced by free-lance film commissioned for special programmes from outside cameramen throughout the service area. Editing sources. Writers should not submit written work, facilities include a dual picture head six-plate table apart from notes, before their ideas have been fullyand a projection table which enables production discussed. Suggestions should be addressed to theteams to view in comfort. The latest film processing Assistant Controller of Programmes (Production) inequipment is installed in the Laboratory suite which Carlisle. also includes full 'stills' facilities. Programme Journal: A special Border edition ofProgrammes: BorderTelevision'slocalpro- the TVTimes gives full details of all the programmes.grammes include Border News and Lookaround, Studios: THE TELEVISION CENTRE, CARLISLE. Produc- Monday to Friday, a magazine of news and features tionfacilitiesare concentrated at Carlisle in aabout people and events in the Region; Border building specificallydesignedfor the purpose.Diary, a summary of forthcoming events (Sundays); Studio facilitiesforlocal productions compriseBorder Forum, in which Border personalities and three studios, with areas of 1,o5o, 645 and 227 sq. ft. guests discuss current affairs in an after-dinner The two larger studios employ vidicon cameras andatmosphere (fortnightly); Late Night Thursday,a are served by a control suite designed and equippedweekly light-hearted magazine. Romper Room,a by the company'sstaff.Solid-state productionkindergarten programme for mothers andyoung lighting control equipment is provided and thiscanchildren (Monday, Wednesday and Friday). Tly for be made availablein eitherstudio through aTen, a quiz show with Border participants and cash specially-designed power changeover system. Aprizes. Border Sports Report, a round-up of weekend modern suite of make-up and dressing rooms, andsport (Saturdays). Anniversaiy, birthday greetings a scenery production and storage area completeto children. The Sound of... aseries of musical the studio complex. The 227 sq. ft presentationprogrammes featuring local and national enter- studiorms part of a suite containing announcrs'tainers. One Evening of Late, a folk musicpro- office and , adjacent to the mastergramme. As Good As New, half-hour programmes control area. A solid-state vidicon camera withon collectors and their collections ranging from remotely-controlled zoom lens and panning headantiques to postage stamps. Border Safari,a nature is used in this studio. Studios, technical and film series dealing with the flora and fauna of the Border areas occupy almost to,000 sq. ft out of a total areaRegion. Epilogue (Sundays). Anews summary of approximately 23,500 sq. ft. closes weekday transmissions andnews flashes give important news at weekends. Local policeuse the Technical Facilities: The threemultiplexed news service for urgent messages and special notices machines in telecine service incorporate automatic and Police Call, a weekly reporton local crime, light input control and full interlock facilities forinvites viewers to co-operate with the police. jobs both 16-mm and 35-mm operating. Limited 16-mmBulletin, prepared in co-operation with the Ministry magnetic recording facilities are also available. Aof Labour, informs viewers of jobs available in the set of solid-state videotape equipment deals withBorder area. Occasional documentaries planned. PROGRAMME COMPANIESIChannel Channel Television CHANNEL ISLANDS

Channel Television is the trading name of Channel Islands Communications (Television) Limited, which is a limited liability company registered in Jersey and is the programme contractor appointed by the Independent Television Authority for the Channel Islands.

ITA Channel Vision Sound Opening Date PopulationITA Homes Transmitter Frequency Frequency 000's 000's MHz MHz

Fremont Point 9 194.75 191.25 1st Sept. 1962 107 32

Directors: Senator W. H. Krichefski, O.B.E. (Chairman); K. A. Killip (Man(zging Director); Mrs George Troy; Conseiller E. H. Bodman; M. J. Brown; Conseiller E. D. Collas; Harold Fielding; G. le G. Peek; W. N. Rumball ; Advocate T. Cubitt Sowden ; Advocate K. Hooper Valpy. Officers: Brian Turner (Operations Manager); Ron Blundell (Sales Controller); Phill Mottram Brown (Local Sales Manager); Brian Le Feuvre (Head of News and Features); A. G. McLintock (Company Se 7etary).

I Staff: The total staff of the company is 76. This in- CHAPINCA. TV cludes a staff of six in Guernsey and seventeen at the London office.

4,01.104NO Religious Advisory Committee: Canon A. S. Giles, Dean of Jersey (representing Anglican Church, Jersey); Canon A. V. Olney (Roman Catholic,Jersey); Rev. John S. Naylor (Free Churches, Jersey); Rev. Frank Cooper (Anglican Church, Guernsey); Rev. F. 4 I. Davies (Free Churches, Guernsey); Rev. Father A. Llewhellin (Roman Catholic Church, Guernsey). Enquiries:Enquiriesaboutartistsandpro- The Television Centre grammes should be addresscd either to theEditor, PROGRAMME COMPANIES/Channel 191

The Television Centre, St Helier,Jersey CI 0534 23451 Les Arcades, St Peter Port, GuernseyCI foie* 0481 23451 CHANNEL TELEVISION 195 Knightsbridge, London 5W7 01 -584 3761

The Channel Viewer, Smith Street, St PeterPort, Programmes: Channel News, a local newscastand Guernsey, or Viewers' Correspondence, Channel newsreel, is transmitted Monday to Friday,together Television, The TelevisionCentre, St Helier,with a two-minute weather forecast suppliedby the Chan- Jersey. States of Jersey Meteorological Department. nel News Headlines, 3-minute Sunday bulletin.Island Farmer, a weekly programme of news,information Submission of Scripts: Channel Television's Channel script requirements are limited to those of a localand features on the oldest industry in the for short,Islands. Frankly Speaking, a weeklyface-to-face nature, although there is sometimes scope known Channel Islands one-act plays. The Head of Newsand Features we! - programme where well and scripts which could bebusiness, professional and political figures are ques- comes programme ideas Mainly thesetioned in a live, unscripted programme. of interest to Channel Island viewers and transmitted should be addressed to him. Live, a weekly magazine programme live from the studio, in which personalitiesin the Islandc meet each other and talk informally.Sports Programme Journal: The Channel Viewer is pub-Round Up, a weekly newsreel and magazine of sport lished by Channel Islands Communications(Tele- in the Islands, transmitted on Thursdays.Channel Street, vision) Ltd, and its editorial address is Smith Report, a weekly magazine programme,transmitted St Peter Port, Guernsey. on Fridays.Actualites, a in the French language which is broadcast on Monday, Wednes- Studios: JERSEY: Studio I, 40 ft by 25 ft. Three day, Thursday and Friday (late night).Commentaire, Vidicon cameras and normal sound facilities for a short programmein the French language trans- television and film recording. Presentation studiomitted on Tuesday evenings, which reports a with Vidicon camera. Two telecine units for 35-mm, current affairstalking point in depth. Bulletin slide and i6-mm projection with optical, magneticMeteorologique, a weather forecast in the French and 'Sepmag' facilities. GUERNSEY: Studiomeasuringlanguage, broadcast Mondays to Fridays.Puffin' s 30 ft by 20 ft designed forlive television usage butBirthday Greetings, a daily series of programmesin at present equipped for i6-mmfilm production. which the station mascot, Oscar Puffin,with the duty announcer sends birthday messages to young Film Facilities: The station has two film units,viewers. Action, which is a monthly programme one in Jersey and onein Guernsey. They areabout the activities of the churches in theChannel equipped with Arrillex x6 BL, Auricon i6-mm Islands. Channel Report 'Special', an irregular pro- Pro-600 and the new Beaulieu R.I6 electricallygramme mounted to cover eventsof special interest driven hand-held sound/silent cameras. Nagra tapein the Islands. A series of programmes ispresented recorders equipped with Neopilot synch are usedfrom time to time featuring bands andmusicians with the above cameras and the station is equippedphy, inF locally. Special one-act plays are also pre- with transfer facilities from Neopilot to double-sente d at irregular intervalsbut these are confined headed working using the latest Leevers-Rich mag-priilarily to presentations in the local patoisof the netic film recorders. The station ba,i its own pro-7qiands. Channel Television serves a commaity cessor for reversal film andnil film is irensmittedwhich, by virtue of ancient charters,has self- positive, if prints are required, they are normallygovernment. Because a this,special political pro- reversal prints. grammes are provided fromtime to time. 192 PROGRAMME COMPANIES/Grampian Grampian Television NORTH-EAST SCOTLAND

Grampian Television is the company which, under agreement with the Independent TelevisionAuthority, provides the television programmes in North- East Scotland during the whole week.

ITA Channel Vision Sound Opening DatePopulationITA Homes Transmitter Frequency Frequency 000's 000's MHz MHz

Durris 9 194.766875 191.26687530th Sept. 1961

Mounteagle 12 209.75 206.25 30th Sept. 1961 1,847 305 Rumster Forest 8 189.75 186.25 25th June 1965

Angus 11 204.766875 201.26637513th Oct. 1965

Peter Brien (MarketingController); Derrick Neiman (Facilities Controller); Jeremy Taylor (Edinburgh Manager); Alastair Beaton (Publicity and Promotions

. 7-71- ''"f7, r"17.1",lij Executive); Alexander Dey (Accountant); Anthony Elkins (Head of Film); Alex. Ramsay (Station AM PIAN I S I 0.1§.1 Engineer);Charles Smith (Head of News and Current Affairs). Religious Advisers: Rev. George T. H. Reid (C. of S. Aberdeen); Rev. Thomas R. S. Campbell (C. of S. Dundee); Rev. Provost Arthur Hodgkinson (Episcopal); Rev. Father Charles McGregor (R.0 .); el, James D. Michael (layman). Schools Advisory Committee: James R. Clark, C.B.E., M.A., B.Sc., Ed.B. (Director of Education, Exterior of Grampian's Aberdeen Studios Aberdeen); James Scotland, M.A., LL.B., M.Ed. (Prindpal, Aberdeen College of Education); James Directors: Captain Jain M. Tennant, J.P. (Chair- Carson, M.A. (Director of Education, Dundee); J. P. man); Lord Windlesham (Managing Director) ; Alex.Forsyth (H.M. Inspector, Scottish Education Depart- Mair, M.B.E., A.C.W.A. (Secretaiy);Sir Johnment); George N. Rennie, J.P., M.A., F.E.I.S. Carmichael, K.B.E.; The Dowager Viscountess(Educational Institute of Scotland); Charles Scott, Colville of Culross, O.B.E.; The Lord Forbes,B.Sc. (Educational Institute of Scotland); R. Munro K.B.E., D.L., J.P.; John N. Milne, M.A., LL.B.,(Educational Institute of Scotland); Rev. P. Craik B.Com., LL.D.; NeilPaterson, M.A.; MajorMcQuoid (Aberdeen County Council); Baillie J. S. J. Michael Crichton Stuart, M.C., D.L., J.P. ; LordStephen (Aberdeen Education Authority). , 0.B.E., C.A., J.P. ; Robert Wotherspoon, Education Officer: Mrs Elizabeth Garrett. J.P. Officers: Kenneth Bellini (Programme PlanningStaff: Total members of staff:Scotland 177; Controller); james Buchan (Production Controller);London 32. PROGRAMME COMPANIESIGrampian 193 Queen's Cross, Aberdeen, AB9 2XJ 0224 53553 103-105 Marketgait, Dundee 0382 21777 26 Calton Road, Edinburgh 8 031 -556 8171 Nuffield House, 41-46 Piccadilly, London W1 01 -734 7090

Awards made by the Company: Grampian Golfvaluable facilities in the field of adult education Trophy competed for annually at St Andrews ; Gram-programmes. pian Giant Slalom Trophy competed for annuallyProgrammes: Grampian produce the following: on Fki-slopes in theGrampian area ; annual trophy for the Grampian Television Personality of the Year. NEWS AND NEWS MAGAZINES :Grampian News (daily, Monday to Friday), a local newscast and newsreel; Studios: ABERDEEN: The studios occupy an area ofGrampian Week (weekly), a topical news magazine (fort- 40,600 sq. ft. The building provides for all the needscovering Scottish affairs; Farming Today of the administrative and operational staff. A centralnightly), a news magazine for the farming com- technical area on the first floor is equipped with amunity; Sportscope (weekly), a local sports magazine ; studio and all necessary equipment for presentationWednesday People (weekly), an `off-beat' magazine and continuity use. Three multiplex telecines, afeaturing Scottish characters and personalities. caption scanner, a slide scanner and two videotape DISCUSSIONS AND FEATURES : PointsNorth (monthly), recorders are available. On the ground floor twodiscussion by Scottish MP's on economic and social studios of 2,000 sq. ft and 750 sq. ft can be linkedproblems; Grampian Special (periodically), investi- to form a floor area of 2,750 sq. ft.Three Marconigations into various aspects of public affairs; That MK V solid state image orthicon cameras can beJob (fortnightly), a programme on employment operated in either studio from a common suite ofopportunities produced with the co-operation of the control rooms. Make-up, wardrobe and dressing-Ministry of Employment and Productivity in Edin- room facilities are provided.There is also a 350 sq ftburgh; Cookingwith Katie (fortnightly), a programme film interview studio. The Aberdeen film unit isfor housewives. equipped with Auricon and Arriflex i6-mm cameras. SPECIAL PROGRAMMES : TheWorld They Made, his- Scope EDINBURGH: A 1,800 sq. ft studio 1Smaintained intorical figures who helped to shape our world; Edinburgh. The technical facilities for the studio(fortnightly), a magazine of the Arts in Scotland ; Scot- are provided by a 4-camerachannel Marconi OBBetween Ourselves (periodically), comment on unit. Auxiliary equipment includes a multiflex tele-tishaffairs ;Grampian Interview(periodically), cine and a mobile RCA TR 4 recorder. interviews in depth with international figures. (weekly); with associated LIGHT ENTERTAINMENT : Cairngorm DUNDEE : A film interview studio Elli's Place (weekly), leading folk singers with their offices is maintained in Dundee. A i6-mm soundfavourite songs; Bothy Nichts (weekly), thetradi- film unit is based here. tional folklore and music of the North-EastLow- lands; Try for Ten (weekly), a general knowledge Education: Grampian has an association with quiz. Edinburgh University whereby both parties col- CHILDREN'S PROGRAMMES : The Attic (weekly), play- laborate in the provision, maintenance and develop-time and stories for the youngest viewers ;Junior and research, ment of audio-visual aids for teaching Try For Ten, educational quiz. and of a television service both internal to the for communication to RELIGIOUS PROGRAMMES : The ChristianNow (weekly); University and external weekly); groups of extra-mural viewers.To implement thisGood News for Modern Man (three times and tech-Harvest Thanksgiving; Action, newsreel ofChristian agreement Grampian provide production Action nical facilities for the University at their EdinburghAction throughout the world (Advent); work. studio. Although in its initial stages, it is expectedNews, details of voluntary Christian Action that this collaboration will expand considerably in SCHOOLS PROGRAMMES :Discovering Dance; Great the years ahead and will provide the company withScot. 194 P ROG RAM ME COMPANIES/Granada Granada Television LANCASHIRE

Granada Television is the Company which, under agreement with the IndependentTelevision Authority, provides the television programmes in Lancashire (including Cheshire and parts of other counties) for the six-year period from 30th July 1968.

ITA Channel Vision Sound Opening Date PopulationITA Homes Transmitter Frequency Frequency 000's 000's MHz MHz

Winter Hill 9 194.75 191 .25 3rd May 1956 8,040 2,300

Northern Programmes); W. Hawkins (Executive in Charge of Group Press and Publicity). Programme Committee: Cecil G. Bernstein, J. , Julian Amyes, Barrie Heads, , Michael Scott. Studios: THE TV CENTRE, MANCHESTER 3. 061-832 7211. A £3,000,000 redevelopmentscheme has made the Granada TV Centre in Manchester a highly modern and efficient television production unit. On a five-acre site, alandmark in the heart of Man- chester's new city-centre development, the TV Centre was the first building in Britain specifically designed for television when it first went on the air in May 1956. Granada has three large drama studios and three current affairs studios, and newly de- signed and re-equipped control suites, telecine and videotape areas and a custom-built switching centre, capable of handling colour programmes. The first IL.. colour studio is in operation. Programmes: GRANADALAND PROGRAMMES : On Site, viewers with a grievance confront the Men at the Top to try to settle their differences over a TV -up. Come Outside and Say That, critics of the The TV Centre North West face an audience of the people they are attacking. It's Trueman, Brian Trueman's personal reports on off-beat aspects of life inthe North West. each week Directors : Sidney L. Bernstein, LL.D. (Chairman); CURRENT AFFAIRS : World in Action reports Cecil G. Bernstein (It. Managing Director) ; J.Denisfrom across the world on news and topical trends. Forman (It. Managing Director); Julian Amyes;The Papers, sequel toGranada's long-running Fred Boud (General Manager); W. R. Carr; J.P. weekly What the Papers Say, which was first trans- Jacobs; David Plowright (Head of Programmes); mitted in November 1956. Cinema, films, the stars Prof. F. C. Williams; J. Warton, in them and the men who make them. Conferences. In 1962, Granada cameras went into the Trades Officers: Peter M. Rennie (SalesDirector); SirUnion Congress for through-the-day live reports of Gerald Barry (Education and the Arts); AlanGilbertthe debates as they happened. Since then, the TUC (Chief Accountant); R. H. Hammans(Director ofand the political party conferences have bad daily Engineering); Michael Scott (ExecutiveProducer, coverage. A Group of TerroristsAttacked.. ., report PROGRAMME COMPANIES/Granada 195

Granada TV Centre, Manchester3 GRANADA 061 -832 7211 The Headrow, Leeds 1 TELEVISION 0532 33231 St Martin's House, BullRing, Birmingham 5 021 -643 4074 36 Golden Square,London W1 01-7348080

with a jungle patrol,Time. Crazy out-of-a-rut funshow, with Jonathan from Portuguese Guinea of life Germaine Greer. Nearest Photography' award, Prague TVFestival. Routh, Kenny Everett and won 'Best Hylda Baker and All Our Yesterdays, a look to the eventsof 25 yearsand Dearest. Veteran Jimmy Jewel are a brotherand sister who inherit ago, recalling thelife and times of the SecondWorld the family pickle factory. HerMajesty's Pleasure. A War with newsreel film, newspapercuttings and comedy series set in one ofHer Majesty's Prisons. personal memories. PLAYS AND DRAMASERIES: SCHOOLS: Picture Box.Series of scenes from short Coronation Street, now goinginto its ninth year, of the world transmitted in January 1969.films to make children more aware with Episode 850 being around them, and encouragethem to express them- Rogues Gal leiy, a series of plays setin the 1700's, selves. For 8-to year olds. TheMessengers. How do Tom Jones era, stories ofhighwaymen, pickpockets, ? How do the film- transportation. Linking scenes setin bawdy New-the communicators communicate makers, the TV producers,work ? For14-16year gate Prison. War ofDarkie Pilbeam, three-part story Economics at wage- There'll-Always-Be-An-England, theolds. Your Money, Your Life. of lifein packet level. Where does the money go -personally Second World Wai as it wasfought on the Home olds. Men of our stories of legendaryand internationally. For 14-16 year Front, 1939-45. Mr Rose, Time. Profiles of men whoselives have changed the retired Scotland Yard detectiveCharles Rose, now year olds. TheLand and habitcourse of history.For14-16 a nationalliterary celebrity. Past cases have a is the way it is, geographic- System, series of playsthe People. Why Britain of catching up on him. Tke ally and historically. For14-16 year olds. Fifty of the individual in conflictwith on the theme Years. The years1918-68,in half a century of authority, the 'system'. The Caesars,six plays of the A motion-picture- Imperial Rome fromnewsreel and documentary film. violent battle for power in book of modern history. For 14 yearolds and over. A.D. 14-41, fromthe death of the EmperorAugustus to Claudiuscoming to the throne. Spindoe.AOverseas: Granada hasinterests in television gangster comes outof jail to pick up the threads,stations in Canada and NorthernNigeria. and the debris of hisempire and his marriage. Murder. Plays on the onetheme of murder, but aArt and Science: Granadaendowments to univer- variety of treatments. City '68,series of plays set insities in the North ofEngland include a Chair of the mythical North Westcity of Fylde. SPECIALS: Drama at Manchester, a Chairof Landscape Archi- Margins of the Mind. Is thereanything in mind-tecture at SheffieldUniversity, a Tele-ision Research reading, water-divining, faith-healing? Three in-Fellowship at Leeds, an AnnualArts Fellowship at quiries. Horoscope. Does astrologywork ? Can youYork and Lancaster, andDual Degree Scholarships foretell what the fates hold in store for anindividual ? in Arts and Sciences at York.Granada has estab- Sunday-evening anthologylished a peripatetic Lectureshipin Popular Com- The Rain on the Leaves. A given annually at a of dramatizations from famouswriters on a theme,munication, and lectures are universities. Granada also poetry, pros? anddrama of today and yesterday.number of Northern Happy Bhthday Brother- Thehistory of Britain'smakes grants to repertorytheatres, art galleries and trade union movement, ,n the centenaryof themusic and drama festivals in theNorth. The Granada the Modern World, Trades Union Congress. GAME3:University Chal-Lectures on Communication in universities, Redbrickwith international authoritieslecturing in London's lenge. Teams from l3ritain's The 1968 and Oxbridge, battle againsteach other and theGuildhall, are now in their eleventh year. Hats OJT Alecturers were :Sir Paul Chambers,industrialist, clock to answer questions. CHILDREN: authority, and big-name for thefamily, introduced byLawrence Alloway, American art Jimmy Thompson. I,IGHT ENTERTAINMENT:NiceRichard Grossman, M.P. 196 PROGRAMME COMPANIES1Harlech Harlech WALES AND WEST OF ENGLAND

Harlech Television Ltd is the public company which, under agreement with the Independent Television Authority, provides a general Independent Television service for the West of England and South Wales and a separate service for Wales.

ITA Channel Vision Sound Opening DatePopulationITA Homes Transmitter Frequency Frequency 000's 000's MHz MHz St Hilary 10 199.7305 196.2305 14th Jan. 1958 Bath 8 139.733125 186.23312513th May 1968 Presely 8 189.766875 186.26687514th Sept. 1962 Arfon 10 199.7575 196.2575 9th Nov. 1962 Moel-y-Parc 11 204.75675 201.27 28th Jan. 1 963 St Hilary 7 184.75 181.25 15th Feb. 1965( 3,964 1,205 Bala 7 184.70275 181.216 26th July 1967 Llandovery 11 204.733125 201'23312530th Aug. 1 968 Abergavenny 11 204.79250 201.297250End 1968 Ffestiniog 13 214.733125 211.233125End 1968 Llandrindod Wells 9 194.79725 191.29725 End 1968

W. G. Poeton; G. H. Sylvester, C.B.E.; E. Thomas; W. Vaughan-Thomas. Officers : W. Vaughan-Thomas (Director of Pro- grammes); J. Morgan (R.ogramme Adviser); W. G. Poeton (Administrative Execut;ve); A. Vaughan (Pro- gramme Controller, Wales); W. Roberts (Programme Executive); M. Jones (Planning Executive);R. Bradley (Chief Engineer); R. W. Wordley (Sales

it Controller); T. Beasley (Company SecretarylChief Accountant); A. A. Neales (Head of Public Relations). Religious Advisers: WEST OF ENGLAND: Rev. Peter Coleman (Church of England); Fr. Michael House (Roman Catholic); Rev. Ronald Hoar (Free Church). WALES: Rev. G. Noakes (); Rev. Gwilym ap Robert (Free Churches); Fr. Edwin Regan (Roman Catholic). Harlech film man at work on the 'Seyernside' docu- mentary Studios: TELEVISION CENTRE, CARDIFF. A purpose- built TV centre, with studio working areas totalling 6,888 sq. ft. Studio 1: 80 ft by 6o ft. Studio 2: Directors: The Rt. Hon. Lord Harlech, P.C.,24 ft by 12 ft. Studio 3: 50 ft by 36 ft. Full tech- K.C.M.G. (Chairman); W. A. Hawkins, F.CA.nical facilities for major productions (five image (Vice-Chairman); A. J. Gorard (Managing Director);orthicon cameras, two CPs). j. Aeron-Thomas ; ; W. G. Beloe; Sir F. Bennett, M.P. ; Richard Burton; M. G. H. Cad- TELEVISION CENTRE, BATH ROAD, BRISTOL 4. A pur- bury; P. G. Cardew ; W. F. Cartwright, D.L.; J. E. C. pose-built TV centre with a total of 6,378 sq. ft of Clarke; A. T. Davies, QC. ; A. R. Edwards ; Geraintstudio floor area. Studio 1: go ft by 65 ft. Studio 2: L. Evans, C.B.E.; M. Geraldo; T. Hoseason-Brown;24 ft by 22 ft. A back-projection 'tunnel' associated J. James ; A. Llywelyn-Williams; G. E. McWatters; with the main studio can provide an extra floor area Sir A. Nicholas, C.B.E. ; Lady E. J. Parry-Williams; of i,ioo sq. ft. Full technical facilities for major PROGRAMME COMPi.NIES/Harlech T97 Television Centre, Cardiff 0222 26633 Television Centre, Bath Road, Bristol 0272 70271 97 Baker Street, London W1 01 -486 4311 productions (five image orthicon cameras and one and women debated the issues of the day in the broadcast vidicon camera). Permanent circuit links nlaxed pub atmosphere of Free [louse. John Morgan with Cardiff studios. conducted a series of in-depth personal interviews MASTER CONTROL: The new master control centre at with prominent men and women, and Etcetera, Cardiff for the two Harlech services features a special Etcetera highlighted some of the more off-beat switching system with a potential of 32 pre-selectedaspects of life in the region. Light entertainment Made and events held in memory stores. The master control programmes included Smingalong,Taylor covers 3,712 sq. ft and includes two16 ft by ii ftOur Side of the Channel, and the children's series announcers' studios with comprehensive facilities.Tinker and Taylor and Tinker's Tales continued It is isolated at the top of a three-storey block andsuccessfully. Harlech's first documentary shot in colour Geraint feeds five transmitters. A specially constructed floor Evans at Covent Garden was given a network show- gives immediate cable access. Facilities exist for the installation of colour television equipment and theing. Drama production was launched with two full-. Fade Out, starring Stanley Baker, area has been planned withcolour in mind. length plays and Omri's Burning- and two plays were also pro- OUTSIDE BROADCASTS: One mobile unit,with four duced in the Welsh language. Harlech isalso cameras, complete with videotape, powerand micro-planning an important regional drama series, pre- wave link equipment. Can recordalso on Europeansenting plays by local authors new to television. and American line standards. Harlech's OB unit gave regular coverage to VIDEOTAPE RECORDING: Six recorders, ofwhich one 1S important sporting events, including the Somerset mobile and several are multi-standard. Electronicv. Australians cricket match, internationalswimming editing is available at Bristol and Cardiff. and local football. It also toured the West of England Film Department: Facilities for processing andith the popular quiz programme Mr. and Mrs. editing film in Bristol and Cardiff. Eight film unitsLocal News: Nineteen camera teams and zoo news serve the Programme Department, onepermanentlysource:. serve Harlech's threedaily news program- based in North Wales. Seven rooms,mes : Report for the West ofEngland and South dubbing theatre and viewing theatres in both centres. Wales ; and Report and, in Welsh, Y Dydd (The The main film library and commercial film assembly Day) on the separate transmitters for Wales. are based in Cardiff. Colour: Harlech has available two vidicon colour Programmes: Harlech's programme policy placescameras for staff familiarisation.Orders have also great emphasis on projecting thelife, activity andbeen placed for two 35 mm flying-spot colour tele- people of the region. Productions have included : cine channels for the Cardiff Master Control and for Severnside, a documentary by John Morgan on thethree Ampex RV2000l3 colour-capable videotape future of the region; Image, a series in which localrecorders, the first of which has been installed in the students wrote and presented their own programme;Bristol studios. Plans are in hand for further provi- Arena, a magazine of the arts in the region; Timesion of colour, including studio and Outside Broad- Off, a series on summer leisure sports; Titles Don'tcast equipment and additional telecinefacilities. Talk Any More, a film profile of the Marquess ofEducation: Mr H. K. Evans has been appointed Bath; and Up To Date, a current affairs quiz for full-time Education Officer, and over 1,200 schools students. are registered for programme notes.The company The series The Man I Knew re-assessed the livesis preparing three adult education series for trans- of famous men, including Ernest Bevin, Lordmission during 1968-9: one on archaeology in the Kemsley, Augustus John, Evelyn Waugh and Sieg-region ; the second on innovations in the secondary fried Sassoon. Local MPs found a new televisionschool, a series designed for teachers; the third on forum in Harlech Parliament, while ordinary menlearning Welsh. 198 PROGRAMME COM PANIESILondon Weekend %SIC London Weekend Te:evision LONDON (WEEKENDS)

London Weekend Television Limited is the company which, under agreement with the IndependentTelevision Authority, provides the television programmes in London from 7 p.m. on Fridays to close down on Sundays for the six-year contract period from theend of July 1968.

ITA Channel Vision Sound Opening DatePopuleionITA Homes Transmitter Frequency Frequency 000's 000's MHz MHz Croydon 9 194.75675 191.266 22nd Sept. 1955 13,490 4,190

pLermuer

The Wembley Park Studios

Directors: (Clzairnum); MichaelHumphrey Burton (Head of Drama, Arts and Music Peacock (Managing Director); Dr Tom MargerisonUnit); Doreen Stephens (Head ofClzildren' s, Religious (Deputy Managing Director); The Hon. David Astor ;and Adult Education Programmes Unit); Tito Burns Cyril Bennett (Controller of Programmes); Lord(Head of Variety Programming); Frank Muir (Head Hartwell ; T Lord Campbell of Eskan; Sirof Entertainment Unit); Jimmy Hill (Head of Sport Christopher Chancellor; Lord Crowther; DavidUnit); Clive Irving (Head of Public Affairs Unit); G. C. Hawkins ; Clive Irving (Head ofPublic Affairs);Michael Yates (Head of Design); Harry Rabinowitz Sir Geoffrey Kitchen; Duncan McNab; The Hon.(Head of Musical Services); Warren Tute (Head of David Montagu; Guy Paine (Director of Sales);Script Unit); Eric Flackfield (Head of Programme G. H. Ross Goobey; Sir Donald Stokes; ArnoldPlanning); John Blyton (Head of Production Plan- Weinstock. ning); Cyril Orr (Controller of Finance and Adminis- Officers: Cyril Bennett (Controller of Programmes);tration and Company Secretary); Jeremy Francis PROGRAMME COMPANIESILondon Weekend 199 25-28 Old Burlington Street, London W1 London Weekend / 01-734 9431 Station House, Harrow Road, Wembley, :television-/ _ 01-902 8846 a, Wembley Studios, Empire Way, Wembley, Middlesex 01-902 8811

(Assistant Company Secretary); Guy Paine (Director 5A and 5B, which cover 7,owi sq. ft each, can be of Sales); Peter Golsworthy (General Sales Mana-converted into one large studio making it one of the ger); Bernard Marsden (Controller of Operations);largest TV studios in the world. Studio One com- Brian Pover (Chief Engineer) ; Roy van Gelder (Headprises 4,500 sq. ft, and Studio Two 3,800 sq. ft. of Personnel); James Preston (Press and Publicity Before the company started transmission on 2nd Officer). August 1968, a new colour-capable Master Control Executive Producers: Joy Whitby (Executive Pro-centre was installed. This houses supplementary telecine and videotape recording units. Future studio ducer,Children'sProgrammes); Derek Granger (Executive Producer, Special Features); John Bryceplans include the acquisition of colour TV equip- (Executive Producer, Dramatic Series); John Bromleyment to enable the company to produce most of its (Executive Producer, Sport); Terry Hughes (Execu-television programmes in colour from the autumn tive Producer, Public Affairs); Edward Goldwynof 1969. (Executive Producer, Adult Education). The company has placed the largest single order for colour cameras ever made by an ITV company. Engineering and Operations: Bernard MarsdenThe twenty-two Type2001colour cameras and (Controller of Operations); Brian Pover (Chief En-associated equipment will be used for both studio gineer); Reg Swaine (Head of Planning and installa-and outside broadcast work. tion); j. Crossley (Head of Maintenance (Electronic));New South Bank Studio Centre in July 1969: Peter Wayne (Head of Programme Operations); Peter London Weekend Television announced its inten- Cazaly (Head of OB Operations); Danny Schulten tion to seek approval from the Lambeth Borough (Operations Manager); Jack Waters (Head of Pro- Council and the to build gramme Services); John Blyton (Head of Production a new studio centre on a 21 acre site at Prince's Planning); Bill Fletcher (Controller, King's ReachMeadow Estate in the King's Reach between Development). Waterloo Bridge and Blackfriar's Bridge on the Tickets for Programmes: A limited number ofSouth Bank of the Thames. The buildings and tickets are available for audiences at certain pro-equipment were expected to cost 1,7 million. grammes. Applications, enclosing a stamped ad- The projected studio complex will consist of three dressed envelope, should be made to : Ticket Office, major studios, offices and other production accom- Station House, Harrow Road, Wembley, Middlesex. modation and will be designed for colour and the The minimum age is 16. demands of television in the '70's. Assuming ap- Enquiries: Enquiries about artists and programmesproval of this imaginative scheme, the studios should should be addressed to Viewers' Correspondence,become operational in three to four years. Station House, Harrow Road, Wembley, Middlesex. The South Bank site will be a unique location for Submission of Programme Material: Londonan Independent Televisionstudio centre,and acknowledges the cultural importance of TV in the Weekend Television wishes to provide the widest life of the nation. The new st:udios will be situated possible range of programmes. Therefore scriptat the eastern end of the cultural centre which requirements will constantly change. Interested includes the Royal Festival Hall, Queen Elizabeth writers are requested, in the first instance, to com- Hall, the Hayward Gallery and the National Film municate with Warren Tute, Head of Script Unit, Theatre. The site was acquired by the LCC in 1953 who will be able to give the latest information. and has been occupied by Bowaters Wharf and Studios:London Weekend Television took overMoores Wharf. London Weekend's negotiations for TV studios at Wembley Park on lease from 6th Maythe existing leases of the two wharfs are based on 1968. There are four studios in the complex. Studiostheir surrender to the council for a new lease. 200 PROGRAMME COM PANIESIScottish Scottish Television CENTRAL SCOTLAN

Scottish Television Limited is the public company which, under agreement with theIndependent Television Authority, provides the programmes in Central Scotland during the whole week.

ITA Channel Vision Sound Opening Date PopulationITA Homes Transmitter Frequency Frequency 000's 000's MHz MHz

Black Hill 10 199.7305 196.2305 31st Aug. 1957 1 3,998 1,125 Rothesay 8 189.733125186.233125 30th Aug. 1968 I

grammes, Scottish TelevisionLimited, Theatre Royal, Glasgow, C2. Other enquiries are dealt with by the Public Relations Department at the same address. Submission of Scripts: All scripts should be addressed to the , Scottish Television Limited, Theatre Royal, Glasgow, Cz, Studios: THEATRE ROYAL, Hope Street, Glasgow. Total studio floor area 9,100 sq. ft: Studio A, 8o ft by 50 ft (4,000 sq. ft); Studio B, 38 ft by 30 ft (I, i4o sq. ft); Studio C, 8o ft by 45 ft (3,600 sq. ft); Studio D, 12 ft by 15 ft (18o sq. ft); Studio E, 12 ft by 15 ft (i8o sq.ft). Edinburgh Interview Studio, 16 ft by 35 ft (56o sq. ft). Studios A, B, and C and the Outside Broadcast An STV film unit on location Unit are equipped with 44.-inch image orthicons. There is also a two-camera mobile recording unit Directors: Lord Thomson of Fleet (Chairman);equipped with 41--inch image orthicons. A Film J. M. Coltart, LL.D. (Deputy Chairman); W. BrownDubbing Suite equipped with Perfectone recorders (ManagingDirector); Dr S. C. Curran, M.A., F.R.S. ; and Synchro start is also equipped for post-sync Mrs Barbara Leburn, M.B.E., J.P. ; C. N. McQueen ; dubbing. Andrew Stewart, C.B.E. ; I. M. Stewart, B.Sc. ; Lord But STY are planniir major studio changes. Last Taylor of Gryfe; Sir William G. N. Walker, T.D.,October the Company bought the Gateway Theatre D.L.; Viscount Weir, C.B.E., B.A., LL.D.; Thein Edinburgh for conversion to a 4,000 sq. ft colour , K.T., B.A., LL.D.; Sirstudio which will be the first in Scotland. A major William McEwan Younger, Bt., D.S.O., D.L. extension is also pianned at the Theatre Royal which Officers: Francis Essex (Controller of Programmes); will provide a 5,5oo sq. ft colour studio. Hugh Henry (Sales Controller); L. J. M. HyndSales and Research: STV offers advertisers a (Secretary and Chief Accountant); D. Kare (Tech-complete marketing service designed to improve the nical Controller) ; J. Loch (Public Relations Manager); attractiveness of Scotland as a marketing area. The F. Morris (Business Manager); C. Waters (PersonnelCompany's Six Point Service Plan offers manu- Manager). facturers a &les Force; a Merchandising Staff: Total members of staff 449. Service; Direct Mail; Retail Audits; Consumer Enquiries: Enquiries about artists and programmesResearch; Desk Research. should be addressed to the Controller of Pro- Research, statistical information and marketing p-

PROG RAM M E CO M PAN IES/Scottish 201

Theatre Royal, Hope Street, Glasgow C2 Thomson House, Withy Grove, 041-332 9999 Manchester 4 70 Grosvenor Street, London W1 061 -834 7621 01 -493 5201 13 Melville Street, Station Tower, Coventry, Warwickshire Edinburgh 3 0203 29724 031-225 6025

information for the Central Scotland transmissioncompleted eight-part serializationin colour for area are available from the Sales Controller at thechildren from the famous novel); Burns (an anthol- London Office. There are Sales Offices at Glasgow, ogy series of six full-length dramas);High Living Manchester, Coventry and Edinburgh. (a weekly series on life in a typical block of high Education: Scottish Television is served by an flats). LIGHT ENTERTAINMENT : Series such as Over Educational Advisory Committee representing many To Una;The Bill Tennent Programme; The Alexander aspects of education in Scotland. The EducationBrothers In Lights; Alasdair Sings (in Gaelic); as Department maintains regular contact with schoolswell as single shows like A Show For ; and colleges, and talks are given to a wide variety ofThe Kelvin Hall Circus; All Kinds Of Opera (with groups interested in education. At intervals, study Murray Dickie and Adele Leigh); and Cliff Sings groups of teachers and lecturers are invited to theScots (a colour musical show with Cliff Richard studios to confer on particular programme series.which is STV's contender for the ITV entry for Scottish Television regularly contributes schools Montreux in 1969). NEWS AND CURRENT AFFAIRS : programmes to networked series, as well as produc- STV's journalists provide three major daily trans- ing individual schools programmes and series formissions, Scotland Early (news and features for transmission in Scotland only. Several series ofwomen); Scotland Now; and Scotland Late (replaced programmes in the field of adult education are during the summer by the lively magazine show produced each year, Today Is...). Current affairs programmes include Divided We Stand; Royal Review; Between The Religious Advisers: Rev. George Candlish, B.Sc., Lines; The Commons Touch; Death Of A Regiment. B.D. (); Rev. Francis Duffy RELIGION : Quo Vadis ...; Come and See; Living (Roman Catholic); Rev. Arthur H. Gray, M.A.'68 Style; Anvil; in addition to Church Services. (Church of Scotland); Rev. Dr John L. Kent, M.A. Musical or talks programmes are produced for "the (Church ofScotland); Rev. Dr R. Guy Ramsey, M.A. ITV network three or four times a year. Late Call (Baptist). Training courses for ministers are held in is transmitted every night. EDUCA TION : Singing For the Theatre Royal. Your Supper, Post-Graduate Medicine, Look There Scottish Life: Scottish Television continues toGoes Baby, Further and Higher for adults; Growing make a contribution to the artistic, educational and Up, Speak For Yourself; On The Move, Past And social life of the nation. Full Circle, a new Scottish Present, On The Fringe, Computers, Clear Thinking, opera which concerns itself with life in industrial for schools. A series of Finding Out is produced for Scotland during the Depression, was sponsored by the ITV network schools broadcasts. CHILDREN : STV. To encourage drama in Scotland, STV intro- Cartoon Cavalcade; Would You Believe It?. SPORT : duced its own Awards Scheme: prizes were awarded Scotsport covers sport as it happens on Wednesday to the actors, writers and producers judged to have evenings and on Sunday afternoons presents high- made the biggest contribution to television and lights from the major football match of the previous theatre drama during 1968. The new University ofday. Several of the above programmes are produced Stirling received kz,5,000 from the Company for the in STV's Edinburgh studio. Numerous miscellane- provision of theatrical, film and television equipment. ous programmes and OBs. Programmes: STV produces well overi,000 A number of productions have received inter- shows a year designed specifically for Scotland. Thisnational recognition. The mime programme A average output of more than ten hours a week Matter Of Expression was 1TV's entry for the Hors embraces a full range of subjects from all depart- Concours section of the Montreux Festival. Contract ments of television broadcasting. Examples of STV's 736, on the building of the Oueen Elizabeth II, was output include: DRAMA :Redgauntlet (arecently a finalist in the . 202 PROGRAM ME COM PANIESISouthern SouthernIndependentTelevision SOUTH OF ENGLAND

Newspapers Limited shareholders are the Rank OrganisationLimited (37k per cent), Associated Southern Television Limited is a private company, whose Television programmes for the CentralSouthern area (371 per cent) and 0. C. Thomson Limited (25 per cent).The company provides the Independent and the South-East area of England. Sound Opening DatePopulationITA Area ITA Channel Vision Homes Transmitter FrequencyFrequency 000's MHz MHz 000's 11 204.75 201 .25 30th Aug. 1 958 Central Chillerton 4,269 1 ,1 80 Southern Down South-East Dover 1 0 1 99.71 35 1961 . 98531st Jan. 1960

Ampex VR 2,000, and one AmpexVR i,000 - tape recording machines.Three Cintel Flying Spot multiplexed 35/16-mm telecinemachines. Two Cintel twin-lens 35/16-mm machines. NEW SOUTHAMPTON STUDIOS :Southern Independent Television is rebuilding and re-equippingits pro- duction centre as part of a majorexpansion and by the 1: modernization project. Work will be finished middle of 1969 and the cost will be£2,5oo,000. The new three-storeystudio complex is being erected Television Centre on land HMS Bulwark next to the existing Day by Day outside broadcast from reclaimed from the River Itchen. C. D. Wil- The new Centre, which has beendesigned for full Directors: John H. Davis (Chairman); increase the pro- F.C.A. (Managing Director);colour operation, will considerably son, C.B.E., M.C., duction potential of the station. Therewill be four Professor Asa Briggs, M.A., B.Sc.(Econ.); G. R. Harmsworth; B. G.studios: Studio i6,000 sq. ft; Studio 23,000 Dowson; The Hon. V. H. E. 350 sq. ft. Robert Perkins,sq. ft ; Studio 31,200 sq. ft; Studio 4 Henry, M.A. (Sales Director); Sir of new Berkeley SmithThe Centre will house over k I,5oo,000 M.A.; R. M. Shields, B.Sc. (Econ.); equipment, including a speciallydesigned colour (Controller of Programmes); B. H. Thomson,T.D.; outside broadcast unit of the latest and mostmodern D. B. Thomson; Captain H.Tupper, M.C.; Sir design in the world, costing over £225,000. David Webster, B.A. The entire studio complex, whichwill hove a Officers: F. W. Letch, F.C.A. (CompanySecretaryground-floor area of 42,000 square feet, isbeing built (Assistant and Chief Accountant); Jack Hargreaves on a giant concreteraft on subterranean piles. (Head of Controller of Programmes); A. F. Jackman DOVER STUDIO : Onestudio of 1,125 sq.ft. One Programme Planning);Jack Worrow (Publicity i6-mm telecine machine. (Mana- Manager); D. R. Baker, F.C.A., A.C.W.A. FILM : Three fullyequipped i6-mm sound-film units, ger, Administration);Basil Bultitude (Chief En-with processing and editing facilities atboth centres. gineer); J. Miell (General Sales Manager);Stephen Four-camera outside broad- C. Cross OUTSIDE BROADCASTS : Wade (Head of Outside Broadcasts); F. cast unit, including generator,mobile RCA TR4 (Education Officer). multistandard videotape recorder, four micro-wave Religious Advisers: Rev. DudleyAIlon-Smith, links.'Southerner', ITV's only marine outside B.Sc. (Free Church); Rev. GerardDwyer (Roman broadcast unit, is a 71Zi ft-long power vessel capable Catholic); Rev. W. C. D. Todd (Church ofEngland).of 34 knots. She has accommodationfor three Facilities: SOUTHAMPTON STUDIOS : Twostudioscamera channels, avideotape recorder, a micro- with total arca of 3,985 sq. ft plus separateNewswave link transmitterand built-in electricity gen- and Continuity Studios. Twostatic multi-standarderator. 'Southerner' is alsoused for filming. PROGRAMME COM PANIESISouthern 203

Southern Independent Television Centre,Northam, Southampton, S09 4YQ Southampton 28582 Glen House, Stag Place Victoria, 2 Copthall House, Station Square, London SW1 01-834 4404 Coventry CV1 25Z 0203 2577213 INDEPENDENT TELEVISION Dover Studios, Russell Street, Dover 38 Earl Street, Maidstone Dover 2715 0622 53114 Peter House, Oxford Street, 63 High West Street, Dorchester Manchester, M1 5AQ 061-236 288210893Dorchester 2216

Programmes: An even broader range of Southern informative guide for the holidaymaker ; Afloat, a programmes was seen by viewers in other partsofregular waterside magazine programme ; and the the country, particularly London, during the sta-light entertainment series Tale of Two Rivers. Two tion's tenth year on the air. Outside broadcasts andadult education series were also seen beyond the religious and children's programmes bearing theSouth, Natural History of a Summer Holiday and Southern symbol have a long history of networking. Farm Progress. Now the company has also become recognized London viewers were also enabled to share with nationally for its drama, light entertainment andthose in the south the unique countryside flavourof documentary programmes. Jack Hargreaves' expeditions Out of Town, a series Networked children's programmes, however, con-now in its tenth year.Aaother popular outdoor tinued to be of prime importance and nearly fiftyseries, In Kite's County, was ended by the death were presented. Theseincluded a thirteen-partof Oliver Kite. adventure serial called Freewheelers, twenty editions News and magazine programmes continue to of the cacts-can-be-fun programme How, and nineprovide an important regional service. Southern editions of a high-spirited variety show called LittleTelevision continuesto provideits local news Big Time. Six episodes of a further thirteen-part coverage on a seven-days-a-weekfooting. On week- Freewheelers story were presented at the end o f theyear . days, separate Southern News bulletins are trans- Southern's drama output was also extended by amitted simultaneously to the Central Southern and new projecta six-part thriller serialfor adultsSouth Eastern areas, followed by late-night editions called Letters From The Dead. This was written by of Southern News Extra. Ian Kennedy Martin and starred Glyn Owen. Day By Day, a lively regional magazine, is pre- 'Southerner', the company's outside broadcastsented five days a week, and Scene South East pro- power vessel, played a key rolein Welcome Home,vides a complementary service for viewers in the covering the return of Sir Alec Rose to Portsmouth.Dover transmitter area. Crime Desk plays an im- Other networked outside broadcast events incluthdportant o1e in enlisting public co-operationin the Rallycross, Table Tennis, Motor Cycle Scramblitq, battle against crime. Complaints Box investigates the Internat;onal Off-shore Power Boat Race, Racingviewers' grievances and Sportsfile and Sports Report From Goodwood and Show 9umping from the All-cover the regional sporting scene.A staff meteoro- England Course at Hickstead. The unit also rangedlogical officer presents a daily Weather Report and the region to present the light-entertainment series Weekend previews important local events and offers Celebrity Challenge, Scruffs" Dog Show and Talk ofsuggestions for leisure activities. a Town; and the HolidayPrincess,Glamorous Grand- Additional sports programmes included regular mothers and Miss Southern Television contests. OtherSouthern Soccer outside broadcasts and the special lightentertainmentproductions included New30-minute documentary This Man Cowdrey. Release and the networked Time for Blackburn! , Another documentary, First In Last Out, showed which, for the greater part of the year, was the onlythe life and training of the Royal Marine Com- 'pop' programme on Independent Television. mandos for the first time on the national network. Networked religious series included A Hymn For Apart from religious productions for the network, Britain and A Carol far Christmas, and, in addition, the Company has continued to tailor a great deal of Southern producedfiveChurchServicesforprogramming effort to the spiritual needs of the national showing. Other Southern programmes seenregion. The role of the Church in modern society outside the region included Houseparty, a weeklywas the theme of New Approach,nightly epilogues magazine for women ; In Search of a Holiday, anpresented throughout the year in weekly groups.

-a 204 PROGRAMME COM PANIESIThames Thames Television LONDON (WEEKDAYS)

Thames Television Limited is the company which, under agreement with the Independent TelevisionAuthority, provides the television programmes in London on weekdays from Monday to 7 p.m. Friday for the six-year contract period from the end of July1968.

ITA Channel Vision Sound Opening Date PopulationITA Homes Transmitter Frequency Frequency 000's 000's MHz MHz

Croydon 9 194.75675 191.266 22nd Sept. 1955 13,490 4,190

;

oulp, 4" 7-8S- i, Air ao, g.

, ...- iffilallw.--

fa.

'"41.11141,10 --tlkik Thames Television's Directors: Sir Philip Warter (Chairman); RobertD. Conway (Regional Advertisement Manager); H. Clark, M.A., LL.B. (Deputy Chairman); HowardGibson (Manager, AdministrationServices); D. Thomas, C.B.E. (Managing Director); George A. Graham (Labour Relations Adviser); Cooper (Director of Sales); J. T. Davey, F.C.A. ; (Controller of Features and Children's Programmes); D. R. W. Dicks ; H. S. L. Dundas, D.S.O., D.F.C. ;Philip Jones (Controller of Light Entertainment); Bernard R. Greenhead (Director of Studios andAlan Kaupe (Publicity Manager); M. Lawson, Engineering); A. W. Gioocock, O.B.E., F.C.I.S. ;F.C.A. (Chief Accountant); Guthrie Moir, M.A. Brian Tesler, M.A. (Director of Programmes). (Controller of Education and Religious Programmes); Executives: B. E. Marr, C.A. (Compaly Secretay);T. Pace (Controller London Studios); E. E. Parry J. Andrews (Controller Programme Department); (ControllerTeddingtonStudios);LewisRudd PROGRAMME COMPANIES/Thames 205

Television House, Kingsway, London WC2 01-405 7888 THAMES Teddington Studios, Teddington Lock, Teddington, Middlesex 01-977 3252 Sales Offices :Norfolk House, Smallbrook Ringway, Birmingham 5 021-643 9151 Peter House, Oxford Street, Manchester M1 5AG 061-236 9867

Executive Producer Children's Programmes); J. S.among the world's most advanced studios, and were Sansom, A.M.I.E.R.E. (Chief Engineer); J. Shawthe first to incorporate many of the features now (Sales Controller); Lloyd Shirley (Controller ofbeing introduced into new ITV studios. They can Drama); George Spackman (Chief Press Officer);change from 405 to 625-line operation at the flick Muir Sutherland (Programme Co-ordinator); D. of a switch. Thornes (Research Manager); Grahame TurnerMobile Division: The Mobile Division based at (Controller of Outside Broadcasts); Edwin WhiteleyHanworth, near Teddington, consists of three (Head of Schools Broadcasts). £loo,000 mobile control rooms plus smaller camera Staff: Total members of staff 1,6o0. and recording units, micro-wave links and auxiliary vehicles. One small roving unit and one of the main Visits to Studios: A limited number of tickets arecontrol rooms are equipped for colour, and the available for audiences at certain shows. Applica- other two main units are also being converted. tions,enclosing stamped addressedenvelopes, should be made to the Ticket Office at ThamesColour Television: Important colour development Television, Television House, Kingsway, Londonfor Independent Television was undertaken at Ted- WC2. The minimum age is sixteen, except for somedington studios, including extensive research into programmes specially forchildren. the three major television systems, design and test- ing of new colour equipment and investigation of Enquiries: Enquiries about artists and programmescolour conversion problems. The ITA's official should be addressed to Viewers' Correspondence,colour demonstrations in 1966, wItirli helped pave Thames Television, Television House, Kingsway, the way to a national colour television service, came London WC2. from Teddington. Thames is already producing Submission of Scripts : Present requirements arecolour programmes which are currently seen in for 6o and 90 minute plays and series. But pro-black and white by British viewers, and its staff are grammes change, andauthors should contact storywidely experienced in all facets of colour production. editors in the appropriate department to learn futureProgrammes: DRAMA: Frontier; 90-minute plays ; trends before submitting outlines or scripts. Premiere; The Sex Game; Mystery El hnagination; Studios: CENTRAL LONDON: At Television House, Alarm; Armchair Theatre; Callan; Public Eye. Thames' Central London headquarters, there arecull DREN: The Tyrant King;TheOueen Street Gang; presentation and audience studios including theMagpie; The Sooty Show; Pinky e)d Perky; Sexton Today studio from whichondon's daily live pro-Blake; Hullabaloo; The Lion, The Witch and The gramme is transmitted.Thames' film department Wardrobe: Once Upon A Time; gust Annul. LIGHT is also at Television House together with trans-ENTERTAINMENT: Father, Dear Father; Bestof mission control, VTR and telecine facilities. A newEne»zies;Horne A'Plenty;Opportunity Knocks;Max; headquarters and colour complexThe Goon Show; The Frankie Homerd Show; is being built a few hundred yards from the GPOBachelors Night Out ; Cooper King Size; Never Mind Tower at Euston, and is expected to begin operations the Ouality, Feel The Width. FEATURES: This Week; in 1969. Report; Today with Eamonn Andrews; The Life and TEDDINGTON: The main studioproduction centre isTimes of Lord Mountbatten; Applause! Applause! on the Thamesriverside at Teddington in Middle- ADULT EDUCATION: The Tools of Cookery;World of sex, ten miles fromTelevision House. There areCrime; The ABC of Do It Yourself; First Steps in three studios, of which the largest is 7,500 squarePhysics; Rich World, Poor World; Best Sellers. feet, together with full facilities,including sceneRELIGION: Curate; andother 'Last building and rehearsal rooms. Technicallythey areProgrammes'. 206 PROGRAMME COMPANIES/Tyne Tees Tyne Tees Television NORTH-EAST ENGLAND

Tyne Tees Television is the company which, under agreement with the Independent Television Authority, provides the television programmes in North- East England during the whole week.

ITA Channel Vision Sound Opening Date PopulationITA Homes Transmitter Frequency Frequency 000's 000's MHz MHz

Burn hope 8 189.75675 186.27 15th Jan. 1959 2,720 830

Staff: The total number of staff is 475. Enquiries and Requests for Visits to Studios: To Public Relations Office, Newcastle. Programme Journal: TV Times. 11!.. 9 0 Studios: THE TELEVISION CENTRE, Newcastle upon Tyne. A total floor area of approx. roo,000 sq. ft including : Studio I, 4,500 sq. ft; Studio 2, 2,500

1 sq. ft; Studio 3, goo sq. ft; a specialist presentation Studio 4, 250 sq. ft; complete studio facilities; engineering maintenance; scenic workshops; pro- duction departments; and all administrative ser- vices. Technical Facilities: The second phase of the colour conversion programme is now in progress. Unit Four, the new 4-camera colour mobile control room This includes the rebuilding of Studio One's control Directors: ; R. H. Carr-Ellisor.,suite to handle colour cameras; the building of an T.D., J.P.; Professor G. H. J. Daysh, B.Lit, air-conditioned to house the D.C.L.; Robert H. Dickinson, M.A.; Professormain technical equipment; and the installation of a Strand Instant Dimmer Memory System, which is E. J. P.Eaglesham, M.A., B.Ed., LL.B.; J. P. Graham, F.C.I.S.; L. Jacobson, M.A.; J. A. Jelly ;to be the lighting control system in Studios One E. A. Levine, LL.B.; D. G. Packham, A.M.I.E.E.;and Two. Unit Four has been converted into a D. A. Pease, F.C.A.; Viscount Ridley, T.D., D.L.;4-ci,mera colour mobile control room and has an T. Dan Smith, D.C.L.; Peter Wrightson, O.B.E. Ampex colour VR 2000 VTR installed in a special van. OTHER EQUIPMENT: TelecinelVTR: Six remotely Officers: John P. Graham, F.C.I.S.(Business controlled Rank Cintel transistorized colour flying Manager); Dennis G. Packham (Technical Control-spot telecines, two flying spot colour slide scanners ler); James R. Nurse (Sales Controller); Malcolmand two caption scanners with colour synthesizers. Morris (Programme Controller); Walter A. William- Three Ampex Colour VR 2000 VTRs, and one son, D.F.C. (Press and Public Relations); Gordon S. RCA TR 22 monochrome multi-standard VTR for Wood, M.A., (Company Secretary). dubbing, with electronic editing, are housed in air- Religion: HEAD: R. Maxwell Deas, T.D., L.G.S.M. conditioned cubicles. All these machines can be ADVISERS: Rev. Charles Smith, M.A. (C. of E.); Rev. assigned to studios via the routing and assignment Father Thomas Towers, M.A. (Roman Catholic);desk in the telecine control room. STUDIOS: Six Rev. Stanley 0. Jones (Free Church). Marconi Mark VII colour cameras and four Marconi PROGRAMME COMPAMES/Tyne Tees 207

The Television Centre, City Road,Newcastle upon Tyne, NE1 2AL 0632 610181 29-30 Old Burlington Street,London, W1X 2PU 01 -734 4070 73-79 King Street, Manchester,M2 4NG 061 -834 2521

Mark IV monochrome cameras, allwith 'hands-a haunting look at theold and the new in Newcastle's off' vision control. Each studio isequipped with amost famous thoroughfare; inthe pipeline, a colour 14-channel with specialeffects; 40-,documentary on the life and times of the North's mixers; 120-, 8o-, 36-Circuitmost famous artist, L. S.Lowry. For Face the Press 30-, 14-channel sound and, in lighting control systems. MASTER CONTROL/PRESENthe Duke of Edinburgh came to Newcastle TATION: Studio Four has a remote pan,tilt, andaddition to the programme being fullynetworked, States, zoom vidicon camera,controlled by a 4-positionit was also seen, or part seen, in the United and shot box. The purpose-built presentationdesk hasAustralia, New Zealand, , Singapore and store controlled switching,mixing and special effectsHong Kong. Series One Man's Meat, Close Up and cassette tape machines. The mastercontrolTaylor at Large looked at life inside andoutside the Dominic Behan equipment is fully transistorized. OUTSIDE BROADCASTregion. In Abroad with behan, DIVISION: One mobile colourcontrol room and ninetravelled the North East and found good conversa- Ward, other vehicles using four Marconi MarkVII colourtion with the Bishop of Durham, Dame Irene cameras and a Mark VImonochrome camera withM.P., and many others. Where the Jobs Are con- colour synthesizer for captions ; three colourmicro-tinued to help redundant workers, and PoliceCall of wave links; fourdiesel generators; radio telephonethe police. Farming Outlook explored the world and talkback equipment. All equipmentis fullythe Northern farmer. ADULT EDUCATION.Seen over transistorized. FILM DIVISION: Six self-containedmuch of the network : Land of the LivingDragon, Land Rover units, each with i6-mm sound:-.nd on the languageand culture of China ; Way to the i6-mm silent cameras and portable lightingequip-White House, backgrounding the U.S. Presidential ment. Five cutting andediting rooms. Films andElections ; and The Changing Face of Marriage, a Fanfare still processing plant. series for women. CHILDREN: Series were with children performing; Pop the Qyestioneduca- Sales and Research Departments: LONDON: 29tional quiz ; Surprise, Surprise ! variety andcomedy, 313 Old BurlingtonStreet, W.I. NEWCASTLE UPONpart-networked. A new situation comedy series will TYNE: The TelevisionCentre (D. McQueen).be ready for Spring 1969. RELIGION:Networked MANCHESTER: 73-79 KingStreet, 2 (J. Dandy).programmes includedCliff Richard at City Hall; A Comprehensive market research services ; marketingSteel Town Sings; The Choir of Big Fish;Salvation planning statistical information for the Tyne TeesArmy open-air meeting. Formation ofTeesside transmission area ;speciaLst retail product salesBorough was marked by two devotionalservices. force; the Tyne Tees 'Through Plan'. FulldetailsDiversified nightly epilogues continue.Series in from James R. Nurse, London. preparation :The Happiest Hymns of Your Life; Programmes: NEWS AND CURRENT AFFAIRS: Todayjohn Wesley in the North East; six documentaries at Six covers the news of theday and the peopleon the Church's activeinvolvement in under-privi- who make it; Focus reports the political sceneleged and remote countries; six programmeswith topically in depth; Sportstime reflects the vigorousCliff Richard. LIGHT ENTERTAINMENT :The David North East interest in all sports, major and minor.Jacobs Show, a weekly guest programme, was And for the sixth successive year a Tyne Teesregionally networked; A Girl Called Friday series cameraman won a majorCommonwealth news-filmfeatured Miss Friday Brown; NormanVaughan award. FEATURES AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS: Following theappeared weekly in Night Club '68. We produced 'Emmy' success of l;ig Deal at Gothenburg last year,the Miss ITV final for networking. TheWorld of Tyne Tees' documentary The Servants was runnerMonty Modlyn late night series introduced new up in this year's contest.Tyne Tees' first colourtelevision personalities. Two new musicals arein film, The Work of Giants, is a dramatized docu-production: All Kinds of Folk and, in colour, mentary on the Roman Wall; The Road toBlaydon,Geordie Girl starring Susan Maughan. 208 PROGRAMME COMPANIES/U/ster Ulster Television NORTHERN IRELAND

Ulster Television is the company which under agreement with the Independent Television Authority, provides the tekvision programmes in Northern Ireland during the whole week.

ITA Channel Vision Sound Opening Date PopulationITA Homes Transmitter Frequency Frequency 000's 000's MHz MHz

Black Mountain 9 194.74325 191.234 31st Oct. 1959 1,375 290 Strabane 8 189.75675 186.27 18th Feb. 1963

Management: R. B. Henderson (Managing Direc- tor); B. S. Johnston (Company Secretary); M. R. Hutcheson (Sales Director); G. Gilbert (Programme Controller); B. W. Lapworth (Northern Ireland Sales Manager); J. A. Creagh (Head of Presentation, Press and Publicity); A. Finigan (Head of Production); S. R. Perry (Head of Programme Planning and Facilities); F. A. Brady (Chief Engineer) ; R. McCoy (Accountant). Religious Advisory Panel: The Rev. David Burke, B.A.; The Rev. E. R. Lindsay; The Rev. Father Gerard McConville, M.A., C.C.; The Rev. H. L. Uprichard, M.A. Ulster Television's Headquarters. Havelock House Educational Advisory Panel: J.J. Campbell, Directors: The Rt. Hon. The , M.A. ; F. J. G. Cook, M.A. ; W. C. H. Eakin, M.Sc.; D.L., J.P. (Chairman); William B. Mac %tiny, M.A. Mrs M. C. Ellison (Schools Liaison Officer); E. G. (Deputy Chairman) (Alternate as director MrsQuigley; Dr F. A. Vick, 0.B.E.; W. Singer, J.P., Betty Mac Qiitty, B.Sc.(Econ.) ); R. B. Henderson,M.A., Dip.Ed.; R B. Henderson, M.A.; G. Gilbert; M.A. (Managing Director); The Rt. Hon. TheJ. A. Creagh. Countess of Antrim; Miss Betty E. Box, O.B.E. (Alternate as directorC. S. G. Fa Boon); H. R. C. Submission of Scripts: Most scripts are provided Catherwood ; Captain 0. W. J. Henderson; J. P.by the company's staff, but occasionally they are Herdman; M. R. Hutcheson (Sales Director);commissioned from outside sources. Programme and BarryS. Johnston, V.R.D., F.C.A. (Company feature ideas are welcomed but writers should dis- Secretary); Major G. B. Mackean, D.L., J.P. ; Mrscuss their ideas fully with the companybefore sub- J. A. Mackie, C.B.E.; J. L. MacQiitty, QC., M.A.,mittingwrittenwork.Suggestionsshouldbe LL.B.; E. M. R. O'Driscoll; G. C. Hutchinson. addressed to the Programme Controller. PROGRAMME COMPANIES/U/ster 209

Havelock House, Ormeau Road, Belfast BT71EB 0232 28122 19 Road, London NW1 01 -486 5211

Technical Facilities: Havelock House, the head-Research and the 1966 'A Marketing Guide to quarters of Ulster Television, inaddition to a fully-Northern Ireland' has been revised andbrought up equipped central control area, contains two generalto date. production studios and a smaller presentation studio. Both production studios, of which the largerisProgrammes: Ever aware of the role of aregional 1,500 sq. ft, are equippedwith new Marconi Markstation in the life of the community, UlsterTele- I photo-conductive cameras. These are thefirstvision continued its policy of combininglocally production studios in the British Isles to be equippedproduced programmes dealing with topical and, at with this type of camera. In addition to a compre-times, controversial subjects, with the bestobtain- hensive sound and vision-switching control, equip-able from the network. While maintainingsuch ment in the central technicalfacilities area includesprogrammes asFlashpoint, a peak-hour current four Pye multiplex telecines, two RCA TR.4 visionaffairs programme, Hullo There ! ,a twice-weekly tape-recorders,caption-scannerandcontinuitymusical programme and Medium Rare, a relaxing cameras. late-night musical programme, Ulster Television Ulster Television's staff have modified muchintroduced a number of new locally produced pro- existing television equipment to small-studiotech-grammes. The BlackNorth took a close look at nique. The company's engineers are at present pre-commerce, farmingand the economy of the Pro- paring for the advent of 625-line transmissionsandvince, both past and present, while Face ofUlster colour. They have gradually been convertingthedealt with aspects of daily life. W5, a magazine-type station to 625-line standard and it is nowalmostprogramme for teenagers,proved popular and two fully 625-line capable. Northern Irelandis sched-new musicalproductions, Round-Up and Show uled to have colour television in 1970. ThesubjectBreak provided a showcase for local talent. is being studied in great detail so that whenUlster Early in the year two Ulster Television produc- Television starts colour it will do so with the benefittions were awarded commendations at thefirst of the best equipment and techniques. Australian World Television Festival inAdelaide. The company has comprehensive facilitiesforThey were The Orange and the Green, adocumentary i6-mm film. Current processing and editingfacili-on Ireland duringand since the Dublin Rising in ties consist of a Lawley Junior processor and a1916 and Endurance, a film documentary onSir Steenbeck and two Acmade editing tables.FilmErnest Shackleton's 1914 Antarcticexpedition. The facilities will be developed in the near future. awards were received for the 'highquality of pre- A comprehensive monitoring system of all pro-sentation and production and forresponsibility to gramme sources exists inHavelock House. the viewing audience'. Sales and Research: Most of Ulster Television's In July, Boatman Do Not Tarry, anhour-long sales personnel are located in London,servicing play by Ulsterman John D. Stewart, wasfully national advertisers and agencies. Sales in Irelandnetworked and received favourable notices. Television are controlledfrom Havelock House. With a close eye on the future, Ulster Comprehensive research, statistical informationembarked on two full-scale documentaries incolour and marketing information on the NorthernIrelandand in the Autumn embarked on anentirely new transmission area may be obtained on contactingprogramme concept, aseventy-five minute peak- either the Belfast or London offices. Anumber oftime programme providing a forum fortopics of major pieces of research have been publishedby the interest, controversy, entertainment andaudience company. Theseinclude 'The Northern Irelandparticipation. Other programmes included: Friday Market', prepared by the Economist IntelligenceNight, One for the Road, Sports Roundup,Ulster Unit Limited; 'The Distribution ofConsumerToday, UTV Reports, Summer Sport,Call it a Day, Goods in Northern Ireland' by IndustrialMarketRomper Room, Ulster News, and Our Lifeand Times. 210 PROGRAMME COMPANIESIWestward Westward -WEST ENGLAND

television programmes in South- Westward Television is the company which, under agreementwith the Independent Television Authority, provides the West England during the whole week.

Vision Sound Opening DatePopulationITA Homes ITA Channel 000's Transmitter Frequency Frequency 000's MHz MHz

9 194.74325 191.234 29th April 1961 Stock land Hill 1,601 425 Caradon Hill 12 209.74325 206.23 29th April 1961 22nd April 1968 Huntshaw Cross 11 204.787125 201.277875

Harry Turner (Sales Manager).PLYMOUTH:D. Dickinson (Head of Engineering andOperations);R. Elliott(Head of Publicity and Promotion); J.Oxley (Programme Controller); R. Perry (GeneralManager Plymouth); H. Stracey (Regional SalesManager); M. Warren (Head of ProgrammePlanning).BRISTOL: * ss011° geni si1.1 Brian Schofield (Bristol and MidlandsSales Mana- II k..., eirg ger). 00.11PIWIPAPPY*0 ttioLz * Religious Advisers : Rev. JohnParkinson (Church of England); Father W. Wharton(Roman Catholic); --4111v.00,341t .23143ial Rev. John Ashplant (FreeChurch). Agricultural Advisers: R. G. Pomeroy(Chair- - man);V V. H. Beynon; Commander F.W. B. Edwards, R.N. (Retd.); Sir George Hayter Hames;P. Jones; The TV Centre at Plymouth D. Mathews; H. Newbould ; DonRickard. Policy :Westward TV has a very high station recog- shown Directors: Peter , M.A.,A.R.Ae.S. (Ex-nition and a National Opinion Poll survey has Hon. The Earl ofthat 82 per cent of West countryviewers can identify ecutive Chairman); The Rt. aims to im- Lisburne, M.A. (Deputy Chairman);Sir John Carew their own ITV station. The company Pole, Bart., D.S.O., T.D., J.P.(Vice-Chairman); provl even thishigh figure by strong regional pro- gramming and by playing an active partin West W.H. Cheevers, A.LE.E.(Managing Director); W. Brimacombe, 0.B.E.; George H.Lidstone; Colonel country community affairsin every possible way. E. Palmer, T.D., D.L., J.P. Programmes : The backbone of thecompany's affairs. Officers: LONDON: G. G.Ai:fleck, A.M.C.I.A. programming is in regional news and current Croucher (Sales GeneralFrom Monday to Friday WestwardDiary is trans- (Chief Accountant); F. B. regards this Manager); Tom Henson(Marketing Manager); mitted live at six o'clock and the company programme as the mostimportant in its schedules. R. R.Miller, F.C.A., F.C.I.S.(Company Secretary); PROGRAMME COM PAMES/Westward zu

Derry's Cross, Plymouth T 4k,VIEZEIIV 0752 69311 London WI P.O. Box 357,4-7Woodstock Street, NewBond Street, 01-594 8262 23-25 St Augustine'sParade, The Centre,Bristol 0272 292240

of song and significant that thepersonalitiesseries of six half-hour programmes It is, perhaps, music. In the field ofchildren's programmes,West- who appear or_ WestwardDiary are in constant the fairs,ward TV are enteringinto co-production with demand throughout theWest country to open authorities to provide aseries Outlook West has earnedSwedish Television fetes and other events. It is also hoped to present being the region's ThisWeek. for nursery age-gro7.,ps. itself the reputation of further editions of Playbill, apreviously successful Screened in peak viewingtime, this weekly current productions. topical and often con-series of the best oflocal school drama affairs programme examines series of quiz programmes in depth. Progress-Screened in 1968 was a troversial West country matters About Animals. Anotheranimal, Westward Diary and OutlookWest, for children, All ing logically from the rabbit puppet GusHoneybun, continues with Westward TV has acquired ahigh reputation for Regional of which have beenhis birthday messagesand a vast following. major documentaries, many sporting interests areserved by Monday andFriday honoured with a networkshowing, including So the Hardy.editions of Sports Desk.It is planned to use Many Children, FearNaught and Portrait of association foot- Village company's new O.B. unit to cover Other documentarieshave included The invite managers to bring life, The Ball Game, ball on videotape and to People, on South Devon country their teams to the studios toview playbacks of games on thehurling of the silverball in St. Columb, The Farming is not fromto help themimprove standards. Dreamers, about the livesof two young girls Westward TV screens two The Wreck, about an1875 forgotten, either, for Devon and , and Sunday afternoon programmes(the summer ex- shipwreck off the Islesof Scilly. Ambitiousadult cepted) to cover regionalfarming news and practice. education programmes ai ealso a feature of West- In addition to thenightly epilogue, Faithfor Life, ward TV's local output.In October 1968,H.R.H. produc- series ofreligious programmeshave included such The Duke ofEdinburgh introduced a and All That Jazzwhich the purpose and functiontions as Sackbut, Serpent thirteen half-hour films on have been seen onthe network. As programme of British universities.This series, ThePrivileged?, 'Westward TV is happy, of the Univer-controller John Oxley says : was producedwith the co-operation and we believe that allthese series of educational pro-industrious and creative sity of Exeter. Another factors are reflected by theservice we provide for the grammes is TheCollar Bar, six programmesdesigned South West.' to assist parishpriests in their pastoralwork and Lord Soper and Dr.Sales Department :Westward sales personnel are featuring Cardinal Heenan, and Bristol. Plymouth Stuart Blanch. Both ofthese series were transmitted located in London, Plymouth Sundays. To come is athirteen-partservices West countryadvertisers and agencies, at 2 p.m. on Midlands, South Wales andthe colour series on theconservation of antiques.TheBristol serves the artistic life of theWest country is featuredin North, while Londondeals with the organizations Westward TV's monthlyseries Crucible which ex-based in the capital. amines all facets of the arts.The team working onStudios: Studio i has an areaof 2,500 sq. ft and is it were responsiblefor a colour filmproductionequipped with threeImage Orthicon cameras. about the St. Ives artist,Barbara Hepworth. Follow-Studio z covers +co sq.ft and has two camerasand ing this is a colourfilm about the West countryassociated facilities for news,sport andinterview has been potter, BernardLeach. High in the ratings programmes.There is also anannouncer's studio the quiz show, TreasureHunt, hosted by Keithbeside master control. Fordyce. The show's strongregional interest has with a long runner but it is tobeO.B. Unit: TheO.B. van is equipped helped to make it into a Plumbicon camera andsound facilities fbrrecorded replaced by a newfamily programme in 1969.Also news and programmeinserts. in the lightentertainment field is thePat Kirkwood 212 P ROG RAM M E COM PAN I ESIYorkshire Yorkshire Television YORKSHIRE

Yorkshire Television Limited is the company which, under agreement with the Independent Television Authority, provides the television programmesin Yorkshire.

ITA Channel Vision Sound Opening DatePopulationITA Homes Transmitter Frequency Frequency 000's 000's MHz MHz

Emley Moor 10 199.7575 196.2575 3rd Nov. 1956 5,842 1,805 Scarborough 6 179.733 176.233 llth June 1965 i

1.- re4

V34,

Yorkshire Television Studios

Directors: Sir Richard B. Graham, Bt., O.B.E., Parker, A.M.I.E.E. (Head of Engineering); Norman D.L. (Chairman); Sir Geoffrey Cox, C.B.E. (Deputy Smith, A.A.C.C.A., F.C.W.A. (Chief Accounta;); Chairman); G. E. Ward Thomas, D.F.C. (ManagingDavid L. Sumner (Head of Personnel and Labour Director); The Lord Archibald ; Donald Baverstock,Relations); L. T. Thornby, F.C.I.S. (Company M.A. (Oxon.) (Director of Programmes); Stanley H. Secretaiy); Alec Todd (Head of Public Relations). Burton ; The Lord Cooper, J.P.; The Lady Gait-Heads of Departments: Miss Muriel Cole (Head skell ;James S. Harrower, F.C.A. (Commercial of Casting); (Head of Light Entertainment); Director); W. H. Mosley Isle, F.C.A.; J. G. S.Jeffrey Edwards (Head ofFilm Operations); Anthony Linacre, A.F.C., D.F.M.; Maurice V. Macmillan,Essex (Head of Documentaries); Lawrie Higgins M.P.; Peter S. Paine, D.F.C. (Sales Director);(Head of Sport); Miss Enid Love (Head of Educa- George Brotherton Ratcliffe; The Lord Riverdale, tion Programmes); Peter Willes (Head of Drama). D.L.; Peter Saunders ;Sir Roger B.Stevens, Submission of Scripts: All scripts should be G.C.M.G., M.A.; T. H. Summerson, D.L., J.P. ; addressed to David Crane, Script Editor, Yorkshire Professor William Walsh, M.A.; E. Stuart Wilson, Television Limited, The Television Centre, Leeds 3. B.A.(Assistant Managing Director); G. Oliver Worsley, T.D. Programme Journal: A special Yorkshire edition Executives: Richard J. W. Bliss (Regional Salesof the TV Times gives full details of all the pro- Manager); Patrick Crookshank (Programme Services grammes. Controller); Cyril FranCis (Programme PlanningVisits to Studios: A limited number of tickets are Controller), Anthony Fuller (General Sales Mana- available for audiences at certain shows. Applications ger); Peter Holmans (Programme ProductionCon-should be made to the Public Relations Department, troller); Geoffrey Nugus (Business Manager);PhilipYorkshire Television,The Television Centre,Leeds 3. PROGRAMME CO M PANIESNorkshire 213

The Television Centre, Leeds 3 Charter Square, Sheffield 0532 38283 0742 23262 Telex: 265941 YorkshireTelevision Yorkshire House, 7 Portland Place, London W1 Paragon Street, Hull 01 -636 9484 0482 24488 Telex: 557232

Staff: Total number of staff is approximately 650. RELIGIOUS PROGRAMMES :Choirs On Sunday, The artistic Studios: The Leeds Studio Complex has beenMesth:L'Oy the Leeds Festival Chorus, with designed specifically for colour television, and hasdirection by The Earl of Harewood. been constructed on a seven acre site between CHILDREN'S EDUCATION : How We Used To Live, IAm Kirkstall Road and Burley Road in Leeds. TheAn Engineer. technical areas, centre incorpofates production ond SPORT :Destination Mexico, a series on Olympic together with administrative offices in a self-con-hopes, including Harvey Smith, Jill Slattery,John tair ed unit. All the technical equipment in theSherwood, Sheila Parkin; Fourth Test Match studios and control areas has full colour capabilities. England v. , from Headingley; Matchof There are two small presentation studios, i and the Week. IA, which share a single Marconi Mark VII camera. There are three production studios :studio 2, of DRAMA :Where Did You Get That Hat?, starring 1,225 sq. ft, equippedwith three Marconi Mark VII Tenniel Evans, Zia Mohyeddin and John Turner ; cameras ; studio 3, of 4,430 sq.ft, with four MarconiFuneral Games, written by Joe Orton, andstarring Mark VII cameras; and studio 4, of 7,650 sq.ft, Michael Denison, Vivienne Merchant, Ian McShane which is furnished with five E.M.I. Type 2001 and ; Daddy Kiss It Better, starringDilys camera channels.The studios are equipped withLaye and Michael Craig; The Root Of All Evil?, an modern computer type lighting control and are pro-anthology of plays; Gazette, a drama series,script vided with luminaires to permit colour operation. edited by Elwyn Jones, and starring GeraldHarper, In addition to the necessary central apparatus forGillian Wray and Jon Lautimore. processing and switching signals, a range of six GeorgeWebley, telecine machines is incorporated. Three of these LIGHT ENTERTAINMENT :Inside flying-spot, and three Multiplexcomedy series starring Roy Kinnear and Patsy are twin lens Rowlands; Mr. Digby Darling, comedy series star- Marconi Plumbicon machines. All combinations of Hudd, married and unmarried 35-mm and i6-mm stockring Sheila Hancock and Peter Jones; Roy with and Joan Turner ; Master of Pop. can be handled,and in addition three caption scanners are available. CHILDREN : Tom Grattan's War,adventure series for A suite of six R.C.A. multistandard highband older children, set on the Yorkshire Moorsduring recorders is available with full electronic editingthe 1st World War ; Clubhouse, over ioochildren facilities. take part each week; Diane's Magic Book,with Two 4-camera outside broadcast vehicles, em-Diane Mewse telling stories which come tolife; bodying Marconi Mark VII cameras, and onejimmy Green And His Time Machine, Sugarball, two Marconi monochrome unit are in use together withpuppet series for smallchildren; Origami, how to one mobile videotapemachine. Mobile generatingmake objects by cutting up paper, withRobert equipment is provided together with sets of micro-Harbin. wave link gear. Filming facilities include six fully equipped crews, DOCUMENTARIES :Motorway, about the motorway using Arriflex 13.L., Bolex and Auricon cameras being built over the Pennines;Whicker, Alan with Nagra sound equipment together withcomplete Whicker considers six aspects of Yorkshire ;Guerrilla processing, editing and dubbing facilities. Wadare; A Killing of Eagles; a furtherWhicker series; and Yorkshire '68, a weekly documentary Programmes: During the early months of trans- series. mission, productions included : which looks ADULT IMUCATION : TheTitans, How To Play BetterNEWS : Calendar, the daily programme Golf with John Jacobs, Fabric of Life. at and comments on eventsin the public eye. 214 PROGRAMME COMPAMES/ITN Independent Television News ITN is a non-profit-making company which provides the dailyprogrammes of national and international news to all stations throughout the Independent Television network. It also produces a number of other programmes for individual companies and isa half owner in UPITN which produces a daily newsfihn agency service for overseas television. ITN,Television House, Kingsway, London WC2 01 -405 7690

-;-- on major events such as orbital 2ights or inter- national crises; General and local election reports. Facilities: ITN has its newsroom and editorial offices, a film processing plant, film cutting rooms, dubbing facilities, tele-recording apparatus, and studios on the seventh and eighth floors of Television House, Kingsway. The main studio is 39 ft by 28 ft and is equipped with four Marconi Mark IV 41 in.

e= image orthicon cameras and Eidophor large screen projector. It has three Pye 16/35 multiplexed tele- 11111011( eine Staticon channels, capable of being interlocked = to four Rank-Kalee 16- and 35-mm magnetic/optical sound reproducers. Sound recording and transfer facilities include three T6-mm and one 35-mm The ;TN news room in Kingsway, WC2 magnetic recorders, and a variety of tape and disc recorders with automatic transfer facilities. Conver- sion between any pair of line-frame standards is Organization: ITN is jointly owned by all the effected on EMI and Fernseh optical converters, programme companies, and is controlled by a board and two line store converters are used for 405/625 of directors representing those con ,anies. Theand 625/405 conversion. For vision and sound Director-General of the ITA normally'ends ITN recording ITN has three RCA TR 22 multi-standard board meetings, and the appointment of the Editor television tape recorders with cross dubbing facilities of ITN must be approved by the ITA. and two EMT electronic splicers. ITN has its own newsfilm camera teams, and an Directors: james M. Coltart (Scottish) (Chairman); extensive network of local film 'stringers' throughout Julian Amyes (Granada); W. H. Cheevers (West- ward); D. I. Edwards (Managing); Robin Gill the British Isles and overseas. ITN will be moving to its own new building in (ATV); (Thames); C. D. Wilson, the summer of 1969 and will offer increased facilities M.C. (Southern). including colour. Officers : Nigel Ryan (Editor); W. Hodgson (General Newsfilm Service: ITN is a joint owner with UPI Manager); David Nicholas (Deputy Editor); M. C. of one of the leading newsfilm agenciesUPITN. Chapman, F.C.A., A.C.I.S. (Secretary). Daily shipments of newsfilm are made by UPITN Programmes: Daily news programmes, includingfrom London, New York and other centres to more the half-hour News at Ten; special news programmes than Too overseas television stations. PROGRAMME COMPANIES//TCA 215 Independent Television Companies Association

Knighton House, 52-66 Mortimer Street, (43:London W1 N 8AN 01 -636 6866 Chairman : William Brown Standards Institution, the Code of Advertising Secretaiy : Laurence G. Parker, T.D.,M.A., LL.B.Practice Committee and a number o; technical Assistant Secretary : L. Dunn working parties of the European Broadcasting Head of Copy Clearance : R. S. Davies,T.D., Union. The Association is also represented on the M.A.A., M.Inst.M.S.M. Legal, Technical and Television Programme Com- mittees of the EBU, of which it is an active member Constitution: Incorporated in 1958 as aCompany jointly with the ITA. The Association and the ITA association Limited by Guarantee, ITCA is the trade are also jointassociate members of the Asian Broad- of the programme companiesappointed by thecasting Union. ITCA is one of the three constituent Independent Television Authority. All companiesmembers of the Joint Industry Committee for appointed under the current contract arrangementsTelevision Advertising Research (JICTAR). with the ITA are members. TheAssociation is A number of Independent Television's ancillary financed by the member companies. organizations are housed in the Association's pre- Functions: The Association is a voluntary, non-mises at Knighton House. They include theInde- profit-making organization which does nottake partpendent Television Labour Relations Committee, in any form of trading, either on its own account ortheNetwork ProgrammeSecretariatandthe on behalf of itsmembers. It provides a forum forIndependent Television Education Secretariat. In discussion and a channel for joint action over awide addition to providing accommodation, ITCAmakes range of subjects of commoninterest and concernarrangements for the supplyof staff and admini- to the programme companies.These subjects includestrative services to these organizations.Secretarial the maintenance of high generalstandards in theservices are also made available for the two com- industry, consultation and advice on legal matters,mittees dealing with central and local grants tothe negotiations with royalty-collecting bodies repre-arts and sciences from theTelevision Fund. senting authors, composers andpublishers, andAdvertisement Copy Control: One of the main relations with and representation on otherorgani-activities of ITCA which has growntremendously zations, both in this country and overstrs.Mattersin volume and importance in recent yearsis the which directly concern the businessdealings ofwork of the Advertisement Copy ClearanceDepart- individual companies are not, however, discussed orment and the CopyCommittee. This consists of an dealt with within the Association. examination of all television commercialsbefore Structure and Scope: The work of the Associationthey are transmitted to ensure that they aretruthful conform in is governed by the Council, on which allcompaniesand in no way misleading and that they Code of are represented athigh level. The Council has setall respects to the Independent Television up and receives regular reportsfrom a number of VIvertising Standards and Practice and to the other committees to deal with specific subjects such as,:odes of standards and rules governingadvertising. advertising, research, performing rights andtech-The work is carried on in co-operationwith the of expert nical matters. The Advertisement Committeehas ITA and with the assistance of a panel two sub-committees whichdeal exclusively withconsultants, comprising individuals who are recog- advertisement copy and the recognition of advertis-nized as world authorities in variousspecialized nutrition, en- ing agencies. Working parties andnegotiating panels fields such as medicine, dentistry, scripts and are set up by thevarious committees from time togineering and finance. More than 8,000 time and committees also nominate industry repre-5,5oo filmed commercials aresubmitted by adver- sentatives to a wide range of outsideorganizations tisers and are carefully scrutinized in thisdepartment such as the Advertising Association, theBritish each year. 216 P ROG RAM ME COM PANIESINPSIITSIBBTAIITP Network Programme Secretariat Knighton House, 52-66 Mortimer Street, LondonW1 01-636 6866 Controller: Frank Copplestone.Assistant to Controller: Gillian Braithwaite-Exley. The principal inter-company forum for discussion and agency in programme mattersfor the network as a whole, decision in all network programme matters is the Net-to implement the decisions of thecommitcee and its sub- work Programme Committee. This committee is composed committees, and in general to assist the companies inthe of senior representatives of all the programme com-planning and co-ordination of their networking arrange- panies, and meets at least four times a year. Questions ments. It is in addition a central point foradministrative relating to specific programme categories and other areasliaison with the ITA and other outside bodies. of inter-company programme co-operation are discussed The Secretariat, in conjunction with Independent at a number of specialized sub-committeesand workingTelevision Sport, acts as one of the focal points of ITV's parties responsible to the main committee. activities as a member of the European Broadcasting The Network Programme Secretariat was establishedUnion. The Secretariat also arranges the selectionand by the committee to serve as a centraladministrativeentry of ITV programmes in internationalfestivals. Independent TelevisionSport Television House, Kingsway, LondonWC2 01 -242 9561 Director of Sport: John McMillan. of Sport: Gerry Loftus. Independent Television Sport is a policy group respon- with such bodies regarding any general sporting matters sible for central planning and co-ordinationof all Inde-involving ITV companies. pendent Television networked sports programmes.The ITS does not have technical facilities. Coverageand unit is financed by the five central areacompanies. Thedirection of network events are carried out by the rele- Director ofSpo rt is responsible to the NetworkProgrammevant companies in the areas where the eventstake place. Committee. He submits proposals for thescheduling ofHowever, the Director of Sport ensures that all ITV all network sports programmes, negotiateswith inter-networked sports programmes are kept under constant national and national bodies for sportingrights, deals review. The British Bureau ofTelevision Advertising Limited Knighton House, 52-66 Mortimer Street, London W1 01 -6366866 Chairman: G. E. Ward Thomas. Managing Director: Nigel Rogers.Secretary: Laurence a Parker. The British Bureau of Television Advertising (BBTA) and has published a comprehensive Marketing Manual, was formed by all the Independent Television companieswith associated maps, covering all the Independent in 1966. It is a separate non profit making companyTelevision regions. A Bulletin is published at regular governed by a board of directors appointed by theintervals and other material relating to television as an programme companies. advertising medium is puLlished from time to time. The Bureau aims to promote television as an odvertis- The Bureau undertakes original research on behalf of ing medium and, on behalf of the programme companies,the programme companies and also in conjunction with to give presentations and to co-ordinate certain activitiesadvertisersinto selected aspects oftelevision advertising concerned with advertising. It does not sell advertisingother than the measurement of audience size. Advice on time, which is the function of the individual programme production prnblems and on new technical developments companies. It provic'es a marketing information serviceis available and a film library has been established. )Independent Television Publications Ltd 247 Tottenham Court Road, London W1 01 -636 1599 Constitution: Independent Television Pub-Directors: J. M. Coltart (Chairman), Sir Geoffrey Cox lications Ltd is the publishing house owned jointly by(Deputy Chairman), S. C. Naish (Managing Director), the fourteen ITV companies operatirlg in Great Britainone nominee from each television companyand, as and Northern Ireland. Its job is to publish TV Timesobservers, from the ITA and Channel Television. and other books and magazines related to Independent An Executive Board is responsible for the day-to-day Television. running of the company composed of the Chairman, TV Times: Thirteen editions are published each weekDeputy Chairman, Managing Director and W. V. Davies presenting comprehensive programme details and sup-(Advertisement Director), P. Jackson (Editor), L. J. porting articles to stimulate the greatest possible viewerThompson (Financial Controller andCompany Secretary), interest in the local Independent Television channel. A. D. Wilson (Marketing Director). 217

1 A I ei AIM a A AL.A;i A

* First edition July 1964, as amended Foreword Independent Television Code of Act, 1964, states thatthe application of the Section 8(i) of the Television Practice to individual Independent TelevisionAdvertising Standards and it shall be the duty of the advertisements should be directed tothe Independent Authority : Ltd., Knighton time review, a code Television Companies Association (a) to draw up, and from time to House, 52-66 MortimerStreet, London W.r, , or the governing standards and practicein advertising contractors with whomit is and methodsprogramme contractor or and prescribing the advertisements proposed to place the advertisements. of advertising to be prohibited, orprohibited in particular circumstances; and of the code are1. Preamble (b) to secure that the provisions The general principle whichwill govern all television complied with as regards theadvertisements in- advertising is that it should belegah clean, honest and cluded in the programmesbroadcast by thetruthful. It is recognized that thisprinciple is not pecu- Authority. liar to the television medium,but is one which applies to The rules about advertisingcontained in this booklet all reputable advertising inother media in this country. of its greater intimacy govern alladvertising on IndependentTelevision Nevertheless, television, because this code the within the home, gives rise toproblems which do not until further notice. In drawing up and it is essential to Advertising Advisorynecessarily occur in other media Authority has consulted the consistently high quality oftelevision Committee and the members ofthe Medical Ad- maintaina accordance with Section advertising. visory Panel appointed in Advertisements must comply in every respectwith the 1964. 2. 9(5) of the Television Act, law, common or statute. Inthe case of some Acts, Act, 1964, Under Section 7(5) o: the Television notably the Merchandise MarksActs, rules applicable to the Authority must consult thePostmaster-General other forms of advertising may not, on astrict interpre- about the classes and descriptionsof advertisements tation of the Acts, cover televisionadvertising. Advertise- which must not be broadcast andthe methods ofments muFt, however,comply in all respects withthe advertising which must not beemployed and to spirit of those Acts. carry out onydirections he may give them in these3. The detailedrules set out below areintended to be respects. The Authorityhas consulted the Post-applied in the spirit as well asthe letter and should master-General on the rules herepublished and hebe taken as laying down theminimum standards to be has accepted those to whichSection 7(5) is applic- obser ved. implicit in able. 4. The word'advertisement' has the meaning Section 8(2) of the Tele-the Television Act, i.e. anyitem of publicity inserted in It should be noNd that by the Authority in considera- vision Act, 1964, expressly reservesthe right of thethe programmes broa&ast tion of payment to a programmecontractor or to the Authority to impose requirements as toadvertise- Authority. ments and methodsof advertising which go beyond 5. ProgrammeIndependence the requirements imposed bythis code. The pro- include anything that states, in certain circum-No advertisement may gramme contractors, too, may suggests or implies, orcould reasonably be taken to state, stances imposestricter standards than those here suggest or imply, that any partof any programme broad- laid downa rightcomparable to the recognized cast by the Authorityhas been supplied or suggestedby right of those responsible forother advertising any advertiser -Television Act, 1964, Section 7(6). they wish. media to reject any advertisements 6. Identification ofAdvertisements clearly distinguishable assuch Enquiries by advertisers andadvertising agencies aboutAn advertisement must be 218 THE ADVERTISING CODE

and recognizably separate from the programmes -(g) betting (including pools) Television Act, 1964, Schedule 2, paragraph 1(0. (h) cigarettes and cigarette tobacco. 7. 'Subliminal' Advertising N.B.An advertiser who markets more than one product No advertisement may include any technical devicemay not use advertising copy devoted to anacceptable which, by using images of very brief duration or by any product for purposes of publicizing the brand name or other means, exploits the possibility of conveying a other identification of an unacceptable product. message to, or otherwise influencing the mindsof, z6. Reproduction Techniques members of an audience without their being aware, or It is accepted that the technical limitations of photo- fully aware, of what has been doneTelevision Act, graphy can lead to difficulties in securing a faithful 1964, Section 3(3). portrayal of a subject, and that the use of special tech- 8. Appeals to Fear niques or substitute materials may be necessary to over- Advertisements mus i. not without justifiable reason play come these difficulties. These techniques must not be on fear. abused: no advertisement in which they have been used 9. Superstition will be acceptable, unless the resultant picture presents a No advertisement should exploit the superstitious. fair and reasonable impression of the product or its 10. Good Taste effects and is not such as to mislead. Unacceptable No advertisement should offend against good taste ordevices include, for example, the use of glass or plastic decency or be offensive to public feelingTelevision sheeting to simulate the effects of floor or furniture Act, 1964, Section 3(i)(a). polishes. 1. Gifts or Prizes 17. Descriptions and Claims No advertisement may include an offer of any prize or No advertisment may coutain any descriptions, claims or gift of significant value, being a prize or gift vhich isillustrations which directly or by implication mislead available only to television viewers of the advercisement about the product or service advertised or about its or in relation to which any advantage is given toviewers suitability for the purpose recommended. In particular : Television Act, 1964, Section 3(4). (a) Special Claims No advertisement shall contain 12. Stridency any reference which is likely to lead thepublic to Audible matter in advertisements must not be excessively assume that the product advertised, or aningredient, noisy or stridentTelevision Act, 1964, Schedule 2, has some special property or quality which is incap- paragraph 1(4). able of being established. 13. Charities (b) Scientific Terms and StatisticsScientific terms, No advertisement may give publicity to the needs or statistics, quotations from technical literature and the objects of any association or organization conducted for like must be used with a proper sense of responsibility charitable or benevolent purposes. (This does not pre- to the ordinary viewer. Irrelevant data and scientific clude the advertising of 'flag days', fetes or other events jargon must not be used to make claims appear to organized by charitable organizations or the advertising have a scientific basis they do not possess. Statistics of publications of general interest.) of limited validity should not be presented in such a 14. Religion and Politics way as to make it appear that they areuniversally No advertisements may be inserted by or on behalf of true. any body, the objects whereof arewholly or mainly of a Advertisers and their agencies must be prepared to religious or political nature, and advertisements must not produce evidence to substantiate any descriptions, claims be directed towards any religious or political end or have or illustrations. any relation to any industrial disputeTelevision Act, 18. Comparative Advertising and Disparagement 1964, Schedule 2, paragraph 8. Advertisements should not discredit or attack unfairly 15. Unacceptable Products or Services* other products, services or advertisements. In featuring Advertisements for products or services coming within product benefits, any comparison (either stated or im- the recognized character of, or specifically concerned plied) with other products or services must be fair, with, the following are not acceptable : capable of substantiation, and in no way misleading. (a) money-lenders r 9. Imitation (b) matrimonial agencies and correspondence clubs Any imitation likely to mislead viewers, even though it is (c) fortune-tellers and the like not of such a kind as to give ris,f; to a legal action for (d) undertakers or others associated with death or burial infringement of copyright or for 'passing off', must be (e) unlicensed employment services, registers or bureaux avoided. (f) organizations/companies/persons seeking to advertise for the purpose of giving betting tips zo. Price Claims Visual and verbal presentations of actual and compara- * See also page 221. THE ADVERTISING CODE 219 tive prices and cost must be accurate andincapable of28. Mail Order Advertising offered by Mail Order will misleading by undue emphasis or distortion. (I) Advertisements for goods not be accepted unless: 21. Use of the Word'Free' samples as (a) the name of the advertiseris prominently dis- Advertisements must not describe goods or advertisement; 'free' unless the goods or samples are supplied at no cost played at the address given in the that address for or no extra cost (other thanactual postage or carriage) to (b) adequate arrangements exist at the recipient. A trial may be described as 'free'although enquiries to be handled by a responsible person the customer is expected to pay the cost ofreturning the available on the premises during normalbusiness goods, provided that the advertisement makesclear the hours; cuotomer's obligation to do so. (c) samples of the goods advertised aremade avail- 22. Testimonials able there for public inspection; and Testimonials must be genuine and must not beused in a (d) an undertaking has been receivedfrom the adver- manner likely to mislead.Advertisers and their agencies tiser that money will be refunded in full tobuyers must be prepared to produceevidence in support of any who can show justifiable cause fordissatisfaction testimonial and any claims therein. with their purchases or with delay indelivery. 23. Guarant ees (2) Advertisers who can offer goods bymail order must No advertisement may contain the words'guarantee' or be prepared to meet any reasonabledemand created 'guaranteed', 'warranty' or 'warranted', orwords having by their advertising, and should beprepared to the same meaning, unless the full terms ofthe guarantee demonstrate, or where practicable to supplysamples are available forinspection by the Authority and are of the goods advertised to the Authority or tothe clearly set out in the advertisement or are madeavailable Programme Companies to whom theiradvertisements to the purchaser in writing atthe point of sale or with are submitted. include details of the goods. In all cases, the terms must 29. D;rect SaleAdvertising the remedial action open to the purchaser.No advertise- Direct sale advertising is that placed by theadvertiser ment may contain a direct orimplied reference to a with the intention that the articles or servicesadvertised, guarantee which purports totake away or diminish the or some other articles orservices, shall be sold or pro- statutory or common /aw rightsof a purchaser. vided at the home of the person responding tothe 24. Comp e titions advertisement. Where it is the intention of theadvertiser Advertisements inviting the public to take part in com- to send a representative to call on personsresponding to petitions where allowable under Section 3(4) ofthe Tele-the advertisement, such fact must be apparentfrom the vision Act, 1964, and the Betting, Gaming andLotteries advertisement or Lam the particularssubsequently Act, 1963 (which requires the presence of anelement ofsupplied and the respondent must be given anadequate skill), should state clearly how prospective entrants may opportunity of refvfing any call. obtain the printed conditions including the arrangement Direct sale advertisements are not acceptablewithout for the announcement of results and for thedistribution adequate assurances from the advertiserand his adver- of prizes. tising agency (a) that the articles advertisedwill be within 25. Homework Schemes supplied at the price stated in the advertisement Fullest particulars of any schemes must besupplied and a reasonable time fromstocks sufficient to meet potential when cal'ing where it is proposed to make a charge for the rawmaterials demand and (b) that sales representatives the advertisement will dem- or components and wherethe advertiser offers to buyupon persons responding to back the goods made by the home-worker, theadvertise-onstrate and make availablefor sale, the articles adver- ment ilot acceptable. tised. It will be taken as prima facieevidence of misleading 26. Hir e-Purchase the purpose of hire- and unacceptable 'bait' advertising for Advertisements relating to the sale of goods on 'switch selling' if an advertiser's salesmenseriously dis- purchase or credit sale must comply with the provisionsof chepper article advertised or report and from parage or belittle the the Advertisements (Hire-Purchase) Act, 1957, unreasonable delays in obtaining delivery orotherwise Hire-Purchase Act, 1964. 1st January 1965, Part IV of the put difficulties in the wayof its purchase. 27. InstructionalCourses 30. InertiaSelling Advertisements offering courses of instruction in trades No advertisement will be accepted fromadvertisers who professional or technical or subjects leading up to send the goods advertised, oradditional goods, without examinations must not imply the promise of employment authority from the recipient. or exaggerate theopportunity of employment or re- muneration alleged to be open to those takingsuch 31. FinancialAdvertising giving full information in courses; neither should theyoffer unrecognized 'degrees' In view of the importance of connection with any offer to the public ofdebentures, or qualifications. 220 THE ADVERTISING CODE/Advert/sing and Children

bonds and shares and in view of the difficulty of ensuring advertising may be employed which takes advantageof that such information is given in the limited time of the the natural credulity and sense of loyalty of children. normal , invitations to invest are In particular : limited to the following: (a) No advertisement which encourages children to enter (a) invitations to invest in British Government stocks strange places or to converse with strangersin an (including National Savings Certificates), stocks of effort to collect coupons, wrappers, labels, etc., is public boards and nationalized industries in the allowed. The details of any collecting scheme must United Kingdom and Local Government stocks in be submitted for investigation to ensure that the the United Kingdom. scheme contains no element of danger to childrei . (b) invitations to place money on deposit orshare (b) No advertisement for a commercial product or ser- account with building societies. vice is allowed if it contains any appeal to children (c) invitations to place money on deposit withthe Post which suggests in any way that unless the children Office or any Trustee Savings Bank, and, normally, themselves buy or encourage other people to buy the banking companies which are recognized as such for product or service they will be failing in some duty or the purposes of the Eighth Schedule to the Companies lacking in loyalty towards some person or organiza- Act, 1948. tion whether that person or organization is the one Advertisements by Unit Trusts authorized as such by the making the appeal or not. Board of Trade may be accepted provided that these are (c) No advertisement is allowed which leads children to strictly limited to the name and description ofthe Trust, believe that if they do not own the product advertised the address of its manager, and an invitation toviewers to they will be inferior in some way to other children or write to the manager for full particulars ofthe units that they are liable to be held in contempt or ridicule available. No person may be shown on the screenduring for not owning it. the course of the advertisement. (d) No advertisement dealing with the activities of a club Advertisements announcing the publication inestab- is allowed without the submission of satisfactory lished national and provincial newspapers andjournals of evidence that the club is carefully supervised in the prospectuses offering shares ordebentures to the public matter of the behaviour of the childrenand the may be acceptedprovided that these are strictly limited company they keep and that there is nosuggestion of to giving the name of the companywhose shares or deben- the club being a secret society. tures are being offered, the amountof the offer and the (e) While it is recognized that children are not the direct names and dates ofpublication of the newspapers and purchasers of many products over which they are journals in which a prospectus may be found.No person naturally allowed to exercise preference, care should may be shown onthe screen during the course of the be taken that they are not encouraged to make them- advertisement. selves a nuisance to other people in the interests of No advertisement is acceptable which contains any any particular product orservice. In an advertise- review of or advice hbout the stock market orinvestment ment offering a free gift, a premium or acompetition prospects, or which offers to advise oninvestments. for children, the main emphasis of the advertisement 32. Advertisingand Children must be on the product with whichthe offer is Particular care should be taken over advertisingthat is associated. likely to be seen by large numbers of children andadver-(f) If there is to be a reference to a competition for tisements in which children are to be employed.More children in an advertisement, the published rules detailed guidance is given in Appendix r. must be submitted for approval before theadvertise- 33. Advertisingof Medicines and Treatments ment can be accepted. The valueof prizes and the Within the generality of theIndependent Television chances of winning one must not be exaggerated. Code the advertising of medicines and treatmentsis (g) To help in the fair portrayal of free gifts for children, subject to the detailed rules given in Appendix 2. an advertisement should, where necessary,make it easy to see the true size of a gift byshowing it in rela- APPENDIX I tion to some common object against which its scale ADVERTISING AND can be judged. CHILDREN 2. The Child inAdvertisements subject Child The appearance of children in advertisements is 1. The Viewing to the following conditions: No product or service may beadvertised and no method of advertising may be used, inassociation with a pro- (a) Employment gramme intended forchildren or which large numbers ofIt should be noted that the conditions under which children are likely to see, which mightresult in harm tochildren are employed in the making of advertisements them physically, mentally ormorally, and no method ofare governed by certainprovisions of the Children and 221 THE ADVERTISING CODEIMedicinesand Treatments

guide those who Young Persons Act 1933 (Scotland 1937)and the Act considerable detail in a Code designed to this form of advertising. of 1963 ; the Education Acts 1944 to 1948;and theare concerned with Authorities in pur- The rules contained in this Appendixhave been adop- appropriate by-laws made by Local Authority after due suance of these Acts. ted by the Independent Television consultation under the terms of theTelevision Act with (b) Contributions to Safety the Advertising AdvisoryCommittee and the Medical Any situations in which children are tobe seen in tele- Postmaster-General in so carefully consideredAdvisory Panel and with the vision advertisements should be far as he is concerned with theclasses and descriptions of from the point of view of safety. advertisements which must not bebroadcast and the In particular : methods of advertising which must notbe employed. (i) children should not appear tobe unattended in obviously old enough z. The BritishCode of Advertising Practice street scenes unless they are Independent Television safety ; should not be Within the generality of the to be responsible for their own Practice and subject shown playing in the road, unless itis clearly shown Code of Advertising Standards and area ; should not be to the additional rulesbelow, the Authority's basic re- to be a play-street or other of medicines and shown stepping carelessly offthe pavement or quirements in regard to the advertising in busy streettreatments are those laid downin Part B of the British crossing the road without due care ; reproduced as part scenes should be seen to usezebra crossings in Code of Advertising Practice which is crossing the road; and shouldbe otherwise seen B of tLis Appendix. in general, as pedestrians orcyclists, to behave in3. UnacceptableProducts or Services accordance with the Highway Code. Advertisements for products or servicescoming within (ii) children should not be seenleaning dangerously out the recognised character of, orspecifically concerned of windows or over bridges, orclimbing dangerous with, the following are not acceptable: cliffs. (a) contraceptives (iii) small children should notbe shown climbing up to (b) smoking cures high shelves or reaching up totake things from a(c) products for the treatment ofalcoholism table above their heads. (d) contact or corneal lenses (iv) medicines, disinfectants,antiseptics and caustic(e) clinics for the treatment of hair andscalp substances must not be shownwithin reach of(f) products for the treatment ofhaemorrhoids. supervision, nor children without close parental An advertiser who markets more than oneproduct should children be shown usingthese products in N.B. may not useadvertising copy devoted to an acceptable any way. product for the purposes of publicizingthe brand name using matches or any (v) children must not be shown or otheridentification of an unacceptable product. gas, paraffin, petrol,mechanical or mains-powered appliance which could lead to theirsuffering burns, 4. Avoidance ofImpression of Professional Advice and pro- electrical shock or other injury. In advertisements for medicines, treatments health or be bene- (vi) children must not be showndriving or riding on ducts which are claimed to promote ficial in illness, the following are notallowable: agricultural machines(includingtractor-drawn dentists, pharmaceu- carts or implements).Scenes of this kind could en- (a) visual presentation of doctors, which give the courage contraventionof the Agriculture (Safety, tical chemists, nurses, midwives, etc., Health and Welfare Provisions) Act,1956. impression of professional advice orrecommendation, (vii) an open fire in a domestic scenein an advertisement and must always have afireguard clearly visible if a (b) statements giving the impressionof professional ad- child is included in the scene. vice or recommendation made by personswho appear in the advertisements and who arepresented, either (c) Good Manners and Behaviour give Children seen in advertisementsshould be reasonably directly or by implication, as being qualified to well-mannered and well-behaved. such advice or recommendation. To avoid misunderstanding about the statusof the APPENDIX 2 presenter of a medicine or treatment,it may be necessary to establish positivelyin the course of an ADVERTISING OF MEDICINES advertisement that the presenter is not aprofession- AND TREATMENTS ally qualified adviser. (a) Introductory 5. Hospital Tests the individual that may result fromNo reference may be made to a hospital testunless the 1. The harm to concerned is pre- exaggerated, misleading or unwarrantedclaims justifiesMedical Committee of the hospital the adoption of a very highstandard and the inclusion of pared to vouch for its validity. 222 THE ADVERTISING CODEIMedicines and Treatments

6. Testimonials or simikr establishment unlessthere exists a bona fide No advertisement for a medicine or treatment may in- establishment corresponding to the description used. clude a testimonial by a person well known in public life, 7. Medical Statements,Trials and Tests sport, entertainment, etc. (i) Advertisements should not contain anymedical 7. Tonic statement or reference to clinical orother trials or .Thc use of this ;..xpression is not acceptable in advertise- tests which cannot be substantiatedby authoritative ments for medicines or treatments or productsfor which evidence. medical or health claims are made. (2) No product with a name containing the term'Doctor' 8. Vitamins or 'Dr' is acceptable unless theproduct was marLted No advertisement should state or imply that good health under that name prior to 1st January 1944. is likely to be endangered solely because people do not8. Testimonials supplement their diets with vitamins. Advertisements should not contain any testimonial given by a is not a registered British medical prac- titioner unless the advertisement makes it clear that the (b) The New British Code writer is not so registered. of Advertising Practice 9. Exaggerated Copy Part B Advertisements should not contain copy which is ex- aggerated by reason of the improper use of words, phrases This part of the Code applies to the advertising to the the use of the words public of medicines, treatments and appliances for theor methods of presentation, e.g. prevention or alleviation of any ailment, illness or disease. '', 'magical', 'miracle', 'miraculous'. It does not apply to advertisements published by or xo. 'Natural' Remedies under the authority of a Government Ministry or De- Advertisements should not contain any false claim,direct partment, nor to advertisements for medicines, treat- or indirect, that a productis `nacural', 'nature's remedy' ments and appliances addressed directly toregistered or the like. medical or dental practitioners, pharmacists, registered Compctitions medical auxiliaries or nurses, sent direct or published inAdvertisements for medicines, treatments and appliances their respective professional or technical journals. should not contain any reference to a prize competition x . Cure or similar schemes Advertisements should not contain any claim (directly or 1z. Slimming, WeightReduction, Limitation or by implication) to extirpate any ailment, illness, disease Control or symptom of ill-health. Advertisements should not contain any offer of any pro- z. Illnesses Requiring Medical Attention duct or treatment for slimming (i.e. weightreduction, Advertisements should not offer any medicine or treat-limitation or control) which: men* for serious diseases, conditions or complaints which (a) is in itself likely to lead to harmful effects need the attention of a registered medical practitioner. (b) is not directly associated with the followingof a 3. Appeals to Fear properly designed diet. Advertisements should not contain any statement or 13. Bust Developers illusti ation likely to induce fear on the part of the readerAdvertisements for preparations and devices purporting without treatment or viewer that he is suffering, or may to promote enlargement of thebust are not permissible. suffer, or suffer more severely, from an ailment, illness or disease. 14. Products OfferedParticularly to Women Advertisements should not suggest or imply that any 4. Diagnosis or Treatment byCorrespondence will Advertisements should not contain any offer to diagnose products, medicines or treatments offered therein oi to treat anyailment, illness or disease, or symptoms ofinduce miscarriage. ill-health by correspondence; nor invite information inxs. Sexual Weakness,Premature Ageing, Loss of order to advise on or prescribe treatment by correspon-Virility dence. Advertisements should not suggest or imply that any product, medicine or treatment offered thereinwill pro- 5. Money Back Offers in treating sexual Advertisements should not contain any offer to refund mote sexual virility or be effective indul- money to dissatisfied users. weakness oi habits associated with sexual excess or illness or disease associated with This paragraph does not apply to mail order advertising gence, or any ailment, of medical appliances or therapeutic wearing apparel. such habits. 6. College, Hospital, Clinic, Institute, Laboratory 16. Hypnosis Advertisements should not contain any reference to aAdvertisements should not contain anyoffer to diagnose 'College', 'Hospital', 'Clinic', 'Institute', 'Laboratory',or treat conditions ofill-health by hypnosis. THE ADVERTISING CODEIStatutes 223

17. Hair and Scalp Products and Treatments plaint ;purpura ;pyorrhoea ;rheumatism, wherethe Advertisements relating to hair and scalp products and reference is to chronic or persistent ; rheumatoid arthritis ; treatments should not contain: ring2vorm ; scabies ; skin diseases, where the referenceis to 'all or most' skin diseases, or skin ailments in general ; (a) any offer of diagnosis by post or telephone or any claim or implication that the product or treatment sleeplessness, where the reference is to chronic or persistent ; ulcers :duodenal, gastric, advertised will do more than arrest loss of hair. squint ; sycosis ; thrombosis ; pyloric, stomach ; urinary infections ; varicose veins(C) ; (b) any particulars of establishments administering treat- whooping cough 0) ments for the hair and scalp other than the name, Note: (a) The restriction does not apply provided that: address, telephone number and hours of attendance. (I) It is made clear in the advertisement that the medicine, treatment, product The types of treatment available may be mentioned or appliance advertised is only for the alleviation of anattack of asthma. (ii) The advertisement contains a recommendation that sufferers should seek provided that there is no reference to specific con- medical advice. ditions for which such treatment is intended. (b) The prohibition does not apply to the advertisement of products for the treatment of athlete's foot. 18. Haemorrhoids (c) Advertisements for elastic hosiery are permissible provided that no claim is made that the product has any beneficial effect on the condition. Advertisements should not contain any offer of products (d) This restriction does not apply where the reference to whooping cough appears only on labels or in literature issued with the product andis limited for the treatment of haemorrhoids unless the following whooping cough. warning notice is contained in the directions for use on to offering the product for alleviating the symptoms of the container itself or its labels : 'Persons who suffer from haemorrhoids are advised to consult a doctor'. APPENDIX 3 19. Products Offered for the Reliefof Backache STATUTES NFFECTING and Rheumatic Pains TELEVISION ADVERTISING Advertisements should not contain any claims for the relief of backache and rheumatic pains based upon the The following statutes may restrict, control or otherwise urinary antiseptic properties of the products advertised. affect television advertising and should be noted: Accommodation Agencies Act, 1953. zo. Vitamin Products Advertisements should not contain any unqualified Adoption Act, 1958 (Section 51). Advertisements (Hire Purchase) Act, 1957. claims that vitamins will give adequate protection against infections, or unqualified state- Betting, Gaming and Lotteries Act, 1963. or treatment for virus Building Societies Act, 196o (Sections 5 and 7). such claims. ments that the medical profession supports Cancer Act, 1939 (Section 4). EXAMPLES OF DISEASES, Children and Young Persons (Harmful Publications) ILLNESSES OR CONDITIONS FOR Act, 1955. WHICH MEDICINES, TREATMENTS, Children's Act, 1958 (Section 37). PRODUCTS OR APPLIANCES MAY Children and Young Persons Act, 1933 (Scotland, r g37). Children and Young Persons Act, 1963. NOT BE ADVERTISED Copyright Act, 1956. No advertisements should refer to any medicine, products, Defamation Act, 1952. appliance or advice in terms calculated to lead to its use Education Acts, 1944 to 1948. for the treatment of any of the following illnesses or Foods and Drugs Act, 1955 and the Labelling of Food conditions: Order (S.I. 1953, No. 536) as amended by the Label- amenorrhoea ;anaemia (pernicious);ankles,diseased ; ling of Food (Amendment) Regulations. arterio sclerosis ; artery troubles ; arthritis ; asthma (a) ; Geneva Convention Act, 1957 (Section 6). barber's rash ; bleeding disease ; blood pressure ; breasts,Hire-Purchase Act, 1964. diseases of the ;carbuncles ;cardiac symptoms, heart Larceny Act, 186x (Section 102). troubles ; convulsions ; dermatitis ; diseased ankles ;dis- Merchandise Marks Acts, 1887-1953. seminated sclerosis ; ears (any structural or organic defect ofOpticians Act, 1958. the auditory system); enlarged glands ; erysipelas ; eyes Pharmacy and Medicines Act, 1941 (Sections 8-13 ; (any structural or organic defect of the optical system); flingus infections (b) ; gallstones ; glands, enlarged ; goitre ; Prevention ofFraud (Investments) Act, 1958 (Section 13). heart troubles, cardiac symptoms ; impetigo ; indigestion, Protection of Depositors Act, 1963. where the reference is to chronic or persistent ; insomnia, Registered Designs Act, 1949. where the reference is to chronic or persistent ; itch ; kidneys, Sale of Goods Act, 1893. disorders or diseases of the ; lazy eye ; leg troubles ; lupus ; Television Act, 1964. menopausal ailments ; obesity ;osteoarthritis ; pernicious Trade Marks Act, 1938. anaemia ; phlebitis ; prolapse ; psoriasisexcept where the Venereal Diseases Act, 1917 (Sections 2 and 3). reference is confined to relief from the effects of the com- and Measures Act, 1963. 224

11 lb A Li ID MI

ITA FACTSHEETS. A series of leafletssetting out essential facts General about Indebendent Television. TTA. ATTITUDE FORMATION AND CHANGE. Working paper no. 2of the ITA NOTES. A series recording importantpolicy statements and Television Research Committee. J. D. Halloran. 167 pp. significant developments. ITA. Leicester University Press, 1967. THE ITA TELEVISION GALLERY: TV STORY.A folder showing a BRITISH BROADCASTING IN TRANSITION.Burton Paulu. 250 pp. plan of the new Television Gallery at 70 Brampton Road and Macmillan, 1961. describing the exhibits. The Television Gallery Library and Reading Room may be visited by appointment. ITA, 1968. BROADCASTING. Memorandum on the Report of theCommittee on Broadcasting, 1960, 12 pp. HMSO, July 1962. Cmnd. 1770. MAP POSTER. Wall map 30" x go"showing ITV areas, com- panies, transmitters. ITA, 1968. BROADCASTING. Further Memorandum on theReport of the Committee on Broadcasting, 1960. 12 pp. HMSO, December PAYING FOR TV Sir Sidney Caine. 6' pp.Institute of Economic 1962. Cmnd. 1893. Affairs, 1968. (Hobart Paper no. 43.) PROBLEMS OF TELEVISION RESEARCH. A progress reportof the BROADCASTING AND THE COMMUNITY. John Scupham.264 pp. Television Research Committee. 38 pp. Leicester University C. A. Watts, 1967. Press, 1966. BROADCASTING AND PUBLIC POLICY. E. G.Wedell. 370 pp. RADIO AND TELEVISION BROADCASTING ON THE EUROPEAN CON- Michael Joseph, 1968. TINENT. Burton Paulu. 290 pp. Universityof Minnesota Press, BROADCASTING: VISION AND SOUND. DavidWilson. 84 pp. 1967. Pergamon Press, 1968. (Library of Industrial and Commercial REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE ON BROADCASTING,1960. The Education and Training Series.) Pilkington Repert. 342 pp. HMSO, 1962. Cmnd. 1753. A CLOSE LOOK AT TELEVISION AND SOUND BROADCASTING.A REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE ON BROADCASTING,1960. Memoranda textbook designed for use in Secondary Schools. E. W. Hildick. submitted to the Committee. 2 vols. HMSO, 1962, Cmnds. 1819 132 pp. Faber, 1967. and 1819-1. Heinemann Educa- DUE TO CIRCUMSTANCES BEYOND OUR CONTROL.Fred Friendly. THE SMALL SCREEN. Alan Hancock. 83 pp. 325 pp. MacGibbon & Kee, 1967. tional Books Ltd, 1965. A SURVEY OF TELEVISION. Stuart Hood. 186 pp.Heinemann, THE EFFECTS OF MASS COMMUNICATION.Working paper no. I of the Television Research Committee. J. D. Halloran. 83 pp. 1967. Leicester University Press, 1964. TELEVISION - A WORLD VIEW. Wilson P. Dizard. 349 PP. Syracuse University Press (New Yoik), 1966. THE EFFECTS OF MASS COMMUNICATION. Joseph T.Klapper. 302 pp. Free Press of Glencoe(Glencoe, Illinois), 1960. TELEVISION ACT, 1954. 21 pp. HMSO, 1954. TELEVISION ACT, 1963. 25 pp. HMSO, 1963. HISTORY OF BROADCASTING IN THE UN/TrD KINGDOM.Asa Briggs. Vol. : The Birth of Broadcasting. 425 pp.Oxford University TELEWSION ACT, 1964. 37 pp. HMSO, 1964. Press, 1961. Vol. 2 : The Golden Age of Wireless. 688 pp. Oxford TELEVISION AND HUMAN BEHAVIOUR. Edited by L.Arons and University Press, 1965. M. A. May. 307 pp. Appleton-Century-Crofts (NewYork), THE IMPACT OF TELEVISION. Method andfindin,gs in programme 1963. research. William A. Belson. 400 pp. Crosby Lockwood, 1967. TELEVISION AND RADIO AS A CAREER. SylviaHayrnon. 144 pp. Batsford, 1963. INDEPENDENT TELEVISION AUTHORITY.Annual Report and Accounts. HMSO. TELEVISION AND SOCIETY. Harry J. Skornia.268 pp. McGraw- Hill, 1965. THE INFORMING IMAGE: A CAREER IN RADIO ANDTELEVISION. Rodney Bennett. 142 pp. Reading Educational Explorers Ltd, TELEVISION AS A MASS MEDIA. Maxwell'sInternational Subject 1968. Bibliographies, No. 39. 39 pp. Robert Maxwell & Co., 1965. BIBLIOGRAPHY 225

Howard Thomas. The inner FIRST REPORT FROm THE SELECTCOMMITTEE OF PROCEEDINGS IN THE TRUTH ABOUT TELEVISION. 184 pp. HMSO, 1966. workings of ITV and BBC. 231 pp. Weidenfeld& Nicolson, THE HOUSE OF COMMONS. Clive 1962. LIVING MUSIC. Colo booklet on music series featuring infbrmation fblder giving details of the Lythgoe. 8 pp. Westward Television,1967. WHO DOES WHAT. An The organization of Independent Television. ITA,1968. ! Fourstudies in modern communication. 1967 Granada Guildhall Lectures on'Communication in the WORKING IN TELEVISION.Barbara Brandenburger. 176 pp. Northern Lectures on Modern World' and the Granada of Bodley Head, 1965. 'Popular Communication', byWilliam Rees-Mogg, editor Periodicals The Times. 147 pp. Panther Record. TELEVISION ARTS. JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF FILM AND PLAYBACK: I. TALKING WITH FROST.A record of selected con- Quarterly. versations from 'The FrostProgramme'. 64 pp. Cornmarket THE LISTENER. Weekly. Press Ltd, 1967. COMMITTEE ON BROADCASTING STAGE AND TELEVISION TODAY.Weekly. SECOND REPORT BY THE SELECT THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE HOUSEOF LORDS. 30 pp.HMSO, 1968. TELEVISION MAIL. Weekly. TELEVISION AND THE POLITICAL IMAGE.Joseph Trenaman and Programme Journals of television on the 1959 TV Times, gives details ofDenis McQuail. A Study of the impact In each area a weekly publication, General Election. 287 pp. Methuen,196x. the available IndependentTelevision programmes. In the Channel Islands, The Channel Viewer. TELEVISION IN GOVERNMENT ANDPOLITICS. A bibliography. Television Information Office (NewYork), 1964. Year Books economic BBC HANDBOOK.British Broadcasting . THIS IS OUR LAND. Abooklet on a series about the history of the South West. 32 pp.Westward Television, 1967. BRITISH FILM AND TELEVISIONYEARBOOK. British andAmerican Film Press. TV FILE. Edited by DavidMcKie. 92 pp. Panther Record. COMMERCIAL TELEVISION YEARBOOKAND DIRECTORY.Admark Publishing Co. INTERNATIONAL TELEVISION ALMANAC.Quigley Publications. Drama YEARBOOK. Longacre Press. ANATOMY OF A TELUISION PLAY.Inquiry by John Russell Taylor KINEMATOGRAPH AND TELEVISION Theatre's 'The Rose Affair' by Alun Society for Education in Film into ABC's series Armchair SCREEN EDUCATION YEARBOOK. Owen and 'Afternoon of a Nymph'by Robert Muller. 223 pp. and Television. Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1962. WORLD RADIO AND TV HANDBOOK.0. Lund Johansen (Copen- design, THE ARMCHAIR THEATRE.ABC Television. How to write, hagen). direct, act, enjoy television plays. 115 pp.Weidenfeld & Nicol- son, 1959. Manchester University Press, Biography GRANADA'S MANCHESTER PLAYS. BOTH SIDES OF THE HILL.Lord Hill of Luton. 261 pp.Heine- 1961. mann, 1964. NEW GRANADA PLAYS.Faber & Faber, 1961. Reginald Bevins. 159 pp. Hodder &Stough- theatre THE GREASY POLE. THE PRESENT STAGE.John Kershaw. New directions in the ton, 1965. today. Based on the ABC Televisionseries. 142 pp. Fontana ROY THOMSON OF FLEET.A biography by RussellBraddon. Books, 1966. Collins, 1965. SIX GRANADA PLAYS.Faber & Faber, 1960. of John Logie THE TELEVISION MAN.John Rowland. The story Baird. 143 pp. LutterworthPress, 1966. Educational Television THE ABC OF DO-IT-YOURSELF.Barry Bucknell. Based on the ABC Documentary, News,Politics Publications Ltd, 1966. E. Butler and Television series. 159 pp. TV THE BRITISH GENERALELECTION OF I95o. D. Macmillan, 1960. ADULT EDUCATION AND _TELEVISION.A comparative study. Richard Rose. 293 pp. Czechoslovakia, Ctibor Tahy; Japan, E. Butler and Canada, Lewis Miller ; THE BRITISH GENERALELECTION OF 1964. D. Kanji Hatano. Edited with a commentaryby Brian Groombridge. Macmillan, 1965. Anthony King. 401 pp. 142 pp. NIAE & UNESCO,1966. ELECTION OF 1966. D.E. Butler and THE BRITISH GENERAL ADVENTURES IN LEARNING.A series of folders giving advance Anthony King. 338 pp.Macmillan, 1966. infbrmation about educationa! programmes.ITA. PARLIAMENT. Robin Day. 23 pp. THE CASE FOR TELEVISING ANATOMY OF .Dr M. P. Winstanley. Based onthe Hansard Society, 1963. ABC Television series. 104 pp.Daily Mirror Publication, 1966. COMMUNICATION IN THE MODERNWORLD. The BritishAssocia- 1960, 1961, 1962, 1963, BON ACCUEIL. Based onthe ATV series of French programmes tion/Granada Guildhall Lectures, 1959, for adults. Books i and 2,University of London Press, 1967. 1964, 1965, 1966. Press, 1968. William I3luem. Book 3, University of London THE DOCUMENTARY INAMERICAN TELEVISION. A. House (New York), 1965. CLOSED-CIRCUIT TELEVISION INEDUCATION IN GREAT BRITAIN. 311 pp. Hastings Committee for Audio-Visual Aidsin Educa- Norman Swallow. 228 pp.Focal Press, 42 pp. National FACTUAL TELEVISION. tion, 1965. 1966. Christopher Chataway. 15 pp. TELEVISING TI1E EDUCATION AND TELEVISION. FIRST REPORT BY TIIESELECT COMMITTEE ON Conservative Political Centre,1965. PROCEEDINGS OF THE HOUSE OFLORDS. 33 pp. IIMSO, 1966. zz6 BIBLIOGRAPHY

EDUCATIONAL TELEVISION: THE NEXT TEN YEARS.A report and TOOLS OF COOKERY. PhilipHarben. Based on the Thames summary of major studies on theproblems and pctential of Television series. Hodder Paperbacks, 1968. educational television, conducted under the auspices of theUnited UNDERSTANDING. Six programmes designed to encourage respon- States Office of Education. 375 pp. U.S. GovernmentPrinting sible discussions between teachers and is- and 16-year-oldchildren Office, 1965. on aspects of sex, marriage,family life and friendship. 34 pp. EDUCATIONAL TELEVISION AND RADIO IN BRITAIN.Present pro- Granada Television, 1966. vision and future possibilities. 292 pp. BBC, 1966. UNDERSTANDING THE MASS MEDIA: A PRACTICAL APPROACH FOR University FACE OF THE EARTH. Geoffrey North.Special publications by the TEACHING. Nicholas Tucker. 198 pp. Cambridge Geographical Magazine in association with ABCTelevision. Press, 1966. Booklets i and 2. Odhams Press, 1967. A UNIVERSITY OF THE AIR.Department of Education and FIRST STEPS IN pHYSICs. G. H. Hacker,B.Sc. The support book Science. 8 pp. HMSO, 1966. Cmnd. 2922. London Press, for tke ABC Television series. University of VIEWING AND LEARNING. 23 pp. Workers'Educational Associa- 1966. tion, 1964. FIT FOR LIFE. Health and heartdisease. H. Beric Wright, G. Final Report. A three-year Pincherle and Al Murray. Based on the ABCTelevision series. THE WARBLINGTON EXPERIMENT. ABC Television, experiment in the use of closed-circuit television as an integral 16o pp. Evans Bros. Ltd in association with part of school work. Sponsored by SouthernIndependent Tele- 1968. vision. 115 pp. Hampshire Education Committee, 1965. A GUIDE TO FAMILY SPENDING.Patsy Kemp. Handbook to the Collins, Fontana WORLD OF CRIME. Andrew McNeil. Based onthe ABC television ABC Television adult education series. 156 pp. series. 189 pp. Hodder & Stoughton, 1968. Books, 1967. YOUR SUNDAY PAPER. Richard Hoggart. Ahandbook related to LAND OF THE LIVING DRAGON.Supporting booklet for the series University of of China. Tyne Tees Television, ABC Television's adult education series. 191 pp. on the language and history London Press, 1967. 1968. LOCAL GOVERNMENT. A booklet on aseries of programmes showing what local government is and liow it works. 44. pp.Westward Engineering and Studio Techniques Television, 1968. BEGINNERS' GUIDE TO COLOUR TELEVISION. T. L. Squires. 124 THE MIDDLE YEARS. Editedby S. Benaim and Isobel Allen. pp. Newnes, 1964. Based on the ABC Television series. 159 pp.TV Publications, A fblder out- 1967. BETTER VIEWING OF INDEPENDENT TELEVISION. lining the fictors which affect the technical quality of thepicture MODERN LANGUAGE TEACHING BY TELEVISION.Raymond Hickel. of the Council of on Me viewer's television screen,and showing how reception may 185 pp. Council for Cultural Co-operation be improved. ITA. Europe, 1965. Bookletsfor teachers and pupils COLOUR TELEVISION. P. S. Carnt andG. B. Townsend. The NOTEs ON SCHOOL PROGRAMMES. NTSC system. 487 pp. Iliffe, 1961. are published each tern:and may be o tained from the local Programme Company or the IndependentTelevision Education COLOUR TELEVISION EXPLAINED. W. A.Holm. 2nd ed. 130 pp. Secretariat. Philips Technical Library, 1965. THE PRIVILEGED ? A booklet on aseries of educational programmes COLOUR TELEVISION: Tr-...riNIQUES, BUSINESS, IMPACT.Edited by about universities and university life. 12 pp.Westward Tele- Howard W. Coleman. 287 pp. Focal Press, 1968. vision, 1968. COLOUR TELEVISION. G. N. Patchett.Particularly the PAL sys- PSYCHOLOGY FOR EVERYMAN. L. S.Skurnik and Frank George. tem. 216 pp. Norman Price (Publishers)Ltd, 1967. Penguin, 1964. Based on the ABC Television series. 123 pp. Published to celebrate tlw cen- Revised edition 1967. FROM SEMAPHORE TO SATELLITE. tenary of the ITU. 343 pp.International Telecommunication RICH WORLD/POOR WORLD.Edited by James Lambe. Book Union (Geneva), 1965. based on the ABC Television series. 16o pp.Arrow, 1967. THE GRAMMAR OF TELEVISION PRODUCTION.Desmond Davis. SELECTED BIBLIOGRAPHY. Part I :Broadcasting in Education. 2nd rev. ed. 8o pp. Barrie & Rockliffe, 1966. 25 pp. EuropeanBroadcasting Union (Geneva), 1967. IN AN ITA TRANSMITTING STATION. Afolder showing the work TALKING ABOUT TELEVISION.A. P. Higgins. zo8 pp. British of an ITA station. ITA. Film Institute, 1966. Guthrie Moir. SOUND AND TELEVISION BROADCASTING: GENERALPRINCIPLES. TEACHING AND TELEVISION. ETV EXPLAINED. K. R. Sturley. 382 pp. Iliffe, 1961. 170 pp. PergamonPress, 1967. TALL CYLINDRICAL MASTS.Illustrations and specifications of the TEACHING AT A DISTANCE. E.G. Wedell and H. D. Perraton. Emley Moor, Winter Hill and Belmont. teaching of '0' level physics new transmitting masts at An appraisal of the co-ordinated ITA, i966. using television, correspondence andspecial aids. 64 pp. National Institute of Adult Education inco-operation with ABC Tele- TECHNIQUES OF TELEWSION PRODUCTION.Rudy Bretz. 528 pp. vision, 1968. McGraw-Hill, 1962. TEACHING THROUGH TELEVISION.Harold Wiltshire and Fred A TECHNOLOGICAL HISTORY OFMOTION PICTURES AND TELE- I3ayliss. 34 pp. National Instituteof Adult Education, 1966. VISION. An anthology fromthe pages of The Journal of the Engineers. Edited TY. 33 pp. Television Society of Motion Pictures and Television TELEVISION AND EDUCATION: A BIBLIOGRAPI with an Intreduction, by Raymond Fielding. 255 pp.Univer- Information Office (New York),1962. sity of Press, 1967. TELEVISION IN THE UNIVERSITY.Report of a Granada Seminar G. Chester, G. R. Garrison and television in universities held at the Granada TELEVISION AND RADIO. 3rd ed. on closed-circuit E. E. Willis. 659 pp. Appleton-Century-Crofts(New York) Thlevision Centre, Manchester,6-8 November, /94 Distri- buted by MacGibbon & Kee. 1963. BIBLIOGRAPHY 227

TELEVISION ENGINEERING: PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE.S. W. Television Advertising, Marketing, Control Amos and D. C. Birkinshaw. 4 vols. Iliffe, 1953-62. CLIENT SERVICE HANDBOOK. Research, merchandisingand other THE TELEVISION INTERVIEWER. BrianMagee. Macdonald, 1966. services available to advertisers. 32 pp. Southern Independent Television, 1968. CODE OF ADVERTISING STANDARDS AND PRACTICE.Independent Regional Television Television's advertising code. 20 pp. ITA, 1964. BORDER DISCOVERED. 23 pp. BorderTelevision, 1965. COLOUR. A report. 24 pp. ABC Television,1966. FARMING ON ANGLIA. . THE STORy OF ADECADE. Booklet about and the Anglia Television series 'Farming Diary'. 30 pp.Anglia COLOUR TELEVISION IS HERE. A report on the past, present Television, 1968. future ofcolour television in relation to advertising and advertising agencies. John B. Beard. Institute of Practitioners inAdvertis- REGIONAL FOLDERS. 14 versions setting outdetails of ITA dices ing, 1968. (IPA Occasional Paper no. 18) and transmitters, the programme companies and thecharacteristics of programmes in each area. ITA, 1968. COLOUR TELEVISION: TECHNIQUES, BUSINESS, IMPACT.Howard W. Coleman. 287 pp. Focal Press, 1968. SCOTTISH TELEVISION SERVES SCOTLAND.Booklet issued to mark eight years of Scottish Television. 12 pp. ScottishTelevision, MARKETING AND MEDIA HANDBOOK. Demographicand media data 1965. for the Southern Independent Television area. 97 pp. Southern Independent Television, 1966. THE SLEEPING BEAUTY ?Transcripts in booklet form of two Grampian Television current affairs programmes which were A MARKETING GUIDE TO NORTHERN IRELAND.46 pp. Ulster concerned with 'selling' North Scotland to English Industrialists. Television, 1966. 24 pp. Grampian Television,1965. A MARKETING GUIDE TO THE EAST OF ENGLAND. 121 pp.Anglia SOUTHERN INDEPENDENT TELEVISION: ANNUAL REPORT1967. Television Ltd, 1968. Inde- Contains many illustrations and items about Southern THE NORTH EAST MARKET. A comprehensivestudy of the North pendent Television's programmes. SouthernIndependent Tele- East Region. Tyne Tees Television, 1967. vision, 1967. NOTES OF GUIDANCE ON TELEVISION ADVERTISING.Independent THIS IS OUR LAND. A booklet on aseries about the economic Television Companies Association, 1964. history of the South West. 32 pp. WestwardTelevision, 1967. Granada Television reviews THE ORIGIN OF TELEVISION ADVERTISING IN THE UNITED KING- YEAR TEN. After ten years on the air 1961. its programme output during the tenth year. 110 pp.Granada DOM. Walter Taplin. 106 pp. Pitman, Television, 1966. A PLANNER'S GUIDE TO THE GRAMPIAN TELEVISION AREA.16 pp. Grampian Television, 1966. YORKSHIRE TELEVISION. Brief historyand programme informa- tion. 20 pp. Yorkshire Television, 1968. PROSPECTS FOR COLOUR TELEVISION IN BRITAIN. 22 pp.ABC Television, 1967. SCOTLAND THE VITAL MARKET. G. D.Credland, George T. Religion Murray and . A comprehensive analysis of Scot- ABOUT RELIGION. An anthologyedited by Michael Redington. land as a Market. 233 pp. Scottish Television, 1966. ATV Network. 176 pp. Macdonald, 1963. TELEVISION ADVERTISING. Dan Ingman. 395 pp.Business Pub- A CHRISTIAN APPROACH TO TELEVISION.Written by the Rev. lications, 1965. P. E. Coleman on behalf of Archbishop'sAdvisers on Radio Office, 1968. TEST MARKET GUIDE TO THE WEST. Abooklet detailing the services and Television. 18 pp. Church Information provided by Westward TV as a test market region. x6 pp. THE CHURCH IN THE WORLD OF RADIO-TELEVISION.John W. Westward Television, 1968. Bacham. 191 pp. Association Press (NewYork), 1960. THE COLLAR BAR. A booklet on aseries of educational, religious programmes for the clergy andpublic about the problems of being Television and Children a parson. 32 pp. WestwardTelevision, 1968. THE EFFECTS OF TELEVISION ON CHILDREN AND ADOLESCENTS.An DIALOGUE WITH DOUBT. 'LastProgrammes' from RedillUsion annotated bibliography edited by Wilbur Schramm. 54 pp. Television. 188 pp. SCM Press, 1967. Unesco, 1964. GLIMPSES. A series of faders givingadvance information about TIIE MASS MEDIA: THEIR IMPACT ON CHILDREN ANDFAMILY LIFE. religious programmes. ITA. Comments by Otto Klineberg and Joseph 7'. Klapper. 7 pp. LAST THING AT NIGHT. An encouragementfor each *lit of the Television Information Office (New York), 1960. Hugh Lavery. 84 month, first broadcast as epilogues by Father A REPORT ON A SURVEY OF THE TELEVISION VIEWINGHABITS OF pp. Tyne Tees Television,1967. PUPILS OF BRISTOL SCHOOLS. 16 pp.Briste Joint Standing RELIGIOUS TELEVISION: WHAT TO DO AND HOW.Everett C. Committee on the Effects of Mass Media, 1965. Parker. 244 pp. Harper (New York), 1961. TELEVISION AND THE CHILD. Hilde T.Himmelweit, A. N. TAKE CARE OF THE SENSE.Reflections on religious broadcasting. Oppenheim and Pamela Vince. An empirical study of the effect Canon Roy MacKay. SCM Press, 1964. qf television on the young. 522 pp. OxfordUniversity Press, 1958. TELEVISION AND RELIGION. The averageman's attitude to religion and aspects of the Christian faith. A surveyconducted for ABC TELEVISION IN TIIE LIVES OF OUR CHILDREN.Wilbur Schramm, Thlevision. 141 pp. University of LondonPress, 1965. Jack Lyle and Edwin B. Parker. 342 pp. OxfordUniversity Press, 1961. VISION AND BELIEF. Religiousbroadcasting 1957-1968. 56 pp. ABC Television, 1968. VIEWING TASTES OF ADOLESCENTS IN CINEMA ANDTELEVISION. Association `VISION ON'. Christian communicationthrough the mass media. J. B. Barclay. 76 pp. Scottish Educational Film Rev. Leslie Timmins. Epworth Press, 1964. and the Scottish Film Council, 1961. 228

1:1

All Our Yesterdays 45, 73, 78, 79, 195 The Baron 187 A All We Want is Everything 43 Batey, D. 188 ABC of Do-It-Yourself 78, 205 Allon-Smith, Rev. D. 202 Bath, F. W. L. G. 14, 119 AGB see Audits of Great Britain Ltd Amyes, J. 194, 214 Bath transmitter 168-9 ATV Network 12, 186-7 Anderson, W. N. 119 Baverstock, D. 212 ATV Today 25, 33, 187 Andrew, Fr. A. 54 Baxter, Mrs K. M. 54 Abergavenny transmitter 169-71 Andrews, J. 204 Beasley, T. 196 About Anglia 25, 30, 33, 185 Anglia Newsroom 25, 33, 185 Beggar's Opera 51 Abroad with Behan 44, 207 Anglia Report 25, 44, 185 Belcher, J. ii8 Acres for Profit 73, 79 Anglia Television 12, 184-5 Bell, Rev. L. J. A. 54 Action 54, 57, 191, 193 Anglia Weather Service 185 Bellini, K. 192 Action at Sea 78 Angus transmitter 160-1 Belmont transmitter 132, 150-I Action News 54, 193 Anniversary 63, 189 Beloe, W. G. 196 Actualités 191 Another Day 57 Benaim, Dr S. 21 Adams, C. H. 15 Antrim, Countess of lo8 Bennett, C. 198 Adams, Mrs M. 4 Antrim, Earl of208 Bennett, F. J. 70, 188 Adult education 72-9 Anvil 201 Bennett, Sir F. 196 Adult Education Committee 66, 74 Anything But the Words 88 Beresford-Cooke, A. M. 118 Advertising 110-17, 217-23 Applause ! Applause ! 205 Bernard Leach 211 Advertisement Copy Committee (ITCA) Archer, K. 119 Bernstein, C. G. 194 115, 215 Archibald, The Lord 212 Bernstein, S. L. 194 Advertisers and programmes iu Arena 44, 51, 185, 197 Bernstein Conducts Berlioz 51 Advertising Advisory Committee 114-15, Arfon transmitter 169-71 Bessey, G. S. 70 117, 217 Arkle and the Duchess 39, 43, 187 Best of Enemies 205 Advertising Control office 114, 115 Armchair Theatre 81, 82, 88, 205 Best Sellers 78, 205 Amount of II1-12 Arts 46-51 Between Ourselves 45, 193 British Bureau of Television Advertising As Good As Nem 36, 45, 189 Between the Lines 44, 201 Ltd (BBTA) 216 Ashplant, Rev. J. 210 Beynon, V. H. 210 Charitable appeals 218 Asian Broadcasting Union 215 Bibliography 224-7 Children and 220 Asian Magazine 45 Big Fish, Little Fish 43, 187 Cigarettes 218 Associated Television see ATV Network The Big Match 99, 103 Code of AdvertisingStandardsand Astor, The Hon. D. 198 The Bill Tennent Programme 97, 20i Practice 114, 115-0, 217-23 At Home 45, 185 Bilsdale transmitter 132 Control 111-17 At Last It's Friday 44 BT ihaec kBitDS.1Www. 51487 Distribution 112-13 The Attic 63,193 Independent Television Code 114, 115- The Auction Game 97 Black, G. 206 16, 217-23 Audience research 23-7, 66, 67, 74 Black Hill transmitter 132, 134, 135, 148-9 Medical Advisory Panel 115, 116, 117 Audits of Great Britain Ltd (AGB) 23 Black Mountain transmitter 162-3 Medicines and treatments i15, 221 Augustus John 105, 106 The Black North 209 Natural Breaks 112-13 Austen, S. G. 70 Blanch, Rt Rev. S. Y. 54 Number of advertisements 114 The Avengers 24, 81, 82, 89 Bligh of the Bounty 43 Political 117, 218 Awards to Independent Television 176-8 Bliss, R. J. W. 212 Religious 117, 218 Aware 44, 187 Blodeugerdd 109 Standards, 113-14 Aylestone, Rt Hon. Lord 4, 7, 8 Blundell, R. 190 Statutes affecting 223 Blyth, B. 188 Subliminal 218 I3lyton, J. 198, 199 Television Act rules 116-17 BBTA see British Bureau of Television Boatman Do Not Tarry 87, 88, 209 Unacceptable 218, 221 Advertising I3odman, Conseiller E. H. 190 Aeron-Thomas, J. 196 Bacharach, Mrs E. 21 Bon Accueil 187 Affleck, G. G. 210 Bachelors Night Out 205 Bon Voyage 88 Afloat 45, 203 Baker, D. R. 202 Bond, C. 184 Ainsworth, H. T. 70 Baker, S. 196 The Bonus 89 Alarm 205 I3ala transmitter 169-71 Border Diary 33, 180 Alasdair Sings 97, 201 Balcon, Sir M. 188 Border Forwn 44, 189 Albery, D. 184 Baldwin, J. L. E. "9 Border News 25, 33, 189 Alcock, Cmdr G. W. T5, 119 The Ball Game 211 Brr ehderrN)ei rs S 33 Alderton, M. 70 The Ballad of the Artificial Mash 81, 82, 88 Alexander Brothers in Lights 201 Ballet 79 Border Safari 45, 189 All About Animals 63, 211 Barbara Hepworth 51, 211 Border Sports Report 103, 189 All Kinds of Folk 207 Barber, Rev. Canon E. S. 15, 54 All Kinds of Opera 20I Barnett, A. 184 I3oort/uBderI;c/tsNelzevi9sion132,4, 19 188-9 INDEX 229

Boud, F. 194 Caradon Hill transmitter 132, 166-7 Colin, 5. 212 Boutall, H. W. 118 Cardiff Searchlight Tattoo 106 The Collar Bar 54, 78, 211 Bowes, R. 118 Cardew, P. G. 196 Collas, Conseiller E. D. 190 Miss B. E. 208 Carmichael, Sir J. 192 Collingwood, W. A. C. 15, 119 Braden x Four 45 Carnoustie - A Town of Golf 43 Collins, N. 186 Bradley, R. 196 Carol for Christmas 54, 57, 203 Colour television 7, 123, 128-43 Brady, F. A. 208 Carr, W. R. 194 Colour transmitters 128-41 Brady, P. J. 184 Carr-Ellison, R. H. 206 Colston, R. 70, 186 Braithwaite-Exley, Miss G. 216 Carry On Curate 205 Coltart, J. M. 200, 214, 216 Bray, Miss M. 54 Carson, J. 192 Colville of Culross, Dowager Viscountess 192 Brecon transmitter 169-71 Cartoon Cavalcade 63, 201 Come and See 54, 57, 201 Bredin, J. 188 Cartwright, W. F. 196 Come Here Often 63 Bridge, Rev. A. C. 54 Casson, Sir H. 21 Come Outside and Say That 45, 194 Brien, P. J. 192 Cathcart, Dr H. R. 15, 119 Comedy 91 Brierley Hill transmitter 132 Catherwood, H. R. C. 208 Commentaire 191 Briggs, Prof A. 202 Catterall, S. 119 The Commons Touch 201 The Bright Sparks 63 Cazaly, P. 199 Complaints Box 203 Brimacombe, W. 210 Cefn Gwlad 105, 106, 109 Compliments of the Season 185 British Broadcasting Corporation 67, 123, Ceiriog 105, 106, 109 Computers 201 134 Celebrity Challenge 97, 203 Conferences 194 The British Bureau of Television Advertis- Central Religious Advisory Committee 54 Conflict 66, 71, 187 ing Ltd (BBTA) 216 Chadwick, Rev. Dr Canon H. 54 Connell, B. 184 British Code of Advertising Practice 221 The Champions 83, 89, 187 Conservation of the Antique 79 Britton, E. 74 Chancellor, Sir C. 198 Consultation on Religious Television 27 Bromley, J. 199 The Changing Face of Marriage 73, 78, 207 Contact 57 Bromsgrove transmitter 132 Channel Gazette 33 Contest 185 Brown, L. S. L. 70 Channel News 32, 33, 191 Contract 736 201 Brown, M. J. 190 Channel News Headlines 33, 191 Contract policy 10-13 Brown, P. M. 190 Channel Report 33, 191 Conway, D. 204 Brown, W. 200, 215 Channel Report 'Special' 191 Cook, F. J. G. 208 Brownsdon, Maj. T. E. 188 Channel Sports Round-Up 103 Cooking With Katie 76, 78, 193 Bryce, J. 199 Channel Television 12, 190-I Cooper, The Lord 212 Buchan, J. 192 Channel Viewer 191 Cooper, Rev. F. 190 Bulletin Meteorologique 191 Chapman, M. C. 214 Cooper, G. A. 204 Bultitude, B. 202 Chappin, M. 118 Cooper, Sir W. M. 70 Burgess, J. L. 188 Charlie Callas 97 Cooper King Size 205 Burke, Rev. D. 208 Cheevers, W. H. 210, 214 Copeman, W. 0. 184 Burmeister, W. 74 Chesterfield transmitter 132 Copplestone, F. 216 Burnhope transmitter 158-9 Chetwynd, G. R. 21 Coronation Street 24, 89, 195 Burns 85, 201 Chetwynd, Mrs H. R. 70 Cordin, R. 15, 119 Burns, T. 198 Children's Programmes 18, 54, 58-63 Countercrime 88 Burrows, Mrs J. L. 21 Chillerton Down transmitter 164-5, 175 Country Focus 45 Burton, E. F., Baroness Burton ofCoventry 4 Chilton, H. F. 117 Cowan, T. 74 Burton, H. 198 The Choir of Big Fish 54, 207 Cox, Sir G. 212, 216 Burton, R. 196 Choirs on Sunday 54, 57, 213 Craig, E. W. 15 Burton, S. 212 The Christian NM 54, 57, 193 Craigkelly transmitter 132 Butler, Rt Rev. B. C. 54 The Christmas Story 185 Crane, D. 212 Butterworth, J. B. 70 The Church and I 57, 187 Crawley, A. 198 Buxton, A. 184 Church Services 57, 185 Creagh, J. A. 208 By This I Live 54, 57 Cinema 47, 48, 51, 194 Cribbin, Rev. K. M. 54 Byd yr Adar 109 Cities at War 35, 43 Crime Buster 83, 89, 187 Byrne, R. J. 118 City '68 89, 195 Crime Desk 203 Clark, J. R. 70, 192 Croeso, Christine 79 Clark, R. 204 Crombie, R. D. 184 Cadbury, M. G. H. 196 (:larke, C. 186 Crookshank, P. 212 Cadbury, P. 210 Clarke, J. E. C. 196 Cross, F. C. 70, 202 The Caesars 81, 89, 195 Clarke, J. R. II() Crossley, J. 199 Cairngorm Cabaret 193 Clayson, Sir E. 186 Crossroads 89, 187 Cairngorm Ceilidh 97 Clear Thinking 201 Croston, E. IL "9 Caldbeck transmitter 132, 146-7 Clearance '68 43 Croucher, F. 13. 210 Calendar 26, 33 Clegg, Sir A. 70 Crowther, Lord 198 Call it a Day 54, 57, 209 Cliff Richard at City Hall 207 Croydon transmitter 154-5 Call Me Daddy 178 Cliff Sings Scots 201 Crucible 5o, 51, 211 Callan 205 Clifford, A. E. 184 The Crusades 78 Cambridge Footlights Revue 185 Close Up 44, 207 Crystal Palace transmitter 132, 134, 136 Cameron, R. II° Clublumse 63 (:ullimore, I). '19 Campbell, The Lord Campbell of Eskan 198 Clwb Harlech 105, 106 139 Ctu'bishley, A. S. 118 Campbell, J. J. 70, 208 Code of Advertising Standards and Practice Curlis, II. J. 15 Campbell, Rev. T. R. S. 192 115-16, 217-23 Curran, Dr S. C. 200 Candlish, Rev. G. 201 Cqliwch Alw 109 The Curtis 41fluir 187 Canu Gwerin 109 Cole, Miss M. 2,2 Cwm Tawelwch I09 Captain Scarlet and 63 Coleman, Rev. P. 196 Cwrs y Byd 109 230 INDEX

Dwyer, Rev. G. 202 The Father 187 Y Dydd 105, io6, 109, 197 Father, Dear Father 97, 205 Daddy Kiss It Better 88, 213 Dylan Thomas 109 Fear Naught 43, 211 Dadl 109 Feet Foremost 88 Dan y Wenallt I09 Ffestiniog transmitter 169-71 Daniel, G. 184 EBU see European Broadcasting Union Fielding, H. 190 Daniel Owen A'r Wyddgrug 109 Eaglesham, Prof E. J. R. 206 The Fifty-Seventh Saturday 88 Darby, P. J. 119 Eakin, W. C. H. 208 Fifty Years 66, 71, 195 A Date With Music 54, 57, 187 Eamonn Andrews Show 97 The Fight for York Minster 185 Davey, J. T. 204 East Coast Review 44 Film Academy Awards 51 David and the Donkey 55 East Side Stories 45, 185 Film of the Book 63 The David Jacobs Show 207 Eastern Sport 99, 185, 103 Finance 179-81 Davidson, J. F. C. 70 Education programmes 64-79 Finding Out 65,71, 201 Davies, A. T. 196 Education Secretariat (ITCA) 67, 215 Finigan, A. 208 Davies, Rev. F. I. 190 Educational Advisory Council 66, 70 The Fireplace Firm 89 Davies, G. P. 15 Edwards, A. R. 196 Firewatch 43, 187 Davies, R. S. 215 Edwards, D. I. 214 First InLast Out 35, 43, 203 Davies, W. V. 216 Edwards, Cnzdr F. W. B. 210 First Seen 97 Davis, J. H. 202 Edwards, H. J. 70 First Steps in Physics 66, 71, 205 Davison, Rev. Dr L. 54 Edwards, J. 212 Firth, F. L. 119 Dawson, D. 184 The Egg on the face of the Tiger 85, 88 Firth, P. T. n9 Day, S. W. 117 Yr Eisteddfod Genedlaethol 105 Fit for Life 77 Day By Day 26, 30, 33, 203 Eisteddfod Ryngwladol Llangollen 105 Fitzjohn, Miss A. E. 70 Day of Heroes 88 Elkins, A. 192 Flackfield, E. 198 The Day the Banana Threw a Gorilla at Elli's Place 193 Flanagan, A. 186 Rachel 88 Ellison, Mrs M. 70, 208 Flashpoint 209 Daysh, Prof G. H. J. 206 Elphick, K. 184 The Fleapit 88 Deas, R. M. 206 Elstree Studio Centre 187 Fletcher, W. 199 Death of a Regiment 43, 201 Emley Moor transmitter 132, 134, 138, Flight of the Heron 61, 63 Death of an Airline 43 172-3 Flower Dew 89 Decade 43 Emslie, Prof R. D. 117 Flypast 178 Denny, R. 186 The Enchanted Isles 178 Focus 44, 207 Des O'Connor Show 187 End of a Revolution 178 Follow Through 44, 187 Design for Living 78 Endurance 178, 209 The Food You Eat 78 Destination Mexico ioo, 103, 213 Engineering Information and Liaison 124 For Amusement Only 88 The Detour 187 Entertaining Mr Sloane 88 For and Against 66, 71 Deux Mondes 73, 78, 79, 187 Epilogue 57, 189 For Honour or Power 43 Devereux, W. A. 74 Essex, A. 212 Forbes, N., Baron Forbes 192 Devil in the Fog 63 Essex, F. zoo Forbes, MrsW. 15 Dey, A. 192 Etcetera, Etcetera 197 Forman, J. D. 194 Diane's Magic Book 59, bo, 63 European Broadcasting Union (EBU) 215, Forsyth, J. P. 192 Dickinson, R. H. 206 216 Four Triumphant 187 Dicks, D. R. W. 204 Evans, G. L. 196 Fourth Test Match 213 Director of Independent Television Sport Evans, H. K. 70, 197 Fox, D. 70 17, 99, 216 Evans, L. J. 15, 119 Fox, R. L. 118 The Discotheque 63 Evans, Dr P. 117 Foxhole in Bayswater 89 Discovering Dance 65, 69, 71, 193 Evans of Hungershall, Lord 70 The Franchise Trail 88 Discovering London 73, 77, 78, 79 An Even Chance 88 Francis, C. 212 Discussion programmes 36, 44 Evergreen 97 Francis, J. 198 Divers' World 178 The Evil Eye 43 Francis, P. 188 Divided We Stand 43, 201 Exchequer levy 8, 179 The Frpakie Howerd Show 205 Divis transmitter 132 Exit Steam 43, 188 Frankly Speaking 191 Do Not Adjust Your Set 59, 63, 178 The Explorer 84, 89 Fraser, Sir R. 7, 118 Documentaries and News Features34-45 Exploring the Past 73, 79 Frazer, Dr A. C. 117 Don't lust Sit There 54, 57 Free House 45, 197 Douthwaite, Dr A. H. 117 Freeman, Canon A. R. 184 Dover transmitter 132, 134, 137, 16e-5 Fabric of Life 73, 75, 78, 213 Freewheelers 6o, 63, 20.3 Downham, R. D. ii8 The Face of Ulster 45, 209 Fremont Point transmitter 174-5 Dowson, G. R. 202 Face the Press 44, 207 French, H. W. 119 Drama 8o-9 The Facts are These 66, 71 French News 33 Drama 66, 71 Fade Out 197 Friday Night 209 The Dreamers 211 Faith for Life 57, 211 Frivolity and Reason 187 Driveway 89, 187 The Falklands Affair 43, 185 Front Arthur to Alfred 79 Dros Gymru 109 Falloon, C. S. G. 208 FF tt ioe d8a7y, 3896,, Duce, Rev. R. 186 Family viewing 18 Duffy, Rev. F. 201 Fanfare 63, 207 Frost on Saturday 97 Dundas, H. S. L. 204 Farm and Country News 33 Frost on Sunday 92 Dunlop, Prof Sir D. 117 Farm Progress 73, 78, 79, 203 Frost Programme 44 Dunn, Mrs G. 70 Farmer, Sir G. 186 Full Circle 201 Dunn, H. L. 215 Farming Diary 45, 185 Fuller, A. 212 Durkin, B. 70 Farming Outlook 45, 207 Fulton, J. 15 Durris transmitter 132, 160-i Farming Today 193 Funeral Games 86, 88, 213 INDEX 231

Furlong, Miss M. 54 Greenhead, B. R. 204 Hill, J. 198 Further and Higher Education 78, 20! Greenwell, Sir P. 184 Hills, R. C. 118 Gregory, Miss J. V. R. 7o Historia de la Frivolidad 43 Groocock, A. W. 204 Hoar, Rev. R. 196 Gaitskell, Baroness 212 Groombridge, B. 70, 118 Hodgkinson, Rev. Provost A. 192 A Gala Concert 187 A Group of Terrorists Attacked... 41,43, Hoff Alawon 109 The Gamblers 88 178, 194 Hofflm Wybod 109 Gardner, Mrs D. 15 The Growing Summer 54, 57 Holi a Stilio 108, 109 Garner, P. 184 Growing up 69, 201 Holiday Princess 203 Garrett, Mrs E. 70, 192 Guildford transmitter 132 Holmans, P. 212 Gazette, 81, 87, 89, 213 Guillemette, L. A. 21 Holtby, Canon R. 188 Gelder, R. van 199 The Gus Honeybun Show 63 The Holy Land Today 43 General Advisory Council 21 Gweithdy 105, 106, 109 Home and Around 45 Geordie Girl 207 Gwyl Famr y Cowboi 109 Home at Seven 45 George and the Dragon 24, 97, 187 Gwylio'r Gem 109 Honey Lane 89, 187 Georgia Brown Sings Kurt Weill 51 1,7 Gwyllt 105, 106, 109 Hope i85 Geraint Evans at Covent Garden 49, 51, 105, Horne a Plenty 97, 205 106, 197 Horoscope 43, 195 Gera , M. 196 Hair 5 I Hoseason-Brown, T. 196 Gibson, H. 204 Haldane, Dr I. R. 119 House, Fr. M. 196 Gilbert, A. 194 Half Hour Story 88 The House that jigger Built 88 Gilbert, G. 208 Hallett, J. N. R. 14, 119 Houseparty 45, 203 Giles, Canon A. S. 190 Hallett, M. 119 HOW 63, 203 Gill, J. F. 186 Hames, Sir G. 210 How To Play Better Golf 213 Gill, R. 186, 214 Hamilton, Sir P. 4 How We Used to Live 75, 71, 213 Gil lies, M. 118 Hammans, R. H. 194 Howard, S. 117 Gilliland, D. 4, 15 Hancock, P. G. 21 Hughes, T. 199 Gillman, R. 186 Hannington transmitter 132 Hullabaloo 63, 205 Gilstone Gold 43 The Happiest Hymns of Your Life 207 Hullo There 209 A Girl Called Friday 207 Happily Ever After 43 Human Relationships 79 Gittins, Prof C. E. 70 Happy Anniversary 88 Hunt, A. 21 Glamour '68 185 Happy Birthday Brothers 43, 195 Hunt, Prof H. 4 Glamorous Grandmothers 203 Hargreaves, J. 202 Hunter, R. D. 15 Glover, C. J. 118 Harlech Half Hour 45 Huntshaw Cross transmitter 166-7 Goddard, Miss R. 186 Harlech Parliament 44, 197 Hutcheson, M. R. 208 Godre'r Aran 109 Harlech, Rt Hon. Lord 196 Hutchinson, G. C. 208 Going Places 74, 76, 78 Harlech Television Ltd 12, 196-7 Huxtable, Rev..J. 54 The Golden Shot 187 Harman, E. A. 119 A Hymn for Britain 52, 54, 57, 203 Goldwyn, E. 199 Harman, R. C. 118 Hyn o Fyd 105, 106, 109 Golsworthy, P. 199 Harmsworth, The Hon. V. H. E. 202 Hynd, L. J. M. 200 Goobey, G. H. R. 198 Harries, J. G. 74 Good Evening 45, 187 Harrison, J. E. 14, 119 Good Morning Miss Taylor 43 Harrower, J. 212 ITA Television Gallery 9, 121 Good News for Modern Man 57, 193 Hartwell, Lord 198 I.T.N. see Independent Television News Goodbye Again 95, 97, 187 Harvest Thanksgiving 193 ITN News 25, 26, 31, 32 Goon Show 205 Hats Off 59, 63, 195 I am an Engineer 66, 71, 213 Gorard, A. J. 196 Have Bird Will Travel 187 I Don't See Why 43 Gould, Sir R. 4 Havelock House Studios 208, 209 I Was Born Greek 51 Gower, H. J. C. 188 Hawkins, D. G. C. 198 Ici la France 66, 71, 187 Grade, L. 186 Hawkins, W. 'Q4 Ideas in Print 55 Graham, A. 118 Hawkins, W. A. 196 Ifans, G. 70 Graham, D. 204 Heads, B. 194 If There Weren't Any Blacks You'd Have Graham, D. S. 74 Heaps, J. F. 70 To Invent Them 84, 88 Graham, J. M. 188 Heathfield transmitter 132 Image 45, 197 Graham, J. P. 206 Heller, R. 186 In All Directions 45, 187 Graham, Sir R. B. 212 Hemel Hempstead transmitter 132 In Kite's Country 45, 203 Graham-Bryce, Dame I. 186 Henderson, Capt. 0. W. J. 208 In Our Time 57 Grampian Interview 44, 193 Henderson, R. B. 208 In Search of a Holiday 37, 45, 203 Grampian News 26, 29, 33, 193 Heneker, P. 118 Independent Television Authority Grampian Special 193 Henri a Dai 109 Balance sheet and acounts 180-1 Grampian Television 12, 192-3 Henry, B. G. 202 Chairman 4, 6, 8 Grampian Week 33, 193 Henry, H. 200 Committees see under individual names, Granada Guildhall Lectures 195 Henson, T. 210 e.g. General Advisory Council Granada Television 12, 194-5 Her Majesty's Pleasure 97, 195 Contracts 10-13 Granger, D. 199 Herdman, J. P. 208 Finance 179-81 Granger, Mrs G. 21 Heritage 66, 71 Functions 8-9 Gray, Rev. A. H. 54, 201 A Heritage and its History 88, 187 Library 9 Gray, Most Rev. G. J. 54 Heron, R. 70, 186 Members 4 Gray, W. Macfarlane 4, 15 Herrings - The Vanishing Harvest 178 Programme Policy 17-21 Great Film Makers 79 Higgins, A. P. 70 Regional Officers 14-15, 119 Great Scot 43, 193 Higgins, L. 212 Regional Offices 4, 14-15 Great Scots 65, 71 High Living 89, 201 Staff and Organisation 118-21 pr

232 INDEX

The Living Body 79 Independent Television Authority-cont. Living'68 Style 201 Standards and Practice 115-16, 217-23 Kane, D. 200 Llafar a Chan 105, io6 Television Gallery 9, 121 Kaupe, A. 204 Llafar Glod 109 Independent Television Companies Asso- Kaye, G. 186 Llandovery transmitter 169-71 ciation (ITCA) 115, 116, 215, 217 Keelan, B. C. L. 119 Llandrindod Wells transmitter 169-71 Independent Television Education Secre- Keep Out of Sight 88 Llangollen International Eisteddfod 51, 106 tariat 67, 70, 215 The Kelvin Hall Circus 201 Llewhellin, Rev. Fr. A. 190 Independent Television Labour Relations Kemsleythe Man I Knew 105, 106 Llywelyn-Williams, A. 196 Committee 215 Kent, Rev. Dr J. L. 201 Llwybrau Llen 109 Independent Television News 29-30, 125, Kidd, W. D. "9 Llygad y Ffynnon 109 214 Killer's Odds 88 Local Headlines 33 Independent Television Publications Ltd Killip, K. A. 190 Local news 29-33 216 Kilvey Hill transmitter 132 Loch, J. 200 Independent Television Sport 99, 216 The Kindness of Mrs Radcliffe 88 Loftus, G. 216 Innovation in the Secondary School 79 Kitchen, Sir G. 198 Logie, A. P. 188 Inside George Web ley 24, 95, 97, 213 Kneebone, R. M. T. 70 The London Palladium Show 187 International Off-Shore Power B oat Race 203 Knight, Very Rev. M. 54 London Weekend Television 12, 198-9 Inventory for the Summer 187 Knock Three Times 54, 57 Lonsdale, Earl ofi88 Irving, C. 198 Know Your Child 79 Look of the Month 45 Isaacs, J. 204 Kraemer, Dr W. P. 54 Look There Goes Baby 45, 78, 201 Island Farmer 45, 191 Krichefski, Senator W. H. 190 Lookaround 30, 31, 33, 189 Isle, W. H. M. 212 Looking for an Answer 57 It Must be Dusty 187 Lorimer, R. J. F. 14, 119 It's All Happening 45 Love, Miss E. 70, 212 It's Dark Down There 43, 187 Labour Relations Committee (ITCA) 215 Lack, Miss G. 0. 70 Love Story 88, 187 It's Hard Work Being a Baby 78 Lucas, A. 186 It's Only Us 88 Lamb, I. C. I. 119 It's Tarbuck 97 Land and the People 195 It's Trueman 45, 194 Land of the Living Dragon 77, 78, 207 Landsborough, T. E. M. 74 Mabolgampau Cymru 105 Lapworth, B. W. 208 McCall, D. 184 for The Last of the Big Spenders 89 McConville, Rev. Fr. G. 208 JICTAR see Joint Industry Committee McConway, S. 70 Television Advertising Research Last Programme 57 The Last Waltz 51 McCoy, R. 208 Jackman, A. F. 202 McCrum, M. 54 Jackson, P. 216 The Last Shangri-la 43, 187 Late Call 57, 201 McGregor, Rev. Fr. C. 192 Jacob, Mrs P. 74 McGregor, Prof 0. R. 21 Jacobs, J. 184, 185 Late Night Thursday 189 Lavers, J. D. V. 119 MacInnes, Rev. D. R. 186 Jacobs, J. P. 194 Mackean, Maj. G. B. 208 Jacobson, L. 206 Lawson, M. 204 Learmouth, W. G. 119 McKenzie, G. A. 119 Jacques Brel is Alive and Well and Living in Mackie, Mrs J. A. 208 Paris 51 Learning to Ski 78 Leburn, Mrs B. 200 Mackintosh, J. P. 21 James, A. ii8 Mackle, Rev. Canon J. 15 James, J. 196 Le Feuvre, B. 190 Lesley 63 McLintock, A. G. 190 James, P. G. 119 McMillan, J. 216 Jarrett-Kerr, Rev. Fr. M. W. 54 Letch, F. W. 202 Lethanhill transmitter 148-9 MacMillan, M. V. 212 Jelly, J. A. 206 McNab, D. 198 Jimmy Green and His Time Machine 63 Let's Face Facts 57 Letters from the Dead 81, 83, 89, 203 McNeill, Mrs P. 15 The Jimmy Tarbuck Show 187 McPherson, R. 70 Jobs Bulletin 189 Levine, E. A. 206 Lewis, D. F. 117 McQueen, C. N. zoo Joe 90 59, 63, 187 MacQuitty, Mrs B. 208 John Morgan Interviews 44 Lewis, E. L. 21 Lewis, T. L. T. 117 MacQuitty, J. L. 208 jolm Morgan talks to ... 105,106 MacQuitty, W. B. 208 John Wesley in the North East 207 Leyland, N. H. 188 in London 91 McQuoid, Rev. P. C. 192 Johnston, B. S. 208 McWatters, G. E. 196 Joice, R. G. 184 Library, ITA 9 Lichfield transmitter 156-7 Mae Pawb Isio Byw 109 Joint Advertisement Control Committee116 Magazine programmes 33, 36, Joint Industry Committee forTelevision Lidstone, G. H. 210 45 Advertising Research (JICTAR) 23, 215 The Life and Times of LordMountbatten Magic Box 45 40, 205 Maginess, Mrs M. 21 Jones, C. F. 70 Magpie 58, 59, 63, 205 Jones, Rev. E. F. 184 Light Entertainment 90-7 Lightfoot, G. L. S. 188 Mainly Live 45, 191 Jones, Rev. Dr I. 15, 54 Mair, A. 192 Jones, K. 74 Linacre, J. G. S. 212 Lindsay, Rev. E. R. 208 A Man Alone 88 Jones, M. 196 Man Bites Dog 63 Jones, P. 210 Lindsay, J. 15, 119 The Lion and the Dragon 43, 187 Man I Knew 197 Jones, Philip 204 The Lion,The Witch and The Wardrobe zo5 Man in a Suitcase 89, 187 Jones, Rev. S. 0. 206 A Man of Our Times 81, 89 Jones, W. J. 15 The Lion's Share 44 Lisburne, Earl of 2I0 Man of the Month 35, 187 The Judge 187 Manhunt 43 Junior Library 63 Little, D. S. 184 Little Big Time 63, 203 Manley, Rev. R. G. 184 Junior Sportsweek 63 Mar and Kellie, The Countess of 54 Junior Try For Ten 63, 193 A Little Milk of Human Kindness 88 Living and Growing 65, 71, 74, 79 Margerison, Dr T. 198 Just Jimmy 63, 205 INDEX 233

Margetson, J. 184 Motorway 43 0 Margins of the Mind 35, 38, 43, 195 Mounteagle transmitter 160-1 O'Driscoll, E. M. R. 208 Market In Honey Lane 81, 89 Movie Magazine 63 04, 05, Ac Ati 105, 106, 107, 109 Marr, B. E. 204 Muir, F. 198 O'r Awyr 105, 106 Marr, G. S. 188 The Mulch Horn Sounds 185 O'Hagan, D. P. 118 Marsden, B. 199 Muldoon, Rev. J. 54 Olney, Canon A. V. 190 Marsden, Miss M. 21 Munro, R. 192 Murchison, Rev. Dr T. M. 15, 54 Olympic Games 99 Marsh, Rev. Dr J. 188 Omri's Burning 197 Martin, A. D. B. 119 Murder 195 On Site 44, 194 Martin, C. J. N. 118 Murphy, S. D. 118 On the Fringe 66, 71, 201 Marvellous Party 51 Music 54 On the Move 66, 71, 201 Mason, P. G. 70 Music for a Midsummer's Evening 54 My Country 'Tis of Thee 89 On Tour 105, 106 Master of Pop 213 Once Upon a Time 59, 63, 205 Masts see Transmitting stations Mylchreest, J. B. 21 One Evening of Late 189 Matchette, Miss F. 54 Mystery and Imagination 86, 88, 205 One for the Road 209 Match of the Week 103, 185, 213 One Man's Meat 44, 207 Materials of Our World 71 One Night I Danced With Mr. Dalton 88 Mathews, D. 210 Opportunity Knocks 24, 95, 97, 205 Mathews, L. 186 78, 209 Naish, S. C. 216 The Orange and the Green A Matter of Expression 51, 201 Origami 63 Maudsley, Prof. R. 70, 186 National Eisteddfod 106 Tli% Natural History of a Summer Holiday Orlando 63 Max 205 OTT, C. 198 Mears, P. 186 72, 73, 203 Our Life and Times 57, 209 Medical Advisory Panel 114, 115, 117, 217 The Nature of Prejudice 78, 187 Our Side of the Channel 197 Medium Rare 209 Naylor, Rev. J. S. 190 Neales, A. A. 196 Out of Town 42, 45, 203 Meet the Mayor 187 Outlook West 44, 210 Meldrum, J. S. 70 Nearest and Dearest 94, 97, 195 Over to Una 97, 201 Membury transmitter 156-7 Neiman, D. 192 Oxford transmitter 132 Men of Our Time 71, 195 Network Policy Committee 17 Men Who Matter 185 Network Programme Secretariat 17, 215, Mendip transmitter 132 216 Mendlesham transmitter 150--1 Networking 125 Pace, T. 204 Merlod Mynydd 109 Never a Cross Word 96, 97 Packham, D. G. 206 The Messengers 66, 71, 195 Never Mind the Quality, Feel the Width 91, Paine, G. 198-9 The Messiah 213 96, 97, 205 Paine, P. 5. 212 Michael, J. D. 192 New Approach 57, 203 Palmer, Col. E. 210 Midland Member 44, 187 The New British Code of Advertising Prac- The Papers 36, 44, 194 Midlands News 25, 33, 187 tice 222 Parka, L. G. 215, 216 Midlands News Special 187 New Release 203 Parker, P. 212 Midweek 45 New South Bank Studio Centre 199 Parkinson, Rev. J. 210 Mike and Bernie's Show 97 New Tempo 51 Parry, E. 204 The Mike Yarwood Show 97, 187 Newbould, H. 210 Parry, G. 15 Miles, Miss M. 70 Newman-Sanders, C. W. 70, 184 Parry-Williams, Lady E. J. 196 Miller, R. R. 210 The Newness of Life 187 Past and Present 65, 71, 201 Milligan's Menu 45 News and news magazines 28-33 Pat 93 Mills, P. 21 News and news magazines see also Inde- Pat Kirkwood 211 Millwood, Y. 118 pendent Television News and Regional Paterson, N. 192 Milly 187 news services Payne, N. G. Ito) Milne, B. F. 184 News At Ten 24, 25, 26, 29, 178, 214 The Peacekeepers 45 Milne, J. N. 192 News features 35, 44 Peacock, M. 198 Miss ITV 207 Newsfilm service 214 Pease, D. A. 206 Miss Southern Television 203 Newsom, Sir J. 70 Peek, G. le G. 190 Mr. and Mrs. 97, 197 Nice Time 92, 97, 195 Peirs Brothers 97 Mr. Digby Darling 213 Nicholas, Sir A. 196 Pendle Forest transmitter 132 Mr. Rose 89, 195 Nicholas, D. 214 Pennywise 88 Mr. Universe and the Well-known Prisoner 88 Night Club '68 97, 207 Perkins, Sir R. 202 Moel-y-Parc transmitter 169-71 A Night in the Lip of ... 92 Perry, S. R. 208 Moir, G. 204 The Night of Talavera 89 Phillips, Rev. D. Z. 54 Money-Go-Round 73, 78, 79 Noakes, Rev. G. 196 Piccadilly Palace 187 Money Matters 65, 68, 71 North East News 33 Picture Box 65, 71, 195 Montagu, The Hon. D. 198 North East Sport 103 Pike, Mrs G. 117 More Best Sellers 78 Northern Ireland Committee 15 Pinnock, R. J. 184 The Morecambe and Wise Show 187 Northern News 33 Pinky and Perky 63, 205 Morgan, J. 196 Norwich, J. J. C., Viscount Norwich ofPitt, G. M. 21 Morning Services 187 Aldwick 21 A Place to Live 66, 71 Mot. ris, F. 200 Nos Sadwrn 109 Play Better Golf 73, 79 Morris, M. 206 Nos Wener 109 Playbill 211 MOSS, Rev. Canon B. S. 54 Nothing's Ever Over 88 Playhouse 88-9 The Most Beautifid Hotel in the World 43 Nugus, G. 212 Plays see Drama A Most Unfortunate Accident 88, 187 Number Ten 89 Playtime 63 Motor Cycle Scrambling 203 Nurse, J. R. 206 Please Sir ! 97 Motor Racing 102 Nutt, H. 74 Plowright, D. 194 234 INDEX

Plummer, B. Baroness Plummer 4 Ratcliffe, G. B. 212 Rouaille, J. E. M. 184 Poeton, W. G. 196 Read, L. J. D. 118 Roundhouse 53, 56, 57 Poet Laureate 51 Reception 126-7 Round-Up 97, 209 Points North 44, 193 Redgauntlet 201 Rowridge transmitter 132, 134, 139 Pole, Sir J. C. 210 Redruth transmitter 132 Roy Hudd 213 Police Call 31, 185, 189, 207 Reeve, Rt Rev. Dr A. S.54 Royal Film Performance 51 Pomeroy, R. G. 210 Reeves, Dr M. E. 70 A Royal Gala 93, 187 Pontop Pike transmitter 132 Referendum 44, 187 Royal Review 201 Pop the Question 63, 207 Reflection 57, 185 The Royal Welsh Show 106 Portrait of Hardy 35, 43, 210 Regan, Fr. E. 196 Rudd, L. 204 Post-Graduate Medicine 73, 78, 79, 201 Regional magazine programmes30 Rugby Football tot, 201 Pover, B. 199 Regional Music Programmes 57 Ruined Houses 88 Power From Beyond 45, 187 Regional news services 24-6, 30, 33, 185, 197 Rumball, W. N. 190 The Power Game 81 Regional officers 14-15, 119 Rumster Forest transmitter 16o-1 Pragnell, A. W. 118 Regional offices 14-15 Ruthven, B. T. 70 Pratt, Rev. B. M. 54 Regional sport 99 Ryan, N. 214 Premiere 89, 205 Regions 14-15 Presely transmitter 169-71 Reid, Rev. G. T. H. 54, 192 Preston, J. 199 Reigate transmitter 132 S for Sugar, A for Apple, M for Missing 88 Primary French 65, 68, 71, 187 Relay transmitting stations 132 Sackbut, Serpent and all that Jazz 54, 211 Primary Mathematics 65, 79 Religion 52-7 The Saint 89, 187 The Prisoner 81, 89, 187 Religious advisers 54 St Hilary transmitter 168-70 The Privileged? 74, 78, 211 Religious programmes 52-7 Salisbuzy, H. N. 119 Probe 44 A Remarkable Feeling of Confidence 43 Sam and Janet 187 Problemau Prifysgol 105, 106, 108 Rennie, D. H. 119 Sanctuary 53, 89 Professional Wrestling too, 103 Rennie, G. N. 192 Sanderson, Rev. Dr W. R. 54 Profiad 109 Rennie, P. M. 194 Sandy Heath transmitter 132, 150-I Programme balance 16, 19 Renwick, Lord 186 Sansom, J. S. 205 Programme clearance 18-19 Report 26, 33, 197 Sarah 43 Programme companies 182-216 Report (Documentary) 43, 205 Saturday Special 47 Contracts 10-13 Report (Wales) 33, 105, 106 Saturday Sports Round-Up 103 Education officials 70 Reporting Christ 187 Saturday Stars 187 Rental payments 179 Research 23-7, 66, 67, 74, 123 Saunders, Prof. Sir 0. 4 seealsounder individualnames,e.g. The Rest of Our Lives 88 Saunders, P. 212 Thames Television Results Round-Up 103 Sawyer, Rev. Dr A. W. 54, 188 Programme contractorsseeProgramme The Retreat 81, 88, 187 Scarborough transmitter 172-3 companies Rhaglan Gwyn Erfyl 105, 106, 109 Scene South East 33, 203 Programme journals 13, 191, 216 Y Rho, Deg 105, 106, 107, 109 Schofield, B. 210 Programme literature 67, 224-7 Rice, Mrs M. E. 74 School Broadcasting Committees 70 Programme monitoring 19 Rich TVorld, Poor World 78, 205 School Broadcasting Council 67 Programme output 16, 19 Richardson, G. E. Schools Committee 66, 67, 70 Programme policy 16-21 Richardson, Sir J. 117 School programmes 64-71 Programme Policy Committee 17 Richardson, R. A. 74 School Teacher Fellowships 67 Programme production 16, 19 Richmond Hill transmitter 146-7 Schulten, D. 199 Programme Schedule Committee 18 Rickard, D. 210 Scope 193 Protest 44, 187 Ridge Hill transmitter 156-7 Scotland, J. 192 Public and Confidential 187 Ridley, Viscount 206 Scotland Early 25, 45, 201 Public Eye 81, 89, 205 The Right to Live 55, 57 Scot Late 25, 33, 201 Public Face 187 Ring, Prof. J. 21 SCOT " 777 25, 33, 201 Puffin's Birthday Greetings 63, 191 Riverdale, The Lord 212 SW' it103, 201 Pulse 57,187 The Road to Blaydon 37, 43, 207 Scotsport on Sunday 103 Put it in Writing 45 Road to the Sea 43 Scott, C. 192 Pwsi Meri Mew 109 Robert, Rev. G. 196 Scott, L. 184 Reports 35 Scott, M. 194 Roberts, W. 196 ;'cott Free 44 Queen Elizabeth II 201 Robertson, B. H., Baron Robertson of Oak- Scottish Committee15 The Queen Street Gang 61, 63, 205 ridge 21 Scottish News 33 Queen's Award to Industry 187 Robertson, Mrs J. 117 Scottish Television 12, 200-1 Question '68 53, 57 Robin, I. G.17 Scripts, submission of 184, 186, 189, 191, Quigley, E. G. 208 Robson, T. S. 118 200, 205, 208, 212 Quiz programmes 97 Rock Climbing 79 Scruff's Dog Show 203 Quo Vadis 54, 57, 201 Rogers, N. 216 Sea Vixen 43 Rogers, Mrs P. H. 15 Seddau Cadiz, 109 Rogues Gallery 195 Seeing and Doing 65, 71 Rabinowitz, H. 198 The Romper Room 63, 185, 189, 209 Selkirk transmitter 132, 146-7 Racing From Goodwood 203 Rook, B. 118 The Selling Game 43 The Rain on the Leaves 57, 195 The Root of all Evil 89, 213 Sendall, B. C. 118 Rainer, S. 117 Roscoe, W. 118 The Servants 178, 207 The Raj 79 Rosneath transmitter 148-9 Severnside 105, 106, 197 Rallycross 203 Ross, A. K. 54 The Sex Game 205 Ramsay, A. 192 Ross, W. S. 117 Sexton Bloke 63, 205 Ramsey, Rev. Dr K. G. 201 Rothesay ticansinitter 148-9 Sgubor Lawn 105, 106, 107, 109 INDEX 235

Television Research Fellowship, Leeds 195 Shaw, J. 205 Star Quality 88 Star Soccer 99, 103 Television Wales and the West (TWW) Sharp, E., Baroness Sharp of Hornsey 4 Television Workshop 45 Shaw, Prof R. 70, 74 Stars 97, 187 Starting Point 65, 71 Teli-Ho ! 105, 106, 109 Sheffield transmitter 132 The Tell Tale Heart 88 Shields, R. M. zoz The Stealers of Darkness 187 A Steel Town Sings 207 Tempo 47, 51 Shirley, L. 205 Tennant, Capt. I. M. 192 Shoot 99, 103 Steele, F. H. 118 Stella 88 Tesler, B. 204 Showbreak 97, 209 Tewson, Sir V. 4 A Show for Hogmanay 201 Stephen, Baillie J. S. J. 192 Stephens, D. 198 Thames Television Ltd 12, 204-5 Show lumping 203 That Job 45, 193 Simon, Most Rev. W. G. H. 54 Stephenson, G. W. I19 Stevens, D. 186 Thatw Milwrol Caerdydd 105 Sinclair, Mrs S. 15 Theatre Royal, Glasgow zoo Singer, W. 208 Stevens, Sir R. B. 212 Stewart, A. zoo Theobalds, H. 118 Singing FOY Your Supper 47, 73, 75, 78, 79, TT ieerfe'8s8a Hole in your Dustbin,Delilah 24,89 201 Stewart, I. M. zoo Singleton, W. B. 117 Stewart, Ian 70 Stewart, Mrs M. 54 Thingumybob 97 Sioe Frenhinol Cymru 105 This England 45 The Sixth Paul 43, 53 Stockland Hill transmitter 166-7, 175 Stoke-on-Trent transmitter 132 This is Our Land 178 Skin Diving 79 This Man Cowdrey 43, 203 Small, J. I. M. 188 Stokes, Sir D. 198 Stone, W. G. 74 This Week 25, 26, 35, 38, 44, 205 Smith, B. 202 Thomas, Sfr B. B. 4, 15 Smith, Rev. C. 206 Strabane transmitter 162-3 Stuart, Maj. M. C. 192 Thomas, E. 196 Smith, C. 192 Thomas, G. E. W. 212, 216 Smith, Mrs I. W. 21 The Student Affair 43 Studios 124, 144 see also under programme Thomas, H. 204, 214 Smith, N. 212 Thomas, W. D. 119 Smith, Dr P. 117 companies Styles in Art 79 Thompson, L. J. 216 Smith, Rt Rev. Monsignor R. L. 188 Thomson, B. H. 202 Smith, S. 186 Sucksmith, A. V. 119 Sudbury transmitter 132 Thomson, D. B. 202 Smith, T. D. 206 Thomson, D. K. 15 Smyth, A. C. 21 Sugarball 63 Summer Song 97 Thomson, J. A. 118 So Many Children 210 Thomson, R., Baron Thomson ofFleet zoo Soccer 103 Summer Sport 103, 209 Summerson, T. H. 212 Thornby, L. T. 212 A Soldier's Tale 47, 48, 51 Thornes, D. 205 Somehow it frorks 43 The Summing Up 57 Sumner, D. L. 212 The Three Happiest Years 37, 43, 187 The Sooty Show 62, 63, 205 The Three Wives of Felix Hull 88 The Sound of ... 97,189 Surprise, Surprise 63, 207 Survival 36, 45, 63, 185 Tickertape 62, 63 The Sound of Gershroin 50, 51 The Ticket 88 The Sound of Soul 47, 51 The Survival Game 59, 6o, 63, 185 Sutherland, M. 205 The Tigers of Subtopia 89, 187 Sounds Exciting 63 A Time and a Place 71 Soup 178 Sutton Coldfield transmitter 132, 134, 140 Swaine, R. 199 Time .fig Blackburn! 94, 97, 203 South East News 33 Tiine fie the Funny Walk 88 Southampton studios 202 Swingalong, Taylor Made 197 Switch on the Chickens, Put the Cows on the Thne Off 42, 45, 197 Southern Independent Television 12, 202-3 The Tingha and Tucker Club 63, 187 Southern News 26, 33, 203 Roundabout 35, 42, 43, 185 Sykes, R. C. 117 Tinker and Taylor 63, 197 Southern News Extra 26, 33, 203 Tinker's Tales 63, 197 Southern Soccer 102, 103, 203 Sylvester, G. H. 196 Symons, F. B. 118 Tir Newydd 54, 106, 109 'Southerner' 203 The Titans 57, 213 Sowden, Advocate T. C. 190 The System 88, 195 Titles Don't Talk Any More 39, 197 Spackman, G. 205 Today 25, 32 Speak fig Yourself zox TAM see Television Audience Measurement Today al Six 25, 33, 207 Spencer, G. 186 7, lay Is ... 201 Spiadoe 81, 89, 195 TV Times 216 Table Tennis ioi, 203 Jay with Eamon?: Andrews 30, 33, 205 Sponsorship it Todd, A. 212 Sport 98-103, 216 Tacolneston transmitter 132 Tagholm, G. E. "9 Todd, Rev. W. C. D. 202 Sporting Prqfile 103 Tom Grattan's War 59, 62, 63 Sports Arena 102, 103 Taken fin- Granted 73, 79 Tale of Two Rivers 203 Tomkins, Rt Rev. Dr 0. S. 54 Sports Desk 103, 211 Tommy's Toy Shop 97 Sports Preview 103 Talk of a Tow): 45, 203 Tarbuck's Back 187 Tonge, C. 118 Sports Report 203 Tonight with Dave Allen 97, 187 Sports Roundup 209 Taylor, F. 184 Taylor, J. 192 Tools Of Cookery 78, 205 Sports Round Up 191 Top Twenty programmes 24 Sports Scene 103 Taylor at Large 207 Taylor of Gryfe, Lord Towards Mathematics 65, 71 Sportscast 103 Towers, Rev. Fr. T. 206 Sportscope 103, 193 Tayside, Lord 192 Technical operations 122-75 Townshend of Raynham, Marquess 184 Sportsfile 203 Transmitting stations 123-75 Sportstime 103, 207 Teddington Studios 204 Teeside International Eisteddfid 51 Transmitting stations see also under names Sportsweek 103 of individual stationse.g.Black Hill Spotlight 187 7'el 109 Television Audience Measurement 23 transmitter Staff and organisation 118- Transmitting stations Stair, Earl of 188 Television Fund 215 Television Gallery 9, 121 Engineers-in-Charge 119 Stanley, P. S. iij UHF and colour 128-43 The Stansted Affair 185 Television Research Committee 23 236 INDEX

Treasure Hunt 97, 211 Walker, Sir W. G. N. 200 Williams, Rev. Dr H. H. 54 Tree House Family 54, 56, 57, 187 Walsh, R. H. R. 118 Williams, Dr K. A. 117 Tri Chynnig 109 Walsh, Prof. W . 212 Williams, Miss M. 15 Tribute to a Brave People si Wakers, P. J. 15 Williamson, W. A. 206 Trigain Mlynedd 109 Waltham transmitter 132 Winock, C. 184 Trimble, W. S. 188 Walton, J. 186 Wills, C. 186 Troy, Mrs G. 190 Wand, Dr S. 117 Wilson, A. D. 216 Try a Little Tenderness 88 The War of Darkie Pilbeam 89, 195 Wilson, C. D. 202, 214 Try for Ten 97, 185, 189, 193 Ward, W. 186 Wilson, E. S. 212 Tucker, Rev. G. R. x86 Wardale, R. A. 21 Wilson, J. 184 Wiltshire, Prof H. G. 74 Tunbridge transmiaer 132 Wardrop, J. x86 of Tupper, Capt. H. 202 Warter, Sir P. 204 Windlesham, J. B., Lord Windlesham Turner, B. 190 Warton, J. 194 Turner, G. 205 Warwick, E. 119 Winnardl,sDia.7019,Winde/m 274 Turner, H. 210 Waters, C. 200 Winter Hill transmitter 132, 134, 141, 152-3 Tute, W. 198 Waters, J. 199 Wise, F. H. 119 Twelfth Night 142 Watts, R. H. 188 With Bird Will Travel 97 Tyas, R. F. 117 Way to the White House 74, 78, 207 Witham, A. L. 118 Tyne Tees Television 12, 206-7 Wayne, P. 199 Without Let or Hindrance 43 The Tyrant King 63, 205 Ways With Words 66, 71 Wood, G. S. 206 We Have Ways of Making You Laugh 97 Wood, Rev. M. A. P. 54 Weather Report 203 Woolf, J. 184 UHF and colour 123, 128-43 Webster, Sir D. 202 Woolfenden, W. 19 UHF coverage 128-41 The Wednesday People 38, 45, 193 Wordley, R. W. 196 UHF transmitters 128-141 Weekend 103, 203 The Work of Giants 43, 207 UPITN 214 Weinstock, A. 198 Working with Weather 187 UTV Reports 209 Weir, Viscount 200 The World Around Us 65, 71 Ulster News 26, 33, 209 Welcome Home 203 World in Action 24, 25, 26, 35, 36, 44, 178 Ulster News Headlines 33 Welconte to Britain 43, 187 194 Ulster Sports Remits 103 Wellbeloved, R. 118 World of Crime 78, 79, 205 Ulster Television I2 208-9 Welsh Committee 15 The World of Monty Modlyn 97, 207 ulster Today 20() Welsh Games 106 World of Soccer 103 Uncle Silas 86 Welsh prngrammes 104-9, 168-71, 196-7 World of Sport 99, wo, 103 Under the Clock 44, 185 Welsh Youth Festival 51 The World They Made 45, 191 University Challenge 97, 195 Weltman, J. ii8 Wormald, Mrs E. M. 74 Up to Date 97, 197 Wembley Park Studios 198, 199 Worral, A. S. 54 Uprichard, Rev. H. L. 208 Wemyss and March, Earl of 2oo Worrow, J. 202 Wenvoe transmitter 132 Worsley, G. 0. 212 Westward Diary 26, 33, 210 Wotherspoon, R. 192 VHF transmitters 123-4, 144-75 Westward News Headlines 33 Would You Believe It? 63, 201 VHF transmission areas 144-75 Westward Television 12, 2I0-I I The Wreck 211 Valpy, K. H. 190 Wharfedale transmitter 132 Wright, W. 186 The Vast Horizons of the Mind 88 Wharton, Fr. W . 210 Wrightson, P. 206 Vaughan, A. 196 What Shall We Tell the Children 43 The TYriter and the World 78 Vaughan, T. 15 What's It All About? 66, 71 Vaughan-Thomas, W. 196 What tile Papers Say 44 Venables, Sir P. 70, 74 What the Weeklies Say 44 Yyaotrekss,hMire. Vick, Dr F. A. 208 Wheeler, Rt Rev. W. G., Bishop of Leeds 54 '6198834,35, 45 The Victims 81, 88 Where Did You Get That Hat? 88, 213 Yorkshiri Sport 103 Victoria de los Angeles 51 Where the Jobs Are 207 Yorkshi, t Television Ltd 13, 212-13 Vierna State Opera 51 Whicker 45 You and the World 66, 68 The Village People 43, 210 Whicker and the Cats' Eyes Man on the Road You Can Only Buy Once 89 Violence in programmes 18 from Rose IA& s 43 Young, Mrs G. L. 21 ITA Code 20-I Whitby, J. 199 The Young Inheritors 43 Virgin of the Secret Service 89, 187 Whit( haven transmitter 146-7 Younger, Sir W. McE. 200 Le Voyage du jericho 66, 71 Whity, E. 70, 205 YOUr Money, Your Life 66, 71, 195 Who is Sylvia? 88, 187 Who? What? Where? When? Why? 63 Your Music on Sunday 54, 56, 57, 185 You've Got A Lucky Face 88 WS. 37, 209 Willes, P. 212 Wade, J. C. /88 Williams, A. 15 Wade, S. 202 Williams, Mr:, Alma 117 Wadsworth, Miss J. 70 Williams, D. 186 Zoo Time 63 Walker, Rev. Dr H. 54 Williams, Prof F. C. 194 Zoom Up 63 and Dudley Moore : Anita Hnrris Front Right:Patick Macneu COVER PICTURESFront Left: Barry Westwood and HMS Bulwark; Peter Cook Left: Cup Final; Cliff and Linda Thorson in 'The Avengerq': Dave Allen; Nyree DawnPorter and Paul Danernan in 'Never A Cross Word'. Back Charles Tingwell and George Cole in 'A Man of OurTimes' ; William Mervyn as Mr Richard; Jill Graham in 'How'. Back Right: Eamonn Andrews; Road shows the filming of Rose. Inside Front: A Central Control Room. Inside back: Anexhibit at the ITA's new Television Gallery at 70 Brompton 'Fronder' in Wales Published by the Independent Television Authority, 70 BromptonRoad, London S.W.3 (01-584 7011) (01-636 1599) Distributed throughout the world by Independent TelevisionPublications Ltd, 247 Tottenham Court Road, London W.1 Designed and printed in &eat Britain by W. S. Cowell Ltd,Butter Market, Ipswich, Suffolk " *.".

`. 14):Yev ZIA* "iieur7

, -14.1140" .te te

. toill" ' ..41P At Le , 4 1'1' :.4. 'I' ; ,,,,., .**,5. - ',. Ir ..., . ..,... t t....rA 111 4,,,".41.4..:. 10 ki,14 ' ' - ": -"4 " k' 4 , ""i'

'110 ,111611:,

" tro,!0"...... -44 *. 1'041.* ZfoiNeILL. t' mto- ;

4 ": Joe 41 . , .16( .t^tt 44\ r ) AL). 11-Vr, Ir; AtiaM1111.1rP' 111111mars--- , 4 z.

$ , /4/ 2 'SILL P f Z r)e -.1 ;14tilir "k1S Ork*:1,04 Vick k P.1'16 '41 4E-'Al - - ; '`,47'4"1:#7.1 4, , 'teL r 11 L 4r

LL

" %

..- ' %,,,,,,t% 'y ,

r

_ INDEPENDENT TELEVISIONAUTHORITY 70 BROM,PTONROAD, LONDON SW3

r